Page Range | 63051-63360 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
81 FR 63243 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Extending the Pilot Period for the Exchange's Retail Liquidity Program | |
81 FR 63359 - Patriot Day and National Day of Service and Remembrance, 2016 | |
81 FR 63357 - National Grandparents Day, 2016 | |
81 FR 63355 - World Suicide Prevention Day, 2016 | |
81 FR 63353 - National Days of Prayer and Remembrance, 2016 | |
81 FR 63349 - National Hispanic-Serving Institutions Week, 2016 | |
81 FR 63203 - Utah Resource Advisory Council Meeting | |
81 FR 63153 - Tribal Transportation Self-Governance Program; Negotiated Rulemaking Second Meeting | |
81 FR 63145 - Pacific Island Pelagic Fisheries; 2016 U.S. Territorial Longline Bigeye Tuna Catch Limits | |
81 FR 63179 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 63099 - Secretary's Final Supplemental Priority for Discretionary Grant Programs | |
81 FR 63258 - Ozinga Bros., Inc.-Continuance in Control Exemption-Chicago Port Railroad Company | |
81 FR 63219 - Bulk Manufacturer of Controlled Substances Application: Alcami Wisconsin Corporation | |
81 FR 63168 - Iowa State University of Science and Technology, et al.; Notice of Consolidated Decision on Applications for Duty-Free Entry of Electron Microscope | |
81 FR 63098 - Security Zone; Protection of Military Cargo, Captain of the Port Zone Puget Sound | |
81 FR 63205 - Certain Amorphous Silica Fabric From China; Scheduling of the Final Phase of Countervailing Duty and Antidumping Duty Investigations | |
81 FR 63257 - Notice of 30 Day Public Comment Period Regarding the National Interest Determination for Otay Water District's Presidential Permit Application | |
81 FR 63178 - Notification of a Teleconference of the Science Advisory Board Economy-Wide Modeling Panel | |
81 FR 63257 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: PEPFAR Program Expenditures | |
81 FR 63172 - Community Bank Advisory Council Meeting | |
81 FR 63156 - Allocations of Cross-State Air Pollution Rule Allowances From New Unit Set-Asides for 2016 Control Periods | |
81 FR 63200 - Order of Succession for the Office of the Chief Information Officer | |
81 FR 63199 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Public Housing Capital Fund Program | |
81 FR 63158 - Water Quality Standards; Establishment of Revised Numeric Criteria for Selenium for the San Francisco Bay and Delta, State of California; Extension of Public Comment Period | |
81 FR 63206 - United States v. Nexstar Broadcasting Group Inc., et al.; Proposed Final Judgment and Competitive Impact Statement | |
81 FR 63226 - Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc.: Application for Expansion of Recognition and Proposed Modification to the NRTL Program's List of Appropriate Test Standards | |
81 FR 63229 - Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.: Application for Expansion of Recognition | |
81 FR 63222 - Importer of Controlled Substances Registration | |
81 FR 63219 - Bulk Manufacturer of Controlled Substances Registration | |
81 FR 63192 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Public Comment Request | |
81 FR 63220 - Importer of Controlled Substances Application: United States Pharmacopeial Convention | |
81 FR 63222 - Bulk Manufacturer of Controlled Substances Application: AMPAC Fine Chemicals LLC | |
81 FR 63222 - Importer of Controlled Substances Application: Cambrex Charles City | |
81 FR 63223 - Importer of Controlled Substances Application: Sigma-Aldrich International GMBH-Sigma Aldrich Company LLC | |
81 FR 63221 - Bulk Manufacturer of Controlled Substances Application: Insys Manufacturing LLC | |
81 FR 63220 - Bulk Manufacturer of Controlled Substances Application: Halo Pharmaceutical, Inc. | |
81 FR 63259 - Agency Information Collection Activity (Application for Residential Care Home Program Sponsor Application, VA Form 10-2407) Under OMB Review Activity: Comment Request | |
81 FR 63225 - Notice of Lodging Proposed Consent Decree | |
81 FR 63160 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; 90-Day Findings on 10 Petitions | |
81 FR 63158 - Federal Acquisition Regulation: Audit of Settlement Proposals | |
81 FR 63154 - Premium Tax Credit NPRM VI; Correction | |
81 FR 63166 - Fremont and Winema Resource Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 63134 - Federal Management Regulation; Nondiscrimination Clarification in the Federal Workplace; Correction | |
81 FR 63186 - Safety and Occupational Health Study Section (SOHSS), National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH or Institute) | |
81 FR 63186 - Advisory Board on Radiation and Worker Health (ABRWH or the Advisory Board), National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) | |
81 FR 63225 - Discontinuing the Metallic Handcuffs Compliance Testing Program and Request for Public Comment on Draft Minimum Scheme Requirements to Certify Criminal Justice Restraints Described in NIJ Standard 1001.00 | |
81 FR 63171 - Digital Economy Board of Advisors Meeting | |
81 FR 63202 - Wildlife and Hunting Heritage Conservation Council; Public Meeting | |
81 FR 63173 - Notice of Availability of Record of Decision for the Final Environmental Impact Statement for Land-Water Interface and Service Pier Extension at Naval Base Kitsap Bangor, Kitsap County, Washington | |
81 FR 63204 - Notice of Cancellation To Prepare a Draft Environmental Impact Statement for the San Carlos Irrigation Project, Arizona | |
81 FR 63231 - Notice of Public Meeting | |
81 FR 63191 - Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee; Cancellation | |
81 FR 63138 - Possession, Use, and Transfer of Select Agents and Toxins-Addition of Bacillus Cereus Biovar Anthracis to the HHS List of Select Agents and Toxins | |
81 FR 63051 - Special Conditions: Lufthansa Technik, AG, Boeing Model 737-700 Airplanes; Large, Non-Structural Glass in the Passenger Compartment | |
81 FR 63259 - Genomic Medicine Program Advisory Committee; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 63143 - NASA Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement: Revised Voucher Submission & Payment Process (NFS Case 2016-N025) | |
81 FR 63176 - Pioneer Wind Park I, LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
81 FR 63175 - Combined Notice of Filings | |
81 FR 63176 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
81 FR 63174 - Combined Notice of Filings #2 | |
81 FR 63178 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
81 FR 63237 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 63236 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 63195 - National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 63238 - MIAX PEARL, LLC; Notice of Filing of Application for Registration as a National Securities Exchange Under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 | |
81 FR 63239 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats BZX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change Related to Fees for Use of Bats BZX Exchange, Inc. | |
81 FR 63249 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; ISE Mercury, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Add Specificity to the Definition of a Professional in the Exchange's Rules | |
81 FR 63245 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; ISE Gemini, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Exchange Rule 100(a)(37C) (Definitions) To Add Specificity to the Definition of a Professional | |
81 FR 63235 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats EDGX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change to Fees for Use of Bats EDGX Exchange, Inc. | |
81 FR 63252 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; International Securities Exchange, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Add Specificity to the Definition of a Professional in the Exchange's Rules | |
81 FR 63241 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats BZX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change Related to Fees for Use of Bats BZX Exchange, Inc. | |
81 FR 63243 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Fees Schedule | |
81 FR 63233 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule To Amend the Fees Schedule | |
81 FR 63231 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Exchange's Pricing Schedule Under Section VIII With Respect To Execution and Routing of Orders in Securities Priced at $1 or More Per Share | |
81 FR 63193 - National Human Genome Research Institute; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 63192 - National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 63193 - National Institute of Nursing Research; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 63192 - National Institute on Aging; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 63193 - National Institute on Drug Abuse; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 63194 - National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 63194 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 63175 - Revisions to Procedural Regulations Governing Transportation by Intrastate Pipelines; Electronic Tariff Filings; Notice of Changes to Etariff Part 284 Type of Filing Codes | |
81 FR 63174 - FFP Project 121, LLC; Notice of Intent To File License Application, Filing of Pre-Application Document, and Approving Use of the Traditional Licensing Process | |
81 FR 63173 - Mr. Ray F. Ward; Notice of Authorization for Continued Project Operation | |
81 FR 63177 - Medallion Pipeline Company, LLC; Notice of Petition for Declaratory Order | |
81 FR 63224 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Extension of a Currently Approved Collection; National Clandestine Laboratory Seizure Report | |
81 FR 63203 - Proposed Information Collection; Backcountry/Wilderness Use Permit | |
81 FR 63238 - Advisors Series Trust and Orinda Asset Management, LLC; Notice of Intention To Rescind an Order | |
81 FR 63195 - Privacy Act of 1974; Notice of a Computer Matching Program Between the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and the Department of Homeland Security, Federal Emergency Management Agency (DHS/FEMA) | |
81 FR 63201 - Order of Succession for the Office of the Chief Human Capital Officer | |
81 FR 63201 - Order of Succession for the Office of Public Affairs | |
81 FR 63166 - Request for Comments for the Commission on Evidence-Based Policymaking | |
81 FR 63168 - Certain Carbon and Alloy Steel Cut-to-Length Plate From the Republic of Korea: Preliminary Negative Countervailing Duty Determination and Alignment of Final Determination With Final Antidumping Duty Determination | |
81 FR 63075 - Special Local Regulations and Safety Zones; Recurring Marine Events and Fireworks Displays Within the Fifth Coast Guard District | |
81 FR 63107 - Air Plan Approval and Disapproval; North Carolina: New Source Review for Fine Particulate Matter (PM2.5 | |
81 FR 63134 - Federal Travel Regulation; Clarifying Agency Responsibilities Concerning Reimbursement for Automatic Teller Machine (ATM) Fees and Laundry, Cleaning and Pressing of Clothing Expenses | |
81 FR 63106 - Air Plan Approval; GA Infrastructure Requirements for the 2010 1-Hour NO2 | |
81 FR 63179 - Sunshine Act; Notice of Meeting; Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board Member Meeting, September 19, 2016 8:30 a.m. (In-Person), 77 K Street NE., Board Room 10th Floor, Washington, DC 20002 | |
81 FR 63137 - Federal Travel Regulation; Optimal Use of the Government Contractor Issued Travel Charge Card | |
81 FR 63053 - New Animal Drugs for Use in Animal Feeds; Chlortetracycline and Sulfamethazine; Chlortetracycline, Procaine Penicillin, and Sulfamethazine | |
81 FR 63191 - Withdrawal of Approval of Part of a New Animal Drug Application; Chlortetracycline, Procaine Penicillin, and Sulfamethazine | |
81 FR 63297 - Privacy Act of 1974; Systems of Records | |
81 FR 63187 - The Judicious Use of Medically Important Antimicrobial Drugs in Food-Producing Animals; Establishing Appropriate Durations of Therapeutic Administration; Request for Comments | |
81 FR 63051 - Rural Broadband Access Loans and Loan Guarantees; Correction | |
81 FR 63155 - Revision of Standards and Procedures for the Enforcement of Section 274B of the Immigration and Nationality Act | |
81 FR 63149 - Modernization of the Customs Brokers Examination | |
81 FR 63102 - Air Plan Approval; VT; Prevention of Significant Deterioration, PM2.5 | |
81 FR 63156 - Air Plan Approval; VT; Prevention of Significant Deterioration, PM2.5 | |
81 FR 63054 - Quid Pro Quo and Hostile Environment Harassment and Liability for Discriminatory Housing Practices Under the Fair Housing Act | |
81 FR 63104 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; State of Colorado; Second Ten-Year PM10 | |
81 FR 63171 - Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request; Analysis and Review of Ocean Exploration Video Products | |
81 FR 63323 - Controlled Unclassified Information | |
81 FR 63112 - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Area Sources: Industrial, Commercial, and Institutional Boilers | |
81 FR 63261 - Department of Energy Property Management Regulations | |
81 FR 63131 - Acrylic Polymers; Tolerance Exemption |
Forest Service
Rural Utilities Service
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
National Telecommunications and Information Administration
Navy Department
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Food and Drug Administration
National Institutes of Health
Coast Guard
U.S. Customs and Border Protection
Fish and Wildlife Service
Land Management Bureau
National Park Service
Reclamation Bureau
Antitrust Division
Drug Enforcement Administration
Justice Programs Office
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Information Security Oversight Office
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Highway Administration
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
Rural Utilities Service, Agriculture.
Final rule; correction.
The Rural Utilities Service (RUS), an agency of the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), is correcting a final rule that appeared in the
Effective September 14, 2016.
Thomas P. Dickson, Acting Director, Program Development and Regulatory Analysis, Rural Utilities Service, United States Department of Agriculture, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20250-9011, Telephone: 202-690-4492, email:
RUS published a final rule in the
In FR Doc. 2016-13302, on page 37121 in the
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final special conditions; request for comments.
These special conditions are issued for Boeing Model 737-700 airplanes. This airplane, as modified by Lufthansa Technik, AG (Lufthansa), will have a novel or unusual design feature when compared to the state of technology envisioned in the airworthiness standards for transport-category airplanes. This design feature is large, non-structural glass panels in the passenger compartment of Very Important Person (VIP) interiors of Model 737-700 airplanes modified by Lufthansa. The applicable airworthiness regulations do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for this design feature. These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
This action is effective on Lufthansa on September 14, 2016. We must receive your comments by October 31, 2016.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2016-8832 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
John Shelden, Airframe and Cabin Safety, ANM-115, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-2785; facsimile 425-227-1320.
The FAA has determined that notice of, and opportunity for prior public comment on, these special conditions is impracticable because these procedures would significantly delay issuance of the design approval and thus delivery of the affected airplanes.
In addition, the substance of these special conditions has been subjected to the notice and comment period in several prior instances, and has been
We invite interested people to take part in this rulemaking by sending written comments, data, or views. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the special conditions, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data.
We will consider all comments we receive by the closing date for comments. We may change these special conditions based on the comments we receive.
On October 15, 2015, Lufthansa applied for a supplemental type certificate to install a VIP interior and cabin system, which includes installation of large, non-structural glass panels in the passenger compartment of Boeing Model 737-700 airplanes. This airplane is a twin-jet engine, transport-category airplane. The airplane seating accommodates 34 passengers, 5 cabin crewmembers, and 4 flightcrew members. Maximum takeoff weight is 171,000 lbs.
Under the provisions of title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) 21.101, Lufthansa must show that the Boeing Model 737-700 airplane, as changed, continues to meet the applicable provisions of the regulations listed in Type Certificate No. A16WE, or the applicable regulations in effect on the date of application for the change, except for earlier amendments as agreed upon by the FAA.
If the Administrator finds that the applicable airworthiness regulations (
Special conditions are initially applicable to the model for which they are issued. Should the applicant apply for a supplemental type certificate to modify any other model included on the same type certificate to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would also apply to the other model under § 21.101.
In addition to the applicable airworthiness regulations and special conditions, the Boeing Model 737-700 airplane must comply with the fuel-vent and exhaust-emission requirements of 14 CFR part 34, and the noise-certification requirements of 14 CFR part 36.
The FAA issues special conditions, as defined in 14 CFR 11.19, in accordance with § 11.38, and they become part of the type certification basis under § 21.101.
The Boeing Model 737-700 airplane, as modified by Lufthansa, will incorporate a novel or unusual design feature associated with a VIP interior and cabin system, which is the installation of large, non-structural glass panels in the passenger compartment.
No specific regulations address the design and installation of large glass components in airplane passenger cabins. Existing requirements, such as §§ 25.561, 25.562, 25.601, 25.603, 25.613, 25.775, and 25.789, provide some design standards appropriate for large glass component installations. However, additional design standards for non-structural glass augmenting the existing design are needed to complement the existing requirements. The addition of glass involved in this installation, and the potentially unsafe conditions caused by damage to such components from external sources, necessitate assuring that adequate safety standards are applied to the design and installation of the feature in Boeing Model 737-700 airplanes.
For purposes of these special conditions, a large glass component is defined as a glass component weighing 4 kg (9 lbs) or more. Groupings of glass items that individually weigh less than 4 kg, but collectively weigh 4 kg or more, also would need to be included. These special conditions also apply when showing compliance with the applicable performance standards in the regulations for the installation of these components. For example, heat-release and smoke-density testing must not result in fragmentation of the component.
The use of glass has resulted in trade-offs between the one unique characteristic of glass—its capability for undistorted or controlled light transmittance, or transparency—and the negative aspects of the material, such as extreme notch-sensitivity, low fracture resistance, low modulus of elasticity, and highly variable properties. While reasonably strong, glass is nonetheless not a desirable material for traditional airplane applications because it is heavy (about the same density as aluminum), and when it fails, it breaks into extremely sharp fragments that have the potential for injury and have been known to be lethal. Likewise, the use of glass traditionally has been limited to windshields, and instrument and display transparencies. The regulations for certification of transport-category airplanes only address, and thus only recognize, the use of glass in windshield or window applications. These regulations do address the adverse properties of glass, but even so, pilots are occasionally injured from shattered glass windshields. FAA policy allows glass on instruments and display transparencies.
Other installations of large, non-structural glass items have included the following:
• Glass panels integrated onto a stairway handrail closeout.
• Glass panels mounted in doors to allow visibility through the door when desired.
• Glass doors on some galley compartments containing small amounts of service items.
These special conditions will reduce the hazards from breakage, or from these panels' potential separation from the cabin interior.
The FAA recently received comments on proposed special conditions similar to the special conditions in this document. Notice of Proposed Special Conditions no. 25-16-03-SC, for Lufthansa modifications to the Boeing Model 747-8 airplane, was published in the
Boeing commented that the load conditions in special condition no. 4, in Notice no. 25-16-03-SC, which corresponds to special condition no. 3 in this document, should include all flight and landing loads, rather than only emergency landing. These special conditions are in addition to the load requirements in the certification basis for the glass installation, rather than in lieu of the load requirements. Thus, is it not necessary to repeat that all of these loads apply to this installation. The emergency-landing load condition is not normally applied to installations of this type, but for the use of large glass in the cabin, we determined that this additional safety standard is necessary. We made no changes to special condition number 3 in response to the Boeing comments.
These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
As discussed above, these special conditions are applicable to Boeing Model 737-700 airplanes modified by Lufthansa. Should Lufthansa apply at a later date for a supplemental type certificate to modify any other model included on Type Certificate No. A16WE to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would apply to that model as well.
This action affects only certain novel or unusual design features on one model series of airplane. It is not a rule of general applicability and affects only the applicant who applied to the FAA for approval of these features on the airplane.
Aircraft, Aviation safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701, 44702, 44704.
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the following special conditions are issued as part of the type certification basis for Boeing Model 737-700 airplanes modified by Lufthansa.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Final rule.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is amending the animal drug regulations to reflect the withdrawal of approval of those parts of a new animal drug application (NADA) for a 3-way, fixed-ratio, combination drug Type A medicated article that pertain to use of the procaine penicillin component for production indications in swine and to reflect the reformulation of the Type A medicated article as a 2-way, fixed-ratio, combination drug product without penicillin.
This rule is effective September 14, 2016.
Cindy L. Burnsteel, Center for Veterinary Medicine (HFV-130), Food and Drug Administration, 7500 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855, 240-402-0817, email:
Pharmgate LLC (Pharmgate), 1015 Ashes Dr., Suite 102, Wilmington, NC 28405 has requested that FDA withdraw approval of those parts of NADA 138-934 for PENNCHLOR SP 500 (chlortetracycline, procaine penicillin, and sulfamethazine) Type A medicated article that pertain to use of the procaine penicillin component for the production indications of growth promotion and increased feed efficiency in swine. Pharmgate requested voluntary withdrawal of approval of these indications for use because PENNCHLOR SP 500 Type A medicated article is no longer manufactured.
With the withdrawal of approval of the production indications for procaine penicillin, the product approved under NADA 138-934 was reformulated as PENNCHLOR S 40/40 (chlortetracycline and sulfamethazine) Type A Medicated Article, a 2-way, fixed-ratio, combination drug Type A medicated article that does not contain penicillin procaine and is not labeled for production indications.
The Agency has determined under 21 CFR 25.33(a) that this action is categorically excluded from the requirement to submit an environmental assessment or an environmental impact statement because it is of a type that does not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment.
Elsewhere in this issue of the
NADA 138-934 was identified as being affected by guidance for industry (GFI) #213 “New Animal Drugs and New Animal Drug Combination Products Administered in or on Medicated Feed or Drinking Water of Food-Producing Animals: Recommendations for Drug Sponsors for Voluntarily Aligning Product Use Conditions with GFI #209,” December 2013.
This rule does not meet the definition of “rule” in 5 U.S.C. 804(3)(A) because it is a rule of “particular applicability.” Therefore, it is not subject to the congressional review requirements in 5 U.S.C. 801-808.
Animal drugs, Animal feeds.
Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and under authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs and redelegated to the Director of the Center for Veterinary Medicine, 21 CFR part 558 is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 354, 360b, 360ccc, 360ccc-1, 371.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Fair Housing and Equal Opportunity, HUD.
Final rule.
This final rule amends HUD's fair housing regulations to formalize standards for use in investigations and adjudications involving allegations of harassment on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, familial status, or disability. The rule specifies how HUD will evaluate complaints of quid pro quo (“this for that”) harassment and hostile environment harassment under the Fair Housing Act. It will also provide for uniform treatment of Fair Housing Act claims raising allegations of quid pro quo and hostile environment harassment in judicial and administrative forums. This rule defines “quid pro quo” and “hostile environment harassment,” as prohibited under the Fair Housing Act, and provides illustrations of discriminatory housing practices that constitute such harassment. In addition, this rule clarifies the operation of traditional principles of direct and vicarious liability in the Fair Housing Act context.
Lynn Grosso, Acting Deputy Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Programs, Office of Fair Housing and Equal Opportunity, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 5204, Washington DC 20410-2000; telephone number 202-402-5361 (this is not a toll-free number). Persons with hearing or speech impairments may contact this number via TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339.
Both HUD and the courts have long recognized that Title VIII of the Civil Rights Act of 1968, as amended, (42 U.S.C. 3601
This rule formalizes standards for evaluating claims of quid pro quo and hostile environment harassment in the housing context. The rule does so by defining “quid pro quo harassment” and “hostile environment harassment” as conduct prohibited under the Fair Housing Act, and by specifying the standards to be used to evaluate whether particular conduct creates a quid pro quo or hostile environment in violation of the Act. Such standards will apply both in administrative adjudications and in cases brought in federal and state courts under the Fair Housing Act. This rule also adds to HUD's existing Fair Housing Act regulations illustrations of discriminatory housing practices that may constitute illegal quid pro quo and hostile environment harassment.
By establishing consistent standards for evaluating claims of quid pro quo and hostile environment harassment, this rule provides guidance to providers of housing or housing-related services seeking to ensure that their properties or businesses are free of unlawful harassment. The rule also provides clarity to victims of harassment and their representatives regarding how to assess potential claims of illegal harassment under the Fair Housing Act.
In addition, this final rule clarifies when housing providers and other entities or individuals covered by the Fair Housing Act may be held directly or vicariously liable under the Act for
The legal authority for this regulation is found in the Fair Housing Act, which gives the Secretary of HUD the “authority and responsibility for administering this Act.” 42 U.S.C. 3608(a). In addition, the Act provides that “[t]he Secretary may make rules (including rules for the collection, maintenance, and analysis of appropriate data) to carry out this title. The Secretary shall give public notice and opportunity for comment with respect to all rules made under this section.” 42 U.S.C. 3614a. HUD also has general rulemaking authority under the Department of Housing and Urban Development Act to make such rules and regulations as may be necessary to carry out its functions, powers and duties. See 42 U.S.C. 3535(d).
The major provisions of this rule:
• Formalize definitions of “quid pro quo harassment” and “hostile environment harassment” under the Fair Housing Act.
• Formalize standards for evaluating claims of quid pro quo and hostile environment harassment under the Fair Housing Act.
• Add illustrations of prohibited quid pro quo and hostile environment harassment to HUD's existing Fair Housing Act regulations.
• Identify traditional principles of direct and vicarious liability applicable to all discriminatory housing practices under the Fair Housing Act, including quid pro quo and hostile environment harassment.
Please refer to section III of this preamble, entitled “This Final Rule,” for a discussion of the changes made to HUD's regulations by this final rule.
This rule formalizes clear, consistent, nationwide standards for evaluating harassment claims under the Fair Housing Act. The rule does not create any new forms of liability under the Fair Housing Act and thus adds no additional costs for housing providers and others engaged in housing transactions.
The benefits of the rule are that it will assist in ensuring compliance with the Fair Housing Act by defining quid pro quo and hostile environment harassment that violates the Act and by specifying traditional principles of direct and vicarious liability, consistent with Supreme Court precedent. Articulating clear standards enables entities subject to the Fair Housing Act's prohibitions and persons protected by its terms to understand the types of conduct that constitute actionable quid pro quo and hostile environment harassment. As a result, HUD expects this rule to facilitate more effective training to avoid discriminatory harassment in housing and decrease the need for protracted litigation to resolve disputed claims.
Title VIII of the Civil Rights Act of 1968, as amended (the Fair Housing Act or Act), prohibits discrimination in the availability and enjoyment of housing and housing-related services, facilities, and transactions because of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, disability, and familial status. 42 U.S.C. 3601-19. The Act prohibits a wide range of discriminatory housing and housing-related practices, including, among other things, making discriminatory statements, refusing to rent or sell, denying access to services, setting different terms or conditions, refusing to make reasonable modifications or accommodations, discriminating in residential real estate-related transactions, and retaliating.
In 1989, HUD promulgated fair housing regulations at 24 CFR part 100 that address discriminatory conduct in housing generally. The 1989 regulations include examples of discriminatory housing practices that cover quid pro quo sexual harassment and hostile environment harassment generally. Section 100.65(b)(5) identifies, as an example of unlawful conduct, denying or limiting housing-related services or facilities because a person refused to provide sexual favors. Section 100.400(c)(2) offers as an example of illegal conduct “. . . interfering with persons in their enjoyment of a dwelling because of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin of such persons, or of visitors or associates of such persons.” The 1989 regulations do not, however, expressly define quid pro quo or hostile environment harassment, specify standards for examining such claims, or provide illustrations of other types of quid pro quo or hostile environment harassment prohibited by the Act. The 1989 regulations also do not discuss liability standards for prohibited harassment or other discriminatory housing practices.
Over time, forms of harassment that violate civil rights laws have coalesced into two legal doctrines—quid pro quo and hostile environment. Although HUD and the courts have recognized that the Fair Housing Act prohibits harassment because of race or color,
As a result, when deciding harassment cases under the Fair Housing Act, courts have often looked to case law decided under Title VII, which prohibits employment discrimination because of race, color, religion, sex, and national origin.
This rule therefore formalizes standards to address harassment in and around one's home and identifies some of the differences between harassment in the home and harassment in the workplace. While Title VII and Fair Housing Act case law contain many similar concepts, this regulation describes the appropriate analytical framework for harassment claims under the Fair Housing Act.
The rule addresses only quid pro quo and hostile environment harassment, and not conduct generically referred to as harassment that, for different reasons, may violate section 818 or other provisions of the Fair Housing Act. For example, a racially hostile statement by a housing provider could indicate a discriminatory preference in violation of section 804(c) of the Act, or it could evidence intent to deny housing or discriminate in the terms or conditions of housing in violation of sections 804(a) or 804(b), even if the statement does not create a hostile environment or establish a quid pro quo. Section 818, which makes it unlawful to “coerce, intimidate, threaten, or interfere with any person in the exercise or enjoyment of” rights protected by the Act, or on account of a person having aided others in exercising or enjoying rights protected by the Act, could be violated by conduct that creates a quid pro quo or hostile environment. It is not, however, limited to quid pro quo or hostile environment claims and could be violated by other conduct that constitutes retaliation or another form of coercion, intimidation, threats, or interference because of a protected characteristic. In sum, this rule provides standards that are uniformly applicable to claims of quid pro quo and hostile environment harassment under the Fair Housing Act, regardless of the section of the Act that is alleged to have been violated, and the same discriminatory conduct could violate more than one provision of the Act whether or not it also constitutes quid pro quo or hostile environment harassment.
In response to public comment and upon further consideration by HUD of the issues presented in this rulemaking, HUD makes the following changes at this final rule stage:
• Re-words proposed § 100.7(a)(1)(iii) to avoid confusing the substantive obligation to comply with the Fair Housing Act with the standard of liability for discriminatory third-party conduct. Proposed § 100.7(a)(1)(iii) stated that a person is directly liable for “failing to fulfill a duty to take prompt action to correct and end a discriminatory housing practice by a third-party, where the person knew or should have known of the discriminatory conduct. The duty to take prompt action to correct and end a discriminatory housing practice by a third-party derives from an obligation to the aggrieved person created by contract or lease (including bylaws or other rules of a homeowner's association, condominium or cooperative), or by federal, state or local law.” Section 100.7(a)(1)(iii) of this final rule provides that a person is directly liable for “failing to take prompt action to correct and end a discriminatory housing practice by a third-party, where the person knew or should have known of the discriminatory conduct and had the power to correct it. The power to take prompt action to correct a discriminatory housing practice by a third-party depends upon the extent of control or any other legal responsibility the person may have with respect to the conduct of such third-party.”
• Adds to § 100.400 a new paragraph (c)(6) specifying as an example of a discriminatory housing practice retaliation because a person reported a discriminatory housing practice, including quid pro quo or hostile environment harassment.
• Adds to § 100.600(a)(2)(i), “Totality of the circumstances,” a new paragraph (C) that explains the reasonable person standard under which hostile environment harassment is assessed “Whether unwelcome conduct is sufficiently severe or pervasive as to create a hostile environment is evaluated from the perspective of a reasonable person in the aggrieved person's position.”
• Re-words proposed § 100.600(a)(2)(i)(B) to clarify that proof of hostile environment would not require demonstrating psychological or physical harm to avoid any confusion on that point. Proposed § 100.600(a)(2)(i)(B) stated “Evidence of psychological or physical harm is relevant in determining whether a hostile environment was created, as well as the amount of damages to which an aggrieved person may be entitled. Neither psychological nor physical harm, however, must be demonstrated to prove that a hostile environment exists.” Section 100.600(a)(2)(i)(B) in this final rule provides: “Neither psychological nor physical harm must be demonstrated to prove that a hostile environment exists. Evidence of psychological or physical harm may, however, be relevant in determining whether a hostile environment existed and, if so, the amount of damages to which an aggrieved person may be entitled.”
• Re-words proposed § 100.600(c) to clarify that a single incident may constitute either quid pro quo or hostile environment harassment if the incident meets the standard for either type of harassment under § 100.600(a)(1) or (a)(2). Proposed § 100.600(c) provided “A single incident of harassment because of race, color, religion, sex, familial status, national origin, or handicap may constitute a discriminatory housing practice, where the incident is severe, or evidences a quid pro quo.” Section 100.600(c) in this final rule provides “A single incident of harassment because of race, color, religion, sex, familial status, national origin, or handicap may constitute a discriminatory housing practice, where the incident is sufficiently severe to create a hostile environment, or evidences a quid pro quo.”
• Corrects the illustration in proposed § 100.65(b)(7) to fix a typographical error in the proposed rule. In the final rule, the word “service” is corrected and made plural.
On October 21, 2015, at 80 FR 63720, HUD published for public comment a proposed rule on Quid Pro Quo and Hostile Environment Harassment and Liability for Discriminatory Housing Practices Under the Fair Housing Act. The public comment period closed on December 21, 2015. HUD received 63 comments. The comments were submitted by public housing agencies (PHAs) and other government agencies; private housing providers and their representatives; nonprofit organizations, including fair housing, civil rights, housing advocacy, and legal groups; tenants and other individuals. This section of the preamble addresses significant issues raised in the public comments and provides HUD's responses. All public comments can be viewed at:
The majority of the commenters were generally supportive of the rule, with some urging HUD to publish the rule quickly. This summary does not provide responses to comments that expressed support for the proposed rule without suggesting any modifications to the rule. General supportive comments included statements of the importance of the rule in addressing and preventing sexual assault of tenants by landlords and descriptions of how the rule would empower housing providers, renters, and other consumers to understand and avoid illegal housing practices by defining and illustrating quid pro quo and hostile environment harassment. Some commenters stated that this rule may help providers focus on the importance of eliminating harassment on their properties, and some commenters identified provisions of the rule that would provide useful guidance to housing providers, tenants, residents, and others involved in housing transactions.
More specifically, commenters expressed appreciation that the rule would apply not solely to sexual harassment but to harassment because of all protected characteristics, with some commenters sharing anecdotes of harassment based on a variety of protected characteristics that they believe the rule may help remedy. Other commenters supported the proposed rule's distinction between the Fair Housing Act and Title VII, with commenters endorsing the Department's proposal not to adopt the Title VII affirmative defense to an employer's vicarious liability.
A number of commenters assessed the rule to be in accord with case law, and approved of the balance the rule strikes between the rights and obligations of the parties in a fair housing matter. Some commenters noted that the proposed standard for determining whether conduct constitutes a hostile environment is appropriately individualized to the facts of each case. Some commenters specifically identified the benefits provided by the rule in establishing a uniform framework for fairly evaluating and appropriately responding to alleged harassment, which minimizes the subjective nature of adjudicating such claims. Other commenters expressed appreciation for the proposed rule's recognition that a single incident may establish hostile environment harassment. Some commenters expressed support for the rule's acknowledgement of the fear of retaliation many individuals with disabilities experience when trying to address issues of harassment in their housing.
Many commenters stated that the rule's description of traditional principles of agency liability is accurate and not an expansion of existing liability. Some commenters expressed appreciation that the rule would incorporate traditional liability principles for any type of discriminatory housing practice, not just harassment, and would rely on negligence principles and distinguish between direct and vicarious liability. Other commenters stated that the rule would not burden housing providers because the direct liability standard is aligned with established housing provider business practice. Some commenters expressed appreciation that the rule would place landlords on notice that they should take corrective action early on, once they know or should have known of the discrimination.
Several commenters stated that housing providers are already in possession of the tools they need to create living environments free from harassment. In particular, the commenters stated that housing providers are familiar with the corrective actions they may take in order to enforce their own rules. Another commenter stated that housing providers are in the best position to select, train, oversee, and assure the correct behavior of their agents, noting that effective enforcement of the rule depends on the potential for liability on the part of housing providers.
Some commenters expressed support for the proposed rule while seeking modifications at the final rule stage. For example, a commenter encouraged broad application of the rule so that intervention and corrective action would occur before victims of housing discrimination are forced out of their homes. Another commenter sought an expansive reading of the rule in order to prevent all forms of bullying. Some commenters sought to add factors to the totality of circumstances consideration, while other commenters sought to add to the classes protected by the rule.
Following are HUD's responses to commenters' suggested modifications to the rule and the other significant issues raised in the public comments.
HUD agrees with the commenters' view that the Fair Housing Act's prohibition on sex discrimination prohibits discrimination because of gender identity. In
HUD reaffirms its view that under the Fair Housing Act, discrimination based on gender identity is sex discrimination. Accordingly, quid pro quo or hostile environment harassment in housing because of a person's gender identity is indistinguishable from harassment because of sex.
HUD, in its 2010 memorandum, also advised that claims of housing discrimination because of sexual orientation can be investigated under the
Sections 100.65(b)(6)-(7) of the proposed and of the final rule further illustrate some ways in which a person may violate sections 804(b), 804(f)(2), and 818 of the Fair Housing Act: “conditioning the terms, conditions, or privileges relating to the sale or rental of a dwelling, or denying or limiting the services or facilities in connection therewith, on a person's response to harassment because of [a protected characteristic]; “subjecting a person to harassment because of [a protected characteristic] that has the effect of imposing different terms, conditions, or privileges relating to the sale or rental of a dwelling or denying or limiting services or facilities in connection with the sale or rental of a dwelling.” In sum, the Act and HUD's regulations, including this final rule, make clear that the Act prohibits discrimination that occurs while a person resides in a dwelling, and courts have repeatedly interpreted the Act similarly.
Other commenters recommended that HUD apply the judicially-created Title VII affirmative defense to Fair Housing Act claims. One such commenter stated that HUD, by rule, cannot import a Title VII cause of action onto the Fair Housing Act without the judicially-created limitations on a Title VII employer's liability under that cause of action. Another commenter believed that HUD eliminated an existing affirmative defense for housing providers that is available in the employment context. Given the scope of potential harassment claims, this commenter found unwarranted HUD's position that the Title VII affirmative defense is not relevant to harassment in the housing context because, in HUD's view, a housing agent who harasses residents is inevitably aided by his or her agency relationship with the housing provider. In the commenter's view, a responsible housing provider who exercises reasonable care to prevent harassment, and who provides a complaint mechanism that a resident unreasonably fails to invoke, should be afforded the same affirmative defense available to employers in analogous situations. Another commenter asked HUD to reconsider its decision to reject the affirmative defense as it appears unfair and based on an assertion that agents of housing providers are equivalent to a supervisory employer in terms of their power over applicants and/or tenants.
HUD notes that some comments on this issue demonstrated a misunderstanding of the potential scope of the Title VII affirmative defense. The Title VII affirmative defense does not apply to harassment claims based on direct liability. Thus, contrary to the perceptions of some commenters, the affirmative defense does not apply to cases in which an employer—or housing provider—knew or should have known of an agent or third-party's harassment and failed to stop it, because such cases involve direct rather than vicarious liability.
Therefore, in exercising its power to promulgate rules to interpret and carry out the Act, HUD believes it would be inappropriate to add, for the first time, an affirmative defense that would require victims of hostile environment harassment—who are often housing insecure or otherwise especially vulnerable—to choose between the risk of retaliation by the perpetrator and the risk of losing their right to hold a housing provider liable for the acts of its agents. Instead, the traditional principles of vicarious liability—including those standards that hold a principal liable for an agent's conduct that is taken within the scope of employment, with the apparent authority of the principal, or that is otherwise aided by the agency relationship—will continue to govern a housing provider's liability for harassment. While HUD declines to extend the Title VII affirmative defense to the Fair Housing Act, the development and dissemination of anti-harassment policies will still assist housing providers to avoid litigation by identifying and quickly addressing improper conduct by employees or other agents.
Another commenter expressed concern that the rule as proposed would expand a PHA's exposure to liability by making the PHA liable for perceived hostile environment harassment that occurs beyond its knowledge or control and fails to create or incentivize any new remedies to protect tenants against hostile environment harassment. As a result, according to the commenter, the proposed rule raises the possibility that future litigation over alleged harassment might be driven by plaintiff attorneys' fees rather than the merit of the allegations or effective remedies. In light of these concerns, the commenter suggested that HUD revise the proposed rule to adopt defenses similar to those applicable to public agencies under California state law for injuries caused by dangerous conditions on the public agency's property. As described by the commenter, the State law defense provides that liability attaches to the public agency if the plaintiff establishes that: (1) The public employee's negligence or wrongful act or omission created the dangerous condition; or (2) the public entity had actual or constructive notice of the dangerous condition before the injury occurred. The commenter believes this standard incentivizes the public agency to maintain its property and train its staff in order to limit its exposure to liability and reduce the risk of injuries.
The California State law identified by the commenter essentially imposes a negligence standard for public agency liability, which is akin to the standard of direct liability that governs Fair Housing Act claims under § 100.7(a)(1)(ii). In addition, under traditional principles of agency law, a housing provider may be held vicariously liable for the discriminatory acts of an employee or agent regardless of whether the housing provider knew of or intended the discriminatory conduct where the employee was acting within scope of his or her agency, or where the harassment was aided by the agency relationship. HUD believes that traditional tort and agency law standards for assessing liability under the Act will encourage housing providers to provide appropriate training for their staff and to ensure compliance with the Act.
HUD is revising proposed § 100.600(c) at this final rule stage as follows.
Some commenters stated that this standard creates almost certain liability for landlords and that requiring actual knowledge would be more fair to property owners because liability would only attach for failing to act on known discrimination. A commenter stated that the final rule should limit liability where a housing provider has limited knowledge of misconduct. In contrast, other commenters stated that the “knew or should have known” standard is reasonable and consistent with the Fair Housing Act, legal negligence principles, and business practices of housing providers. One commenter complained that the proposed rule appears to require actual knowledge, even though the standard only requires that a defendant “should have known” of the harassment.
Commenters asked HUD to clarify how a housing provider “should have known” about harassment, especially in the context of tenant-on-tenant harassment. A commenter questioned what the housing provider needs to know before liability attaches and whether the housing provider needs to know that the harasser's actions violate the Fair Housing Act or only that the harasser took some action toward the victim. Several commenters expressed concern that a PHA might be liable when a housing voucher holder is harassed but neither the apartment owner nor voucher holder informs the housing agency about the harassment. One commenter expressed a similar concern that owners living in another city or state may not learn that harassment is taking place on their property unless the tenant tells the owner, and another commenter asked about a PHA's potential liability when harassment occurs over the internet but is unknown to the housing agency.
As the commenter recognizes, a community association generally has the power to respond to third-party harassment by imposing conditions authorized by the association's CC&Rs or by other legal authority.
Section 100.7(a)(1)(iii) sets out a negligence standard of liability, which does not require proof of discriminatory
Contrary to one comment, the Supreme Court in
Finally, the state court decision cited by one commenter did not involve claims under the Fair Housing Act and does not provide reason for HUD to alter § 100.7(a)(1)(iii) at the final rule stage. In
Numerous other commenters supported the rule's recognition that a housing provider may be directly liable for harassment of a tenant by the housing provider's employee or a third-party. These commenters stated that any suggestion that this rule will unduly burden housing providers is exaggerated, that the rule is wholly consistent with the ordinary responsibilities of housing providers to ensure habitability, and that housing providers are familiar with the tools they have to enforce their own rules—tools they frequently wield.
Other commenters stated that the rule would help protect many vulnerable persons from eviction. These commenters supported the statement in the proposed rule's preamble that eviction is only one of the many corrective actions housing providers may utilize to address harassment.
In contrast, other commenters stated that the rule does not create any new liability because landlords have an obligation to protect tenants' rights to quiet enjoyment and generally have the right to take actions against renters and occupants who disturb the quiet enjoyment of others.
Under Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review), a determination must be made whether a regulatory action is significant and therefore, subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) in accordance with the requirements of the order. Executive Order 13563 (Improving Regulations and Regulatory Review) directs executive agencies to analyze regulations that are “outmoded, ineffective, insufficient, or excessively burdensome, and to modify, streamline, expand, or repeal them in accordance with what has been learned.” Executive Order 13563 also directs that, where relevant, feasible, and consistent with regulatory objectives, and to the extent permitted by law, agencies are to identify and consider regulatory approaches that reduce burdens and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the public. This rule was determined to be a “significant regulatory action” as defined in section 3(f) of Executive Order (although not an economically significant regulatory action, as provided under section 3(f)(1) of the Executive Order).
This rule establishes uniform standards for use in investigations and processing cases involving harassment and liability under the Fair Housing Act. In establishing such standards, HUD is exercising its rulemaking authority to bring uniformity, clarity, and certainty to an area of legal practice.
The docket file for this rule is available for public inspection between the hours of 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. weekdays in the Regulations Division, Office of General Counsel, Department of Housing and Urban Development, Room 10276, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410-0500. Due to security measures at the HUD Headquarters building, please schedule an appointment to review the docket file by calling the Regulations Division at 202-708-3055 (this is not a toll-free number). Persons with hearing or speech impairments may access the above telephone number via TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339.
This rule does not direct, provide for assistance or loan and mortgage insurance for, or otherwise govern or regulate, real property acquisition, disposition, leasing, rehabilitation, alteration, demolition or new construction, or establish, revise, or provide for standards for construction or construction materials, manufactured housing, or occupancy. This rule is limited to the procedures governing fair housing enforcement. Accordingly, under 24 CFR 50.19(c)(3), this rule is categorically excluded from environmental review under the National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321).
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 4321,
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) (UMRA) establishes requirements for federal agencies to assess the effects of their regulatory actions on state, local, and tribal governments and the private sector. This rule does not impose any federal mandates on any state, local, or tribal governments or the private sector within the meaning of UMRA.
Executive Order 13132 (entitled “Federalism”) prohibits an agency from publishing any rule that has federalism implications if the rule either (1) imposes substantial, direct compliance costs on state and local governments, and is not required by statute, or (2) preempts state law, unless the agency meets the consultation and funding requirements of section 6 of the Executive Order. This rule does not have federalism implications and does not impose substantial direct compliance costs on state and local governments or preempt state law within the meaning of the Executive Order.
The Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Number for the equal opportunity in housing program is 14.400.
Aged, Fair housing, Individuals with disabilities, Mortgages, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Accordingly, for the reasons stated in the preamble, and in accordance with HUD's authority in 42 U.S.C. 3535(d), HUD amends 24 CFR part 100 as follows:
42 U.S.C. 3535(d), 3600-3620.
(a)
(i) The person's own conduct that results in a discriminatory housing practice.
(ii) Failing to take prompt action to correct and end a discriminatory housing practice by that person's employee or agent, where the person knew or should have known of the discriminatory conduct.
(iii) Failing to take prompt action to correct and end a discriminatory housing practice by a third-party, where the person knew or should have known of the discriminatory conduct and had the power to correct it. The power to take prompt action to correct and end a discriminatory housing practice by a third-party depends upon the extent of the person's control or any other legal responsibility the person may have with respect to the conduct of such third-party.
(2) For purposes of determining liability under paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this section, prompt action to correct and end the discriminatory housing practice may not include any action that penalizes or harms the aggrieved person, such as eviction of the aggrieved person.
(b)
(b) * * *
(6) Conditioning the availability of a dwelling, including the price, qualification criteria, or standards or procedures for securing the dwelling, on a person's response to harassment because of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin.
(7) Subjecting a person to harassment because of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin that causes the person to vacate a dwelling or abandon efforts to secure the dwelling.
(b) * * *
(6) Conditioning the terms, conditions, or privileges relating to the sale or rental of a dwelling, or denying or limiting the services or facilities in connection therewith, on a person's response to harassment because of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin.
(7) Subjecting a person to harassment because of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin that has the effect of imposing different terms, conditions, or privileges relating to the sale or rental of a dwelling or denying or limiting services or facilities in connection with the sale or rental of a dwelling.
(b) * * *
(6) Representing to an applicant that a unit is unavailable because of the applicant's response to a request for a sexual favor or other harassment because of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin.
(b) * * *
(5) Conditioning access to brokerage services on a person's response to harassment because of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin.
(6) Subjecting a person to harassment because of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin that has the effect of discouraging or denying access to brokerage services.
(b) * * *
(3) Conditioning the availability of a loan or other financial assistance on a person's response to harassment because of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin.
(4) Subjecting a person to harassment because of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin that affects the availability of a loan or other financial assistance.
(b) * * *
(4) Conditioning an aspect of a loan or other financial assistance to be provided with respect to a dwelling, or the terms or conditions thereof, on a person's response to harassment because of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin.
(5) Subjecting a person to harassment because of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin that has the effect of imposing different terms or conditions for the availability of such loans or other financial assistance.
(d) Practices which are unlawful under this section include, but are not limited to:
(1) Using an appraisal of residential real property in connection with the sale, rental, or financing of any dwelling where the person knows or reasonably should know that the appraisal improperly takes into consideration race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin.
(2) Conditioning the terms of an appraisal of residential real property in connection with the sale, rental, or financing of a dwelling on a person's response to harassment because of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, familial status, or national origin.
(c) * * *
(6) Retaliating against any person because that person reported a discriminatory housing practice to a housing provider or other authority.
(a)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(A) Factors to be considered to determine whether hostile environment harassment exists include, but are not limited to, the nature of the conduct, the context in which the incident(s) occurred, the severity, scope, frequency, duration, and location of the conduct, and the relationships of the persons involved.
(B) Neither psychological nor physical harm must be demonstrated to prove that a hostile environment exists. Evidence of psychological or physical harm may, however, be relevant in determining whether a hostile environment existed and, if so, the amount of damages to which an aggrieved person may be entitled.
(C) Whether unwelcome conduct is sufficiently severe or pervasive as to create a hostile environment is evaluated from the perspective of a reasonable person in the aggrieved person's position.
(ii)
(b)
(c)
Coast Guard, DHS.
Final rule.
The Coast Guard is issuing a final rule that revises the list of special local regulations and safety zones established for recurring marine events and fireworks displays that take place within the Fifth Coast Guard District area of responsibility. This rule revises the listing of events that informs the public of regularly scheduled marine parades, regattas, other organized water events, and fireworks displays that require additional safety measures provided by regulations. Under this rule, the list of recurring marine events requiring special local regulations or safety zones is updated with revisions, additional events, and removal of events that no longer take place in the Fifth Coast Guard District. When these regulations are enforced, certain restrictions are placed on marine traffic in specified areas. This rulemaking project promotes efficiency by eliminating the need to produce a separate rule for each individual recurring event, and serves to provide notice of the known recurring events requiring a special local regulation or safety zone throughout the year.
This rule is effective October 14, 2016.
To view documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
If you have questions about this rulemaking, call or email Dennis Sens,
The special local regulations listed in 33 CFR 100.501 and safety zones in 33 CFR 165.506 were last amended on April 16, 2015 (80 FR 20418). The Coast Guard published an interim final rule and request for comments on April 22, 2016 (81 FR 23605). During the comment period that ended July 21, 2016 we received one comment.
The Coast Guard issues this rulemaking under authority in 33 U.S.C. 1231; 33 U.S.C. 1233; 50 U.S.C. 191; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
The Coast Guard regularly updates special local regulations and safety zones established for recurring marine events and fireworks displays that take place either on or over the navigable waters of the United States. Under that rule, the list of recurring marine events requiring special local regulations or safety zones is updated with revisions, additional events, and removal of events that no longer take place within the Fifth Coast Guard District. The Fifth Coast Guard District area of responsibility is defined in 33 CFR 3.25.
The purpose of this rulemaking is to ensure the safety of persons, vessels and the navigable waters within close proximity to marine events and or fireworks displays before, during, and after the scheduled event. Publishing these regulatory updates in a single rulemaking promotes administrative efficiency and reduces costs involved in producing a separate rule for each individual recurring event. This action also provides the public with notice through publication in the
As noted above, we received one comment on the Interim final rule published April 22, 2016. The respondent comment addressed a concern that “Any permits for Fireworks Displays must have boundaries set no closer than 500 yards from any fuel depot, shipyard, marina, cargo facility that handles hazardous or flammable cargo or any “facility” that handles hazardous or flammable materials.” The commenter suggested that the safety zone radius should be a distance of 500 yards plus the expected radius of the “hot” area created by the fireworks display.
No changes were made to the rule based upon this comment; however the Coast Guard recognizes the importance of appropriate controls on fireworks displays that take place over and or adjacent to navigable waters of the United States. Accordingly USCG authority and oversight is based on current Federal regulations, applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) codes, and lessons learned from accident report findings. We believe these recommendations provide a more thorough and nuanced safety area than a blanket radius requirement. The CG Captain of the Port (COTP) ensures safety of persons and vessels on navigable waters of the United States in close proximity to fireworks events through coordination with event sponsor, fireworks operator, fire department, police department, Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), and other appropriate entities. The definition of “Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ)” is in accordance with NFPA 1123 which states, “The organization, office, or individual responsible for approving equipment, materials, an installation, or a procedure.” It is incumbent upon the event sponsor and or fireworks operator to consult with AHJ regarding fireworks display boundaries for restricted areas when seeking a fireworks permit. Under this arrangement the fireworks operator should provide a copy of the fireworks permit issued by the AHJ to the COTP to confirm compliance with local government regulations, ordinances and NFPA codes. The safety guidance provided in NAVIGATION AND VESSEL INSPECTION CIRCULAR NO. 702, dated June 18, 2002 sets forth Coast Guard policy used by USCG Captains of the Port; this document may be viewed in the docket.
This rule adds 4 new special local regulations for marine events, removes 8 regulations and revises 18 previously established regulations for marine events listed in the Table to § 100.501. Other than changes to the dates and locations of certain events, the other provisions in 33 CFR 100.501 remain unchanged.
This rule provides additional information about regulated areas and the restrictions that apply to mariners and new terms including “Race Area”, “Spectator Area” and “Buffer Zone”. The 24 hour contact phone numbers are updated for Coast Guard Sectors Delaware Bay and North Carolina.
The Coast Guard revises regulations at 33 CFR 100.501 by adding 4 new special local regulations. The special local regulations are listed in Table 1, including reference by section as printed in the Table to § 100.501.
The Coast Guard amends regulations at 33 CFR 100.501 by disestablishing the following 8 special local regulated areas listed in Table 2.
This rule revises 18 preexisting special local regulations that involves change to marine event date(s) and/or coordinates. These events are listed in Table 3, with reference by section as printed in the Table to § 100.501.
Based on the nature of marine events, large number of participants and spectators, and event locations, the Coast Guard has determined that the events listed in this rule could pose a risk to participants or waterway users if normal vessel traffic were to interfere with the event. Possible hazards include risks of injury or death resulting from near or actual contact among participant vessels and spectator vessels or mariners traversing through the regulated area. In order to protect the safety of all waterway users including event participants and spectators, this rule establishes special local regulations for the time and location of each marine event.
This rule provides designated spectator areas for commercial small passenger vessels at certain marine event(s). The purpose of a commercial small passenger vessel spectator area is to ensure the safe operation of commercial vessels that carry a greater number of passengers onboard and operating within the widespread, high capacity spectator fleet at marine events. These spectator areas facilitate direct and unobstructed accesses for first responders should an emergency occur aboard one of the higher capacity commercial passenger vessels. Commercial passenger vessels holding a valid Certificate of Inspection issued under 46 CFR 114.110, and 175.110, (subchapter K or T vessels) are eligible for access to the designated spectator area as directed by the marine event Patrol Commander.
Owners or operators of vessels that meet the requirements of subchapter K or T vessels may request access to the Severn River spectator area for the U.S. Naval Academy Blue Angels Air Show by contacting the City of Annapolis Harbormaster Office, at telephone (410) 263-7973 or email at
Owners or operators of vessels that meet the requirements of subchapter K or T vessels may request access to the Patapsco River spectator area for the Baltimore Air Show by contacting Sail Baltimore at telephone (410) 522-7300 or email at
This rule prevents vessels from entering, transiting, mooring or anchoring within areas specifically designated as regulated areas during the periods of enforcement unless authorized by the Captain of the Port (COTP), or designated Coast Guard Patrol Commander. The designated “Patrol Commander” includes Coast Guard commissioned, warrant, or petty officer who has been designated by the COTP to act on their behalf. On-scene Patrol Commander may be augmented by local, State or Federal officials authorized to act in support of the Coast Guard.
This rule adds 4 new safety zones, and revises 22 previously established safety zones listed in the Table to § 165.506. Other than changes to the dates and locations of certain safety zones, the other provisions in 33 CFR 165.506 remain unchanged.
The Coast Guard revises the regulations at 33 CFR 165.506 by adding 4 new safety zone locations to the permanent regulations listed in this section. The new safety zones are listed in Table 4, including reference by section as printed in the Table to § 165.506.
The rule revises 22 preexisting safety zones that involves change to event date(s) and coordinates. These revised safety zones are shown in Table 5, with reference by section as printed in the Table to § 165.506.
Each year, organizations in the Fifth Coast Guard District sponsor fireworks displays in the same general location and time period. Each event uses a barge or an on-shore site near the shoreline as the fireworks launch platform. A safety zone is used to control vessel movement within a specified distance surrounding the launch platforms to ensure the safety of persons and property. Coast Guard personnel on scene may allow boaters within the safety zone if conditions permit.
The enforcement period for these safety zones is from 5:30 p.m. to 1 a.m. local time. However, vessels may enter, remain in, or transit through these safety zones during this time frame if authorized by the COTP or designated Coast Guard Patrol Commander on scene, as provided for in 33 CFR 165.23. This rule provides for the safety of life on navigable waters during the events. The regulatory text we are proposing appears at the end of this document.
We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes and executive orders, and we discuss First Amendment rights of protestors.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has not been designated a “significant regulatory action,” under Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the rule has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.
This regulatory action determination is based on the short amount of time that vessels will be restricted from regulated areas, and the small size of these areas that are usually positioned away from high vessel traffic zones. Generally vessels would not be precluded from getting underway, or mooring at any piers or marinas currently located in the vicinity of the regulated areas. Advance notifications would also be made to the local maritime community by issuance of Local Notice to Mariners, Broadcast Notice to Mariners, Marine information and facsimile broadcasts so mariners can adjust their plans accordingly. Notifications to the public for most events will typically be made by local newspapers, radio and TV stations. The Coast Guard anticipates that these special local regulated areas and safety zones will only be enforced one to three times per year.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
While some owners or operators of vessels intending to transit the regulated areas or safety zones may be small entities, for the reasons stated in section IV.A above this rule would not have a significant economic impact on any vessel owner or operator. However this rule will affect the following entities some of which may be small entities: The owners and operators of vessels intending to transit or anchor in these regulated areas during the times the zones are enforced.
These special local regulated areas and safety zones will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities for the following reasons: The Coast Guard will ensure that small entities are able to operate in the areas where events are occurring to the extent possible while ensuring the safety of event participants and spectators. The enforcement period will be short in duration and, in many of the areas, vessels can transit safely around the regulated area. Generally, blanket permission to enter, remain in, or transit through these regulated areas will be given, except during the period that the Coast Guard patrol vessel is present. Before the enforcement period, we will issue maritime advisories widely.
If you think that your business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction qualifies as a small entity and that this rule would have a significant economic impact on it, please submit a comment (see
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Public Law 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
This rule would not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct
Also, this rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it would not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. If you believe this rule has implications for federalism or Indian tribes, please contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule would not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have made a preliminary determination that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment.
This rule involves implementation of regulations within 33 CFR part 100 that apply to organized marine events on the navigable waters of the United States. Some marine events by their nature may introduce potential for adverse impact on the safety or other interest of waterway users or waterfront infrastructure within or close proximity to the event area. The category of water activities includes but is not limited to sail boat regattas, boat parades, power boat racing, swimming events, crew racing, and sail board racing. This section of the rule is categorically excluded from further review under paragraph 34(h) of Figure 2-1 of the Commandant Instruction. An environmental analysis checklist supporting this determination and a Categorical Exclusion Determination are not required for this section of the rule.
This rule involves implementation of regulations at 33 CFR part 165 that establish safety zones on navigable waters of the United States for fireworks events. These safety zones are enforced for the duration of fireworks display events. The fireworks are generally launched from or immediately adjacent to navigable waters of the United States. The category of activities includes fireworks launched from barges or at the shoreline that generally rely on the use of navigable waters as a safety buffer. Fireworks displays may introduce potential hazards such as accidental discharge of fireworks, dangerous projectiles, and falling hot embers or other debris. This section of the rule is categorically excluded from further review under paragraph 34(g) of Figure 2-1 of the Commandant Instruction. A environmental analysis checklist supporting this determination and a Categorical Exclusion Determination are available in the docket where indicated under
Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Waterways.
Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR parts 100 and 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1233.
The regulations in this section apply to the marine events listed in the Table to § 100.501. These regulations will be effective annually, for the duration of each event listed in the Table to § 100.501. Annual notice of the exact dates and times of the effective period of the regulation with respect to each event, the geographical area, and details concerning the nature of the event and the number of participants and type(s) of vessels involved will be published in Local Notices to Mariners and via Broadcast Notice to Mariners over VHF-FM marine band radio.
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(b)
(c)
(2)
(i) Stop the vessel immediately when directed to do so by any Official Patrol and then proceed only as directed.
(ii) All persons and vessels shall comply with the instructions of the Official Patrol.
(iii) When authorized to transit the regulated area, all vessels shall proceed at the minimum speed necessary to maintain a safe course that minimizes wake near the race course.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(d)
(1) Coast Guard Sector Delaware Bay—Captain of the Port Zone, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: (215) 271-4940.
(2) Coast Guard Sector Maryland-National Capital Region—Captain of the Port Zone, Baltimore, Maryland: (410) 576-2525.
(3) Coast Guard Sector Hampton Roads—Captain of the Port Zone, Norfolk, Virginia: (757) 483-8567.
(4) Coast Guard Sector North Carolina—Captain of the Port Zone North Carolina: (877) 229-0770 or (910) 362-4015.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(2)
33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191, 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a)
(2) All persons and vessels shall comply with the instructions of the Coast Guard Captain of the Port, Coast Guard Patrol Commander or the designated on-scene-patrol personnel. Those personnel are comprised of commissioned, warrant, and petty officers of the U.S. Coast Guard. Other Federal, State and local agencies may assist these personnel in the enforcement of the safety zone. Upon being hailed by a U.S. Coast Guard vessel by siren, radio, flashing light or other means, the operator of a vessel shall proceed as directed.
(b)
(2) Coast Guard Captains of the Port in the Fifth Coast Guard District will notify the public of the enforcement of these safety zones by all appropriate means to affect the widest publicity among the affected segments of the public. Publication in the Local Notice to Mariners, marine information broadcasts, and facsimile broadcasts may be made for these events, beginning 24 to 48 hours before the event is scheduled to begin, to notify the public.
(c)
(1) Coast Guard Sector Delaware Bay—Captain of the Port Zone, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: (215) 271-4940.
(2) Coast Guard Sector Maryland-National Capital Region—Captain of the Port Zone, Baltimore, Maryland: (410) 576-2525.
(3) Coast Guard Sector Hampton Roads—Captain of the Port Zone, Norfolk, Virginia: (757) 483-8567.
(4) Coast Guard Sector North Carolina—Captain of the Port Zone, Wilmington, North Carolina: (877) 229-0770 or (910) 362-4015.
(d)
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of enforcement of regulation.
The Coast Guard will enforce regulations for the Sitcum Waterway security zone in Commencement Bay, Tacoma, Washington, from 6 a.m. on September 15, 2016, through 11:59 p.m. on September 20, 2016, unless cancelled sooner by the Captain of the Port. This action is necessary for the security of Department of Defense assets and military cargo in the navigable waters of Puget Sound and adjacent waters. Entry into this security zone is prohibited
The regulations in 33 CFR 165.1321 will be enforced from 6 a.m. on September 15, 2016, through 11:59 p.m. on September 20, 2016, for the security zone indentified in paragraph (c)(2) of that section, unless cancelled sooner by the Captain of the Port.
If you have questions on this notice of enforcement, call or email Chief Warrant Officer Jeffrey Zappen, Sector Puget Sound Waterways Management Division, Coast Guard; telephone 206-217-6076, email
The Coast Guard will enforce regulations in 33 CFR 165.1321 for the Sitcum Waterway Security Zone identified in paragraph (c)(2) of that section, from September 15, 2016, at 6 a.m. through 11:59 p.m. on September 20, 2016, unless cancelled sooner by the Captain of the Port or Designated Representative. Under the provisions of 33 CFR 165.1321, the security zone will provide for the regulation of vessel traffic in the vicinity of military cargo loading facilities in the navigable waters of the United States. The security zones also exclude persons and vessels from the immediate vicinity of these facilities during military cargo loading and unloading operations. In addition, the regulation establishes requirements for all vessels to obtain permission of the COTP or Designated Representative, including the Vessel Traffic Service (VTS), to enter, move within, or exit these security zones when they are enforced. Entry into this zone is prohibited unless authorized by the Captain of the Port or a Designated Representative, or is otherwise allowed under exemption or waiver provisions in 33 CFR 165.1321(h) or (i).
This notice of enforcement is issued under authority of 33 CFR 165.1321 and 5 U.S.C. 552 (a). In addition to this notice of enforcement in the
Department of Education.
Final priority.
To further support a comprehensive education agenda and to address concentrated poverty and related segregation in our Nation's schools, the Secretary of Education establishes an additional priority primarily for use in any discretionary grant program focused on elementary and secondary education, as appropriate, for fiscal year (FY) 2016 and future years. The Secretary adds this priority to the existing supplemental priorities and definitions for discretionary grant programs that were published in the
This supplemental priority is effective October 14, 2016.
Ramin Taheri, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 5E343, Washington, DC 20202-5930. Telephone: (202) 453-5961 or by email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
20 U.S.C. 1221e-3, 3474.
We published a notice of proposed priority (NPP) in the
Second, we acknowledge that solutions to educational challenges are often different in rural, urban, and suburban communities. We note, however, that the Department has discretion in how and when it will use this priority (including whether to use it as an invitational or other type of priority), and does not intend to use this priority in a way that would disadvantage rural applicants. Rather, it is our intention to use this priority strategically to encourage diversity only in those situations where we believe such efforts are most appropriate and best support the possibility of increasing socioeconomic diversity in schools.
We appreciate the comment suggesting that the Department issue guidance or technical assistance documents about school diversity. We agree that additional resources may be helpful in assisting LEAs and communities in undertaking efforts to diversify their schools. We note that there are existing resources, such as the Department's Equity Assistance Centers, that stand ready to offer technical assistance related to school climate issues based on race, national origin, sex, and religion. Moreover, the Department continues to explore all opportunities to develop and issue guidance materials in this and other important policy areas.
Finally, the Department agrees with the recommendation that grant applicants collaborate and communicate with their local communities. Public engagement is an integral part of any comprehensive, successful school diversity strategy. In that regard, the priority includes language that contemplates community input, robust family and community involvement, and other forms of public engagement.
Projects that are designed to increase socioeconomic diversity in educational settings by addressing one or more of the following:
(a) Using established survey or data-collection methods to identify socioeconomic stratification and related barriers to socioeconomic diversity at the classroom, school, district, community, or regional level.
(b) Developing, evaluating, or providing technical assistance on evidence-based policies or strategies designed to increase socioeconomic diversity in schools.
(c) Designing or implementing, with community input, education funding strategies, such as the use of weighted per-pupil allocations of local, State, and eligible Federal funds, to provide incentives for schools and districts to increase socioeconomic diversity.
(d) Developing or implementing policies or strategies to increase socioeconomic diversity in schools that are evidence-based; demonstrate ongoing, robust family and community involvement, including a process for intensive public engagement and consultation; and meet one or more of the following factors—
(i) Are carried out on one or more of an intra-district, inter-district, community, or regional basis;
(ii) Reflect coordination with other relevant government entities, including housing or transportation authorities, to the extent practicable;
(iii) Are based on an existing, public diversity plan or diversity needs assessment; and
(iv) Include one or both of the following strategies—
(A) Establishing school assignment or admissions policies that are designed to give preference to low-income students, students from low-performing schools, or students residing in neighborhoods experiencing concentrated poverty to attend higher-performing schools; or
(B) Establishing or expanding schools that are designed to attract substantial numbers of students from different socioeconomic backgrounds, such as magnet or theme schools, charter schools, or other schools of choice.
This notice does not preclude us from proposing additional priorities, requirements, definitions, or selection criteria, subject to meeting applicable rulemaking requirements.
This notice does
Under Executive Order 12866, the Secretary must determine whether this regulatory action is “significant” and, therefore, subject to the requirements of the Executive order and subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 defines a “significant regulatory action” as an action likely to result in a rule that may—
(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, or adversely affect a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities in a material way (also referred to as an “economically significant” rule);
(2) Create serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;
(3) Materially alter the budgetary impacts of entitlement grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles stated in the Executive order.
This final regulatory action is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by OMB under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866.
We have also reviewed this final regulatory action under Executive Order 13563, which supplements and explicitly reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review established in Executive Order 12866. To the extent permitted by law, Executive Order 13563 requires that an agency—
(1) Propose or adopt regulations only upon a reasoned determination that their benefits justify their costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify);
(2) Tailor its regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives and taking into account—among other things and to the extent practicable—the costs of cumulative regulations;
(3) In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, select those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity);
(4) To the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than the behavior or manner of compliance a regulated entity must adopt; and
(5) Identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including economic incentives—such as user fees or marketable permits—to encourage the desired behavior, or provide information that enables the public to make choices.
Executive Order 13563 also requires an agency “to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible.” The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB has emphasized that these techniques may include “identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes.”
We are issuing this final priority only on a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs. In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, we selected the approach that would maximize net benefits. Based on the analysis that follows, the Department believes that this regulatory action is consistent with the principles in Executive Order 13563.
We also have determined that this regulatory action would not unduly interfere with State, local, and tribal governments in the exercise of their governmental functions.
In accordance with both Executive orders, the Department has assessed the potential costs and benefits, both quantitative and qualitative, of this regulatory action. The potential costs associated with this regulatory action are those resulting from regulatory requirements and those we have determined as necessary for administering the Department's programs and activities.
Application submission and participation in a discretionary grant program are voluntary. The Secretary believes that the costs imposed on applicants by the final priority will be limited to paperwork burden related to preparing an application for a discretionary grant program that is using the priority in its competition. Because the costs of carrying out activities would be paid for with program funds, the costs of implementation would not be a burden for any eligible applicants, including small entities.
This document provides early notification of our specific plans and actions for these programs.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Direct final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submitted by the State of Vermont. The revision sets the amount of PM
This direct final rule will be effective November 14, 2016, unless EPA receives adverse comments by October 14, 2016. If adverse comments are received, EPA will publish a timely withdrawal of the direct final rule in the
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R01-OAR-2016-0441 at
Ida E. McDonnell, Manager, Air Permits, Toxics, and Indoor Programs Unit, Office of Ecosystem Protection, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA New England Regional Office, 5 Post Office Square, Suite 100, (OEP05-2), Boston, MA 02109-3912, phone number (617) 918-1653, fax number (617) 918-0653, email
Throughout this document whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA.
Organization of this document. The following outline is provided to aid in locating information in this preamble.
On October 20, 2010, EPA issued the final rule on the “Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) for Particulate Matter Less Than 2.5 Micrometers (PM
On July 25, 2014, the VT DEC submitted a revision to its state implementation plan (SIP) primarily addressing permitting requirements for PM
Vermont revised Table 2 by adding increments for PM
EPA has found the PSD increment values added to Table 2 to be consistent with 40 CFR 51.166(c) and has also found that the increment values meet the anti-back sliding requirements of Section 110(l) of the Clean Air Act. Therefore, EPA is approving revised Table 2 into the Vermont SIP.
Vermont revised Table 3 by adding thresholds for PM
The EPA is publishing this action without prior proposal because the Agency views this as a noncontroversial amendment and anticipates no adverse comments. However, in the proposed rules section of this
If the EPA receives such comments, then EPA will publish a notice withdrawing the final rule and informing the public that the rule will not take effect. All public comments received will then be addressed in a subsequent final rule based on the proposed rule. The EPA will not institute a second comment period on the proposed rule. All parties interested in commenting on the proposed rule should do so at this time. If no such comments are received, the public is advised that this rule will be effective on November 14, 2016 and no further action will be taken on the proposed rule. Please note that if EPA receives adverse comment on an amendment, paragraph, or section of this rule and if that provision may be severed from the remainder of the rule, EPA may adopt as final those provisions of the rule that are not the subject of an adverse comment.
In this rule, the EPA is finalizing regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, the EPA is finalizing the incorporation by reference of Vermont's Air Pollution Control Regulations described in the amendments to 40 CFR part 52 set forth below. The EPA has made, and will continue to make, these documents generally available electronically through
Under the Clean Air Act, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the Clean Air Act. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the Clean Air Act; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Part 52 of chapter I, title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(c)
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving State Implementation Plan (SIP) revisions submitted by the State of Colorado. On May 13, 2013, the Governor of Colorado's designee submitted to the EPA a revised maintenance plan for the Lamar area for the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter less than or equal to 10 microns (PM
This final rule is effective on October 14, 2016.
The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-R08-OAR-2015-0042. All documents in the docket are listed on the
James Hou, Air Program, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 8, Mailcode 8P-AR, 1595 Wynkoop Street, Denver, Colorado 80202-1129, (303) 312-6210,
The Lamar area was designated nonattainment for PM
On May 13, 2013, the Governor of Colorado's designee submitted the second 10-year update of the PM
We received one comment letter during the public comment period, which was submitted anonymously.
The EPA will use a weight-of-evidence approach to assess each demonstration and comparison of the concentrations during event(s) in question with historical concentration data on a case-by-case basis. The EPA acknowledges that natural events, such as high wind dust events, can recur and still be eligible for exclusion under the EER. Therefore, events do not necessarily have to be rare to satisfy this element.
We are approving the revised Lamar PM
Additionally, the EPA is proposing to exclude from use in determining that Lamar continues to attain the PM
Under the CAA, redesignation of an area to attainment and the accompanying approval of a maintenance plan under section 107(d)(3)(E) are actions that affect the status of a geographical area and do not impose any additional regulatory requirements on sources beyond those imposed by state law. A redesignation to attainment does not in and of itself create any new requirements, but rather results in the applicability of requirements contained in the CAA for areas that have been redesignated to attainment. Moreover, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable federal regulations.
• Are not significant regulatory actions subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Do not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Are certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Do not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Do not have federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Are not economically significant regulatory actions based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Are not significant regulatory actions subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Are not subject to requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Do not provide the EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP does not apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where the EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian Country, the final rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by November 14, 2016. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
42 U.S.C. 7401
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is taking final action to approve portions of the State Implementation Plan (SIP) submission, submitted by the State of Georgia, through the Georgia Department of Natural Resources, Environmental Protection Division (GA EPD), on March 25, 2013, to demonstrate that the State meets the infrastructure requirements of the Clean Air Act (CAA or Act) for the 2010 1-hour nitrogen dioxide (NO
This rule will be effective October 14, 2016.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket Identification No. EPA-R04-OAR-2015-0250. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Richard Wong, Air Regulatory Management Section, Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. Mr. Wong can be reached via telephone at (404) 562-8726 or via electronic mail at
On January 22, 2010, (published at 75 FR 6474, February 9, 2010), EPA promulgated a new 1-hour primary NAAQS for NO
In a proposed rulemaking published on June 28, 2016 (81 FR 41905), EPA proposed to approve Georgia's 2010 1-hour NO
With the exception of the PSD permitting requirements for major sources of sections 110(a)(2)(C), prong 3 of D(i), and (J) and the interstate transport requirements of section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) and (II) (prongs 1, 2, and 4), EPA is taking final action to action to approve Georgia's infrastructure submission submitted on March 25, 2013, for the 2010 1-hour NO
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable federal regulations.
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described
• does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), nor will it impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by November 14, 2016. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency.
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving, in part, and disapproving, in part, changes to the North Carolina State Implementation Plan (SIP), provided by the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality (NC DEQ) through the Division of Air Quality (DAQ), to EPA in submittals dated May 16, 2011, (two separate submittals) and September 5, 2013. These SIP submittals modify North Carolina's New Source Review (NSR)—Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) and Nonattainment New Source Review (NNSR)—permitting regulations and include the adoption of some federal requirements regarding implementation of the fine particulate matter (PM
This rule will be effective October 14, 2016.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket Identification No. EPA-R04-OAR-2015-0501. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Joel Huey of the Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. Mr. Huey can be reached by telephone at (404) 562-9104 or via electronic mail at
In submittals dated May 16, 2011 (two separate submittals), and September 5, 2013, DAQ submitted to EPA changes to the North Carolina SIP with regard to the State's PSD and NNSR regulations found at 15A North Carolina Administrative Code (NCAC) 02D .0530 and 15A NCAC 02D .0531. These SIP submittals modify North Carolina's NSR permitting regulations (for both PSD and NNSR) and include the adoption of some federal requirements regarding implementation of the PM
• Approval of a May 16, 2011, SIP submittal from North Carolina (as revised and updated by the State's September 5, 2013, SIP submittal) as meeting the requirements of EPA's rule, “Implementation of the New Source Review (NSR) Program for Particulate Matter Less Than 2.5 Micrometers (PM
• Disapproval of the portions of North Carolina's September 5, 2013, SIP submittal pertaining to adoption and implementation of the PM
• Approval of administrative changes to North Carolina's PSD and NNSR regulations at 15A NCAC 02D .0530 and 15A NCAC 02D .0531 provided by the State in a SIP submittal also dated May 16, 2011, including clarification of the applicability of best available control technology (BACT) and lowest achievable emission rate (LAER) for electrical generating units (EGUs) in the State, and the inclusion of an additional Federal Land Manager (FLM) notification provision.
• Approval, in part, and disapproval, in part, of the PSD elements of North Carolina's infrastructure SIP submittals for the 2008 lead, 2008 8-hour ozone, 2010 SO
EPA received one adverse comment submission, from DAQ, on the May 10, 2016, NPRM to approve, in part, and disapprove, in part, changes to North Carolina's SIP-approved NSR permitting regulations. The comment submission is available in the docket for this final rulemaking action.
In its comments, DAQ objects to EPA's proposed disapproval of the PM
The legal briefs attached to DAQ's comments were filed in the D.C. Circuit by the State of North Carolina in support of the State's consolidated petitions for review of EPA's 2010 PSD PM
The August 22, 2013, letter from John Skvarla that DAQ attached to its comments was sent by North Carolina to EPA prior to the D.C. Circuit litigation and raised the same concern regarding the PM
In response to DAQ's comments, EPA notes that DAQ does not claim that North Carolina's PM
Under CAA section 307(b)(1), 42 U.S.C. 7607(b)(1), any petition for review of the 2010 PSD PM
Based on its view of the
Thus, the legal issues raised by North Carolina concerning the content of EPA's regulations are settled and not open to reconsideration in this action regarding North Carolina's SIP submittal. For purposes of this action, the PM
To be federally-approvable, North Carolina's PM
In this rule, EPA is including in a final EPA rule regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, EPA is incorporating by reference portions of North Carolina's regulations 15A NCAC 02D .0530 and 15A NCAC 02D .0531, entitled “Prevention of Significant Deterioration” and “Sources in Nonattainment Areas,” effective September 1, 2013. Therefore, these materials have been approved by EPA for inclusion in the SIP, have been incorporated by reference by EPA into that plan, are fully federally enforceable under sections 110 and 113 of the CAA as of the effective date of the final rulemaking of EPA's approval, and will be incorporated by reference by the Director of the Federal Register in the next update to the SIP compilation.
EPA is approving, in part, and disapproving, in part, changes to the North Carolina SIP provided by the DAQ to EPA on May 16, 2011, (two submittals) and September 5, 2013. These changes modify North Carolina's NSR permitting regulations codified at 15A 02D .0530
North Carolina did not submit its PM
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submittal that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable federal regulations.
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), nor will it impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Lead, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
The revisions and additions read as follows:
(c) * * *
(e) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule; notice of final action on reconsideration.
This action sets forth the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) final decision on the issues for which it announced reconsideration on January 21, 2015, that pertain to certain aspects of the February 1, 2013, final amendments to the “National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Area Sources: Industrial, Commercial, and Institutional Boilers” (Area Source Boilers Rule). The EPA is retaining the subcategory and separate requirements for limited-use boilers, consistent with the February 2013 final rule. In addition, the EPA is amending three reconsidered provisions regarding: The alternative particulate matter (PM) standard for new oil-fired boilers; performance testing for PM for certain boilers based on their initial compliance test; and fuel sampling for mercury (Hg) for certain coal-fired boilers based on their initial compliance demonstration, consistent with the alternative provisions for which comment was solicited in the January 2015 proposal. The EPA is making minor changes to the proposed definitions of startup and shutdown based on comments received. This final action also addresses a limited number of technical corrections and clarifications on the rule, including removal of the affirmative defense for malfunction in light of a court decision on the issue. These corrections will clarify and improve the implementation of the February 2013 final Area Source Boilers Rule. In this action, the EPA is also denying the requests for reconsideration with respect to the issues raised in the petitions for reconsideration of the final Area Source Boilers Rule for which reconsideration was not granted.
This final rule is effective on September 14, 2016.
The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2006-0790. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Ms. Mary Johnson, Energy Strategies Group, Sector Policies and Programs Division (D243-01), Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711; telephone number: (919) 541-5025; fax number: (919) 541-5450; email address:
Categories and entities potentially affected by this reconsideration action include those listed in Table 1 of this preamble.
This table is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide for readers regarding entities likely to be affected by this final action. To determine whether your facility would be affected by this final action, you should examine the applicability criteria in 40 CFR 63.11193 of subpart JJJJJJ. If you have any questions regarding the applicability of this final action to a particular entity, consult either the air permitting authority for the entity or your EPA Regional representative as listed in 40 CFR 63.13 (General Provisions).
The docket number for this final action regarding the Area Source Boilers Rule (40 CFR part 63, subpart JJJJJJ) is Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2006-0790.
In addition to being available in the docket, an electronic copy of this document will also be available on the World Wide Web (WWW). Following signature, a copy of this document will be posted at
Under Clean Air Act (CAA) section 307(b)(1), judicial review of this final rule is available only by filing a petition for review in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit (the Court) by November 13, 2016. Under CAA section 307(d)(7)(B), only an objection to this final rule that was raised with reasonable specificity during the period for public comment can be raised during judicial review. Note, under CAA section 307(b)(2), the requirements established by this final rule may not be challenged separately in any civil or criminal proceedings brought by the EPA to enforce these requirements.
On March 21, 2011, the EPA established final emission standards for control of hazardous air pollutants (HAP) from industrial, commercial, and institutional (ICI) boilers located at area sources of HAP—the Area Source Boilers Rule (76 FR 15554). On February 1, 2013, the EPA promulgated final amendments to the Area Source Boilers Rule (78 FR 7488). Following that action, the Administrator received three petitions for reconsideration that identified certain issues that petitioners claimed warranted further opportunity for public comment.
The EPA received a petition dated April 1, 2013, from the American Forest and Paper Association (AF&PA), on their behalf and on behalf of the American Wood Council, National Association of Manufacturers, Biomass Power Association, Corn Refiners Association, National Oilseed Processors Association, Rubber Manufacturers Association, Southeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association and the U.S. Chamber of Commerce. The EPA received a petition dated April 2, 2013, from the Council of Industrial Boiler Owners (CIBO) and the American Chemistry Council (ACC). Finally, the EPA received a petition dated April 2, 2013, from Earthjustice, on behalf of the Sierra Club, Clean Air Council, Partnership for Policy Integrity, Louisiana Environmental Action Network and the Environmental Integrity Project.
In response to the petitions, the EPA reconsidered and requested comment on five provisions of the February 1, 2013, final amendments to the Area Source Boilers Rule. The EPA published the proposed notice of reconsideration in the
In this rulemaking, the EPA is taking final action with respect to the five issues raised by petitioners in their petitions for reconsideration on the 2013 final amendments to the Area Source Boilers Rule and for which reconsideration was granted. Section III of this preamble presents the EPA's final decision on these issues and discusses our rationale for the decisions. Additionally, the EPA is finalizing the technical corrections and clarifications that were proposed to correct inadvertent errors in the final rule and to provide the intended accuracy, clarity, and consistency. Most of the corrections and clarifications remain the same as described in the proposed notice of reconsideration on January 21, 2015, and those changes are being finalized without further discussion. However, the EPA has refined its approach to some issues in this final rule after consideration of the public comments received on the proposed notice of reconsideration. The changes are to clarify applicability and implementation issues raised by the commenters and are discussed in section IV of this preamble. For a complete summary of the comments received and our responses thereto, please refer to the document “Response to 2015 Reconsideration Comments for Industrial, Commercial, and Institutional Boilers at Area Sources: National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants” located in the docket.
The five reconsideration issues for which amendments are being finalized in this rulemaking are: (1) Definitions of startup and shutdown; (2) alternative PM standard for new oil-fired boilers that combust low-sulfur oil; (3) establishment of a subcategory and separate requirements for limited-use boilers; (4) provision that eliminates further performance testing for PM for certain boilers based on their initial compliance test; and (5) provision that eliminates further fuel sampling for Hg for certain coal-fired boilers based on their initial compliance demonstration. Each of these issues is discussed in detail in the following sections of this preamble.
In the February 1, 2013, final amendments to the Area Source Boilers Rule, the EPA finalized revisions to the definitions of startup and shutdown, which were based on the time during which fuel is fired in the affected unit for the purpose of supplying steam or heat for heating and/or producing electricity or for any other purpose. Petitioners asserted that the public lacked an opportunity to comment on the amended definitions and that the definitions were not sufficiently clear. In response to these petitions, in the January 21, 2015, proposed notice of reconsideration (80 FR 2871), we solicited comment on the definitions of startup and shutdown that were promulgated in the February 2013 final rule as well as additional revisions we proposed to make to those definitions. Specifically, we proposed to revise the February 2013 definition of startup to include an alternate definition of startup. The alternate definition clarified when startup begins for new boilers to address pre-startup testing activities that are done as part of installing a new boiler and when startup ends for first-ever startups as well as startups occurring after shutdown events. The alternate definition of startup as well as the definition of shutdown incorporated a new term “useful thermal energy” to replace the term “steam and heat” to address petitioners' concerns of an ambiguous end of the startup period.
In this action, the EPA is adopting two alternative definitions of “startup,” consistent with the proposed rule. The first definition defines “startup” to mean the first-ever firing of fuel, or the firing of fuel after a shutdown event, in a boiler for the purpose of supplying useful thermal energy for heating and/
In the February 1, 2013, final rule, the EPA defined “shutdown” to mean the cessation of operation of a boiler for any purpose, and said this period begins either when none of the steam or heat from the boiler is supplied for heating and/or producing electricity or for any other purpose, or when no fuel is being fired in the boiler, whichever is earlier. The EPA received petitions for reconsideration of this definition, asking that the agency clarify the term. The EPA proposed a definition of “shutdown” in January 2015 which clarified that shutdown begins when the boiler no longer makes useful thermal energy (rather than referring to steam or heat supplied by the boiler) for heating, cooling, or process purposes or generates electricity, or when no fuel is being fed to the boiler, whichever is earlier. In this action, the EPA is adopting a definition of “shutdown” that is consistent with the proposal, with some minor clarifying revisions. “Shutdown” is defined to begin when the boiler no longer supplies useful thermal energy (such as steam or hot water) for heating, cooling, or process purposes or generates electricity, or when no fuel is being fed to the boiler, whichever is earlier. Under this definition, shutdown ends when the boiler no longer supplies useful thermal energy (such as steam or hot water) for heating, cooling, or process purposes or generates electricity, and no fuel is being combusted in the boiler.
The EPA received several comments on the proposed definitions of “useful thermal energy,” “startup,” and “shutdown.”
Several commenters supported the amended definitions of startup and shutdown that include the concept of useful thermal energy, which recognizes that small amounts of steam or heat may be produced when starting up a unit, but the amounts would be insufficient to operate processing equipment and insufficient to safely initiate pollution controls.
One commenter requested that the EPA add the term “flow rate” to the definition of useful thermal energy, consistent with discussion in the preamble to the proposed notice of reconsideration (80 FR 2874). The EPA recognizes the importance of flow rate as a parameter for determining when useful thermal energy is being supplied by a boiler and has added this term to the definition of useful thermal energy in the final rule.
One commenter stated that work practice standards are allowed only if pollution is not emitted through a conveyance or the application of measurement methodology to a particular class of sources is not practicable, and the EPA has not stated either of these to be the case. The commenter also claimed that, because the EPA has changed and extended startup and shutdown periods, the EPA must determine that emissions measurement is impracticable during startup and shutdown as they are now defined, which the EPA has not done.
The EPA recognizes the unique characteristics of ICI boilers and has retained the alternate definition, which incorporates the term “useful thermal energy” in the final rule, with some slight adjustments, as discussed previously. Contrary to the commenter's assertion, the EPA did make a determination under CAA section 112(h) that it is not feasible to prescribe or enforce a numeric emission standard during periods of startup and shutdown because the application of measurement methodology is impracticable due to technological and economic limitations. Specifically, the March 2011 final rule required a work practice standard for coal-fired boilers during periods of startup and shutdown. See 76 FR 15576-15577. Test methods are required to be conducted under isokinetic conditions (
Several commenters agreed with the EPA that startup “should not end until such time that all control devices have reached stable conditions” (
As stated in the January 2015 proposal, the EPA had very limited information specifically for industrial boilers on the hours needed for controls to reach stable conditions after the start of supplying useful thermal energy.
One commenter suggested that the first definition of startup be revised to incorporate the term “useful thermal energy” to clarify that startup has ended when the boiler is supplying steam or heat at the proper temperature, pressure, and flow to the energy use systems being served, not immediately after supplying any amount of heat for any incidental purpose.
The EPA has adjusted the first definition of startup to replace “steam or heat” with “useful thermal energy (such as steam or hot water)” consistent with the terminology in the alternate definition. Additionally, the term “useful thermal energy” was revised to incorporate a minimum flow rate to more appropriately reflect when the energy is provided for any primary purpose of the unit. Together, these changes alleviate the concerns of when the startup period functionally ends. Boilers should be considered to be operating normally at all times energy (
Multiple commenters supported the EPA's proposed definition of shutdown. One commenter noted the revised definition's accommodation of the fact that combustion does not end when the fuel feed is turned off in a grate system because fuel remaining on a grate continues to combust although fuel has been cut off. To further clarify that the shutdown period begins when no useful steam or electricity is generated, or when fuel is no longer being combusted in the boiler, the EPA has adjusted the definition of shutdown to replace the phrase “makes useful thermal energy” to “supplies useful thermal energy.” The term “supplies” best serves the intended meaning of the definition of shutdown and, in addition, is consistent with the definition of startup.
In the February 1, 2013, final amendments to the Area Source Boilers Rule, the EPA added a new provision that specifies that certain new or reconstructed oil-fired boilers with heat input capacity of 10 million British thermal units per hour (MMBtu/hr) or greater that combust low-sulfur oil meet GACT for PM, providing the type of fuel combusted is monitored and recorded on a monthly basis. Specifically, the provision applies to boilers combusting only oil that contains no more than 0.50 weight percent sulfur or a mixture of 0.50 weight percent sulfur oil with other fuels not subject to a PM emission limit under this subpart and that do not use a post-combustion technology (except a wet scrubber) to reduce PM or sulfur dioxide emissions. The EPA received a petition asserting that the public lacked an opportunity to comment on the new provision for low-sulfur liquid burning boilers as well as the definition of low-sulfur liquid fuel. In response to the petition, in the January 21, 2015, proposal, we solicited comment on the February 2013 provision, as well as on (1) whether and, if so, to what extent, burning low-sulfur liquid fuels, as defined under the final rule, would control the urban metal HAP for which the category of sources was listed and for which PM serves as a surrogate (
We also solicited comment on an alternative PM standard for new oil-fired boilers that combust “ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel,” which would be defined as fuel containing no more than 15 parts per million (ppm) sulfur, citing the threshold in the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines (RICE NESHAP) and the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Major Sources: Industrial, Commercial, and Institutional Boilers and Process Heaters (Boiler MACT). Specifically, we requested comment on an alternative provision to the February 2013 final rule's alternative PM standard for new oil-fired boilers that combust low-sulfur oil that would specify that new or reconstructed oil-fired boilers with heat input capacity of 10 MMBtu/hr or greater that combust only ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel meet GACT for PM providing the type of fuel combusted is monitored and recorded on a monthly basis. We also requested comment on whether and, if so, to what extent burning ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuels (
In this action, the EPA is finalizing an alternative PM standard for new oil-fired boilers that combust ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel, as described immediately above and in the January 2015 proposal, in place of the February 2013 final rule's alternative PM standard for new oil-fired boilers that combust low-sulfur oil, as discussed later in this section of the preamble.
Several commenters agreed with the provision that specifies that boilers combusting low-sulfur oil meet GACT for PM, consistent with the exemption for low-sulfur oil burning boilers in 40 CFR part 60, subpart Dc. One commenter asserted that PM emissions from oil-fired boilers are a function of the sulfur content of the fuel and, because low-sulfur oil has lower PM than high sulfur oil, it necessarily has lower HAP as well. However, another commenter, reiterating many points made in its petition for reconsideration on this topic, asserted that the alternative PM standard for new oil-fired boilers that combust low-sulfur oil is unlawful and arbitrary because the EPA has not shown that the use of low-sulfur liquid fuels will provide meaningful reductions of the urban metal HAP for which area source boilers were listed under CAA section 112(c)(3), and, therefore, its use cannot be GACT.
Two commenters disagreed with the alternative PM standard for new oil-fired boilers that combust low-sulfur oil, as defined in the Area Source Boilers Rule (
Several commenters supported an alternative PM standard for new oil-fired boilers combusting ultra-low-sulfur fuels containing no more than 15 ppm sulfur. Another commenter argued that the EPA must show that the use of ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuels will substantially reduce emissions of the urban metal HAP for which area source boilers were listed. The commenter noted that the EPA's finding that use of ultra-low-sulfur fuel significantly reduces emissions of hazardous metals when used in engines, as referenced in the January 2015 proposal, does not support such a conclusion with regard to use of ultra-low-sulfur fuel in area source boilers.
Based on our review of data in the record, additional data obtained from public sources, and public comments, the EPA is finalizing an alternative PM standard that specifies that new or reconstructed oil-fired boilers with heat input capacity of 10 MMBtu/hr or greater that combust only ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel meet GACT for PM providing the type of fuel combusted is monitored and recorded on a monthly basis. If the source intends to burn a fuel other than ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel or gaseous fuels as defined in 40 CFR part 63, subpart JJJJJJ, they are required to conduct a performance test within 60 days of burning the new fuel. New or reconstructed oil-fired boilers that commenced construction or reconstruction on or before publication of this final action and that are currently meeting the alternative PM standard for low-sulfur oil burning boilers are provided 3 years from publication of this action before becoming subject to the PM emission limit, providing them time to decide how to comply (
We have determined that PM emissions from boilers firing liquid fuels containing 0.50 weight percent sulfur as allowed under the February 2013 alternative PM standard may exceed the Area Source Boilers Rule PM limit for oil-fired boilers of 0.03 lb/MMBtu, but that PM emissions from boilers firing liquid fuels containing equal to or less than 15 ppm sulfur (
In addition, we have determined that burning ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel controls urban metal HAP. The ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel threshold of 15 ppm sulfur we are adopting in the final Area Source Boilers Rule is consistent with the sulfur threshold in the Boiler MACT that allows for a reduced PM (or, alternatively, total selected metals (TSM)) testing frequency for light liquid boilers. Further, the PM emission limit for light liquid boilers at major sources is significantly lower than the limit for area source oil-fired boilers (0.0079 lb/MMBtu (existing units) and 0.0011 lb/MMBtu (new units) instead of 0.03 lb/MMBtu). A review of available information for major source boilers burning ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel identified one major source facility that reported fuel analyses for TSM (
A detailed discussion of our findings is included in the “Response to 2015 Reconsideration Comments for Industrial, Commercial, and Institutional Boilers at Area Sources: National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants” located in the docket.
In the February 1, 2013, final amendments to the Area Source Boilers Rule, the EPA established a limited-use boiler subcategory that includes any boiler that burns any amount of solid or liquid fuels and has a federally enforceable average annual capacity factor of no more than 10 percent. Separate requirements for this subcategory of boilers that operate on a limited basis were also established. Specifically, limited-use boilers are required to complete a tune-up every 5 years. The EPA received a petition asserting that the public lacked an opportunity to comment on the new limited-use boiler subcategory, as well as the tune-up requirement established for the new subcategory. In response to the petition, in the January 21, 2015, proposal, we solicited comment regarding whether the separate requirements for a limited-use boiler subcategory are necessary or appropriate. The EPA is retaining the limited-use boiler subcategory and its separate requirements, as discussed later in this section of the preamble.
Multiple commenters agreed that separate requirements for limited-use boilers are appropriate. One commenter asserted that limited-use boilers qualify for subcategorization due to unique operating characteristics that merit class and type distinctions allowed under CAA section 112(d)(1). Two commenters explained that these units spend a larger percentage of time starting up and shutting down than regular-use boilers which causes their emissions profiles to be different, and many pollution control technologies are difficult to use or ineffective during startup and shutdown and would be cost-prohibitive to install and use. One commenter stated that the designation of a limited-use boiler subcategory is appropriately consistent with the similar subcategory for seasonal boilers. Several commenters stated that a limited-use boiler subcategory is appropriately consistent with the similar limited-use subcategory in the Boiler MACT.
Multiple commenters supported the 5-year tune-up requirement for limited-use boilers. Two commenters stated that it would be illogical to require such boilers to comply with the same tune-up schedule as other boilers, which is every 2 years, given their limited operational time and intermittent operating schedules. One commenter claimed that more frequent tune-ups would not provide any meaningful environmental benefits given the limited operating profiles of limited-use units, noting that despite the 5-year tune-up frequency, limited-use boilers will still conduct tune-ups after less operating time than boilers in other subcategories.
One commenter objected to the EPA's decision to create a separate subcategory for these boilers and for requiring nothing more than one tune-up every 5 years for these boilers. The commenter stated that the limited-use boilers subcategory is unlawful and arbitrary because the EPA is not distinguishing between different classes, types, or sizes of sources and has not explained why boilers operating for fewer total hours during the year is a distinction that requires differential treatment. The commenter further stated that infrequent tune-ups are neither a control technology nor a management practice that will reduce emissions and that nothing in the record demonstrates that the requirement to conduct a tune-up every 5 years will actually reduce emissions of HAP. The commenter asserted that in light of the determination that more frequent tune-ups are GACT for other area boilers, it is unlawful and arbitrary for the EPA to require tune-ups for limited-use boilers only every 5 years.
The EPA has retained the subcategory and separate requirements for limited-use boilers as finalized in the February 2013 final rule. We disagree with the comments objecting to the limited-use boiler subcategory and the requirement that limited-use boilers complete a tune-up every 5 years. The EPA has concluded that limited-use boilers are a unique class of unit based on the unique way in which they are used (
The EPA continues to conclude, as previously stated in the February 2013 final rule, that establishing a limited-use subcategory was reasonable. First, we pointed out that it is technically infeasible to test these limited-use boilers since these units serve as back-up energy sources and their operating schedules can be intermittent and unpredictable. Next, we pointed out that boilers that operate no more than 10 percent of the year (
In the February 1, 2013, final amendments to the Area Source Boilers Rule, the EPA added a new provision that specifies that further PM emissions testing does not need to be conducted if, when demonstrating initial compliance with the PM emission limit, the performance test results show that the PM emissions from the affected boiler are equal to or less than half of the applicable PM emission limit. The EPA received a petition asserting that the public lacked opportunity to comment on the new provision that eliminates further performance testing for PM for certain boilers based on their initial compliance test. In response to the petition, in the January 21, 2015, proposal, we solicited comment on the February 2013 provision, specifically requesting comment and supporting information on the magnitude and range of variability in PM and urban metal HAP emissions from individual boilers. More specifically, we requested comment on whether the emissions variability at an individual boiler could result in an exceedance of the PM limit by such boiler whose PM emissions are demonstrated to be equal to or less than half of the PM emission limit (
The EPA also solicited comment on an alternative provision that would specify less frequent performance testing for PM based on the initial compliance test. Instead of eliminating further PM performance testing, the alternative provision would specify that when demonstrating initial compliance with the PM emission limit, if the performance test results show that the PM emissions from the affected boiler are equal to or less than half of the applicable PM emission limit, additional PM emissions testing would not need to be conducted for 5 years. We stated that, in such instances, the owner or operator would be required to continue to comply with all applicable operating limits and monitoring requirements. We requested comment on also including a requirement that the owner or operator only burn the fuel types and fuel mixtures used to demonstrate that the PM emissions from the affected boiler are equal to or less than half of the applicable PM emission limit.
In this action, the EPA is finalizing the alternative provision that requires further PM performance testing every 5 years for certain boilers based on their initial compliance test, as described immediately above and in the January 2015 proposal, in place of the February 2013 final rule's provision that eliminated further PM performance testing for such boilers, as discussed later in this section of the preamble. As also discussed in this section of the preamble, we are finalizing a requirement that a PM performance test must be conducted if the owner or operator decides to use a fuel type, other than ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel or gaseous fuels, that was not used when demonstrating that the PM emissions from their boiler were equal to or less than half of the PM emission limit.
Several commenters agreed with the provision that eliminates further PM performance testing when initial compliance tests show that PM emissions are equal to or less than half of the limit and that requires the owner
Two commenters objected to the provision that eliminates further PM performance testing when initial compliance tests show that PM emissions are equal to or less than half of the limit. One commenter claimed that there are no requirements to prevent the facility from changing the fuel type and fuel mixture from those used in the initial compliance testing and a change in fuel type or mixture could result in an increase in PM emissions. Another commenter asserted that it is arbitrary to conclude that a source that measures low emissions in one test will have emissions below the limit thereafter. The commenter claimed that many boilers burn combinations of fuels of varying proportions (
For the same reasons, these two commenters also objected to the alternative provision that would require less frequent (once every 5 years) PM performance testing when initial compliance tests show that PM emissions are equal to or less than half of the limit in lieu of totally eliminating further PM performance testing. One commenter, however, provided an alternative recommendation that eliminates further PM testing as long as sources whose initial compliance testing showed PM emissions equal to or less than half of the limit continue to combust the same fuel type and mixture used during the initial compliance testing. Under the commenter's alternative, if the source elects to change the fuel type or mixture being combusted, the source would be required to demonstrate compliance with the PM emission limit no more than 60 days after the change in fuel type or mixture.
Based on our review of the public comments and data available on PM and metallic HAP emissions for which PM serves as a surrogate, the EPA is finalizing the provision that specifies that further PM emissions testing does not need to be conducted for 5 years if, when demonstrating initial compliance with the PM emission limit, the performance test results show that the PM emissions from the affected boiler are equal to or less than half of the applicable PM emission limit. In such instances, the owner or operator would be required to continue to comply with all applicable operating limits and monitoring requirements. If the source burns a new type of fuel other than ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel or gaseous fuels, then a new performance test is required within 60 days of burning the new fuel type. New or reconstructed boilers that commenced construction or reconstruction on or before publication of this final action and that previously demonstrated that their PM emissions were equal to or less than half of the PM emission limit are provided 5 years from publication of this action before they are required to conduct a performance test unless a new type of fuel, other than ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel or gaseous fuels, is burned. In that situation, a new performance test is required within 60 days of burning the new fuel type. Boilers with test results that show that PM emissions are greater than half of the PM emission limit are required to conduct PM testing every 3 years.
We have concluded that a provision that reduces the frequency of testing, rather than eliminates further testing, is more appropriate and environmentally protective for long-term compliance with the PM emission limit, but still provides compliance flexibility for low-emitting boilers. A review of PM emissions information in the records for the boiler rules identified several instances where PM emissions variability at an individual major source boiler was such that the minimum test average was below half of the Area Source Boilers Rule PM emission limit and the maximum test average was above the emission limit. Specifically, of 40 coal-fired major source boilers with multiple PM test events, four had such an instance. An investigation into urban metal HAP emission variability informed the EPA that metallic HAP emissions from individual boilers, for which PM serves as a surrogate, can vary and further supports our conclusion that periodic testing is necessary to provide compliance assurance that changes in operation of the boiler or air pollution control equipment have not increased PM emissions. Examination of the variability in non-Hg metallic HAP emissions at individual boilers showed average ratios of maximum emission rates to minimum emission rates for major source boilers with multiple test results for TSM to be 2.79 for biomass-fired boilers and 2.55 for coal-fired boilers, and showed emission ratios for cadmium and lead for several biomass-fired area source boilers with multiple test results that ranged from 1.00 to 7.28 for cadmium and 1.00 to 6.40 for lead. Because PM is a surrogate for Hg for biomass- and oil-fired area source boilers, Hg variability at individual boilers was also examined, showing emission ratios of 4.6 for an area source biomass-fired boiler with multiple Hg fuel analysis samples and 3.2 and 16.2 for area source biomass-fired boilers with multiple Hg performance tests.
The January 2015 proposal requested comment on whether a requirement to burn only the fuel types and mixtures used to demonstrate that a boiler's PM emissions are equal to or less than half of the PM limit would limit PM emissions variability and also requested comment on including such a requirement. For the same reasons the EPA concluded that periodic testing (
A detailed discussion of our findings is included in the “Response to 2015 Reconsideration Comments for Industrial, Commercial, and Institutional Boilers at Area Sources: National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants” located in the docket.
In the February 1, 2013, final amendments to the Area Source Boilers Rule, the EPA added a new provision that specifies that further fuel analysis sampling does not need to be conducted if, when demonstrating initial compliance with the Hg emission limit based on fuel analysis, the Hg constituents in the fuel or fuel mixture are measured to be equal to or less than half of the Hg emission limit. The EPA received a petition asserting that the public lacked an opportunity to comment on the new provision that eliminates further fuel sampling for Hg for certain coal-fired boilers based on their initial compliance demonstration. In response to the petition, in the January 21, 2015, proposal, we solicited comment on the February 2013 provision, specifically requesting comment and supporting information on the magnitude and range of variability in Hg content in coal that is likely to be combusted in an individual boiler. More specifically, we requested comment on whether the variability within a specific fuel type or fuel mixture could result in an exceedance of the Hg limit by a boiler in the coal subcategory whose Hg content in their fuel or fuel mixture are demonstrated to be equal to or less than half of the Hg emission limit (
The EPA also solicited comment on an alternative provision that would specify less frequent fuel analysis sampling for Hg based on the initial compliance demonstration. Instead of eliminating further fuel analysis sampling for Hg, the alternative provision would specify that when demonstrating initial compliance with the Hg emission limit based on fuel analysis, if the Hg constituents in the fuel or fuel mixture are measured to be equal to or less than half of the Hg emission limit, additional fuel analysis sampling for Hg would not need to be conducted for 12 months. We stated that, in such instances, the owner or operator would be required to continue to comply with all applicable operating limits and monitoring requirements, which include only burning the fuel types and fuel mixtures used to demonstrate compliance and keeping monthly records of fuel use.
In this action, the EPA is finalizing the alternative provision that requires further fuel analysis sampling for Hg every 12 months for certain coal-fired boilers based on their initial compliance demonstration, as described immediately above and in the January 2015 proposal, in place of the February 2013 final rule's provision that eliminated further fuel analysis sampling for Hg for such boilers, as discussed later in this section of the preamble.
Three commenters agreed with the provision that eliminates further fuel sampling for Hg for coal-fired boilers when initial compliance demonstrations based on fuel analysis show that the Hg constituents in their fuel or fuel mixture are equal to or less than half of the Hg emission limit and that requires the owner or operator to continue to comply with all applicable operating limits and monitoring requirements. Two commenters stated that the coal Hg content data in the EPA's Boiler MACT survey database support the provision in that the majority of the data is lower than the Hg emission limit for area source coal-fired boilers. The commenters noted that the provision promotes use of low-mercury coal, one stating that the Hg content in petroleum coke has very little variability and referencing a particular facility where the Hg content is well below the Hg limit. One commenter further stated that the provision eliminates unnecessary reporting without compromising the environmental and health benefits of the Area Source Boilers Rule. Another commenter noted that for units complying with the Hg limit, subsequent fuel analysis would not provide additional useful information, is unnecessary, and the costs are unwarranted.
One commenter supported the alternative provision that would require less frequent (once every 12 months) fuel analysis sampling for Hg when initial compliance demonstrations based on fuel analysis show that the Hg constituents in the fuel or fuel mixture are equal to or less than half of the limit in lieu of totally eliminating further fuel sampling for Hg.
One commenter objected to a provision that eliminates or reduces further fuel sampling for Hg when initial compliance demonstrations based on fuel analysis show that the Hg constituents in the fuel or fuel mixture are equal to or less than half of the limit. The commenter asserted that because the EPA has promulgated MACT standards for coal-fired boilers at area sources, it is arbitrary and unlawful to not require monitoring sufficient to assure compliance with the standards. The commenter further asserted that a single fuel analysis showing Hg content at or below half of the limit does not assure compliance with the standard in perpetuity, particularly in light of the high variability of the Hg content of the fuels burned. The commenter added that sources are allowed to burn highly non-homogenous fuels without changing subcategories, which enables a high degree of variability in emissions, and that many coal-fired boilers co-fire biomass of varying proportions. The commenter included their analysis of EPA fuel analysis data for major and area source boilers that shows that 22.5 percent of sources experienced sufficient variability in the Hg content of their coal to obtain a result in one fuel analysis low enough to exempt them from any future fuel sampling, while another analysis at the same facility exceeds the provision's Hg content limit. The commenter asserted that biomass fuels also have a large range of variability in Hg content.
Based on our review of the public comments and the data available for quantifying variability in coal Hg content, the EPA is finalizing the provision that specifies that further fuel analysis sampling for Hg does not need to be conducted for 12 months if, when demonstrating initial compliance with the Hg emission limit based on fuel analysis, the Hg constituents in the fuel or fuel mixture are measured to be equal to or less than half of the Hg emission limit. New or reconstructed boilers that commenced construction or reconstruction on or before publication of this final action and that previously demonstrated that the Hg constituents in their fuel or fuel mixture were equal
A review of Hg fuel analysis data for area source coal-fired boilers informed the EPA that Hg content in coal combusted in individual boilers can vary by more than a factor of two. Specifically, of ten coal-fired boilers with multiple fuel analysis samples, four had ratios of maximum to minimum Hg emission rates that were greater than two (
A detailed discussion of our findings is included in the “Response to 2015 Reconsideration Comments for Industrial, Commercial, and Institutional Boilers at Area Sources: National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants” located in the docket.
In the January 21, 2015, notice of reconsideration, the EPA also proposed to correct typographical errors and clarify provisions of the final rule that may have been unclear. This section of the preamble summarizes the refinements made to the proposed corrections and clarifications, as well as corrections and clarifications being finalized based on comment.
The EPA received numerous comments on its proposal to remove from the current rule the affirmative defense to civil penalties for violations caused by malfunctions. Several commenters supported the removal of the affirmative defense for malfunctions. Other commenters opposed the removal of the affirmative defense provision.
First, a commenter (AF&PA) urged the EPA to publish a new or supplemental statement of basis and purpose for the proposed rule that explains (and allows for public comment on) the appropriateness of applying the boiler emission standards to malfunction periods without an affirmative defense provision.
Second, a commenter (AF&PA) argued the affirmative defense was something that the EPA considered necessary when the current standards were promulgated; it was part of the statement of basis and purpose for the standards required to publish under CAA section 307(d)(6)(A).
Third, commenters (CIBO/ACC) argued that the EPA should not remove the affirmative defense until the issue is resolved by the Court. Furthermore commenters (CIBO/ACC and AF&PA) argued the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC) Court decision that the EPA cites as the reason for eliminating the affirmative defense provisions does not compel the EPA's action to remove the affirmative defense in this rule.
Fourth, commenters (CIBO/ACC and AF&PA) argued that without affirmative defense or adjusted standards, the final rule provides sources no means of demonstrating compliance during malfunctions.
Fifth, commenters (CIBO/ACC, AF&PA, and Class of '85 Regulatory Response Group) urged the EPA to establish work practice standards that would apply during periods of malfunction instead of the emission rate limits, or a combination of work practices and alternative numerical emission limitations. Commenters noted that the EPA can address malfunctions using the authority Congress gave it in CAA sections 112(h) and 302(k) to substitute a design, equipment, work practice, or operational standard for a numerical emission limitation.
The Court recently vacated an affirmative defense in one of the EPA's CAA section 112(d) regulations.
Second, the EPA notes that the issue of establishing a work practice standard for periods of malfunctions or developing standards consistent with performance of best performing sources under all conditions, including malfunctions, was raised previously;
Finally, in the event that a source fails to comply with an applicable CAA section 112(d) standard as a result of a malfunction event, the EPA's (or other delegated or approved authority's) ability to exercise its case-by-case enforcement discretion to determine an appropriate response provides sufficient flexibility in such circumstances as was explained in the preamble to the proposed rule. Further, as the Court recognized, in an EPA (or other delegated or approved authority) or citizen enforcement action, the Court has the discretion to consider any defense raised and determine whether penalties are appropriate. Cf.
The last part of the definition of coal published in the March 21, 2011, final rule (76 FR 15554) reads as follows: “Coal derived gases are excluded from this definition [of coal].” In the January 2015 proposal (80 FR 2871), the EPA proposed to modify this definition to read as follows: “Coal derived gases and liquids are excluded from this definition [of coal].” The EPA characterized its proposed change to the definition as one of several “clarifying changes and corrections.” This proposed change was based on a question received on whether coal derived liquids were meant to be included in the coal definition.
The EPA received a comment disagreeing with the proposed change to the definition of coal. The commenter (CIBO/ACC) asserted that the revised definition is not logically consistent with the other fuel definitions and irrationally recategorizes specific units as liquid fuel fired where a data analysis would rationally lead them to remaining in the solid fuel category. Specifically, the commenter contended that it is illogical to treat coal derived liquids differently than coal-water mixtures and coal-oil mixtures, both of which are included in the proposed revised definition of “coal.” The commenter explained that coal-water mixtures and coal-oil mixtures are both included in the definition and both are utilized as liquid oil or gas replacements fuels, similar to utilization of coal derived liquids.
The EPA also proposed the same modification to the definition of coal included in the Boiler MACT (80 FR 3090, January 21, 2015) and subsequently received several comments disagreeing with the proposed change in that action that we also believe are appropriate to consider in this action. Specifically, one commenter who operates a facility with coal derived liquids contended that the composition and emission profile of coal derived liquids more closely resemble the coal from which they are derived than liquid fuels. The commenter also noted that coal derived liquid fuels are treated as coal/solid fossils in other related rules such as 40 CFR part 60, subpart Db.
Based on these comments, the EPA is not finalizing any changes to the definition of coal. The definition published on March 21, 2011 (76 FR 15554) remains unchanged. As noted by the commenters, treating coal liquids as coal is consistent with the ICI Boiler NSPS (40 CFR part 60, subpart Db), and the EPA agrees with the commenters that coal derived liquids are more similar to coal solid fuels than liquid fuels.
In finalizing the rule, the EPA is addressing several other technical corrections and clarifications in the regulatory language based on public comments that were received in response to the January 2015 proposal and other feedback as a result of implementing the rule. In addition to the changes outlined in Table 1 of the January 21, 2015, proposal (80 FR 2879), the EPA is finalizing several other changes, as outlined in Table 2 as follows:
Section 307(d)(7)(B) of the CAA states that “[o]nly an objection to a rule or procedure which was raised with reasonable specificity during the period for public comment (including any public hearing) may be raised during judicial review. If the person raising an objection can demonstrate to the Administrator that it was impracticable to raise such objection within such time or if the grounds for such objection arose after the period for public comment (but within the time specified for judicial review) and if such objection is of central relevance to the outcome of the rule, the Administrator shall convene a proceeding for reconsideration of the rule and provide the same procedural rights as would have been afforded had the information been available at the time the rule was proposed. If the Administrator refuses to convene such a proceeding, such person may seek review of such refusal in the United States court of appeals for the appropriate circuit (as provided in subsection (b)).”
As to the first procedural criterion for reconsideration, a petitioner must show why the issue could not have been presented during the comment period, either because it was impracticable to raise the issue during that time or because the grounds for the issue arose after the period for public comment (but within 60 days of publication of the final action). The EPA is denying the petition for reconsideration on one issue (
In the EPA's view, an objection is of central relevance to the outcome of the rule only if it provides substantial support for the argument that the promulgated regulation should be revised.
In this final decision, several changes that are corrections, editorial changes, and minor clarifications have been made. In one instance, one of those changes made a petitioner's issue (
The petitioner (AF&PA) alleged that a beyond-the-floor requirement of an energy assessment is outside the EPA's authority to set emissions standards under CAA section 112(d)(1) “for each category or subcategory of major sources and area sources.” The petition contends that the EPA has defined the source category for these rules to include only specified types of boilers and process heaters and, therefore, those are the only sources for which the EPA may set standards under these rules.
The petitioner also alleged that the energy assessment requirement is not an “emissions standard” as that term is defined in the CAA and, therefore, the EPA does not have authority to prescribe such requirements. The petition contends that, furthermore, as a practical matter, even if energy efficiency projects are implemented, there is no guarantee that there will be a corresponding reduction in HAP emissions from affected boilers and process heaters.
While the petition refers to not only boilers, but also “process heaters,” the EPA has defined the source category for the Area Source Boilers Rule to include only specified types of boilers and, therefore, those are the only sources for which the EPA has set standards under this rule. The petitioner has not demonstrated that it was impracticable to comment on these issues during the public comment period on the proposed Area Source Boilers Rule. In fact, petitioners provided the same comments during that comment period, and subsequently challenged the EPA's establishment of the energy assessment requirement. The Court in
One petitioner (AF&PA) requested clarification in Table 1 to subpart JJJJJJ of part 63. Specifically, Items 1 and 2 in Table 1 specify that units can comply with the CO limit using a 3-run average or a 10-day rolling average (when using CO CEMS). The Item 6 entry for CO does not include the averaging period text. The petitioner requested that text be added to Table 1, Item 6 that clarifies the averaging period for the CO limit (
Item 6 of Table 1 to subpart JJJJJJ of part 63 has been amended to clarify that either a 3-run average or a 10-day rolling average is an appropriate averaging period for the CO emission limit. The petitioner's comments are, therefore, now moot and we are denying reconsideration on this issue.
This action finalizes certain provisions and makes technical and clarifying corrections, but does not promulgate substantive changes to the February 2013 final Area Source Boilers Rule (78 FR 7488). The EPA is finalizing the definitions of startup and shutdown that were promulgated in the February 2013 final rule along with revisions we proposed to make to those definitions, including an alternate definition of startup, and minor adjustments based on public comments. The revisions to the definitions of startup and shutdown clarify the beginning and end of startup and shutdown periods, but do not change the regulatory requirements that apply during those periods or the boilers that are subject to those requirements. We are retaining the subcategory and separate requirements for limited-use boilers, consistent with the February 2013 final rule. The EPA is amending the reconsidered provisions regarding the alternative PM standard for new oil-fired boilers that combust low-sulfur oil, the elimination of further performance testing for PM for certain boilers based on their initial compliance test, and the elimination of further fuel sampling for Hg for certain coal-fired boilers based on their initial compliance demonstration, consistent with the alternative provisions for which comment was solicited in the January 2015 proposal.
Promulgation of the amendments contained in this action does not change the coverage of the final rule nor does it affect the estimated emission reductions, control costs or the benefits of the rule in substance compared to the March 2011 final rule. The EPA explained in the preamble to the February 2013 final rule that promulgated amendments, including this action's five reconsidered provisions, that those amendments did not impose any additional regulatory requirements beyond those imposed by the March 2011 final rule and, in fact, would result in a decrease in burden. We further explained that, as compared to the control costs estimated for the March 2011 final rule, the February 2013 final action would not result in any meaningful change in capital and annual cost.
As discussed in section III.B of this preamble, the EPA is finalizing an alternative PM standard that specifies that new or reconstructed boilers that combust only ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel (
As discussed in section III.D of this preamble, the EPA is finalizing a provision that specifies that when demonstrating initial compliance with the PM emission limit, if performance test results show that PM emissions from an affected boiler are equal to or less than half of the applicable PM emission limit, additional PM emissions testing does not need to be conducted for 5 years in place of the February 2013 final rule's provision that eliminated further PM performance testing for such boilers. The provision being finalized that allows certain boilers to conduct PM emissions testing every 5 years potentially applies to the subset of boilers that are subject to PM emission limits (
As discussed in section III.E of this preamble, the EPA is finalizing a provision that specifies that when demonstrating initial compliance with the Hg emission limit based on fuel analysis, if the Hg constituents in the fuel or fuel mixture are measured to be equal to or less than half of the Hg emission limit, additional fuel analysis sampling for Hg would not need to be conducted for 12 months in place of the provision that eliminated further fuel sampling for such boilers. The provision being finalized that allows certain boilers to conduct fuel analysis sampling for Hg every 12 months potentially applies to the subset of boilers that are subject to Hg emission limits (
Additional information about these statutes and Executive Orders can be found at
This action is not a significant regulatory action and was, therefore, not submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review.
This action which finalizes certain provisions and makes technical and clarifying corrections will result in no significant changes to the information collection requirements of the promulgated rule and will have no increased impact on the information collection estimate of projected cost and hour burden made and approved by OMB. The EPA explained in the preamble to the February 2013 final rule that promulgated amendments, including this action's five reconsidered provisions, that those amendments did not impose any additional regulatory requirements beyond those imposed by the March 2011 final rule and, in fact, would result in a decrease in burden. Accordingly, the ICR was not revised as a result of the February 2013 final rule. Similarly, although this action amends three of the reconsidered provisions, it does not impose any additional regulatory requirements beyond those imposed by the March 2011 final rule and would result in a decrease in that burden. The three amended provisions regard compliance flexibilities that allow reduced performance stack testing and/or fuel sampling for certain boilers. Therefore, the ICR has not been revised as a result of this action. The OMB has previously approved the information collection activities contained in the existing regulations and has assigned OMB control number 2060-0668.
I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. In making this determination, the impact of concern is any significant adverse economic impact on small entities. The small entities subject to the requirements of this action are owners and operators of coal-, biomass-, and oil-fired boilers located at area sources of HAP emissions. The EPA explained in the preamble to the February 2013 final rule that promulgated amendments to the March 2011 final rule that those amendments were closely related to the final Area Source Boilers Rule, which the EPA signed on February 21, 2011, and that took effect on May 20, 2011. We further explained that the EPA prepared a final regulatory flexibility analysis in connection with the final Area Source Boilers Rule and, therefore, pursuant to section 605(c), the EPA was not required to complete a final regulatory flexibility analysis for the February 2013 final rule. (78 FR 7503-7504, February 1, 2013.) This action finalizes certain provisions and makes technical and clarifying corrections, but does not promulgate substantive changes to the February 2013 final Area Source Boilers Rule. Further, as explained in section VI of this preamble, the February 2013 final rule that promulgated amendments, including this action's reconsidered provisions, did not impose any additional regulatory requirements beyond those imposed by the March 2011 final rule and, in fact, would result in a decrease in burden. Similarly, although this action amends three of the reconsidered provisions, it does not impose any additional regulatory requirements beyond those imposed by the March 2011 final rule and would result in a decrease in that burden.
This final action does not contain an unfunded mandate of $100 million or more as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. This action finalizes certain provisions and makes technical and clarifying corrections, but does not promulgate substantive changes to the February 2013 final Area Source Boilers Rule.
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This action does not have tribal implications as specified in Executive Order 13175. It will not have substantial direct effects on tribal governments, on the relationship between the federal government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the federal government and Indian tribes, as specified in Executive Order 13175. This action finalizes certain provisions and makes technical and clarifying corrections, but does not promulgate substantive changes to the February 2013 final Area Source Boilers Rule. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action.
The EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern environmental health or safety risks that the EPA has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, per the definition of “covered regulatory action” in section 2-202 of the Executive Order. This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it does not concern an environmental health risk or safety risk.
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211 because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.
This action does not involve any new technical standards from those contained in the March 21, 2011, final rule. Therefore, the EPA did not consider the use of any voluntary consensus standards.
The EPA believes that this action does not have disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority populations, low-income populations and/or indigenous peoples, as specified in Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994). The environmental justice finding in the February 2013 final Area Source Boilers Rule (78 FR 7504, February 1, 2013) remains relevant in this action which finalizes certain provisions and makes technical and clarifying corrections, but does not promulgate substantive changes to the February 2013 final Area Source Boilers Rule.
This action is subject to the CRA, and the EPA will submit a rule report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. This action is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Air pollution control, Hazardous substances.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, title 40, chapter I, part 63 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401,
(c) A boiler required to have a permit under section 3005 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act or covered by subpart EEE of this part (
(k) An electric utility steam generating unit (EGU) as defined in this subpart.
The revisions and addition read as follows:
(b) For existing affected boilers that have applicable emission limits, you must demonstrate initial compliance with the applicable emission limits no later than 180 days after the compliance date that is specified in § 63.11196 and according to the applicable provisions in § 63.7(a)(2), except as provided in paragraph (k) of this section.
(e) For new or reconstructed oil-fired boilers that commenced construction or reconstruction on or before September 14, 2016, that combust only oil that contains no more than 0.50 weight percent sulfur or a mixture of 0.50 weight percent sulfur oil with other fuels not subject to a particulate matter (PM) emission limit under this subpart and that do not use a post-combustion technology (except a wet scrubber) to reduce PM or sulfur dioxide emissions, you are not subject to the PM emission limit in Table 1 of this subpart until September 14, 2019, providing you monitor and record on a monthly basis the type of fuel combusted. If you intend to burn a new type of fuel or fuel mixture that does not meet the requirements of this paragraph, you must conduct a performance test within 60 days of burning the new fuel. On and after September 14, 2019, you are subject to the PM emission limit in Table 1 of this subpart and you must demonstrate compliance with the PM emission limit in Table 1 no later than March 12, 2020.
(f) For new or reconstructed boilers that combust only ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel as defined in § 63.11237, you are not subject to the PM emission limit in Table 1 of this subpart providing you monitor and record on a monthly basis the type of fuel combusted. If you intend to burn a fuel other than ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel or gaseous fuels as defined in § 63.11237, you must conduct a performance test within 60 days of burning the new fuel.
(j) For boilers located at existing major sources of HAP that limit their potential to emit (
(k) For existing affected boilers that have not operated on solid fossil fuel, biomass, or liquid fuel between the effective date of the rule and the compliance date that is specified for your source in § 63.11196, you must comply with the applicable provisions as specified in paragraphs (k)(1) through (3) of this section.
(1) You must complete the initial compliance demonstration, if subject to the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart, as specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, no later than 180 days after the re-start of the affected boiler on solid fossil fuel, biomass, or liquid fuel and according to the applicable provisions in § 63.7(a)(2).
(2) You must complete the initial performance tune-up, if subject to the tune-up requirements in § 63.11223, by following the procedures described in § 63.11223(b) no later than 30 days after the re-start of the affected boiler on solid fossil fuel, biomass, or liquid fuel.
(a) If you own or operate an existing or new coal-fired boiler with a heat input capacity of less than 10 million Btu per hour, you must conduct a performance tune-up according to § 63.11210(c) or (g), as applicable, and § 63.11223(b). If you own or operate an existing coal-fired boiler with a heat input capacity of less than 10 million Btu per hour, you must submit a signed statement in the Notification of Compliance Status report that indicates that you conducted an initial tune-up of the boiler.
(b) If you own or operate an existing or new biomass-fired boiler or an existing or new oil-fired boiler, you must conduct a performance tune-up according to § 63.11210(c) or (g), as applicable, and § 63.11223(b). If you own or operate an existing biomass-fired boiler or existing oil-fired boiler, you must submit a signed statement in the Notification of Compliance Status report that indicates that you conducted an initial tune-up of the boiler.
(c) If you own or operate an existing affected boiler with a heat input capacity of 10 million Btu per hour or greater, you must submit a signed certification in the Notification of Compliance Status report that an energy assessment of the boiler and its energy use systems was completed according to Table 2 to this subpart and that the assessment is an accurate depiction of your facility at the time of the assessment or that the maximum number of on-site technical hours specified in the definition of energy assessment applicable to the facility has been expended.
(a) If your boiler has a heat input capacity of 10 million Btu per hour or greater, you must conduct all applicable performance (stack) tests according to § 63.11212 on a triennial basis, except as specified in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section. Triennial performance tests must be completed no more than 37 months after the previous performance test.
(b) For new or reconstructed boilers that commenced construction or reconstruction on or before September 14, 2016, when demonstrating initial compliance with the PM emission limit, if your boiler's performance test results show that your PM emissions are equal to or less than half of the PM emission limit, you do not need to conduct further performance tests for PM until September 14, 2021, but must continue to comply with all applicable operating limits and monitoring requirements and must comply with the provisions as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.
(1) A performance test for PM must be conducted by September 14, 2021.
(2) If your performance test results show that your PM emissions are equal to or less than half of the PM emission limit, you may choose to conduct performance tests for PM every fifth year. Each such performance test must be conducted no more than 61 months after the previous performance test.
(3) If you intend to burn a new type of fuel other than ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel or gaseous fuels as defined in § 63.11237, you must conduct a performance test within 60 days of burning the new fuel type.
(4) If your performance test results show that your PM emissions are greater than half of the PM emission limit, you must conduct subsequent performance tests on a triennial basis as specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) For new or reconstructed boilers that commenced construction or reconstruction after September 14, 2016, when demonstrating initial compliance with the PM emission limit, if your boiler's performance test results show that your PM emissions are equal to or
(1) Each such performance test must be conducted no more than 61 months after the previous performance test.
(2) If you intend to burn a new type of fuel other than ultra-low-sulfur liquid fuel or gaseous fuels as defined in § 63.11237, you must conduct a performance test within 60 days of burning the new fuel type.
(3) If your performance test results show that your PM emissions are greater than half of the PM emission limit, you must conduct subsequent performance tests on a triennial basis as specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
(d) If you demonstrate compliance with the mercury emission limit based on fuel analysis, you must conduct a fuel analysis according to § 63.11213 for each type of fuel burned as specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section. If you plan to burn a new type of fuel or fuel mixture, you must conduct a fuel analysis before burning the new type of fuel or mixture in your boiler. You must recalculate the mercury emission rate using Equation 1 of § 63.11211. The recalculated mercury emission rate must be less than the applicable emission limit.
(1) For existing boilers and new or reconstructed boilers that commenced construction or reconstruction on or before September 14, 2016, when demonstrating initial compliance with the mercury emission limit, if the mercury constituents in the fuel or fuel mixture are measured to be equal to or less than half of the mercury emission limit, you do not need to conduct further fuel analysis sampling until September 14, 2017, but must continue to comply with all applicable operating limits and monitoring requirements and must comply with the provisions as specified in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
(i) Fuel analysis sampling for mercury must be conducted by September 14, 2017.
(ii) If your fuel analysis results show that the mercury constituents in the fuel or fuel mixture are equal to or less than half of the mercury emission limit, you may choose to conduct fuel analysis sampling for mercury every 12 months.
(2) For new or reconstructed boilers that commenced construction or reconstruction after September 14, 2016, when demonstrating initial compliance with the mercury emission limit, if the mercury constituents in the fuel or fuel mixture are measured to be equal to or less than half of the mercury emission limit, you may choose to conduct fuel analysis sampling for mercury every 12 months, but must continue to comply with all applicable operating limits and monitoring requirements.
(3) When demonstrating compliance with the mercury emission limit, if the mercury constituents in the fuel or fuel mixture are greater than half of the mercury emission limit, you must conduct quarterly sampling.
(e) For existing affected boilers that have not operated on solid fossil fuel, biomass, or liquid fuel since the previous compliance demonstration and more than 3 years have passed since the previous compliance demonstration, you must complete your subsequent compliance demonstration no later than 180 days after the re-start of the affected boiler on solid fossil fuel, biomass, or liquid fuel.
(c) You may not use data collected during periods of startup and shutdown, monitoring system malfunctions or out-of-control periods, repairs associated with monitoring system malfunctions or out-of-control periods, or required monitoring system quality assurance or quality control activities in calculations used to report emissions or operating levels. Any such periods must be reported according to the requirements in § 63.11225. You must use all the data collected during all other periods in assessing the operation of the control device and associated control system.
(a) * * *
(2) If you have an applicable mercury or PM emission limit, you must keep records of the type and amount of all fuels burned in each boiler during the reporting period. If you have an applicable mercury emission limit, you must demonstrate that all fuel types and mixtures of fuels burned would result in lower emissions of mercury than the applicable emission limit (if you demonstrate compliance through fuel analysis), or result in lower fuel input of mercury than the maximum values calculated during the last performance stack test (if you demonstrate compliance through performance stack testing).
(c) Boilers with an oxygen trim system that maintains an optimum air-to-fuel ratio that would otherwise be subject to a biennial tune-up must conduct a tune-up of the boiler every 5 years as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this section. Each 5-year tune-up must be conducted no more than 61 months after the previous tune-up. For a new or reconstructed boiler with an oxygen trim system, the first 5-year tune-up must be no later than 61 months after the initial startup. You may delay the burner inspection specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and inspection of the system controlling the air-to-fuel ratio specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section until the next scheduled unit shutdown, but you must inspect each burner and system controlling the air-to-fuel ratio at least once every 72 months. If an oxygen trim system is utilized on a unit without emission standards to reduce the tune-up frequency to once every 5 years, set the oxygen level no lower than the oxygen concentration measured during the most recent tune-up.
(a) * * *
(4) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status no later than 120 days after the applicable compliance date specified in § 63.11196 unless you own or operate a new boiler subject only to a requirement to conduct a biennial or 5-year tune-up or you must conduct a performance stack test. If you own or operate a new boiler subject to a requirement to conduct a tune-up, you are not required to prepare and submit a Notification of Compliance Status for the tune-up. If you must conduct a performance stack test, you must submit the Notification of Compliance Status within 60 days of completing the performance stack test. You must submit the Notification of Compliance
(b) You must prepare, by March 1 of each year, and submit to the delegated authority upon request, an annual compliance certification report for the previous calendar year containing the information specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section. You must submit the report by March 15 if you had any instance described by paragraph (b)(3) of this section. For boilers that are subject only to the energy assessment requirement and/or a requirement to conduct a biennial or 5-year tune-up according to § 63.11223(a) and not subject to emission limits or operating limits, you may prepare only a biennial or 5-year compliance report as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(iv) For each boiler subject to an emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must keep records of monthly fuel use by each boiler, including the type(s) of fuel and amount(s) used. For each new oil-fired boiler that meets the requirements of § 63.11210(e) or (f), you must keep records, on a monthly basis, of the type of fuel combusted.
(e)(1) Within 60 days after the date of completing each performance test (as defined in § 63.2) required by this subpart, you must submit the results of the performance tests, including any associated fuel analyses, following the procedure specified in either paragraph (e)(1)(i) or (ii) of this section.
(i) For data collected using test methods supported by the EPA's Electronic Reporting Tool (ERT) as listed on the EPA's ERT Web site (
(ii) For data collected using test methods that are not supported by the EPA's ERT as listed on the EPA's ERT Web site at the time of the test, you must submit the results of the performance test to the Administrator at the appropriate address listed in § 63.13.
(2) Within 60 days after the date of completing each CEMS performance evaluation (as defined in § 63.2), you must submit the results of the performance evaluation following the procedure specified in either paragraph (e)(2)(i) or (ii) of this section.
(i) For performance evaluations of continuous monitoring systems measuring relative accuracy test audit (RATA) pollutants that are supported by the EPA's ERT as listed on the EPA's ERT Web site at the time of the evaluation, you must submit the results of the performance evaluation to the EPA via the CEDRI. (CEDRI can be accessed through the EPA's CDX.) Performance evaluation data must be submitted in a file format generated through the use of the EPA's ERT or an alternate file format consistent with the XML schema listed on the EPA's ERT Web site. If you claim that some of the performance evaluation information being submitted is CBI, you must submit a complete file generated through the use of the EPA's ERT or an alternate electronic file consistent with the XML schema listed on the EPA's ERT Web site, including information claimed to be CBI, on a compact disc, flash drive, or other commonly used electronic storage media to the EPA. The electronic storage media must be clearly marked as CBI and mailed to U.S. EPA/OAQPS/CORE CBI Office, Attention: Group Leader, Measurement Policy Group, MD C404-02, 4930 Old Page Rd., Durham, NC 27703. The same ERT or alternate file with the CBI omitted must be submitted to the EPA via the EPA's CDX as described earlier in this paragraph.
(ii) For any performance evaluations of continuous monitoring systems measuring RATA pollutants that are not supported by the EPA's ERT as listed on the EPA's ERT Web site at the time of the evaluation, you must submit the results of the performance evaluation to the Administrator at the appropriate address listed in § 63.13.
(g) If you have switched fuels or made a physical change to the boiler and the fuel switch or change resulted in the applicability of a different subcategory within this subpart, in the boiler becoming subject to this subpart, or in the boiler switching out of this subpart due to a fuel change that results in the boiler meeting the definition of gas-fired boiler, as defined in § 63.11237, or you have taken a permit limit that resulted in you becoming subject to this subpart or no longer being subject to this subpart, you must provide notice of the date upon which you switched fuels, made the physical change, or took a permit limit within 30 days of the change. The notification must identify:
The revisions and additions read as follows:
(1) Either the first-ever firing of fuel in a boiler for the purpose of supplying useful thermal energy (such as steam or hot water) for heating and/or producing electricity, or for any other purpose, or the firing of fuel in a boiler after a shutdown event for any purpose. Startup ends when any of the useful thermal energy (such as steam or hot water) from the boiler is supplied for heating and/or producing electricity, or for any other purpose, or
(2) The period in which operation of a boiler is initiated for any purpose. Startup begins with either the first-ever firing of fuel in a boiler for the purpose of supplying useful thermal energy (such as steam or hot water) for heating, cooling or process purposes or producing electricity, or the firing of fuel in a boiler for any purpose after a shutdown event. Startup ends 4 hours after when the boiler supplies useful thermal energy (such as steam or hot water) for heating, cooling, or process purposes or generates electricity, whichever is earlier.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
This regulation amends an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance for residues of acrylic polymers when used as an inert ingredient in a pesticide chemical formulation under 40 CFR 180.960 to include the monomers lauryl acrylate and acrylamidopropyl methyl sulfonic acid. OMC Ag Consulting on behalf of Vive Crop Protection Inc submitted a petition to EPA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA), requesting an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance. This regulation eliminates the need to establish a maximum permissible level for residues of acrylic polymers on food or feed commodities.
This regulation is effective September 14, 2016. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before November 14, 2016, and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0283, is available at
Michael Goodis, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
You may access a frequently updated electronic version of 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Printing Office's e-CFR site at
Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a, any person may file an objection to any aspect of this regulation and may also request a hearing on those objections. You must file your objection or request a hearing on this regulation in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178. To ensure proper receipt by EPA, you must identify docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0283 in the subject line on the first page of your submission. All objections and requests for a hearing must be in writing, and must be received by the Hearing Clerk on or before November 14, 2016. Addresses for mail and hand delivery of objections and hearing requests are provided in 40 CFR 178.25(b).
In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing (excluding any Confidential Business Information
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
In the
Section 408(c)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish an exemption from the requirement for a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the exemption is “safe.” Section 408(c)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and use in residential settings, but does not include occupational exposure. Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA requires EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue . . . ” and specifies factors EPA is to consider in establishing an exemption.
EPA establishes exemptions from the requirement of a tolerance only in those cases where it can be shown that the risks from aggregate exposure to pesticide chemical residues under reasonably foreseeable circumstances will pose no appreciable risks to human health. In order to determine the risks from aggregate exposure to pesticide inert ingredients, the Agency considers the toxicity of the inert in conjunction with possible exposure to residues of the inert ingredient through food, drinking water, and through other exposures that occur as a result of pesticide use in residential settings. If EPA is able to determine that a finite tolerance is not necessary to ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the inert ingredient, an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance may be established.
Consistent with FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action and considered its validity, completeness and reliability and the relationship of this information to human risk. EPA has also considered available information concerning the variability of the sensitivities of major identifiable subgroups of consumers, including infants and children. In the case of certain chemical substances that are defined as polymers, the Agency has established a set of criteria to identify categories of polymers expected to present minimal or no risk. The definition of a polymer is given in 40 CFR 723.250(b) and the exclusion criteria for identifying these low-risk polymers are described in 40 CFR 723.250(d). Acrylic polymers composed of monomers listed in Unit II conforms to the definition of a polymer given in 40 CFR 723.250(b) and meets the following criteria that are used to identify low-risk polymers.
1. The polymer is not a cationic polymer nor is it reasonably anticipated to become a cationic polymer in a natural aquatic environment.
2. The polymer does contain as an integral part of its composition the atomic elements carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen.
3. The polymer does not contain as an integral part of its composition, except as impurities, any element other than those listed in 40 CFR 723.250(d)(2)(ii).
4. The polymer is neither designed nor can it be reasonably anticipated to substantially degrade, decompose, or depolymerize.
5. The polymer is manufactured or imported from monomers and/or reactants that are already included on the TSCA Chemical Substance Inventory or manufactured under an applicable TSCA section 5 exemption.
6. The polymer is not a water absorbing polymer with a number average molecular weight (MW) greater than or equal to 10,000 daltons.
Additionally, the polymer also meets as required the following exemption criteria specified in 40 CFR 723.250(e).
7. The polymer's minimum number average MW of 1,200 is greater than or equal to 10,000 daltons. The polymer contains less than 10% oligomeric material below MW 500 and less than 25% oligomeric material below MW 1,000.
Thus, acrylic polymers composed of monomers listed in Unit II meets the criteria for a polymer to be considered low risk under 40 CFR 723.250. Based on its conformance to the criteria in this unit, no mammalian toxicity is anticipated from dietary, inhalation, or dermal exposure to acrylic polymers.
For the purposes of assessing potential exposure under this exemption, EPA considered that acrylate polymers could be present in all raw and processed agricultural commodities and drinking water, and that non-occupational non-dietary exposure was possible. The minimum number average MW of acrylic polymers is 1,200 daltons. Generally, a polymer of this size would be poorly absorbed through the intact gastrointestinal tract or through intact human skin. Since acrylic polymers conform to the criteria that identify a low-risk polymer, there are no concerns for risks associated with any potential exposure scenarios that are reasonably foreseeable. The Agency has determined that a tolerance is not necessary to protect the public health.
Section 408(b)(2)(D)(v) of FFDCA requires that, when considering whether to establish, modify, or revoke a tolerance, the Agency consider “available information” concerning the cumulative effects of a particular pesticide's residues and “other substances that have a common mechanism of toxicity”.
EPA has not found acrylic polymers to share a common mechanism of toxicity with any other substances, and acrylic polymers does not appear to produce a toxic metabolite produced by other substances. For the purposes of this tolerance action, therefore, EPA has assumed that acrylic polymers does not have a common mechanism of toxicity with other substances. For information regarding EPA's efforts to determine which chemicals have a common mechanism of toxicity and to evaluate the cumulative effects of such chemicals, see EPA's Web site at
Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA provides that EPA shall apply an additional tenfold margin of safety for infants and children in the case of threshold effects to account for prenatal and postnatal toxicity and the completeness of the data base unless EPA concludes that a different margin of safety will be safe for infants and children. Due to the expected low toxicity of acrylic polymers, EPA has not used a safety factor analysis to assess the risk. For the same reasons the additional tenfold safety factor is unnecessary.
Based on the conformance to the criteria used to identify a low-risk polymer, EPA concludes that there is a reasonable certainty of no harm to the U.S. population, including infants and children, from aggregate exposure to residues of acrylic polymers.
An analytical method is not required for enforcement purposes since the Agency is establishing an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance without any numerical limitation.
In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level.
The Codex has not established a MRL for acrylic polymers.
Accordingly, EPA finds that exempting residues of acrylic polymers from the requirement of a tolerance will be safe.
This action establishes a tolerance under FFDCA section 408(d) in response to a petition submitted to the Agency. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this action has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001) or Executive Order 13045, entitled “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997). This action does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under FFDCA section 408(d), such as the tolerance in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601
This action directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes, nor does this action alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of FFDCA section 408(n)(4). As such, the Agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Thus, the Agency has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999) and Executive Order 13175, entitled “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments” (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000) do not apply to this action. In addition, this action does not impose any enforceable duty or contain any unfunded mandate as described under Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) (2 U.S.C. 1501
This action does not involve any technical standards that would require Agency consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).
Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.
Office of Government-wide Policy (OGP), General Services Administration (GSA).
Issuance of bulletin; Correction.
GSA published a document in the
Mr. Dennis Oden, Director, Civil Rights Programs Division (AKB), Office of Civil Rights, 202-417-5711. Please cite Notice-MA-2016-05; Correction.
In FR Doc. 2016-19450 published in the
On page 55148, in the first column, third line of the header, remove “41 CFR part 74” and add “41 CFR part 102-74” in its place.
Office of Government-wide Policy (OGP), General Services Administration (GSA).
Final rule.
GSA is amending the Federal Travel Regulation (FTR) by clarifying the regulations regarding reimbursement for Automatic Teller Machine (ATM) fees and laundry, cleaning, and pressing of clothing expenses.
For clarification of content, contact Mr. Cy Greenidge, Program Analyst, Office of Government-wide Policy, at 202-219-2349. For more information pertaining to status or publication schedules, contact the Regulatory Secretariat (MVCB), 1800 F Street NW., Washington, DC 20405, 202-501-4755. Please cite FTR Case 2015-304.
GSA published a proposed rule in the
The public had 60 calendar days to comment on the proposed rule. GSA received 22 comments from 19 respondents. Two respondents opposed the amendment in general, eleven addressed only the inclusion of ATM fees in the definition of IE, two addressed only the clarification concerning the final approval authority for the reimbursement for laundry, cleaning, and pressing of clothing expenses, three addressed both the
The two comments that opposed the amendment in general are summarized below:
The fourteen comments concerning ATM fees being included in the definition of IE are summarized below:
The five comments that addressed clarification of the policy relating to laundry, cleaning, and pressing of clothing expenses are summarized below:
The following comment was out of scope as it does not pertain to the subject matter of this amendment, and as a result, no change will be made in response:
Based upon the comments received, this final rule does not include ATM fees within the definition of “incidental expenses,” but rather leaves reimbursement of these expenses as a miscellaneous expense, and further clarifies that reimbursement for these fees is within the agency's discretion.
Executive Orders (E.O.s) 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives, and if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). E.O. 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. GSA has determined that this final rule is not a significant regulatory action is not subject to review under section 6(b) of Executive Order 12866. GSA has further determined that this final rule is not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804.
This final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601,
The Paperwork Reduction Act does not apply because the changes to the FTR do not impose recordkeeping or information collection requirements, or the collection of information from offerors, contractors, or members of the public that require the approval of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under 44 U.S.C. 3501,
This final rule is also exempt from Congressional review prescribed under 5 U.S.C. 801. This final rule is not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804.
Government employees, Travel and transportation expenses; Administrative practice and procedures, and Individuals with disabilities.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 5701-5711, GSA amends 41 CFR parts 301-11 and 301-70 as set forth below:
5 U.S.C. 5707.
Your agency may reimburse the expenses incurred for laundry, cleaning, and pressing of clothing as a miscellaneous travel expense for TDY within CONUS. However, you must incur a minimum of four consecutive nights lodging on official travel to qualify for this reimbursement. Laundry and dry cleaning expenses have not been removed from foreign per diem rates established by the Department of State, or from non-foreign area per diem rates established by the Department of Defense. Separate claims for laundry and dry cleaning expenses incurred in foreign areas and non-foreign areas are not allowed.
5 U.S.C. 5707; 40 U.S.C. 121(c); Sec. 2, Pub. L. 105-264, 112 Stat. 2350 (5 U.S.C. 5701, note), OMB Circular No. A-126, revised May 22, 1992, and OMB Circular No. A-123, Appendix B, revised January 15, 2009.
(c) Who will determine if other miscellaneous expenses are appropriate for reimbursement in connection with official travel, including but not limited to, fees for the use of automated teller machine (ATMs) when using the Government contractor-issued travel charge card and expenses for laundry, cleaning, and pressing of clothing.
Office of Government-wide Policy (OGP), General Services Administration (GSA).
Final rule.
GSA is amending the Federal Travel Regulation (FTR) by updating the exemptions from mandatory use of the Government contractor-issued travel charge card to ensure the card is used as often as practicable.
For clarification of content, contact Mr. Cy Greenidge, Program Analyst, Office of Government-wide Policy, at 202-219-2349. For more information pertaining to status or publication schedules, contact the Regulatory Secretariat (MVCB), 1800 F Street NW., Washington, DC 20405, 202-501-4755. Please cite FTR Case 2015-303.
GSA published a proposed rule in the
The public had 60 calendar days to comment on the proposed rule. GSA received six comments. Four comments applied to the proposed rule; however, one did not fall under the purview of this office, and the other was out-of-scope based upon the subject matter of the final rule. As a result of the applicable comments, GSA made changes to the rule, although these changes are not considered to be significant.
Executive Orders (E.O.s) 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives, and if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic,
This final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601,
The Paperwork Reduction Act does not apply because the changes to the FTR do not impose recordkeeping or information collection requirements, or the collection of information from offerors, contractors, or members of the public that require the approval of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under 44 U.S.C. 3501,
This final rule is also exempt from Congressional review prescribed under 5 U.S.C. 801. This final rule is not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804.
Government employees, Travel and transportation expenses, Paying travel expenses, Internal policy and procedure requirements.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 5701-5711, GSA amends 41 CFR parts 301-51 and 301-70 as set forth below:
5 U.S.C. 5707.
You are required to activate the Government contractor-issued travel charge card once you receive it, and then use it as the method of payment for all official travel expenses unless exempted under § 301-51.2.
Expenses for which payment through the Government contractor-issued travel charge card is impractical (
The Administrator of General Services exempts the following classes of employees from mandatory use of the Government contractor-issued travel charge card:
(a) Any employee who has an application pending for the Government contractor-issued travel charge card;
(b) Any employee, when issuance of the Government contractor-issued travel charge card would adversely affect the mission or put the employee at risk; and
(c) Any employee who is not eligible to receive a Government contractor-issued travel charge card.
5 U.S.C. 5707; 40 U.S.C. 121(c); Sec. 2, Pub. L. 105-264, 112 Stat. 2350 (5 U.S.C. 5701, note), OMB Circular No. A-126, revised May 22, 1992, and OMB Circular No. A-123, Appendix B, revised January 15, 2009.
The Administrator of General Services exempts the following classes of employees from mandatory use of the Government contractor-issued travel charge card:
(a) Any employee who has an application pending for the Government contractor-issued travel charge card;
(b) Any employee, when issuance of the Government contractor-issued travel charge card would adversely affect the mission or put the employee at risk; and
(c) Any employee who is not eligible to receive a Government contractor-issued travel charge card.
Internal agency policies and procedures should be established defining what are considered to be misuses of the Government contractor-issued travel charge card. Appropriate action may be taken pursuant to those policies if an employee fails to activate the Government contractor-issued travel charge card within 60 days of receipt or misuses the travel charge card.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Interim final rule and request for comments.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) in the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) is adding
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CDC-2016-0045 or RIN 0920-AA64 by any of the following methods:
•
•
Comments will also be available for public inspection from Monday through Friday, except for legal holidays, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Eastern Time, at 1600 Clifton Road NE., Atlanta, Georgia 30329. Please call ahead to (404) 718-2000 and ask for a representative from the Division of Select Agents and Toxins to schedule your visit.
Dr. Samuel Edwin, Director, Division of Select Agents and Toxins, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road NE., MS-A46, Atlanta, Georgia 30329. Telephone: (404) 718-2000.
The interim final rule is organized as follows:
Interested persons or organizations are invited to participate in this rulemaking by submitting written views, recommendations, and data. HHS/CDC invites comments on the following questions:
(1) Are there other virulent (pBCXO1+ and pBCXO2+) strains of
(2) What is the impact of designating
Comments received, including attachments and other supporting materials, are part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. Do not include any information in your comment or supporting materials that you consider confidential or inappropriate for public disclosure. HHS/CDC will consider comments that are received within 60 days of publication of this rule in the
HHS/CDC is promulgating this rule under the authority of sections 201-204 and 221 of Title II of Public Law 107-188, 116 Stat 637 (42 U.S.C. 262a).
Subtitle A of Title II of the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002, (42 U.S.C. 262a), requires HHS to regulate the possession, use, and transfer of biological agents or toxins that the HHS Secretary determines have the potential to pose a severe threat to public health and safety (select agents and toxins). Subtitle B of Title II of the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002 (which may be cited as the Agricultural Bioterrorism Protection Act of 2002), (7 U.S.C. 8401), requires the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) to regulate the possession, use, and transfer of biological agents or toxins that the USDA Secretary determines have the potential to pose a severe threat to animal or plant health, or animal or plant products (select agents and toxins). Accordingly, HHS and USDA have promulgated regulations requiring individuals or entities that possess, use, or transfer select agents and toxins to register with HHS/CDC or USDA/Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS). See 42 CFR part 73, 7 CFR part 331, and 9 CFR part 121 (the select agent regulations). The Federal Select Agent Program, a collaboration of HHS/CDC/Division of Select Agents and Toxins and USDA/APHIS/Agriculture Select Agent Services, administers the select agent regulations in a manner that minimizes the administrative burden on persons subject to the select agent regulations. USDA/APHIS is currently considering whether
Emerging
In December 2015, the question of whether
The table below comes from “Bacteriological discrimination characteristics of atypical
After reviewing scientific publications and consulting with subject matter experts, ISATTAC recommended that
• Genomic characterization showed that
• Fully virulent (pXO1+ pXO2+) strains of
• To date, there have been no reports of this biovar having been isolated from humans. However,
• As with
• PBCXO2—strains of
• There is no apparent difference between this organism and
In addition, the Federal Experts Security Advisory Panel (FESAP) provided policy and technical input for the recommendation to list
After consideration of all of the above, HHS/CDC has determined that
Agency rulemaking is governed by section 553 of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553) which, unless the rule falls within one of the exemptions, requires that HHS/CDC publish a notice of proposed rulemaking in the
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B), and for the reasons stated above, we therefore find that there is good cause to dispense with prior public notice and the opportunity to comment on this rule before it becomes effective because any delay in promulgating the rule would be contrary to the public interest.
In researching this addition to the HHS select agents and toxins list, we also considered whether
HHS/CDC has examined the impacts of this interim final rule (IFR) under Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and Executive Order 13563, Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review, (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011). Both Executive Orders direct agencies to evaluate any rule prior to promulgation to determine the regulatory impact in terms of costs and benefits to United States populations and businesses. Further, together, the two Executive Orders set the following requirements: Quantify costs and benefits where the new regulation creates a change in current practice; define qualitative costs and benefits; choose approaches that maximize benefits; support regulations that protect public health and safety; and minimize the impact of regulation. HHS/CDC has analyzed this IFR as required by these Executive Orders and has determined that it is consistent with the principles set forth in the Executive Orders and the Regulatory Flexibility Act, as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA). We anticipate that the rule will create minimal impact.
This regulatory impact section presents the anticipated costs and benefits that are quantified where possible. Where quantification is not possible, a qualitative discussion is provided of the costs and/or benefits that HHS/CDC anticipates from issuing this regulation.
Currently, the only entity in possession of this agent is already registered to possess Tier 1 select agents. As a result, the burden associated with this entity is minimal. However, this rule will also affect entities which plan to possess the agent in the future. We believe that these entities fall into three categories: Entities not currently registered for a select agent or toxin, and entities already registered with the Federal Select Agent Program (FSAP) but not for a Tier 1 agent or toxin, and entities already registered to possess a Tier 1 agent, such as the one already in possession of the agent. Based on the 2012 Select Agent Final Rule, entities already registered with the FSAP but not for a Tier 1 agent or toxin will incur costs of approximately $10,000-$15,000 in order to possess the agent, and median annualized costs to entities not currently registered to possess select agent or toxin are estimated to be approximately $37,000 in order to possess the agent. As noted, for entities already registered to possess a Tier 1 agent, costs are estimated to be minimal. However, we lack data to forecast the number of entities beyond the one entity we are currently aware of that will possess this agent in the future, and as a result we do not estimate the total associated costs.
An outbreak of
Impacts from the October 2001 anthrax attacks exemplify the costs that the regulatory revisions will help to prevent. The anthrax attacks caused five fatalities and seventeen illnesses, disrupted business and government activities, closed substantial parts of the U.S. Postal Service, and caused widespread apprehension and changes in behavior. Costs included more than $23 million to decontaminate one Senate office building, approximately $2 billion in revenues lost to the postal service, and as much as $3 billion in additional costs to the U.S. Postal Service for cleanup of contamination and procurement of mail-sanitizing equipment (referenced from the Regulatory Impact Analysis from the 2012 Select Agent Regulations Final Rule). There were substantial costs due to lost productivity throughout the economy and investigations into the incident (referenced from the Regulatory Impact Analysis from the 2012 Select Agent Regulations Final Rule).
A deliberate release of
The benefit of regulating this organism is the prevention of an outbreak of disease due to this organism. An analysis of the 2001 anthrax incident shows the impact of the outbreak in terms of loss of life, illness, decontamination costs, and loss of productivity.
Based on this analysis, we believe the benefit of this rulemaking outweighs the costs.
We have examined the impacts of the interim final rule under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612). Unless we certify that the interim final rule is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA), requires agencies to analyze regulatory options that would minimize any significant economic impact of a rule on small entities. Based on our current knowledge of who possesses
This regulatory action is not a major rule as defined by Sec. 804 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996. This interim final rule will not result in an annual effect on the economy of $100,000,000 or more; a major increase in cost or prices; or significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or on the ability of United States-based companies to compete with foreign-based companies in domestic and export markets.
In accordance with section 3507(d) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
We expect that the entities who will register for possession, use, or transfer of
This rule has been reviewed under E.O. 12988, Civil Justice Reform. Once the interim final rule is in effect, HHS/CDC notes that: (1) All State and local laws and regulations that are inconsistent with this rule will be preempted; (2) no retroactive effect will be given to this rule; and (3) administrative proceedings will not be required before parties may file suit in court challenging this rule.
HHS/CDC has reviewed this interim final rule in accordance with Executive Order 13132 regarding Federalism, and
In accordance with section 361(e) of the PHSA [42 U.S.C. 264(e)], nothing in this rule would supersede any provisions of State or local law except to the extent that such a provision conflicts with this rule.
Under the Plain Language Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-274, October 13, 2010), executive Departments and Agencies are required to use plain language in documents that explain to the public how to comply with a requirement the Federal Government administers or enforces. HHS/CDC has attempted to use plain language in promulgating this rule consistent with the Federal Plain Writing Act guidelines.
Biologics, Packaging and containers, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, we are amending 42 CFR part 73 as follows:
42 U.S.C. 262a; sections 201-204, 221 and 231 of Title II of Public Law 107-188, 116 Stat. 637 (42 U.S.C. 262a).
National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
Interim rule.
NASA is issuing an interim rule amending the NASA Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (NFS) to implement revisions to the voucher submittal and payment process. These revisions are necessary due to section 893 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2016 prohibiting the Defense Contract Audit Agency (DCAA) from performing audit work for non-Defense Agencies. NASA had delegated to DCAA the task of reviewing contractor requests for payment under NASA cost-type contracts.
Submit comments identified by NFS Case 2016-N025, using any of the following methods:
○
○
○
○
Mr. John J. Lopez, NASA HQ, Office of Procurement, Contract and Grant Policy Division, LP-011, 300 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20456-0001. Telephone 202-358-3740; facsimile 202-358-3082.
This interim rule revises the NFS to implement revisions to the voucher submittal and payment process. These revisions are necessary due to section 893 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2016 (Pub. L. 114-92) prohibiting DCAA from performing audit work for non-Defense Agencies. Section 893 prohibits DCAA from performing audit work for non-Defense Agencies until DCAA's backlog of incurred cost audits is below 18 months. DCAA's current backlog of cost audits is greater than 18 months. NASA had delegated to DCAA the task of reviewing contractor requests for payment under its cost-type contracts. As a result of section 893, DCAA has ceased cost voucher audit support to NASA, in turn, jeopardizing timely payment to contractors for work performed. NASA has revised its cost voucher submission and payment process to ensure the continued prompt payment to its suppliers. Accordingly, the NFS needs to be immediately revised to implement procedural changes to minimize cost voucher submission and payment delays to NASA suppliers as well the potential accrual of Government interest payments to contractors.
Sections of the NFS are being revised to implement changes to NASA's voucher submission and payment process. Specifically, NASA is—
• Deleting the outdated clause prescription at NFS 1816.307-70(e) and associated clause at NFS 1852.216-87 relating to the submission of vouchers for payment;
• Establishing a new clause prescription at NFS 1832.908-70 and associated clause at 1852.232-80 relative to the submission of vouchers for payment that reflects electronic submittal of vouchers and NASA resources processing these payment requests versus DCAA;
• Deleting NFS section 1842.7101(a) and (b) because DCAA is no longer processing vouchers for NASA; thus this guidance is no longer needed; and
• Deleting NFS section 1842.7101(c) because the requirement of submitting additional hard copies of Standard Form 1034 and Standard Form 1035A to the General Services Administration (GSA) is no longer required. This outdated process is being replaced by electronic submissions.
Executive Orders (E.O.s) 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). E.O. 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This is not a significant regulatory action and, therefore, was not subject to review under section 6(b) of E.O. 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, dated September 30, 1993. This rule is not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804.
NASA does not expect this interim rule to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601,
NASA is revising the NFS to implement revisions to the voucher submittal and payment process. These revisions are necessary due to section 893 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2016 (Pub. L. 114-92) prohibiting DCAA from performing audit work for non-Defense Agencies.
The objective of this rule is to remove the outdated NFS payment clause and associated prescription relative to the NASA voucher submittal and payment process and replace with a new clause that will revamp NASA's cost voucher submission and payment process to ensure the continued prompt payment to its suppliers. The revision will also minimize cost voucher submission and payment delays to NASA suppliers as well the potential accrual of Government interest payments to contractors.
This rule would apply to contractor requests for payment under cost reimbursement contracts. An analysis of data in the Federal Procurement Data System (FPDS) revealed that cost reimbursement contracts are primarily awarded to large businesses. FPDS data compiled over the past three fiscal years (FY2013 through FY2015) showed an average of 311 active cost reimbursement NASA contracts, of which 141 (approximately 45%) were awarded to small businesses. However, there is no significant economic or administrative cost impact to small or large businesses because the rule will have a positive benefit in the way of fewer voucher rejections, rework, and payment delays. The rule does not contain additional reporting requirements, recordkeeping, or other compliance requirements.
The rule does not duplicate, overlap, or conflict with any other Federal rules. No alternative approaches were considered, because this approach will have minimal impact on small entities.
NASA invites comments from small business concerns and other interested parties on the expected impact of this rule on small entities. NASA will also consider comments from small entities concerning the existing regulations in subparts affected by this rule in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 610. Interested parties must submit such comments separately and should cite 5 U.S.C. 610 (NFS Case 2016-N025), in correspondence.
The rule contains information collection requirements that require the approval of the Office of Management and Budget under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35); however, these changes to the NFS do not impose additional information collection requirements to the paperwork burden previously approved under OMB Control Number 9000-0070, entitled Payments—FAR Sections Affected: 52.232-1 thru 52.232-4 and 52.232-6 thru 52.232-11.
A determination has been made under the authority of the Administrator of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration that urgent and compelling reasons exist to promulgate this interim rule without prior opportunity for public comment. This action to revise the submission of vouchers for payment process is necessary to avert the rejection of contractor payment requests and potential payment delays, which will result in annual cost avoidance to the Government of approximately $383,000. In addition, we anticipate the Government potentially avoiding approximately $134,000 in late payment interest charges.
Section 893 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2016 prohibits the Defense Contract Audit Agency (DCAA) from performing audit work for non-Defense Agencies. NASA had delegated to DCAA the task of reviewing contractor requests for payment under our cost type contracts. This interim rule is needed to ensure that contractors have the correct procedures for submitting vouchers for payment. The existing contract payment clause has submittal of vouchers to DCAA for review, however, DCAA is no longer reviewing and approving contractor payment requests for NASA. Furthermore, if contractors continue to submit payment requests to DCAA, DCAA will reject them causing a delay in contractor payments. In turn, this will cause additional effort for contractors to rework and resubmit the voucher for payment. Immediate implementation of this rule will prevent unnecessary rework and resubmission of payment requests by the contractor and preclude delayed payments resulting in annual cost avoidance of approximately $383,000. This interim rule ensures prompt awareness of and compliance by contractors with the new submission of vouchers procedures. However, pursuant to 41 U.S.C. 1707 and FAR 1.501-3(b), NASA will consider public comments received in response to this interim rule in the formation of the final rule.
Government procurement.
Accordingly, 48 CFR parts 1816, 1832, 1842, and 1852 are amended as follows:
51 U.S.C. 20113(a) and 48 CFR chapter 1.
Insert clause 1852.232-80, Submission of Vouchers for Payment, in all cost-reimbursement solicitations and contracts.
51 U.S.C. 20113(a) and 48 CFR chapter 1.
As prescribed in 1832.908-70, insert the following clause:
(a) The designated payment office is the NASA Shared Services Center (NSSC) located at FMD Accounts Payable, Bldg. 1111, Jerry Hlass Road, Stennis Space Center, MS 39529.
(b) Except for classified vouchers, the Contractor shall submit all vouchers electronically using the steps described at NSSC's Vendor Payment information Web site at:
(c)
(2) Vouchers shall include the items delineated in FAR 32.905(b) supported by relevant back-up documentation. Back-up documentation shall include at a minimum, the following information:
(i) Breakdown of billed labor costs and associated contractor generated supporting documentation for billed direct labor costs to include rates used and number of hours incurred.
(ii) Breakdown of billed other direct costs (ODCs) and associated contractor generated supporting documentation for billed ODCs.
(iii) Indirect rate(s) used to calculate the amount of billed indirect expenses.
(d)
(1) The Contracting Officer administering the contract for payment has determined, in writing, that electronic submission would be unduly burdensome to the Contractor. In such cases, the Contractor shall include a copy of the Contracting Officer's determination with each request for payment when the Government-wide commercial purchase card is used as the method of payment.
(2) The contract includes provision allowing the contractor to submit vouchers using other than the steps prescribed at NSSC's Vendor Payment information Web site. In such instances, the Contractor agrees to submit non-electronic payment requests using the method or methods specified in Section G of the contract.
(e)
(f)
(g) In the event that amounts are withheld from payment in accordance with provisions of this contract, a separate payment request for the amount withheld will be required before payment for that amount may be made.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Final specifications.
In this final rule, NMFS specifies a 2016 limit of 2,000 mt of longline-caught bigeye tuna for each U.S. participating territory (American Samoa, Guam, and the Northern Mariana Islands). NMFS will allow each territory to allocate up to 1,000 mt each year to U.S. longline fishing vessels in a valid specified fishing agreement. As an accountability measure, NMFS will monitor, attribute, and restrict (if necessary), catches of longline-caught bigeye tuna, including catches made under a specified fishing agreement. These catch limits and accountability measures support the long-term sustainability of fishery resources of the U.S. Pacific Islands and fisheries development in the U.S. territories.
The final specifications are effective September 9, 2016, through December 31, 2016. The deadline to submit a specified fishing agreement pursuant to 50 CFR 665.819(b)(3) for review is October 11, 2016.
Copies of the Fishery Ecosystem Plan for Pelagic Fisheries of the Western Pacific (Pelagic FEP) are available from the Western Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council), 1164 Bishop St., Suite 1400, Honolulu, HI 96813, tel. 808-522-8220, fax 808-522-8226, or
NMFS prepared environmental analyses that describe the potential
Jarad Makaiau, NMFS PIRO Sustainable Fisheries, 808-725-5176.
NMFS is specifying a catch limit of 2,000 mt of longline-caught bigeye tuna for each U.S. participating territory in 2016. NMFS is also authorizing each U.S. Pacific territory to allocate up to 1,000 mt of its 2,000-mt bigeye tuna limit to U.S. longline fishing vessels permitted to fish under the Pelagic FEP. NMFS will monitor catches of longline-caught bigeye tuna by the longline fisheries of each U.S Pacific territory, including catches made by U.S. longline vessels operating under specified fishing agreements. The criteria that a specified fishing agreement must meet, and the process for attributing longline-caught bigeye tuna, will follow the procedures in 50 CFR 665.819—Territorial catch and fishing effort limits. When NMFS projects that a territorial catch or allocation limit will be reached, NMFS will, as an accountability measure, prohibit the catch and retention of longline-caught bigeye tuna by vessels in the applicable territory (territorial catch limit), and/or vessels in a specified fishing agreement (allocation limit).
You may find additional background information on this action in the preamble to the proposed specifications published on July 7, 2016 (81 FR 44249).
On July 7, 2016, NMFS published the proposed specifications and request for public comments (81 FR 44249); the comment period closed on July 22, 2016. NMFS received five comments on the proposed specifications and on a draft of the SEA dated June 22, 2016, with comments submitted by individuals, the fishing industry, and non-governmental organizations. NMFS considered public comments in finalizing the 2016 SEA and in making its decision on this action. NMFS responds below to comments on the proposed specifications and the July 22, 2016, draft of the SEA.
NMFS responds to comments on the proposed specifications, as follows:
Consistent with Amendment 7, NMFS will establish a limit of 2,000 mt of bigeye tuna for each U.S. Pacific territory for calendar year 2016. NMFS will also allow each territory to allocate through specified fishing agreements up to 1,000 mt of its 2,000-mt bigeye tuna limit to U.S. fishing vessels permitted under the Pelagic FEP. As documented in the 2015 EA and the 2016 SEA, NMFS is satisfied that this action would not impede WCPFC conservation and management objectives to eliminate overfishing on bigeye tuna. We also anticipate that this action may provide some stability to bigeye tuna markets, some positive economic benefits for the fishery and associated businesses, and net benefits to the Nation.
As described in the 2015 EA, the most recent 2014 WCPO bigeye assessment utilizes a spatially disaggregated MULTIFAN-CL model that separates the WCPO into nine regions. The Hawaiian Archipelago is located mostly in Region 2, with a small portion within Region 4. Regions 2 and 4 share longitudinal boundaries of 170° E. and 150° W., but are latitudinal separated at 20° N. The 2014 WCPO bigeye stock assessment showed that the regions with the highest impact to bigeye tuna in the WCPO were Regions 3 and 4—representing 88 percent of bigeye tuna fishing mortality. Regions 3 and 4 comprise the tropical Equatorial zone between 20° N. and 10° S., within which the area between 10° N. and 10° S. is distinguished as the core Equatorial zone for the tropical tuna longline and purse seine fisheries. The highest levels of purse seine and longline fishing mortality on bigeye tuna occur in this core Equatorial zone.
The majority of fishing effort by the U.S. longline fishery operating out of Hawaii occurs north of 20° N. in Region 2, where fishing mortality for bigeye is much lower than in Regions 3 and 4. Moreover, 98 percent of bigeye tuna caught by this fishery occurs north of 10° N., which is an area outside of the core Equatorial zone. Region 2 also has the highest ratio of exploited spawning biomass to unexploited spawning biomass, meaning that it has the lowest
Fishing by Hawaii longline vessels occurs principally in Regions 2 and 4, and the stochastic projections shown in Section 4 of the 2015 EA indicate that, compared to no action, the impact of transferring up to 3,000 mt of bigeye tuna from a U.S. territory to Hawaii longline vessels would result in a 2.5 percent change to the ratio of bigeye fishing mortality (F) to fishing mortality at MSY (F
NMFS responds to comments on the draft SEA dated June 22, 2016, as follows:
That Presidential action is separate from and is not a part of the current action, which specifies a 2016 catch limit for longline-caught bigeye tuna for participating territories and allows each territory to allocate a portion of that annual catch to U.S. longline fishing vessels. The National Environmental Policy Act requires Federal agencies to consider an action's cumulative effects, together with past, present, and reasonably foreseeable Federal, state, and private actions. The commenters do not specify what impacts the Proclamation might have that they believe should be considered in a cumulative effects analysis for the 2016 bigeye tuna final specifications.
The specification of territorial longline bigeye tuna catch and allocation limits is an action of limited duration that will conclude at the end of 2016. The Proclamation has just occurred, and thus there is no evident useful information about the protections it affords that is available to inform a cumulative effects analysis. Further, in light of the short-term nature of the current action, the prohibition on commercial fishing in the recent Proclamation is not likely to have a cumulative effect on the availability or quantity of tuna that provides the basis for the 2016 specifications. NMFS has added a new section to this effect in the 2016 SEA (Section 2.5.4, Papahanaumokuakea Marine National Monument Expansion).
The Regional Administrator, NMFS PIR, determined that this action is necessary for the conservation and management of Pacific Island fishery resources, and that it is consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act and other applicable laws.
The Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration during the proposed rule stage that this action would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. NMFS published the factual basis for the certification in the proposed rule, and we do not repeat it here. NMFS received no comments on this certification; as a result, a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required, and none has been prepared.
On December 29, 2015, NMFS issued a final rule establishing a small business size standard of $11 million in annual gross receipts for all businesses primarily engaged in the commercial fishing industry (NAICS 11411) for Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) compliance purposes only (80 FR 81194, December 29, 2015). The $11 million standard became effective on July 1, 2016, and is to be used in place of the U.S. Small Business Administration's (SBA) current standards of $20.5 million, $5.5 million, and $7.5 million for the finfish (NAICS 114111), shellfish (NAICS 114112), and other marine fishing (NAICS 114119) sectors of the U.S. commercial fishing industry in all NMFS rules subject to the RFA after July 1, 2016.
Pursuant to the RFA and prior to July 1, 2016, NMFS developed a certification for this regulatory action using SBA size standards. NMFS has reviewed the analyses prepared for this regulatory action in light of the new size standard. All of the entities directly regulated by this regulatory action are commercial fishing businesses and were considered small under the SBA size standards and, thus, they all would continue to be considered small under the new standard. Accordingly, NMFS has determined that the new size standard
This rule it is not subject to the 30-day delayed effectiveness provision of the Administrative Procedure Act pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(1) because it is a substantive rule that relieves a restriction. This rule allows all U.S. vessels identified in a valid specified fishing agreement to resume fishing in the WCPO after NMFS closed the longline fishery for bigeye tuna both there and in the EPO.
NMFS closed the U.S. pelagic longline fishery for bigeye tuna in the WCPO, on July 22, 2016, because the fishery reached the 2016 catch limit (81 FR 45982, July 15, 2016). On July 25, 2016, NMFS also closed the U.S. pelagic longline fishery for bigeye tuna for vessels greater than 24 m in the EPO because the fishery reached the 2016 catch limit (81 FR 46614, July 18, 2016). This final rule would relieve the restriction of the fishery closure in the WCPO by allowing all U.S. vessels to fish for bigeye tuna in the WCPO under a valid specified fishing agreement with one or more U.S Pacific territory. This would alleviate some of the impacts to the U.S. pelagic longline fishery resulting from the two fishery closures, and may provide positive economic benefits for the fishery and associated businesses, and net benefits to the public and the Nation.
This action is exempt from review under E.O. 12866 because it contains no implementing regulations.
16 U.S.C. 1801
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
This document proposes to update the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) regulations concerning the customs broker's examination provisions. Specifically, this document proposes to transition to a computer automated customs broker examination, increase the examination fee to cover the increased cost of delivering the exam, and adjust the dates of the examination to account for the fiscal year transition period and payment schedule requirements.
Comments must be received on or before November 14, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by
• Federal eRulemaking Portal at
•
John Lugo, Broker Management Branch, Office of Trade, (202) 863-6015,
Interested persons are invited to participate in this rulemaking by submitting written data, views, or arguments on all aspects of this proposed rule. U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) also invites comments that relate to the economic, environmental, or federalism effects that might result from this regulatory change. Comments that will provide the most assistance to CBP will reference a specific portion of the rule, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include data, information or authority that support such recommended change.
Section 641 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1641), provides, among other things, that a person (an individual, corporation, association, or partnership) must hold a valid customs broker's license and permit in order to transact customs business on behalf of others, sets forth standards for the issuance of broker's licenses and permits, and provides for disciplinary action against brokers that have engaged in specific infractions. This section also provides that an examination may be conducted to assess an applicant's qualifications for a license.
The regulations issued under the authority of section 641 are set forth in title 19 of the Code of Federal Regulations, part 111 (19 CFR part 111). Part 111 sets forth the regulations regarding, among other things, the licensing of, and granting of permits to, persons desiring to transact customs business as customs brokers. These regulations also include the qualifications required of applicants and the procedures for applying for licenses and permits, including examination procedures and requirements.
In this rule, CBP proposes to modernize the customs broker examination provisions contained in 19 CFR part 111 by allowing for automation of the examination, by increasing the fee to cover the increased cost of delivering the exam, and by adjusting the dates of the examination to account for the fiscal year transition period and payment schedule requirements.
Section 111.11 (19 CFR 111.11) provides the basic requirements for individuals, partnerships, and associations or corporations to obtain a customs broker's license. An applicant for an individual broker's license must be a U.S. citizen, at least 21 years old, of good moral character, and must attain a passing grade on a written examination. (19 CFR 111.11(a).) Paragraph (a)(4) of section 111.11 currently refers to a “written” examination. To allow for greater flexibility in test administration and for the transition from a paper and pencil format to computer automated exams, CBP proposes to remove the word “written” before examination in paragraph (a)(4) (19 CFR 111.11(a)(4)). The automated examination will be held at private testing centers and administered by professional proctors. These spaces will each be equipped with computers programed to accommodate the examination while blocking web access. Examinees are only permitted access to those resources allowed to be brought into the examination as listed on
Section 111.12 (19 CFR 111.12) sets forth the license application requirements. Paragraph (a) of section 111.12 currently includes two references to a “written” examination. CBP proposes to remove the word “written” before examination in both places that it appears in paragraph (a) for the reasons set forth above.
Section 111.13 (19 CFR 111.13) provides details and procedures for the customs broker written examination. Reference to a “written” examination currently appears in the heading and throughout section 111.13. Again, CBP proposes to remove the word “written” in references to the examination throughout the section as well as in the section heading.
In addition, paragraph (a) currently states that the examination is graded at CBP Headquarters. Currently, the Office of Personnel Management (OPM) administers the examination contract with the testing facilities. To allow for greater flexibility in grading the examination, including grading by OPM or an OPM contractor, CBP proposes to remove the language requiring that the examination will be graded at CBP Headquarters. Removing this restriction will also reduce the time required to grade the examination.
Paragraph (b) of section 111.13 (19 CFR 111.13(b)) sets forth the basic requirements, date, and place of the examination. The regulations currently provide that examinations will be given on the first Monday in April and October. In the past few years, CBP has started the new fiscal year operating under a Continuing Resolution passed by the U.S. Congress. This fiscal uncertainty has created a logistical challenge in meeting the payment schedule required by the OPM. To allow more time between the start of the fiscal year and the October examination, CBP proposes to adjust the examination dates to the fourth Monday in April and October. In addition, while the current regulations set forth when the examination will be offered, CBP proposes to publish additional notice of each examination on its Web site to increase transparency and the availability of examination information. CBP has instituted an electronic registration process for the broker examination and proposes to amend the regulations to reflect this change in process.
The current examination fee is $200. (19 CFR 111.13(b).) As part of the review of the customs brokers regulations, CBP conducted a fee study and determined that a fee of $390 is necessary to recover the costs associated with administering the customs broker license examination. A fee study documenting the proposed fee change, entitled “Customs Broker License Examination Fee Study,” has been included in the docket of this rulemaking (Docket No. USCBP-2016-0059). The examination fee has remained at $200 since 2000 and has not been adjusted to account for inflation. In addition, the cost to deliver the examination is expected to increase. CBP has relied upon port staff to administer the examination using mainly government facilities and a few hotel sites. With automated examinations, CBP will need to hire proctors and reserve testing centers. As a result, CBP proposes to increase the examination fee from $200 to $390.
Paragraph (c) of section 111.13 (19 CFR 111.13(c)) provides for a special examination in the case that a partnership, association, or corporation loses the member or officer with the individual broker's license that is required by the regulations. Under the current regulation, the party seeking a special examination bears the cost of CBP's developing and administering the examination. Since the examination is offered twice each year, however, firms have a large pool of licensed brokers from which to find a replacement. To date, CBP has never used the special examination provision. Consequently, CBP has determined that the special examination provision is unnecessary and proposes to remove current paragraph (c) and redesignate the remaining paragraphs (d), (e), and (f) as (c), (d), and (e). A corresponding amendment is proposed to remove the sentence addressing failure to appear for a special examination in redesignated paragraph (c).
Current paragraph (d) (19 CFR 111.11(d)) explains the procedure when an applicant fails to appear for an examination. As noted above, CBP proposes to redesignate paragraph (d) as paragraph (c). In addition, CBP proposes to amend the CBP contact who should receive notice by removing the reference to the port director and instead directing the applicant to the Broker Management Branch within the Office of Trade.
Current paragraph (f) (19 CFR 111.11(f)) describes the procedure for appealing a failing grade on the examination. As noted above, CBP proposes to redesignate paragraph (f) as paragraph (e). In addition, CBP proposes to amend the CBP contact for appeals by removing the reference to Trade Policy and Programs and instead directing the applicant to the Broker Management Branch within the Office of Trade. Lastly, CBP proposes to update the cross reference to current paragraph (e) to correspond with the redesignated paragraph (d).
As discussed above, CBP has conducted a fee study to review the broker examination fees. The fee study documenting the proposed fee changes, entitled “Customs Broker License Examination Fee Study,” has been included in the docket of this rulemaking (Docket No. USCBP-2016-0059). The current broker examination fee set forth in paragraph (a) of section 111.96 (19 CFR 111.96(a)) is $200. Based on the findings of the fee study, CBP proposes to increase the examination fee referred to in paragraph (a) from $200 to $390.
In addition, paragraph (e) (19 CFR 111.96(e)) of section 111.96 describes the method of payment. CBP proposes a nomenclature update by replacing the phrase United States Customs Service with U.S. Customs and Border Protection. Lastly, to allow for greater flexibility in accepting payments, CBP proposes to add the language “or other CBP approved payment method” to the end of paragraph (e).
Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule is not a “significant regulatory action,” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, OMB has not reviewed this regulation. CBP has prepared the following analysis to help inform stakeholders of potential impacts of this proposed rule.
Customs brokers are private individuals and/or business entities (partnerships, associations or corporations) that are regulated and empowered by CBP to assist importers and exporters in meeting federal requirements governing imports and exports. Customs brokers have an enormous responsibility to their clients
CBP currently licenses brokers who meet a certain set criteria. One criterion is that each prospective broker must first pass a broker license examination. CBP's current paper based examination method will soon no longer be available and so CBP is shifting to an all-electronic examination. The all-electronic examination has some benefits to both CBP and the trade, such as a faster processing time, which lets examinees know their results more quickly and efficiently, and a significant reduction in administrative duties for CBP employees. However, administering this new electronic examination is also more expensive. Additionally, the current $200 fee does not cover the costs of the current paper examination. CBP is therefore proposing to increase the examination fee from $200 to $390 in order to fully cover all of CBP's costs of administering the broker examination.
CBP is also proposing to change the date of the semi-annual customs broker examination from the first Monday in October and April to the fourth Monday in October and April for easier administration.
It is CBP's responsibility to ensure that only qualified individuals and business entities can perform customs business on another party's behalf. The first step in meeting the eligibility requirements for a customs broker license requires an individual to pass the customs broker license examination. Currently paper-based, the customs broker examination is an open-book examination consisting of 80 multiple-choice questions.
An individual must meet the following criteria in order to be eligible to take the customs broker examination:
• Be a U.S. citizen at least 18 years of age;
• Not be an employee of the U.S. federal government; and
• Pay a $200 examination fee.
The customs broker examination is offered semi-annually, in April and October, and an examinee has four and a half (4.5) hours to complete it. Based on prior year exams from 2004 to 2013, CBP estimates that there will be approximately 2,600 examinees per year, or 1,300 examinees per session. Currently the broker examination is given at 50 testing locations around the country. CBP anticipates that changing the examination format from paper-based to electronic would result in no change in the number of testing locations in the country; the only change would be the type of testing location. According to the Broker Management Branch, the examination is currently administered at hotels and ports throughout the country. In the future, the examination will instead be held at privately operated formal testing locations.
Beginning in April 2017, the current paper testing option will no longer be available and the broker examination will be fully electronic. Despite the higher costs of an electronic exam, it has many favorable features which would benefit both CBP and the examinees, including shorter wait times for examinees to get their test results and a reduction in the time CBP staff spends on administrative matters related to the exam, such as fielding questions from examinees and mailing test result notices.
As discussed above, CBP currently charges a $200 fee for the customs broker license examination. This fee is used to offset the costs associated with providing the services necessary to operate the customs broker license examination. Based on a recently completed fee study entitled, “Customs Broker License Examination Fee Study,” CBP has determined that these fees are no longer sufficient to cover its costs.
CBP has determined that the fee of $390 is necessary to recover the costs associated with administering the customs broker license examination once the examination is made electronic. The customs broker examination is an established service provided by CBP that already requires a fee payment. Though the change to an electronic examination raises the costs of the examination and also has some benefits for the examinees, that change is happening independently of this rule. Absent this rule, CBP would be operating the examination at a loss and this fee is intended to offset that loss. As such, a change in the fee is not a net cost to society, but rather a transfer payment from test takers to the government. CBP does recognize, however, that the proposed fee change may have a distributional impact on prospective customs brokers. In order to inform stakeholders of all potential effects of the proposed rule, CBP has analyzed the distributional effects of the proposed rule in section “5. Distributional Impacts.”
As discussed above, CBP is proposing to increase the customs broker license examination fee from $200 to $390. The broker examination fee was last changed in 2000 when it was reduced from $300 to the current fee of $200. The lower cost paper-based examination that is currently being administered is being replaced by an all-electronic examination in an ongoing effort to fully modernize the customs broker testing procedure. This proposed fee increase will allow CBP to fully recover all of its costs, including those to provide a fully electronic version of the customs broker examination beginning in April 2017. As discussed above, the fee increase is neither a cost nor a benefit to this rule since the broker examination fee is already an established fee. Thus, the proposed fee increase is considered a transfer payment. As stated above, in order to inform stakeholders of all potential effects of the proposed rule, CBP has analyzed the distributional
In addition to proposing an increase in the examination fee, CBP is proposing to change the date the examination is given from the first Monday in October and April to the fourth Monday in October and April. Administering the examination on the first Monday in October is administratively difficult because it is too close to the conclusion of the Federal Government's fiscal year at the end of September. With this rule's changes, CBP and the examinees will benefit through greater predictability in years where federal budgets are uncertain.
Under the proposed rule, the customs broker license examination fee will increase from $200 to $390 in order for CBP to fully recover all of its costs to administer the broker examination. As noted above, these costs are increasing due to a shift in the administration of the examination that will go into effect beginning with the April 2017 examination.
The proposed customs broker license examination fee will cost individuals an additional $190 when they register to take the customs broker license examination. As discussed above, CBP estimates that there will be 2,600 examinees per year (1,300 per session) who will take the customs broker license examination. Using this estimate and the additional cost that each examinee will incur, CBP estimates that the proposed fee increase will result in a transfer payment to the government of approximately $494,000 per year (2,600 examinees per year * $190 proposed fee increase = $494,000).
This section examines the impact of the rule on small entities as required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement and Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA). A small entity may be a small business (defined as any independently owned and operated business not dominant in its field that qualifies as a small business per the Small Business Act); a small not-for-profit organization; or a small governmental jurisdiction (locality with fewer than 50,000 people).
The proposed rule will apply to all prospective brokers who take the broker examination. The fee is paid by the individual taking the broker examination and individuals are not considered small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act. However, many of these individuals are sole proprietors or are reimbursed for this expense by their brokerage, so we consider the impact on these entities. As shown in Exhibit 1 below, approximately 96 percent of businesses entities in this North American Industry Classification (NAICS) code are small. As this rule would affect any prospective broker or his/her employer, regardless of its size, this rule has an impact on a substantial number of small entities.
The direct impact of this proposed rule on each individual customs broker examinee, or his/her employer, is the fee increase of $190. To assess whether this is a significant impact, we examine the annual revenue for customs brokers. The U.S. Census Bureau categorizes customs brokers under the NAICS code 488510. In addition to customs brokers, this NAICS code also includes freight forwarders.
This document is being issued in accordance with 19 CFR 0.2(a), which provides that the authority of the Secretary of the Treasury with respect to CBP regulations that are not related to customs revenue functions was transferred to the Secretary of Homeland Security pursuant to section 403(l) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002. Accordingly, this proposed rule to amend such regulations may be signed by the Secretary of Homeland Security (or his delegate).
Administrative practice and procedure, Brokers, Customs duties and inspection, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, part 111 of title 19 of the Code of Federal Regulations (19 CFR part 111) is proposed to be amended as set forth below.
19 U.S.C. 66, 1202 (General Note 3(i), Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States), 1624; 1641.
Section 111.3 also issued under 19 U.S.C. 1484, 1498; Section 111.96 also issued under 19 U.S.C. 58c, 31 U.S.C. 9701.
The revisions read as follows:
(b)
(c)
(e)
Federal Highway Administration, DOT.
Notice of meeting.
This document announces the second meeting of the Tribal Transportation Self-Governance Program (TTSGP) Negotiated Rulemaking Committee. This notice also announces additional alternate committee members.
The second meeting of the TTSGP Negotiated Rulemaking Committee is scheduled for September 13-15, 2016, from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m.
The second TTSGP Negotiated Rulemaking Committee meeting will be held at the Eastern Federal Lands Highway Division, Loudoun Tech Center, 21400 Ridgetop Circle, Sterling, VA 20166-6511.
Robert W. Sparrow, Designated Federal Official, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. Telephone: (202) 366-9483 or at
As required by Section 1121 of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act, the Secretary shall, pursuant to a negotiated rulemaking process, develop a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) that contains the regulations required to carry the TTSGP. Section 1121 also requires that in establishing this committee, the Secretary will (1) apply the procedures of negotiated rulemaking under subchapter III of chapter 5 of title 5 (the Negotiated Rulemaking Act) in a manner that reflects the unique government-to-government relationship between the Indian tribes and the United States and (2) select the tribal representatives for the committee from among elected officials of tribal governments (or their designated employees with authority to act on their behalf), acting in their official capacities.
On July 27, 2016, at 81 FR 49193, FHWA published its list of the TTSGP Negotiated Rulemaking Committee. Since multiple submissions were not received from Tribes within the Bureau of Indian Affairs' Midwest or Rocky Mountain Regions, an alternate for those regions were not originally named. Since that time through the work of the primary committee members and others, additional submittals have been submitted. As a result of this effort, the following have been named as Alternate Tribal Representatives:
• MIDWEST REGION—Dean Branchaud, Executive Director of Tribal Engineering, Red Lake Band of Chippewa Indians, Red Lake, MN.
• ROCKY MOUNTAIN REGION—Connie Thompson, Transportation Planner, Fort Peck Assiniboine & Sioux Tribes, Poplar, MT.
The meeting will be open to the public. Time has been set aside during each day of the meeting for members of the public to contribute to the discussion and provide oral comments.
Members of the public may submit written comments on the topics to be considered during the meeting by September 9, 2016, to Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) Docket Number FHWA-2016-0002. If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this notice (FHWA-2016-0002). You may submit your comments and material online or by fax, mail, or hand delivery, but please use only one of these means. The FHWA recommends that you include your name and a mailing address, an email address, or a phone number in the body of your document so that FHWA can contact you if there are questions regarding your submission.
To submit your comment online, go to
If you submit your comments by mail or hand delivery, submit them in an unbound format, no larger than 8
To view comments, as well as any documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. The DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to
Decisions with respect to future meetings will be made at the second meeting and from time to time thereafter. Notices of all future meetings will be shown on the FHWA TTP Web site at
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Correction to a notice of proposed rulemaking.
This document contains corrections to a notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-109086-15) published in the
Written or electronic comments and requests for a public hearing that were being accepted by September 6, 2016.
Concerning the proposed regulations, Shareen Pflanz, (202) 317-4727; concerning the submission of comments and/or request for a public hearing, Oluwafunmilayo Taylor (202) 317-6901 (not a toll-free number).
The notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-109086-15) that is the subject of this correction is under section 36B of the Internal Revenue Code.
As published, the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-109086-15) contains
Accordingly, the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-109086-15), that are subject to FR Doc. 2016-15940, are corrected as follows:
(n) * * *
(2) Paragraphs (c)(4), (d)(1) and (2) apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2016. Paragraph (f) of this section applies to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2018. Paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of § 1.36B-3 as contained in 26 CFR part I edition revised as of April 1, 2016, apply to taxable years ending after December 31, 2013, and beginning before January 1, 2017. Paragraph (f) of § 1.36B-3 as contained in 26 CFR part I edition revised as of April 1, 2016, applies to taxable years ending after December 31, 2013, and beginning before January 1, 2019.
Department of Justice.
Notice of proposed rulemaking; extension of comment period.
On August 15, 2016, the Department of Justice (Department) published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) in the
The comment period for the NPRM published on August 15, 2016 (81 FR 53965), is extended. All comments must be received by October 14, 2016. Comments received by mail will be considered timely if they are postmarked on or before that date. The electronic Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) will accept comments until midnight Eastern Time at the end of the day.
You may submit written comments, identified by Docket No. CRT 130, by ONE of the following methods:
Alberto Ruisanchez, Deputy Special Counsel, Office of Special Counsel for Immigration-Related Unfair Employment Practices, Civil Rights Division, 950 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20530, (202) 616-5594 (voice) or (800) 237-2515 (TTY); or Office of Special Counsel for Immigration-Related Unfair Employment Practices, Civil Rights Division, 950 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20530, (202) 353-9338 (voice) or 1-800 237-2515 (TTY).
The Department of Justice (Department) published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) in the
Rather than granting the requested 60-day extension, the Department has decided to grant a 30-day extension of the comment period. Accordingly, the comment period will now close on
Environmental Protection Agency.
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submitted by the State of Vermont. The revision sets the amount of PM
Written comments must be received on or before October 14, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R01-OAR-2016-0441 at
Ida E. McDonnell, Manager, Air Permits, Toxics, and Indoor Programs Unit, Office of Ecosystem Protection, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA New England Regional Office, 5 Post Office Square, Suite 100, (OEP05-2), Boston, MA 02109-3912, phone number (617) 918-1653, fax number (617) 918-0653, email
In the Final Rules Section of this
For additional information, see the direct final rule which is located in the Rules Section of this
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice of data availability (NODA).
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is providing notice of the availability of preliminary lists of units eligible for allocations of emission allowances under the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule (CSAPR). Under the CSAPR federal implementation plans (FIPs), portions of each covered state's annual emissions budgets for each of the four CSAPR emissions trading programs are reserved for allocation to electricity generating units that commenced commercial operation on or after January 1, 2010 (new units) and certain other units not otherwise obtaining allowance allocations under the FIPs. The quantities of allowances allocated to eligible units from each new unit set-aside (NUSA) under the FIPs are calculated in an annual one- or two-round allocation process. EPA previously completed the first round of NUSA allowance allocations for the 2016 control periods for all four CSAPR trading programs and is now making available preliminary lists of units eligible for allocations in the second round of the NUSA allocation process for the CSAPR NO
Objections to the information referenced in this notice must be received on or before October 14, 2016.
Submit your objections via email to
Questions concerning this action should be addressed to Robert Miller at (202) 343-9077 or
Under the CSAPR FIPs, the mechanisms by which initial allocations of emission allowances are determined differ for “existing” and “new” units. For “existing” units—that is, units commencing commercial operation before January 1, 2010—the specific amounts of CSAPR FIP allowance allocations for all control periods have been established through rulemaking. EPA has announced the availability of spreadsheets showing the CSAPR FIP allowance allocations to existing units in previous notices.
“New” units—that is, units commencing commercial operation on or after January 1, 2010—as well as certain older units that would not otherwise obtain FIP allowance allocations do not have pre-established allowance allocations. Instead, the CSAPR FIPs reserve a portion of each state's total annual emissions budget for each CSAPR emissions trading program as a new unit set-aside (NUSA)
EPA has already completed the first round of allocations of 2016 NUSA allowances for all four CSAPR trading programs, as announced in notices previously published in the
In the case of second-round allocations of NUSA allowances, the annual allocations for the CSAPR NO
The units eligible to receive second-round NUSA allocations for the CSAPR NO
The total quantity of allowances to be allocated through the 2016 NUSA allowance allocation process for each state and emissions trading program—in the two rounds of the allocation process combined—is generally the state's 2016 emissions budget less the sum of (1) the total of the 2016 CSAPR FIP allowance allocations to existing units and (2) the amount of the 2016 Indian country NUSA, if any.
Second-round NUSA allocations for a given state, trading program, and control period are made only if the NUSA contains allowances after completion of the first-round allocations.
The amounts of second-round CSAPR NO
Any allowances remaining in the CSAPR NO
EPA notes that an allocation or lack of allocation of allowances to a given EGU does not constitute a determination that CSAPR does or does not apply to the EGU. EPA also notes that allocations are subject to potential correction if a unit to which NUSA allowances have been allocated for a given control period is not actually an affected unit as of the start of that control period.
The preliminary lists of units eligible for second-round 2016 NUSA allocations of CSAPR NO
Each state worksheet also contains a summary showing (1) the quantity of allowances initially available in that state's 2016 NUSA, (2) the sum of the 2016 NUSA allowance allocations that were made in the first-round to new units in that state (if any), and (3) the quantity of allowances in the 2016 NUSA available for distribution in
Objections should be strictly limited to whether EPA has correctly identified the new units eligible for second-round 2016 NUSA allocations of CSAPR NO
40 CFR 97.511(b).
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule; extension of comment period.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is extending the comment period for the proposed rule, “Water Quality Standards; Establishment of Revised Numeric Criteria for Selenium for the San Francisco Bay and Delta, State of California.” In response to stakeholder requests, EPA is extending the comment period for an additional 45 days, from September 13, 2016, to October 28, 2016.
The comment period for the proposed rule that published on July 15, 2016 (81 FR 46030) has been extended. Comments must be received on or before October 28, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2015-0392, to the
Julianne McLaughlin, Office of Water, Standards and Health Protection Division (4305T), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 566-2542; email address:
On July 15, 2016, EPA published the proposed rule, “Water Quality Standards; Establishment of Revised Numeric Criteria for Selenium for the San Francisco Bay and Delta, State of California” in the
The original deadline to submit comments on the proposed rule was September 13, 2016. This action extends the comment period for 45 days. Written comments must now be received on or before October 28, 2016.
For more information on this proposed rule, please visit
Department of Defense (DoD), General Services Administration (GSA), and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).
Proposed rule.
DoD, GSA, and NASA are proposing to amend the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) to raise the dollar threshold requirement for the audit of prime contract settlement proposals and subcontract settlements from $100,000 to $750,000.
Interested parties should submit written comments to the Regulatory Secretariat Division at one of the addresses shown below on or before November 14, 2016 to be considered in the formation of the final rule.
Submit comments in response to FAR case 2015-039 by any of the following methods:
•
•
Ms. Kathlyn Hopkins, Procurement Analyst, at 202-969-7226 for clarification of content. For information pertaining to status or publication schedules, contact the Regulatory Secretariat Division at 202-501-4755. Please cite FAR Case 2015-039.
DOD, GSA, and NASA are proposing to amend FAR 49.107 to increase the dollar threshold for the audit of prime contract settlement proposals and subcontract settlements, submitted in the event of contract termination. The threshold is increased from $100,000 to align with the threshold in FAR 15.403-4(a)(1) for obtaining certified cost or pricing data, which is currently $750,000. Other than the dollar amount, there will be no link between the requirements for certified cost or pricing data and the audit threshold for termination settlement proposals.
The proposed amendment will help alleviate contract close-out backlogs and enable contracting officers to more quickly deobligate excess funds from terminated contracts.
Under FAR 49.001, a “settlement proposal” is a proposal for effecting settlement of a contract terminated in whole or in part, submitted by a contractor or subcontractor in the form, and supported by the data, required by FAR part 49. Termination clauses and other contract clauses authorize contracting officers to terminate contracts for convenience or for default, and to enter into settlement agreements.
Executive Orders (E.O.s) 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). E.O. 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This is not a significant regulatory action and, therefore, was not subject to review under Section 6(b) of E.O. 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, dated September 30, 1993. This rule is not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804.
DoD, GSA, and NASA do not expect this rule to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities within the meaning of the Regulatory Flexibility Act 5 U.S.C. 601,
Of all contracts awarded to small businesses in a typical year, the number terminated and subject to FAR part 49 procedures is less than one-fifth of one percent. Moreover, since the rule raises the audit threshold, even fewer small businesses will be subject to audits of their termination settlement proposals.
The Regulatory Secretariat Division has submitted a copy of the IRFA to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration. A copy of the IRFA may be obtained from the Regulatory Secretariat Division. DoD, GSA, and NASA invite comments from small business concerns and other interested parties on the expected impact of this proposed rule on small entities.
DoD, GSA, and NASA will also consider comments from small entities concerning the existing regulations in subparts affected by the proposed rule consistent with 5 U.S.C. 610. Interested parties must submit such comments separately and should cite 5 U.S.C. 610 (FAR Case 2015-039), in correspondence.
The rule does not contain any information collection requirements that require the approval of the Office of Management and Budget under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35).
Government procurement.
Therefore, DoD, GSA, and NASA are proposing to amend 48 CFR part 49 as set forth below:
40 U.S.C. 121(c); 10 U.S.C. chapter 137; and 51 U.S.C. 20113.
(a) The TCO shall refer each prime contractor settlement proposal valued at or above the threshold for obtaining certified cost or pricing data set forth in FAR 15.403-4(a)(1) to the appropriate audit agency for review and recommendations. The TCO may submit settlement proposals of less than the threshold for obtaining certified cost or pricing data to the audit agency. Referrals shall indicate any specific information or data that the TCO considers relevant and shall include facts and circumstances that will assist the audit agency in performing its function. The audit agency shall develop requested information and may make any further accounting reviews it considers appropriate. After its review, the audit agency shall submit written comments and recommendations to the TCO. When a formal examination of settlement proposals valued under the threshold for obtaining certified cost or pricing data is not warranted, the TCO will perform or have performed a desk review and include a written summary of the review in the termination case file.
(b) The TCO shall refer subcontract settlements received for approval or ratification to the appropriate audit agency for review and recommendations when:
(1) The amount exceeds the threshold for obtaining certified cost or pricing data; or
(2) The TCO determines that a complete or partial accounting review is advisable. The audit agency shall submit written comments and recommendations to the TCO. The review by the audit agency does not relieve the prime contractor or higher tier subcontractor of the responsibility for performing an accounting review.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of petition findings and initiation of status reviews.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), announce 90-day findings on 10 petitions to list, reclassify, or delist fish, wildlife, or plants under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act). Based on our review, we find that six petitions do not present substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that the petitioned actions may be warranted, and we are not initiating status reviews in response to these petitions. We refer to these as “not-substantial” petition findings. We also find that four petitions present substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that the petitioned actions may be warranted. Therefore, with the publication of this document, we announce that we plan to initiate a review of the status of these species to determine if the petitioned actions are warranted. To ensure that these status reviews are comprehensive, we are requesting scientific and commercial data and other information regarding these species. Based on the status reviews, we will issue 12-month findings on the petitions, which will address whether the petitioned action is warranted, as provided in section 4(b)(3)(B) of the Act.
When we conduct status reviews, we will consider all information that we have received. To ensure that we will have adequate time to consider submitted information during the status reviews, we request that we receive information no later than November 14, 2016. For information submitted electronically using the Federal eRulemaking Portal (see ADDRESSES, below), this would mean submitting the information electronically by 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on that date.
(1)
(2)
We request that you send information only by the methods described above. We will post all information received on
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), please call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 800-877-8339.
When we make a finding that a petition presents substantial information indicating that listing, reclassifying, or delisting a species may be warranted, we are required to review the status of the species (status review). For the status review to be complete and based on the best available scientific and commercial information, we request information on these species from governmental agencies, Native American Tribes, the scientific community, industry, and any other interested parties. We seek information on:
(1) The species' biology, range, and population trends, including:
(a) Habitat requirements;
(b) Genetics and taxonomy;
(c) Historical and current range, including distribution patterns; and
(d) Historical and current population levels, and current and projected trends.
(2) The five factors that are the basis for making a listing, reclassifying, or delisting determination for a species under section 4(a) of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531
(a) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range (Factor A);
(b) Overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes (Factor B);
(c) Disease or predation (Factor C);
(d) The inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms (Factor D); or
(e) Other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence (Factor E).
(3) The potential effects of climate change on the species and its habitat, and the extent to which it affects the habitat or range of the species.
If, after the status review, we determine that listing is warranted, we will propose critical habitat (see definition in section 3(5)(A) of the Act) for domestic (U.S.) species under section 4 of the Act, to the maximum extent prudent and determinable at the time we propose to list the species. Therefore, we also request data and information for the species listed above in Table 1 (to be submitted as provided for in
(1) What may constitute “physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the species,” within the geographical range occupied by the species;
(2) Where these features are currently found;
(3) Whether any of these features may require special management considerations or protection;
(4) Specific areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species that are “essential for the conservation of the species”; and
(5) What, if any, critical habitat you think we should propose for designation if the species is proposed for listing, and why such habitat falls within the definition of “critical habitat” at section 3(5) of the Act.
Please include sufficient information with your submission (such as scientific journal articles or other publications) to allow us to verify any scientific or commercial information you include.
Submissions merely stating support for or opposition to the actions under consideration without providing supporting information, although noted, will not be considered in making a determination. Section 4(b)(1)(A) of the Act directs that determinations as to whether any species is an endangered or threatened species must be made “solely on the basis of the best scientific and commercial data available.”
You may submit your information concerning these status reviews by one of the methods listed in
Section 4(b)(3)(A) of the Act requires that we make a finding on whether a petition to list, delist, or reclassify a species presents substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that the petitioned action may be warranted. To the maximum extent practicable, we are to make this finding within 90 days of our receipt of the petition and publish our notice of the finding promptly in the
Our regulations in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) establish that the standard for substantial scientific or commercial information with regard to a 90-day petition finding is “that amount of information that would lead a reasonable person to believe that the measure proposed in the petition may be warranted” (50 CFR 424.14(b)). If we find that a petition presents substantial scientific or commercial information, we are required to promptly commence a review of the status of the species, and we will subsequently summarize the status review in our 12-month finding.
Section 4 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1533) and its implementing regulations at 50 CFR 424 set forth the procedures for adding a species to, or removing a species from, the Federal Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants. Under Sections 4(a), 3(6), and 3(20), a species qualifies as an “endangered species” if it is in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range because of one or more of the five factors described in section 4(a)(1) of the Act (see Request for Information for Status Reviews, above); a species qualifies as a “threatened species” if it is likely to become an “endangered species” within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range because of one or more of those five factors.
In considering whether conditions described within one or more of the factors might constitute threats to a particular species, we must look beyond the exposure of the species to those
Florida scrub lizard (
On July 11, 2012, we received a petition dated July 11, 2012, from the Center for Biological Diversity, requesting that 53 species of reptiles and amphibians, including the Florida scrub lizard, be listed under the Act as endangered or threatened species and critical habitat be designated under the Act. The petition clearly identified itself as such and included the requisite identification information for the petitioner, required at 50 CFR 424.14(a). This finding addresses the petition.
Based on our review of the petition and sources cited in the petition, we find that the petition presents substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that listing the Florida scrub lizard (
The basis for our finding on this petition, and other information regarding our review of the petition, can be found as an appendix at
Fourche Mountain salamander (
On July 11, 2012, we received a petition dated July 11, 2012, from the Center for Biological Diversity requesting that 53 species of reptiles and amphibians, including the Fourche Mountain salamander, be listed under the Act as endangered or threatened species and critical habitat be designated under the Act. The petition clearly identified itself as such and included the requisite identification information for the petitioner, required at 50 CFR 424.14(a). This finding addresses the petition.
Based on our review of the petition and sources cited in the petition, we find that the petition does not present substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that the petitioned action may be warranted for the Fourche Mountain salamander (
Additional information regarding our review of the petition, can be found as an appendix at
Joshua tree (
On September 29, 2015, we received a petition dated September 28, 2015, from Taylor Jones (representing Wild Earth Guardians), requesting that
Based on our review of the petition and sources cited in the petition, we find that the petition presents substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that listing the Joshua tree (
The basis for our finding on this petition, and other information regarding our review of the petition, can be found as an appendix at
Lassics lupine (
On January 15, 2016, we received a petition, dated January 15, 2016, from David Imper, Sydney Carothers, the Center for Biological Diversity, and the California Native Plant Society, requesting that Lassics lupine (
Based on our review of the petition and sources cited in the petition, we find that the petition presents substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that listing the Lassics lupine (
The basis for our finding on this petition, and other information regarding our review of the petition, can be found as an appendix at
Lesser Virgin Islands skink (
On February 11, 2014, we received a petition dated February 11, 2014, from the Center for Biological Diversity, requesting that the Culebra skink, Mona skink, Monito skink, lesser Virgin Islands skink, Virgin Islands bronze skink, Puerto Rican skink, greater Saint Croix skink, greater Virgin Islands skink, and lesser Saint Croix skink be listed as endangered and critical habitat be designated for these species under the Act. The petition clearly identified itself as such and included the requisite identification information for the petitioner, required at 50 CFR 424.14(a). We acknowledged receipt of this petition via email (from Doug Krofta to Collette Adkins Giese) on February 12, 2014. This finding addresses the lesser Virgin Islands skink. The Culebra skink, greater Saint Croix skink, Mona skink, Puerto Rican skink, Virgin Islands bronze skink, greater Virgin Islands skink, and lesser Saint Croix skink were addressed in a separate evaluation, which published in the
Based on our review of the petition and sources cited in the petition, we find that the petition presents substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that listing the lesser Virgin Islands skink (
The basis for our finding on this petition, and other information regarding our review of the petition, can be found as an appendix at
Pika, American (
On April 21, 2016, we received a petition dated April 14, 2016, from Mr. Timothy Eng, requesting that the American pika (
Based on our review of the petition and sources cited in the petition, we find that the petition does not present substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that the petitioned action may be warranted for the American pika (
Additional information regarding our review of the petition, can be found as an appendix at
Ricord's rock iguana (
On March 17, 2016, we received a petition dated March 14, 2016, from Grupo Jaragua, International Iguana Foundation, International Reptile Conservation Foundation, and the Zoological Society of San Diego, requesting that Ricord's rock iguana (
Based on our review of the petition and sources cited in the petition, we find that the petition does not present substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that the petitioned action may be warranted for the Ricord's rock iguana (
Additional information regarding our review of the petition, can be found as an appendix at
Spectacled eider (
On March 30, 2016, we received a petition dated January 29, 2016, from Tim Langer, Ph.D., requesting that the spectacled eider and Alaska-breeding Steller's eider be delisted due to error in information under the Act. The petition clearly identified itself as such and included the requisite identification information for the petitioner, required at 50 CFR 424.14(a). This finding addresses the petition.
Based on our review of the petition and sources cited in the petition, we find that the petition does not present substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that the petitioned action may be warranted for the spectacled eider (
Additional information regarding our review of the petition, can be found as an appendix at
Steller's eider (
On March 30, 2016, we received a petition dated January 29, 2016, from Tim Langer, Ph.D., requesting that the spectacled eider and Alaska-breeding Steller's eider be delisted due to error in information under the Act. The petition clearly identified itself as such and included the requisite identification information for the petitioner, required at 50 CFR 424.14(a). This finding addresses the petition.
Based on our review of the petition and sources cited in the petition, we find that the petition does not present substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that the petitioned action may be warranted for the Alaska-breeding Steller's eider (
Additional information regarding our review of the petition, can be found as an appendix at
Wyoming pocket gopher (
On April 15, 2016, we received a petition dated April 6, 2016, from WildEarth Guardians, requesting that Wyoming pocket gopher be listed as endangered and critical habitat be designated for this species under the Act. The petition clearly identified itself as such and included the requisite identification information for the petitioner, required at 50 CFR 424.14(a). This finding addresses the petition.
Based on our review of the petition, and sources cited in the petition, we find that the petition does not present substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that the petitioned action may be warranted for the Wyoming pocket gopher (
Additional information regarding our review of the petition, can be found as
On the basis of our evaluation of the information presented in the petitions under section 4(b)(3)(A) of the Act, we have determined that the petitions summarized above for the Fourche Mountain salamander, American pika, Ricord's rock iguana, spectacled eider, Alaska-breeding Steller's eider, and the Wyoming pocket gopher do not present substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that the requested actions may be warranted. Therefore, we are not initiating status reviews for these species.
We have determined that the petitions summarized above for the Florida scrub lizard, Joshua tree, Lassics lupine, and lesser Virgin Islands skink present substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that the requested actions may be warranted. Because we have found that these petitions present substantial information indicating that the petitioned actions may be warranted, we are initiating status reviews to determine whether these actions under the Act are warranted. At the conclusion of each status review, we will issue a finding, in accordance with section 4(b)(3)(B) of the Act, as to whether or not the Service finds that the petitioned action is warranted.
It is important to note that the standard for a 90-day finding differs from the Act's standard that applies to a status review to determine whether a petitioned action is warranted. In making a 90-day finding, we consider only the information in the petition and sources cited in the petition, and we evaluate merely whether that information constitutes “substantial information” indicating that the petitioned action “may be warranted.” In a 12-month finding, we must complete a thorough status review of the species and evaluate the “best scientific and commercial data available” to determine whether a petitioned action “is warranted.” Because the Act's standards for 90-day and 12-month findings are different, a “substantial” 90-day finding does not mean that the 12-month finding will result in a “warranted” finding.
A complete list of references cited is available on the Internet at
The primary authors of this notice are staff members of the Ecological Services Program, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
The authority for these actions is the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Fremont and Winema Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Lakeview, Oregon. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with title II of the Act. RAC information can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held on September 29, 2016, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Lakeview Interagency Building, Main Conference Rooms, 1301 South G Street, Lakeview, Oregon.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
David Brillenz, Designated Federal Official by phone at 541-947-6328, or by email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to:
1. Introduce new Fremont and Winema RAC members,
2. Provide ethics training, and
3. Provide recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with Title II of the Act.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by September 15, 2016, to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time to make oral comments must be sent to Roland Giller, Partnership Coordinator, 38500 Highway 97 North, Chiloquin, Oregon 97624; or by email to
Commission on Evidence-Based Policymaking, Department of Commerce.
Request for comments.
The Evidence-Based Policymaking Commission Act of 2016 (Pub. L. 114-140), enacted March 30, 2016, established a 15-member Commission on Evidence-Based Policymaking. The Commission is charged with examining strategies to increase the availability and use of government data, in order to build evidence related to government programs and policies, while protecting the privacy and confidentiality of the data. Over the next year, the Commission will consider how data, research, and evaluation are currently used to build evidence and continuously improve public programs and policies, and how to strengthen evidence-building to inform program and policy design and implementation. The Commission's work will conclude with a presentation of findings and recommendations on evidence-building to Congress and the President. This request for comments seeks public input on a range of issues, including topics the authorizing law directs the Commission to consider. The public comments received from this request will be used to inform future deliberations of the Commission.
Comments must be received by November 14, 2016.
Submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal. We will not accept comments by fax or paper delivery. Please include the Docket ID and the phrase “Commission on Evidence-Based Policymaking Comments” at the beginning of your comments. Please also indicate which questions described in the
•
•
Nick Hart, Policy and Research Director for the Commission on Evidence-Based Policymaking,
The Commission on Evidence-Based Policymaking (hereafter, “Commission”) established by Public Law 114-140 is charged with examining strategies to improve the production and use of evidence to support U.S. government programs and policies. Specifically, the Commission is considering how to increase the availability and use of government data in support of evidence-building activities related to government programs and policies, while protecting the privacy and confidentiality of such data.
This request for comments offers government entities, researchers, evaluators, contractors, and other interested parties the opportunity to inform the Commission's work and provide recommendations on core questions the Commission will consider.
Through this request for comments, the Commission is seeking initial feedback from a broad range of stakeholders on questions that will contribute to the Commission's future activities and fulfillment of its duties, potentially including any findings and recommendations. This request for comments is for information-gathering and fact-finding purposes only, and should not be construed as a solicitation or as an obligation on the part of the Commission or Federal agencies to agree with submitted comments or to make recommendations regarding specific issues identified in public comments.
The Commission requests that respondents address the following questions, where possible and applicable. Respondents are encouraged to focus on questions informed by relevant expertise or perspectives. Please clearly indicate which question(s) you address in your response and any evidence to support assertions, where practicable.
1. Are there successful frameworks, policies, practices, and methods to overcome challenges related to evidence-building from state, local, and/or international governments the Commission should consider when developing findings and recommendations regarding Federal evidence-based policymaking? If so, please describe.
2. Based on identified best practices and existing examples, what factors should be considered in reasonably ensuring the security and privacy of administrative and survey data?
3. Based on identified best practices and existing examples, how should existing government data infrastructure be modified to best facilitate use of and access to administrative and survey data?
4. What data-sharing infrastructure should be used to facilitate data merging, linking, and access for research, evaluation, and analysis purposes?
5. What challenges currently exist in linking state and local data to federal data? Are there successful instances where these challenges have been addressed?
6. Should a single or multiple clearinghouse(s) for administrative and survey data be established to improve evidence-based policymaking? What benefits or limitations are likely to be encountered in either approach?
7. What data should be included in a potential U.S. government data clearinghouse(s)? What are the current legal or administrative barriers to including such data in a clearinghouse or linking the data?
8. What factors or strategies should the Commission consider for how a clearinghouse(s) could be self-funded? What successful examples exist for self-financing related to similar purposes?
9. What specific administrative or legal barriers currently exist for
10. How should the Commission define “qualified researchers and institutions?” To what extent should administrative and survey data held by government agencies be made available to “qualified researchers and institutions?”
11. How might integration of administrative and survey data in a clearinghouse affect the risk of unintentional or unauthorized access or release of personally-identifiable information, confidential business information, or other identifiable records? How can identifiable information be best protected to ensure the privacy and confidentiality of individual or business data in a clearinghouse?
12. If a clearinghouse were created, what types of restrictions should be placed on the uses of data in the clearinghouse by “qualified researchers and institutions?”
13. What technological solutions from government or the private sector are relevant for facilitating data sharing and management?
14. What incentives may best facilitate interagency sharing of information to improve programmatic effectiveness and enhance data accuracy and comprehensiveness?
15. What barriers currently exist for
16. How can data, statistics, results of research, and findings from evaluation, be best used to improve policies and programs?
17. To what extent can or should program and policy evaluation be addressed in program designs?
18. How can or should program evaluation be incorporated into program designs? What specific examples demonstrate where evaluation has been successfully incorporated in program designs?
19. To what extent should evaluations specifically with either experimental (sometimes referred to as “randomized control trials”) or quasi-experimental designs be institutionalized in programs? What specific examples demonstrate where such institutionalization has been successful and what best practices exist for doing so?
We ask that each respondent include the name and address of his or her institution or affiliation, and the name, title, mailing and email addresses, and telephone number of a contact person for his or her institution or affiliation, if any.
By submitting material in response to this request, you agree to grant the Commission a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable, nonexclusive license to use the material, and to post it. Further, you agree that you own, have a valid license, or are otherwise authorized to provide the material to the Commission. The Commission will not provide any compensation for material submitted in response to this request for comments.
This is a decision consolidated pursuant to Section 6(c) of the Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Materials Importation Act of 1966 (Pub. L. 89-651, as amended by Pub. L. 106-36; 80 Stat. 897; 15 CFR part 301). Related records can be viewed between 8:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. in Room 3720, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) preliminarily determines that countervailable subsidies are not being provided to producers/exporters of certain carbon and alloy steel cut-to-length plate (CTL plate) from the Republic of Korea (Korea). The period of investigation is January 1, 2015, through December 31, 2015. Interested parties are invited to comment on this preliminary determination.
Effective September 14, 2016.
Yasmin Bordas or John Corrigan, AD/CVD Operations, Office VI, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone (202) 482-3813 or (202) 482-7438, respectively.
On the same day the Department initiated this CVD investigation, the Department also initiated CVD investigations of CTL plate from Brazil and the People's Republic of China (PRC) and AD investigations of CTL plate from Austria, Belgium, Brazil, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Korea, the PRC, South Africa, Taiwan, and Turkey.
The scope of this investigation covers CTL plate from Korea. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation,
In accordance with the
The Department is conducting this CVD investigation in accordance with section 701 of the Act. For a full description of the methodology underlying our preliminary conclusions,
For this preliminary determination, we calculated a
We preliminarily determine the countervailable subsidy rate to be:
Because we preliminarily determine that the CVD rates in this investigation are
As provided in section 782(i)(1) of the Act, we intend to verify the information submitted by the respondent prior to making our final determination.
In accordance with section 703(f) of the Act, we will notify the International Trade Commission (ITC) of our determination. In addition, we are making available to the ITC all non-privileged and non-proprietary information relating to this investigation. We will allow the ITC access to all privileged and business proprietary information in our files, provided the ITC confirms that it will not disclose such information, either publicly or under an administrative protective order, without the written consent of the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.
In accordance with section 705(b)(3) of the Act, if our final determination is affirmative, the ITC will make its final determination within 75 days after the Department makes its final determination.
The Department intends to disclose to interested parties the calculations performed in connection with this preliminary determination within five days of its public announcement.
This determination is issued and published pursuant to sections 703(f) and 777(i) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(c).
The products covered by this investigation are certain carbon and alloy steel hot-rolled or forged flat plate products not in coils, whether or not painted, varnished, or coated with plastics or other non-metallic substances (cut-to-length plate). Subject merchandise includes plate that is produced by being cut-to-length from coils or from other discrete length plate and plate that is rolled or forged into a discrete length. The products covered include (1) Universal mill plates (
For purposes of the width and thickness requirements referenced above, the following rules apply:
(1) Except where otherwise stated where the nominal and actual thickness or width measurements vary, a product from a given subject country is within the scope if application of either the nominal or actual measurement would place it within the scope based on the definitions set forth above unless the product is already covered by an order existing on that specific country (
(2) where the width and thickness vary for a specific product (
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the
Subject merchandise includes cut-to-length plate that has been further processed in the subject country or a third country, including but not limited to pickling, oiling, levelling, annealing, tempering, temper rolling, skin passing, painting, varnishing, trimming, cutting, punching, beveling, and/or slitting, or any other processing that would not otherwise remove the merchandise from the scope of the investigation if performed in the country of manufacture of the cut-to-length plate.
All products that meet the written physical description, are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded or covered by the scope of an existing order. The following products are outside of, and/or specifically excluded from, the scope of this investigation:
(1) Products clad, plated, or coated with metal, whether or not painted, varnished or coated with plastic or other non-metallic substances;
(2) military grade armor plate certified to one of the following specifications or to a specification that references and incorporates one of the following specifications:
• MIL-A-12560,
• MIL-DTL-12560H,
• MIL-DTL-12560J,
• MIL-DTL-12560K,
• MIL-DTL-32332,
• MIL-A-46100D,
• MIL-DTL-46100-E,
• MIL-46177C,
• MIL-S-16216K Grade HY80,
• MIL-S-16216K Grade HY100,
• MIL-S-24645A HSLA-80;
• MIL-S-24645A HSLA-100,
• T9074-BD-GIB-010/0300 Grade HY80,
• T9074-BD-GIB-010/0300 Grade HY100,
• T9074-BD-GIB-010/0300 Grade HSLA80,
• T9074-BD-GIB-010/0300 Grade HSLA100, and
• T9074-BD-GIB-010/0300 Mod. Grade HSLA115,
(3) stainless steel plate, containing 10.5 percent or more of chromium by weight and not more than 1.2 percent of carbon by weight;
(4) CTL plate meeting the requirements of ASTM A-829, Grade E 4340 that are over 305 mm in actual thickness;
(5) Alloy forged and rolled CTL plate greater than or equal to 152.4 mm in actual thickness meeting each of the following requirements:
(a) Electric furnace melted, ladle refined & vacuum degassed and having a chemical composition (expressed in weight percentages):
• Carbon 0.23-0.28,
• Silicon 0.05-0.20,
• Manganese 1.20-1.60,
• Nickel not greater than 1.0,
• Sulfur not greater than 0.007,
• Phosphorus not greater than 0.020,
• Chromium 1.0-2.5,
• Molybdenum 0.35-0.80,
• Boron 0.002-0.004,
• Oxygen not greater than 20 ppm,
• Hydrogen not greater than 2 ppm, and
• Nitrogen not greater than 60 ppm;
(b) With a Brinell hardness measured in all parts of the product including mid thickness falling within one of the following ranges:
(i) 270-300 HBW,
(ii) 290-320 HBW, or
(iii) 320-350HBW;
(c) Having cleanliness in accordance with ASTM E45 method A (Thin and Heavy): A not exceeding 1.5, B not exceeding 1.0, C not exceeding 0.5, D not exceeding 1.5; and
(d) Conforming to ASTM A578-S9 ultrasonic testing requirements with acceptance criteria 2 mm flat bottom hole;
(6) Alloy forged and rolled steel CTL plate over 407 mm in actual thickness and meeting the following requirements:
(a) Made from Electric Arc Furnace melted, Ladle refined & vacuum degassed, alloy steel with the following chemical composition (expressed in weight percentages):
• Carbon 0.23-0.28,
• Silicon 0.05-0.15,
• Manganese 1.20-1.50,
• Nickel not greater than 0.4,
• Sulfur not greater than 0.010,
• Phosphorus not greater than 0.020,
• Chromium 1.20-1.50,
• Molybdenum 0.35-0.55,
• Boron 0.002-0.004,
• Oxygen not greater than 20 ppm,
• Hydrogen not greater than 2 ppm, and
• Nitrogen not greater than 60 ppm;
(b) Having cleanliness in accordance with ASTM E45 method A (Thin and Heavy): A not exceeding 1.5, B not exceeding 1.5, C not exceeding 1.0, D not exceeding 1.5;
(c) Having the following mechanical properties:
(i) With a Brinell hardness not more than 237 HBW measured in all parts of the product including mid thickness; and having a Yield Strength of 75ksi min and UTS 95ksi or more, Elongation of 18% or more and Reduction of area 35% or more; having charpy V at −75 degrees F in the longitudinal direction equal or greater than 15 ft. lbs (single value) and equal or greater than 20 ft. lbs (average of 3 specimens) and conforming to the requirements of NACE MR01-75; or
(ii) With a Brinell hardness not less than 240 HBW measured in all parts of the product including mid thickness; and having a Yield Strength of 90 ksi min and UTS 110 ksi or more, Elongation of 15% or more and Reduction of area 30% or more; having charpy V at −40 degrees F in the longitudinal direction equal or greater than 21 ft. lbs (single value) and equal or greater than 31 ft. lbs (average of 3 specimens);
(d) Conforming to ASTM A578-S9 ultrasonic testing requirements with acceptance criteria 3.2 mm flat bottom hole; and
(e) Conforming to magnetic particle inspection in accordance with AMS 2301;
(7) Alloy forged and rolled steel CTL plate over 407 mm in actual thickness and meeting the following requirements:
(a) Made from Electric Arc Furnace melted, ladle refined & vacuum degassed, alloy steel with the following chemical composition (expressed in weight percentages):
• Carbon 0.25-0.30,
• Silicon not greater than 0.25,
• Manganese not greater than 0.50,
• Nickel 3.0-3.5,
• Sulfur not greater than 0.010,
• Phosphorus not greater than 0.020,
• Chromium 1.0-1.5,
• Molybdenum 0.6-0.9,
• Vanadium 0.08 to 0.12
• Boron 0.002-0.004,
• Oxygen not greater than 20 ppm,
• Hydrogen not greater than 2 ppm, and
• Nitrogen not greater than 60 ppm.
(b) Having cleanliness in accordance with ASTM E45 method A (Thin and Heavy): A not exceeding 1.0(t) and 0.5(h), B not exceeding 1.5(t) and 1.0(h), C not exceeding 1.0(t) and 0.5(h), and D not exceeding 1.5(t) and 1.0(h);
(c) Having the following mechanical properties: A Brinell hardness not less than 350 HBW measured in all parts of the product including mid thickness; and having a Yield Strength of 145ksi or more and UTS 160ksi or more, Elongation of 15% or more and Reduction of area 35% or more; having charpy V at −40 degrees F in the transverse direction equal or greater than 20 ft. lbs (single value) and equal or greater than 25 ft. lbs (average of 3 specimens);
(d) Conforming to ASTM A578-S9 ultrasonic testing requirements with acceptance criteria 3.2 mm flat bottom hole; and
(e) Conforming to magnetic particle inspection in accordance with AMS 2301.
At the time of the filing of the petition, there was an existing countervailing duty order on certain cut-to-length carbon-quality steel plate from Korea.
The products subject to the investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7208.40.3030, 7208.40.3060, 7208.51.0030, 7208.51.0045, 7208.51.0060, 7208.52.0000, 7211.13.0000, 7211.14.0030, 7211.14.0045, 7225.40.1110, 7225.40.1180, 7225.40.3005, 7225.40.3050, 7226.20.0000, and 7226.91.5000.
The products subject to the investigation may also enter under the following HTSUS
The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Correction.
The Department of Commerce, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The notice document was published in the
Written comments must be submitted on or before November 7, 2016.
Direct all written comments to Jennifer Jessup, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, Department of Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230 (or via the Internet at
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to Nick Pawlenko, LTJG/NOAA. NOAA Office of Ocean Exploration and Research, 215 South Ferry Road, Narragansett, RI 02882 (401) 874-6478.
This request is for a new information collection.
Telepresence uses satellite communication from ship to shore to bring the unknown ocean to the screens of scientists and the general public in their homes, schools or offices. With technology constantly evolving it is important to address the needs of the shore based scientists and public to maintain a high level of participation. We will use voluntary surveys to identify the needs of users of data, best approaches to leverage expertise of shore based participants and to create a “Citizen Science” web portal for meaningful public engagement focused on
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden (including hours and cost) of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for OMB approval of this information collection; they also will become a matter of public record.
National Telecommunications and Information Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice of open meeting.
This notice announces an open meeting of the Digital Economy Board of Advisors. The Board advises and provides recommendations to the Secretary of Commerce, through the Assistant Secretary of Commerce for Communications and Information and the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA), on a broad range of issues concerning the digital economy and Internet policy.
The meeting will be held in two sessions on September 30, 2016, from 8:30 a.m. to 12:30 p.m., Pacific Daylight Time (PDT), and from 1:30 p.m. to 2:30 p.m. PDT.
The meeting will be held at Mozilla, 331 E. Evelyn Avenue, Mountain View, CA 94041. Public comments may be mailed to: Digital Economy Board of Advisors, National Telecommunications and Information Administration, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Room 4725, Washington, DC 20230 or emailed to
Evelyn Remaley, Designated Federal Officer (DFO), at (202) 482-3821 or
Last year, the Secretary of Commerce unveiled the Department's Digital Economy Agenda, which will help businesses and consumers realize the potential of the digital economy to advance growth and opportunity. The Agenda focuses on four key objectives: Promoting a free and open Internet worldwide; promoting trust online;
The Digital Economy Board of Advisors convened its first meeting on May 16, 2016, to determine preliminary priorities and work streams. The meeting on September 30, 2016, will be the second full meeting of the Board.
This Board is subject to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C. App. 2, and is consistent with the National Telecommunications and Information Administration Act, 47 U.S.C. 904(b). The Board functions solely as an advisory body in compliance with the FACA. For more information about the Board, visit
NTIA will post a detailed agenda on its Web site,
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
Notice of public meeting.
This notice sets forth the announcement of a public meeting of the Community Bank Advisory Council (CBAC or Council) of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB or Bureau). The notice also describes the functions of the Council. Notice of the meeting is permitted by section 9 of the CBAC Charter and is intended to notify the public of this meeting.
The meeting date is Thursday, September 29, 2016, 3:30 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. eastern daylight time.
The meeting location is the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, 1275 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20002.
Crystal Dully, Outreach and Engagement Associate, 202-435-9588,
Section 9(d) of the CBAC Charter states:
(1) Each meeting of the Council shall be open to public observation, to the extent that a facility is available to accommodate the public, unless the Bureau, in accordance with paragraph (4) of this section, determines that the meeting shall be closed. The Bureau also will make reasonable efforts to make the meetings available to the public through live recording. (2) Notice of the time, place and purpose of each meeting, as well as a summary of the proposed agenda, shall be published in the
Section 2 of the CBAC Charter provides: “Pursuant to the executive and administrative powers conferred on the Bureau by Section 1012 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act), the Director established the Community Bank Advisory Council to consult with the Bureau in the exercise of its functions under the Federal consumer financial laws as they pertain to community banks with total assets of $10 billion or less.”
Section 3 of the CBAC Charter states: “a) The CFPB supervises depository institutions and credit unions with total assets of more than $10 billion and their respective affiliates, but other than the limited authority conferred by § 1026 of the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB does not have supervisory authority regarding credit unions and depository institutions with total assets of $10 billion or less. As a result, the CFPB does not have regular contact with these institutions, and it would therefore be beneficial to create a mechanism to ensure that their unique perspectives are shared with the Bureau. Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) panels provide one avenue to gather this input, but participants from community banks must possess no more than $175 million in assets, which precludes the participation of many. b) The Advisory Council shall fill this gap by providing an interactive dialogue and exchange of ideas and experiences between community bankers and Bureau staff. c) The Advisory Council shall advise generally on the Bureau's regulation of consumer financial products or services and other topics assigned to it by the Director. To carry out the Advisory Council's purpose, the scope of its activities shall include providing information, analysis, and recommendations to the Bureau. The output of Advisory Council meetings should serve to better inform the CFPB's policy development, rulemaking, and engagement functions.”
The Community Bank Advisory Council will discuss youth financial capability and debt collection.
Persons who need a reasonable accommodation to participate should contact
Individuals who wish to attend the Community Bank Advisory Council meeting must RSVP to
The Council's agenda will be made available to the public on Wednesday, September 14, 2016, via
A recording and transcript of this meeting will be available after the meeting on the CFPB's Web site
Department of the Navy, DoD.
Notice.
The Department of the Navy (Navy), after carefully weighing the operational and environmental consequences of the proposed action, announces its decision to construct and operate a Land-Water Interface (LWI) in Hood Canal on the waterfront of Naval Base (NAVBASE) Kitsap Bangor, Washington (WA). The Navy will implement LWI Alternative 3, Port Security Barrier Modifications, which is the Preferred Alternative in the Final Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) of July 2016 for LWI and Service Pier Extension (SPE), NAVBASE Kitsap Bangor, WA. LWI Alternative 3 is also the environmentally preferred alternative and will fully meet the Navy's purpose and need to comply with Department of Defense directives to protect Navy TRIDENT submarines from increased and evolving threats; prevent the seizure, damage, or destruction of military assets; enhance security within the Waterfront Restricted Area; and comply with security requirements at NAVBASE Kitsap Bangor. Although the proposed SPE project was addressed in the Final EIS, a Navy decision on that project has been deferred and the details of that project are not discussed further in the Record of Decision (ROD).
The complete text of the ROD is available for public viewing on the project Web site at
On August 28, 2014 Mr. Ray F. Ward, licensee for the Ward Mill Hydroelectric Project, filed an Application for a New License pursuant to the Federal Power Act (FPA) and the Commission's regulations thereunder. The Ward Mill Hydroelectric Project facilities are located on the Watauga River, in the Township of Laurel Creek, Watauga County, North Carolina.
The license for Project No. 9842 was issued for a period ending August 31, 2016. Section 15(a)(1) of the FPA, 16 U.S.C. 808(a)(1), requires the Commission, at the expiration of a license term, to issue from year-to-year an annual license to the then licensee under the terms and conditions of the prior license until a new license is issued, or the project is otherwise disposed of as provided in section 15 or any other applicable section of the FPA. If the project's prior license waived the applicability of section 15 of the FPA, then, based on section 9(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 558(c), and as set forth at 18 CFR 16.21(a), if the licensee of such project has filed an application for a subsequent license, the licensee may continue to operate the project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the license after the minor or minor part license expires, until the Commission acts on its application. If the licensee of such a project has not filed an application for a subsequent license, then it may be required, pursuant to 18 CFR 16.21(b), to continue project operations until the
If the project is subject to section 15 of the FPA, notice is hereby given that an annual license for Project No. 9842 is issued to the licensee for a period effective September 1, 2016 through August 31, 2017 or until the issuance of a new license for the project or other disposition under the FPA, whichever comes first. If issuance of a new license (or other disposition) does not take place on or before August 31, 2017, notice is hereby given that, pursuant to 18 CFR 16.18(c), an annual license under section 15(a)(1) of the FPA is renewed automatically without further order or notice by the Commission, unless the Commission orders otherwise.
If the project is not subject to section 15 of the FPA, notice is hereby given that the licensee, Mr. Ray F. Ward, is authorized to continue operation of the Ward Mill Hydroelectric Project, until such time as the Commission acts on its application for a subsequent license.
a. Type of Filing: Notice of Intent to File License Application and Request to Use the Traditional Licensing Process.
b. Project No.: 14504-001.
c. Date Filed: July 26, 2016.
d. Submitted By: Rye Development, LLC on behalf of FFP Project 121, LLC.
e. Name of Project: New Cumberland Locks and Dam Hydroelectric Project.
f. Location: At the existing Army Corps of Engineers' New Cumberland Locks and Dam on the Ohio River in Jefferson County, Ohio and Hancock County, West Virginia. The project would occupy United States lands administered by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.
g. Filed Pursuant to: 18 CFR 5.3 of the Commission's regulations.
h. Applicant Contact: Mr. Erik Steimle, Vice President—Development, Rye Development, LLC, 334 NW 11th Ave., Portland, OR 97209; (503) 998-0230; email:
i. FERC Contact: Andy Bernick at (202) 502-8660; or email at
j. FFP Project 121, LLC filed its request to use the Traditional Licensing Process on July 26, 2016. FFP Project 121, LLC provided public notice of its request on July 29 through August 4, 2016. In a letter dated September 6, 2016, the Director of the Division of Hydropower Licensing approved FFP Project 121, LLC's request to use the Traditional Licensing Process.
k. With this notice, we are initiating informal consultation with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service under section 7 of the Endangered Species Act and the joint agency regulations thereunder at 50 CFR, Part 402; and NOAA Fisheries under section 305(b) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act and implementing regulations at 50 CFR 600.920. We are also initiating consultation with the Ohio and West Virginia State Historic Preservation officers, as required by section 106, National Historic Preservation Act, and the implementing regulations of the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation at 36 CFR 800.2.
l. With this notice, we are designating FFP Project 121, LLC as the Commission's non-federal representative for carrying out informal consultation pursuant to section 7 of the Endangered Species Act and section 305(b) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act; and consultation pursuant to section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act.
m. FFP Project 121, LLC filed a Pre-Application Document (PAD; including a proposed process plan and schedule) with the Commission, pursuant to 18 CFR 5.6 of the Commission's regulations.
n. A copy of the PAD is available for review at the Commission in the Public Reference Room or may be viewed on the Commission's Web site (
o. Register online at
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric corporate filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following exempt wholesale generator filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
As the Commission recently stated in
For a more complete guide on filings under Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978 section 311 and Natural Gas Act section 1(c), see
Take notice that the Commission has received the following Natural Gas Pipeline Rate and Refund Report filings:
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and § 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
Any person desiring to protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rule 211 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date.
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding of Pioneer Wind Park I, LLC`s application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is September 27, 2016.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following qualifying facility filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Take notice that on September 2, 2016, pursuant to Rule 207(a)(2) of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (Commission) Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.207(a)(2)(2016), Medallion Pipeline Company, LLC (Medallion) filed a petition for a declaratory order seeking approval of the overall rate and tariff structure for a proposed expansion of Medallion's crude oil pipeline system, which will extend the geographic reach of the Medallion pipeline system and provide shippers with flexibility and new outlets for production, all as more fully explained in the petition.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the comment date. Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Petitioner.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
This filing is accessible on-line at
Comment Date: 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on September 30, 2016.
Take notice that the Commission received the following exempt wholesale generator filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA or Agency) Science Advisory Board (SAB) Staff Office announces a public teleconference of the SAB Economy-Wide Modeling Panel.
The public teleconference will be held on December 7, 2016 from 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Time).
The teleconference will be held by telephone only.
Any member of the public wishing further information regarding the public teleconference or public meeting may contact Dr. Holly Stallworth, Designated Federal Officer (DFO), SAB Staff Office, by telephone/voicemail at (202) 564-2073 or via email at
The SAB will comply with the provisions of FACA and all appropriate SAB Staff Office procedural policies. Background information on the SAB Economy-Wide Modeling Panel can be found at
Information covered under 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(4) and (c)(9)(B).
Kimberly Weaver, Director, Office of External Affairs, (202) 942-1640.
Federal Trade Commission (“Commission” or “FTC”).
Notice.
The FTC plans to conduct a qualitative survey of consumers who recently purchased an automobile and financed that purchase through a dealer. Through a survey research firm, the FTC seeks to interview consumers about the consumers' experience in selecting, purchasing, and financing an automobile from a dealer. The interviews also will involve reviewing the consumer's documentation from the purchase and financing. This is the second of two notices required under the Paperwork Reduction Act (“PRA”) in which the FTC seeks public comments on its proposed consumer research. The proposed information collection described below will be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) for review, as required by the PRA.
Comments must be received on or before October 14, 2016.
Interested parties may file a comment online or on paper, by following the instructions in the Request for Comment part of the
Carole Reynolds, 202-326-3230, or Teresa Kosmidis, 202-326-3216, Division of Financial Practices, Bureau of Consumer Protection, Federal Trade Commission, 600 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Mail Stop-CC-10232, Washington, DC 20580.
For many consumers, aside from housing costs, a car purchase is their
As the nation's longstanding consumer protection agency, the Commission is committed to protecting consumers in connection with auto-related transactions. The Commission has broad authority to protect consumers in this area. The agency enforces the FTC Act, which prohibits unfair and deceptive practices by a wide variety of entities, including automobile dealers.
In recent years, the FTC has been particularly active in enforcement and other initiatives related to automobile transactions. Since 2011, the FTC has brought more than 25 cases protecting consumers in this area, including a sweep of ten actions against automobile dealers for deceptive advertising, and a coordinated federal-state effort that yielded more than two hundred automobile actions for fraud, deception, and other illegal practices.
The FTC's proposed survey will explore in more detail the experience of actual consumers who recently purchased and financed an automobile from a dealer.
The FTC plans to conduct a qualitative survey of consumer experiences in recent purchases of automobiles that were financed through automobile dealers. The survey will involve an initial sample of five in-person consumer interviews to test the survey questionnaire, followed by in-person interviews of 40 consumers, with the option to interview 40 more, if the FTC deems the additional interviews likely to be helpful. For the initial 40 consumers, the FTC seeks to interview approximately 20 consumers who have “prime” or “above subprime” credit scores and approximately 20 consumers who have “subprime” credit scores in order to learn about the consumer's experience with purchasing and financing in these two market segments.
Shugoll will conduct interviews lasting approximately 90 minutes with each consumer. The interviews will focus on, among other things:
• The consumer's experience in shopping for and choosing an automobile;
• the process of agreeing to a price for the automobile;
• the process of trading in the consumer's used automobile, if applicable;
• the consumer's experience in obtaining financing, and discussion of any GPS or tracking device installed in connection with the financing;
• additional products or services the dealer may have offered;
• contracts and post-purchase experience, such as that related to review and signing of paperwork;
• other points raised by the consumer about the process;
• the consumer's overall perception of the purchase experience.
• The consumer's overall understanding of the documents;
• a review of the available documents;
• a review of the terms of the deal;
• the consumer's views of the documents and terms;
• discussion of any other documents; and
• other points raised by the consumer about the documents.
In its January 7, 2016 Notice,
More specifically, staff estimates that the contractor's preliminary review of consumers to select for the survey would involve no more than 170 consumers (at most twice the maximum number of consumers—85—that would be involved in the survey).
The estimated hours are a total of the time for preliminary review, the pretest, the interviews, and obtaining credit scores. The preliminary review will include topics such as whether the consumer has recently purchased a car and has participated in a survey in the past year, as well as the consumer's self-identified race and origin. This review, done by phone, could require no more than 12 minutes per consumer, for 34 hours (170 respondents × 12 minutes).
Staff will pretest the questionnaire and interview materials with approximately five respondents to ensure that questions are easily understood. Based on further FTC staff discussions with the contractor, the survey will involve three additional backup consumers to be available in the event that any of the five scheduled respondents do not show up for the pretest. Staff estimates that each interview (including the documentation review) will take approximately 90 minutes, and 60 minutes travel time to and from the survey. Allowing for an extra ten minutes for questions unique to the pretest, the pretest will total approximately 19 hours (5 respondents × 160 minutes each for the pretest, plus
Once the pretest is completed, the initial 40 interviews, including travel, will cumulatively total an estimated 108 hours: 60 hours for the interviews (
Staff further estimates that approximately 75%, or 78, of the 85 survey participants and 19 backups who are potential participants (three pretest backups and 16 interview backups), for both pretest and interviews, do not already have their credit score and thus will procure it through the services that provide this information. Staff estimates that ten minutes per consumer will be required for this purpose, for a total of 13 hours (78 respondents × 10 minutes each).
Thus, the FTC's survey will require 367 hours (119 hours for preliminary review + 19 hours for pretest + 216 hours for interviews + 13 hours for obtaining credit scores). The monetary cost per respondent should be negligible. The consumers who participate will already have or will obtain their credit score and provide documentation of that information to Shugoll.
Shugoll will pay respondents (including regular participants and backups) a reasonable and customary financial incentive for participation.
In response to the January 7, 2016 Notice, the Commission received 17 germane comments regarding the proposed collection of information.
A majority of the commenters supported the need for the FTC's proposed study and/or recognized the importance of the topics and area to be studied, and suggested what they view as improvements or specific issues for the proposed study. Three comments questioned the need for the survey in view of the FTC's prior auto activities and/or raised questions about the purpose or objectivity of the survey.
The FTC's work since 2011 demonstrates, rather than obviates, the need for further examination of consumer protection issues in the auto marketplace. During the 2011 roundtables, with comments through May 2012, participants raised various auto purchase and lease issues.
The proposed survey is expected to provide in-depth information about consumer protection issues that could be addressed through FTC initiatives, including enforcement, rulemaking, or education.
As the proposed survey is qualitative, the results will not be interpreted as quantitative measures of prevalence of practices. A qualitative survey facilitates an understanding of the nuances of consumer comprehension and thought-processes in the complex task of vehicle purchasing and financing. The proposed survey focuses expansively on consumers' experiences at the dealership in car purchasing and financing, and the interviewer will avoid suggesting particular problems. There is no indication that respondent fatigue will impede consumers in their ability to describe their own experiences, which they will do on a voluntary basis. Only consumers who purchased a car within the past six months will be involved, which is a recent timeframe. The Commission cannot state for now whether it would go beyond the initial 40 consumers in the survey, which may, in part, be contingent on the time required for that first segment. The FTC has not determined whether it will publish a report on the survey results. Finally, the information obtained by the FTC through the survey could support or be useful in various initiatives for this important area, such as enforcement, rulemaking, or education.
The FTC is charged with enforcement of numerous statutes, as noted in the January 7, 2016 Notice, including protecting consumers against unfair or deceptive conduct, in violation of Section 5 of the FTC Act; this focus was also noted in the FTC's announcements regarding its auto roundtables.
The purpose of the survey is to explore broadly consumers' experiences in the purchase and financing process of their automobiles; as indicated, no decision has been made about what initiatives would be appropriate as an outgrowth of the process because the survey itself has not occurred. As noted above, the survey is qualitative; therefore, its size or structure is not designed to be representative of the population. Steering of respondents will be avoided; the survey is broadly explorative of the auto buying and financing process and consumers' experiences at the dealership. Additional information about survey topics, including about the review of consumers' documents, appears above. The survey focuses on entities and activities over which the agency has jurisdiction, namely auto dealerships and their financing practices—not third party financing from banks (or federal credit unions) over which the FTC does not have jurisdiction.
Pursuant to the OMB regulations, 5 CFR part 1320, that implement the PRA, the Commission is providing this second opportunity for public comment. In addition to inviting comment on the practical utility of the proposed survey, accuracy of the FTC's associated PRA burden estimates, ways to enhance the information to be collected and to minimize burden, the FTC seeks comments on the proposed survey methodology and specific issues or questions that should be included in the interview process.
You can file a comment online or on paper. For the Commission to consider your comment, we must receive it on or before October 14, 2016. Write “Auto Buyer Consumer Survey, Project No. P154800” on your comment. Your comment—including your name and your state—will be placed on the public record of this proceeding, including to the extent practicable, on the public Commission Web site, at
Because your comment will be made public, you are solely responsible for making sure that your comment does not include any sensitive personal information, like anyone's Social Security number, date of birth, driver's license number or other state identification number or foreign country equivalent, passport number, financial account number, or credit or debit card number. You are also solely responsible for making sure that your comment does not include any sensitive health information, like medical records or other individually identifiable health information. In addition, do not include any “[t]rade secret or any commercial or financial information which is . . . privileged or confidential,” as provided in Section 6(f) of the FTC Act, 15 U.S.C. 46(f), and FTC Rule 4.10(a)(2), 16 CFR 4.10(a)(2). In particular, do not include competitively sensitive information such as costs, sales statistics, inventories, formulas, patterns, devices, manufacturing processes, or customer names.
If you want the Commission to give your comment confidential treatment, you must file it in paper form, with a request for confidential treatment, and you have to follow the procedure explained in FTC Rule 4.9(c), 16 CFR 4.9(c).
Postal mail addressed to the Commission is subject to delay due to heightened security screening. As a result, we encourage you to submit your comments online. To make sure that the Commission considers your online comment, you must file it at
If you prefer to file your comment on paper, write “Auto Buyer Consumer Survey, Project No. P154800” on your comment and on the envelope and mail or deliver your comment to the following address: Federal Trade Commission, Office of the Secretary, 600 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Suite CC-5610 (Annex J), Washington, DC 20580, or deliver your comment to the following address: Federal Trade Commission, Office of the Secretary, Constitution Center, 400 7th Street SW., 5th Floor, Suite 5610 (Annex J), Washington, DC 20024. If possible, submit your paper comment to the Commission by courier or overnight service.
Comments on the information collection requirements subject to review under the PRA should also be submitted to OMB. If sent by U.S. mail, they should be addressed to: Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for the Federal Trade Commission, New Executive Office Building, Docket Library, Room 10102, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503. Comments sent to OMB by U.S. postal mail, however, are subject to delays due to heightened security precautions. Thus, comments instead should be sent by facsimile to (202) 395-5806.
Visit the Commission Web site at
In accordance with section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) announces the following committee meeting.
It is the intent of NIOSH to support broad-based research endeavors in keeping with the Institute's program goals. This will lead to improved understanding and appreciation for the magnitude of the aggregate health burden associated with occupational injuries and illnesses, as well as to support more focused research projects, which will lead to improvements in the delivery of occupational safety and health services, and the prevention of work-related injury and illness. It is anticipated that research funded will promote these program goals.
These portions of the meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with provisions set forth in section 552b(c)(4) and (6), title 5 U.S.C., and the Determination of the Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, pursuant to section 10(d) Public Law 92-463.
Agenda items are subject to change as priorities dictate.
The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign
In accordance with section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), and pursuant to the requirements of 42 CFR 83.15(a), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) announces the following committee meeting:
In December 2000, the President delegated responsibility for funding, staffing, and operating the Advisory Board to HHS, which subsequently delegated this authority to the CDC. NIOSH implements this responsibility for CDC. The charter was issued on August 3, 2001, renewed at appropriate intervals, rechartered on March 22, 2016 pursuant to Executive Order 13708, and will expire on September 30, 2017.
The Director, Management Analysis and Services Office, has been delegated the authority to sign
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice; request for comments.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA, the Agency, we) is soliciting comments regarding the establishment of appropriately targeted durations of use of antimicrobial drugs of importance to human medicine (
Submit either electronic or written comments by December 13, 2016.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Cindy Burnsteel, Center for Veterinary Medicine (HFV-130), Food and Drug Administration, 7500 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855, 240-402-0817,
On September 18, 2014, the President issued Executive Order 13676 on “Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria” (
FDA is actively engaged in several ongoing efforts to address antimicrobial resistance originating from the use of antimicrobial drugs that are important in human medicine (medically important antimicrobials) in food-
GFI #209, published in April 2012, outlines FDA's fundamental principles of judicious use. These are: (1) Limiting medically important antimicrobial drugs to uses in food-producing animals that are considered necessary for assuring animal health and (2) limiting such drugs to uses that include veterinary oversight or consultation. In GFI #209, FDA stated that it generally considers uses that are associated with the treatment, control, or prevention of specific diseases to be uses that are necessary for assuring the health of food-producing animals, in contrast to uses for production purposes (
As discussed in GFI #209, FDA's current methodology for assessing antimicrobial risks associated with the use of antimicrobial new animal drugs in food-producing animals is premised on the concept that increasing the exposure of bacterial populations to antimicrobial drugs increases the risk of generating resistance to those antimicrobial drugs. Because feed or water use antimicrobial drugs are typically administered to entire herds or flocks of food-producing animals, such uses pose higher risk to public health than the administration of such drugs to individual animals or targeted groups of animals, as is done with dosage form drugs (
GFI #213, published in December 2013, is based on the two fundamental principles of judicious use described in GFI #209 and provides specific recommendations for drug sponsors. These recommendations for sponsors of approved medically important antimicrobial drugs administered in feed or water to food-producing animals include: (1) Removing production indications
FDA is working collaboratively with the sponsors of affected applications to facilitate the revision of product labeling to reflect the voluntary withdrawal of approval of production indications. Incorporating veterinary oversight is accomplished by changing the marketing status from over-the-counter (OTC) use to use by either veterinary feed directive (VFD), in the case of drugs administered in feed, or by veterinary prescription (Rx), in the case of drugs administered in water.
In Section III of GFI #213, FDA states, “all antimicrobial drugs listed in Appendix A to GFI #152
The implementation of GFI #213 is a critical step toward improving judicious use in veterinary practice, thereby minimizing the selection of antimicrobial-resistant microorganisms to help preserve the therapeutic effectiveness of medically important antimicrobial drugs. As stated previously, incorporating veterinary oversight is accomplished by changing the existing OTC marketing status of these drugs to either VFD marketing status, in the case of drugs administered in feed, or to veterinary Rx status, in the case of drugs administered in water. In GFI #213 and outreach related to the 2015 revisions made to the VFD regulations (
As explained in GFI #213, we expect, among other things, that any new indications for medically important antimicrobials, including those used in feed or in drinking water, have defined durations of use. Consistent with this expectation, the recently revised VFD regulations in 21 CFR part 558 state that a lawful VFD, among other requirements, must document the duration of use of the VFD drug contained in the medicated feed (see 21 CFR 558.6(b)(3)(x)).
Although GFI #213 sets out our expectation that new indications of medically important antimicrobial drugs used in or on feed and water will have defined durations of use, it does not address what to do with respect to some currently approved therapeutics that lack defined durations of use. Establishing defined durations of use for currently approved therapeutics will support FDA's efforts to foster stewardship of medically important antimicrobial drugs in food-producing animals and help preserve the effectiveness of these antimicrobials in animal and human medicine. Some examples of defined durations of use on the labeling of currently approved therapeutics are “Feed continuously for 5 days,” “Feed continuously for 5 days as the sole ration,” “Feed from weaning up to 120 pounds,” and “Do not feed to
In section II, FDA invites comment on the establishment of appropriately targeted durations of use of medically important antimicrobial drugs administered to food-producing animals in feed or water for those therapeutics for which a defined durations of use is not included on currently approved labeling. Along with labeling that is silent on limits to the duration of use, some examples in which the duration of use is not defined on currently approved labeling are “Feed continuously” and “Feed continuously as the sole ration.”
FDA will consider submitted comments as we develop a process by which sponsors of currently approved, medically important antimicrobial drugs, administered in feed or water to food-producing animals for therapeutic purposes, could establish appropriately targeted durations of use. We recognize that, in certain circumstances, some medically important antimicrobial drugs may have a range of safe and effective durations (see 21 CFR 514.4(b)(2)(i)). Approval of defined durations of use may be supported by existing effectiveness data, target animal safety data, human food safety studies, clinical pharmacology studies, disease pathophysiology, and/or other available information.
Based on an April 2016 review, FDA identified six species (cattle, swine, chickens, turkeys, sheep, and honey bees) for which there are approved, medically important antimicrobials administered in medicated feed or drinking water for therapeutic purposes that do not currently have a defined duration of use included on labeling. We have summarized, in tabular form, the species and disease indications for which these drugs are approved without defined durations of use (see tables 1 through 6). Indications are summarized as disease conditions (see column entitled “Indication/Disease”) and are listed with their associated antimicrobial drugs (see column titled “Ingredient(s)”). These tables may assist members of the public who wish to comment on establishing appropriately targeted durations of use.
A key objective of FDA is to optimize the use of medically important antimicrobials by using a dosage strategy that maximizes drug effectiveness, minimizes target animal toxicity, and has an appropriately targeted duration of use to minimize the development of resistance to antimicrobial drugs of human medical importance. FDA invites comments on the questions below to assist in evaluating appropriately targeted durations of use for medically important antimicrobial drugs administered to food-producing animals in or on feed or in drinking water for those therapeutics for which a defined duration of use is not included on the currently approved labeling.
For the species and disease indications listed in tables 1 through 6, this request for comments is intended to: (1) Obtain additional information, especially from the animal agriculture, animal health, and veterinary communities, on the underlying diseases for these therapeutic indications, including periods when livestock or poultry are at risk of developing these diseases; (2) seek input on more-targeted antimicrobial use regimens for these diseases, and husbandry practices that may help avoid the need for these antimicrobials, or that may help make more-targeted antimicrobial use regimens more effective; and (3) seek comment on strategies for updating affected product labeling, as appropriate, that does not currently include a defined duration of use.
When commenting on an appropriately targeted duration of use for a medicated feed for use in a food-producing major species, please consider the target animal classes described in Appendix III of GFI #191, “Changes to Approved NADAs—New ANDAs vs Category II Supplemental NADAs,”
1. When is the animal/class at risk of developing the disease?
2. For how long do you administer X antimicrobial for Y indication if the labeling says “feed continuously,” or is silent on duration of use?
3. What factors influence your decision when determining the duration of use?
4. In addition to the drug labeling, what sources of information do you use in making a decision regarding duration of use?
a. Past personal experience;
b. drug industry representatives;
c. extension agents;
d. producer or veterinary medicine magazines;
e. online resources;
f. formularies; and
g. other.
5. What pros and cons do you see if durations of use are defined for all of these antimicrobials?
6. What reasonable alternatives to medically important antimicrobials, including other pharmaceutical or non-pharmaceutical approaches, are available for managing the diseases listed in tables 1 through 6?
In the following tables, undefined durations of use means, for example, therapeutics that include the statement “feed continuously,” “feed continuously as the sole ration” or other similar language on their labeling, or that have labeling that is silent on limits to the duration of use.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notification of withdrawal of approval.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is withdrawing approval of those parts of a new animal drug application (NADA) for a 3-way, fixed-ratio, combination drug Type A medicated article that pertain to use of the procaine penicillin component for production indications in swine. This action is being taken at the sponsor's request because the 3-way Type A medicated article is no longer manufactured.
Withdrawal of approval is effective September 14, 2016.
Cindy L. Burnsteel, Center for Veterinary Medicine (HFV-130), Food and Drug Administration, 7500 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855, 240-402-0817,
Pharmgate LLC (Pharmgate), 1015 Ashes Dr., Suite 102, Wilmington, NC 28405 has requested that FDA withdraw approval of those parts of NADA 138-934 for PENNCHLOR SP 500 (chlortetracycline, procaine penicillin, and sulfamethazine) Type A medicated article that pertain to use of the procaine penicillin component for the production indications of growth promotion and increased feed efficiency in swine. Pharmgate requested voluntary withdrawal of approval of these indications for use because PENNCHLOR SP 500 Type A medicated article is no longer manufactured.
Therefore, under authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs and redelegated to the Director of the Center for Veterinary Medicine, and in accordance with § 514.116
NADA 138-934 was identified as being affected by guidance for industry (GFI) #213 “New Animal Drugs and New Animal Drug Combination Products Administered in or on Medicated Feed or Drinking Water of Food-Producing Animals: Recommendations for Drug Sponsors for Voluntarily Aligning Product Use Conditions with GFI #209,” December 2013.
Elsewhere in this issue of the
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The meeting of the Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee scheduled for November 16, 2016, is cancelled. This meeting was announced in the
Sujata Vijh, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 71, Rm. 6128, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 240-402-7107,
Office of the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services.
Notice.
In compliance with section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Office of the Secretary (OS), Department of Health and Human Services, announces plans to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR), described below, to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The ICR is for reinstatement with change of a previously-approved information collection assigned OMB control number 0990-0324, which expired on 03/31/2011. Prior to submitting the ICR to OMB, OS seeks comments from the public regarding the burden estimate, below, or any other aspect of the ICR.
Comments on the ICR must be received on or before October 14, 2016.
Submit your comments to
When submitting comments or requesting information, please include the document identifier HHS-OS-0990-0324-60D for reference.
OS specifically requests comments on (1) the necessity and utility of the proposed information collection for the proper performance of the agency's functions, (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden, (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected, and (4) the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology to minimize the information collection burden.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of a meeting of the Board of Scientific Counselors, National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke.
The meeting will be closed to the public as indicated below in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended for the review, discussion, and evaluation of individual intramural programs and projects conducted by the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke, including consideration of personnel qualifications and performance, and the competence of individual investigators, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable materials, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Office of Administration, HUD.
Notice of a Computer Matching Program Between HUD and DHS/FEMA.
In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended by the Computer Matching and Privacy Protection Act of 1988, and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Guidelines on the Conduct of Matching Programs (54 FR 25818 (June 19, 1989); and OMB Bulletin 89-22, “Instructions on Reporting Computer Matching Programs to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Congress and the Public,” HUD is issuing a public notice of its intent to conduct a recurring computer matching program with DHS/FEMA.
The purpose of this CMA is to ensure that eligible housing assistance applicants do not receive a duplication of housing benefits from both DHS/FEMA and HUD, as required by section 312 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, as amended, and as may be required by statutes making available supplemental appropriations for activities eligible under Title I of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974, as amended (CDBG-DR Appropriations Acts), and by the notices published in the
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this notice to the Rules Docket Clerk, Office of General Counsel, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street, Room 10110, SW., Washington, DC 20410. Communications should refer to the above docket number and title. A copy of each communication submitted will be available for public inspection and copying between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. weekdays at the above address.
Contact the “Recipient/Source Agency” Helen Goff Foster, Departmental Privacy Officer, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 10139, Washington, DC 20410, telephone number (202) 402-6147 or the “Recipient/Source Agency” Tammi Hines, Acting Privacy Director, DHS/FEMA, 500 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20479, telephone number (202) 212-5100. [These are not a toll-free numbers.] A telecommunication device for hearing- and speech-impaired individuals (TTY) is available at (800) 877-8339 (Federal Relay Service).
The Computer Matching program seeks to ensure that applicants for HUD Housing Assistance and DHS/FEMA Individuals and Households Program, which provides Other Needs Assistance (ONA) and Housing Assistance (HA), do not receive a duplication of housing benefits. This will be accomplished by matching specific DHS/FEMA disaster applicant data with HUD Inventory Management System/PIH Information Center (IMS/PIC) tenant data, Enterprise Income Verification (EIV) tenant data and Tenant Rental Assistance Certification System (TRACS) data that HUD is authorized to collect for its rental housing assistance programs. DHS/FEMA will provide a database with Disaster Recovery Assistance (DRA) records, which only include the necessary data elements needed for the matching. HUD will provide Household Member data from the EIV, IMS/PIC, and TRACS databases. DHS/FEMA and HUD will exchange data, defined in the Interface Control Document, using secured web services and with all matching conducted internally.
In accordance with Public Law 100-503, the Computer Matching and Privacy Protection Act of 1988 as amended, and OMB Bulletin 89-22, “Instructions on Reporting Computer Matching Programs to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Congress and the Public,” copies of this notice and report are being provided to the U.S. House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, the U.S. Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee, and OMB.
(1) Establish or verify initial or continuing eligibility for DHS/FEMA disaster assistance programs;
(2) Verify compliance with the statutory or regulatory program requirements; and
(3) Recoup payments or delinquent debts under a herein identified program. Specifically, DHS/FEMA and HUD seek to ensure that individuals do not receive duplicate or erroneous disaster assistance for the same disaster or emergency and/or housing benefits from either agency.
A. The Robert T. Stafford Disaster and Emergency Assistance Act (Pub. L. 93-288), as amended at 42 U.S.C. 5121
B. Pursuant to the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5174(i), as amended), DHS/FEMA is directed and authorized to “develop a system, including an electronic database”, to:
1. Verify the identity and address of recipients of assistance to provide reasonable assurance that payments are made only to an individual or household that is eligible for such assistance;
2. Minimize the risk of making duplicative payments or payments for fraudulent claims;
3. Collect any duplicate payment on a claim, or reduce the amount of subsequent payments to offset the amount of any such duplicate payment;
4. Provide instructions to recipients of assistance regarding the proper use of any such assistance, regardless of how such assistance is distributed; and
5. Conduct an expedited and simplified review and appeal process for an individual or household whose application for assistance is denied
C. DHS/FEMA is authorized to provide States (impacted by disasters), in which the individuals and households are located, with access to the electronic records of individuals and households receiving assistance in order
D. Pursuant to the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 (31 U.S.C. 3325(d) and 31 U.S.C. 7701(c)(1)), federal agencies are required to collect the taxpayer identification number of each person who receives payments from the federal government; and each person doing business with the federal government is required to furnish his or her taxpayer's identification number.
1. For the purposes of 31 U.S.C. 7701, a person is considered to be doing with business with the federal government if the person is
i. A lender or services in a federal guaranteed or insured loan program administered by a federal agency;
ii. An applicant for, or recipient of, a federal license permit, right-of-way, grant or benefit payment administered by a federal agency;
iii. A contractor of a federal agency;
iv. Assessed a fine, fee, royalty or penalty by a federal agency;
v. In a relationship with a federal agency that may give rise to a receivable due to that agency, such as a partner of a borrower in or a guarantor of a federal direct or insured loan administered by the federal agency.
Each federal agency must inform each person required to disclose his or her taxpayer identification number the agency's intent to use such number for purposes of collecting and reporting on any delinquent amounts arising out of such person's relationship with the federal government.
E. Fraud, waste, and abuse prevention efforts pursuant to the aforementioned statutory authorities are also applicable to pilot programs designed to provide alternative or additional federal disaster assistance programs (6 U.S.C. 776-777).
F. Pursuant to section 239 of Public Law 111-8, Omnibus Appropriations Act, 2009 (123 Stat. 981, March 11, 2009), the Disaster Housing Assistance Programs administered by HUD are considered a HUD program under section 904 of the McKinney Act for the purpose of income verification and matching.
G. HUD's
1. Inventory Management Systems (IMS), also known as the Public and Indian Housing Information Center (PIC), HUD/PIH.01 (77 FR 22337, April 13, 2012).
2. Enterprise Income Verification (EIV), HUD/PIH-5 (74 FR 45235, September 1, 2009).
3. Tenant Housing Assistance and Contract Verification Data, also known as the Tenant Rental Assistance Certification System (TRACS), HUD/H-11 (62 FR 11909, March 13, 1997).
Specifically, pursuant to routine use 6 (within HUD's
(1) Detection, prevention, and recovery of improper payments;
(2) Detection and prevention of fraud, waste, and abuse in major federal programs administered by a federal agency or non-federal entity;
(3) Detection of fraud, waste, and abuse by individuals in their operations and programs, but only to the extent that the information shared is necessary and relevant to verify pre-award and prepayment requirements prior to the release of federal funds, prevent and recover improper payments for services rendered under programs of HUD or of those federal agencies and non-federal entities to which HUD provides information under this routine use.
H. HUD regulations (24 CFR 982.352(c) prohibits a family from receiving the benefit of tenant-based assistance while receiving the benefit of any of the following forms of other housing subsidy, for the same unit or for a different unit:
1. Public or Indian housing assistance;
2. Other Section 8 assistance (including other tenant-based assistance);
3. Assistance under former Section 23 of the United States Housing Act of 1937 (before amendment by the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974);
4. Section 101 rent supplements;
5. Section 236 rental assistance payments;
6. Tenant-based assistance under the HOME program;
7. Rental assistance payments under Section 521 of the Housing Act of 1949 (a program of the Rural Development Administration);
8. Any local or state rent subsidy;
9. Section 202 supportive housing for the elderly;
10. Section 811 supportive housing for persons with disabilities;
11. Section 202 projects for non-elderly persons with disabilities (Section 162 assistance); or
12. Any other duplicative federal, state, or local housing subsidy, as determined by HUD. For this purpose, “housing subsidy” does not include the housing component of a welfare payment, a social security payment received by the family, or a rent reduction because of a tax credit.
I. The following programs are covered under this computer matching agreement:
1. DHS/FEMA housing assistance provided through its Individuals and Households Program (IHP) as defined in Section III.
2. HUD rental assistance programs identified at 24 CFR 5.233 and the Disaster Housing Assistance Program.
The objective of this CMA is to ensure that eligible housing assistance applicants do not receive a duplication of housing benefits from DHS/FEMA and HUD.
An active survivor completes a FEMA assistance registration after a disaster. The NEMIS database stores data provided by the disaster victim on a FEMA 90-69 online form. FEMA processes the registration. During the FEMA processing period, the registration status will change status to `VR' (Valid Registration) in NEMIS. This means that the registration has been processed through the data completeness and identity verification. The FEMA registration data is sent to HUD for initial verification via a secure web service. HUD will match the IA/IHP data elements to its EIV, IMS/PIC, and TRACS data. There are two scenarios for the HUD match process. The scenarios are:
1. Positive HUD match—HUD finds a match in their respective system for the DHS/FEMA data provided:
a. If a record submitted by DHS/FEMA to HUD results in a match by HUD, DHS/FEMA becomes a recipient of HUD Housing Assistance information;
b. DHS/FEMA will use the information it receives from HUD to independently evaluate and determine its applicants' eligibility for its housing programs under 42 U.S.C. 5174(c)(1);
c. DHS/FEMA will compare the HUD data with the FEMA registration data
d. Once DHS/FEMA confirms that match, the complete data set for the potential duplication of housing benefits is sent to FEMA's Program Review process for manual evaluation of any duplication of benefits. If FEMA review staff determines that there is a duplication of benefits, the duplicated amount is deducted from the eligible award. FEMA applicants receive a letter that indicates the amount of their eligible award and their ability to appeal.
2. No HUD match—HUD does not find a match in their respective system for the DHS/FEMA data provided:
a. If the initial verification record submitted by DHS/FEMA to HUD does not result in a match by HUD, DHS/FEMA becomes the source agency and sends additional FEMA Head of Household IA/IHP data to HUD to assist HUD in the future if those same applicants apply for HUD benefits. This additional information will aid HUD in making an appropriate determination as to whether the applicant qualifies or not for assistance under the various HUD programs if they have or have not received benefits from FEMA, since HUD does not have access to FEMA systems, and thus eliminate the need for future data requests of the same data. The additional data is not part of the initial verification process;
b. The FEMA-HUD data exchange process is complete and the transmission is terminated;
c. As part of the Duplication of Housing Benefits effort, HUD may share FEMA data via a secure web-service with state and local CDBG grantees with whom HUD has an existing ISAA as per the Privacy Statement 9420.1 Appendix B/C. CDBG grantees can be municipalities as well as individuals that receive federal money to assist low to mid-level income families with a variety of assistance. In order to avoid duplication of benefits between HUD/FEMA and the individual CDBG grantee, the information may need to be shared from HUD to state and local municipalities;
d. If the State and Local grantees require targeted data from FEMA which is not part of routine use or part of the Duplication of Housing Benefits effort, FEMA and the respective entity will need to engage in ISAA documentation. Once the ISAA is approved, the data sharing mechanism will determine if a CMA is needed between FEMA and the respective entity
The HUD records shared as part of this matching program reside in HUD's EIV, IMS/PIC, and TRACS systems, which include data from the IMS/PIC the HUD/PIH-5 system of record, 74 FR 45,235 (Sep. 1, 2009); and the HUD/H-11 system of records, 62 FR 11,909 (Mar. 13, 1997).
The DHS/FEMA records shared as part of this CMA resides in DHS/FEMA's Disaster Recovery Assistance Files system of records, as provided by the DHS/FEMA—008 SORN, 74 FR 25,282 (April 30, 2013); through its National Emergency Management Information System—Individual Assistance (NEMIS-IA).
The Privacy Act requires Agreements to specify procedures for notifying applicants/recipients at time of registration and other periodic notice as directed by the Data Integrity Board of such agency (subject to guidance provided by the Director of OMB pursuant to subsection (v)) to applicants for and recipients of financial assistance or payments under Federal benefit programs.
DHS/FEMA and HUD have both published system of records notices informing applicants/recipients that their information may be subject to verification through matching programs per 5 U.S.C. 552a(o)(1)(D). As further required by the Privacy Act, DHS/FEMA and HUD shall make a copy of the Computer Matching Agreement available to the public upon request.
DHS/FEMA Form 009-0-1 “Paper Application/Disaster Assistance Registration,” DHS/FEMA Form 009-0-3, “Declaration and Release” (both contained in OMB ICR No. 1660-0002), and various other forms used for financial assistance benefits immediately following a declared disaster, use a Privacy Act statement (5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(3)) to provide notice to applicants regarding the use of their information. The Privacy Act statement is read to applicants from DHS/FEMA call center employees and is displayed and agreed to by applicants applying over the internet. Also, DHS/FEMA Form 009-0-3 requires the applicant's signature in order to receive financial assistance.
Additionally, DHS/FEMA provides notice via its Disaster Assistance Improvement Program Privacy Impact Assessment and DHS/FEMA's Privacy Act System of Records Notice, DHS/FEMA—008 Disaster Recovery Assistance Files, 78 FR 25282 (Apr. 30, 2013). DHS/FEMA has published a Notice concerning routine use disclosures in the
Data elements disclosed in this computer matching are Personally Identifiable Information (PII) from the specified systems of record. The data elements supplied are as follows:
• FEMA Registration ID.
• Disaster Number.
• Social Security Number (SSN)—the head of household SSN.
• First and Last Name and Middle Initial of the head of household.
• DOB—date of birth of head of household.
• Damaged Address Street Address—the head of household's damaged street address.
Matching will begin at least 40 days from the date that copies of the Computer Matching Agreement, signed by HUD and DHS/FEMA DIBs, are sent to both Houses of Congress and OMB; or at least 30 days from the date this notice is published in the
5 U.S.C. 552a; 88 Stat. 1896; 42 U.S.C. 3535(d).
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian Housing, PIH, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone 202-402-3400 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Arlette Mussington, Office of Policy, Programs and Legislative Initiatives, PIH, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., (L'Enfant Plaza, Room 2206), Washington, DC 20410; telephone 202-402-4109, (this is not a toll-free number). Persons with hearing or speech impairments may access this number via TTY by calling the Federal Information Relay Service at (800) 877-8339. Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Mussington.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in section A.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. chapter 35.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice of Order of Succession.
In this notice, the Chief Information Officer (CIO) for the Department of Housing and Urban Development designates the Order of Succession for the Office of the Chief Information Officer. This Order of Succession supersedes all prior Orders of Succession for the Office of the Chief Information Officer, including the Order of Succession published on November 1, 2011.
Kevin R. Cooke, Jr., Principal Deputy Chief Information Officer, Office of the Chief Information Officer, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 4160, Washington, DC 20410, telephone number (202) 708-0306 (this is not a toll free number). Persons with hearing or speech impairments may access this number by calling the toll free Federal Relay Service at (800) 877-8339.
The CIO for the Department of Housing and Urban Development is issuing this Order of Succession of officials authorized to perform the functions and duties of the CIO when, by reason of absence, disability, or vacancy in office, the CIO is not available to exercise the powers or perform the duties of the office. This Order of Succession is subject to the provisions of the Federal Vacancies Reform Act of 1998 (5 U.S.C. 3345-3349d). This publication supersedes all prior orders of succession for the Office of the Chief Information Officer, including the Order of Succession published on November 1, 2011 (76 FR 67472).
Accordingly, the CIO designates the following Order of Succession:
During any period when, by reason of absence, disability, or vacancy in office, the Chief Information Officer for the Department of Housing and Urban Development is not available to exercise the powers or perform the duties of the Chief Information Officer, the following officials within the Office of the Chief Information Officer are hereby designated to exercise the powers and perform the duties of the Office. No individual who is serving in an office listed below in an acting capacity may act as the Chief Information Officer pursuant to this Order of Succession.
(1) Principal Deputy Chief Information Officer;
(2) Deputy Chief Information Officer for IT Infrastructure and Operations;
(3) Chief Technology Officer;
(4) Chief Information Security Officer;
(5) Deputy Chief Information Officer for Business and IT Resource Management;
(6) Deputy Chief Information Officer for Customer Relationship and Performance Management.
This Order of Succession supersedes all prior Orders of Succession for the Office of the Chief Information Officer, including the Order of Succession published on November 1, 2011 (76 FR 67472).
Section 7(d), Department of Housing and Urban Development Act, 42 U.S.C. 3535(d).
Office of the Chief Human Capital Officer, HUD.
Notice of order of succession.
In this notice, the Chief Human Capital Officer for the Department of Housing and Urban Development designates the Order of Succession for the Office of the Chief Human Capital Officer. This Order of Succession supersedes all prior orders of succession for the Office of the Chief Human Capital Officer, including the Order of Succession published on November 7, 2011.
Linda K. Hawkins, Office of the Chief Human Capital Officer, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 2286D, Washington, DC 20410; telephone number (202) 402-3095 (this is not a toll-free number). Persons with hearing or speech impairments may call HUD's toll-free Federal Relay Service at (800) 877-8339.
The Chief Human Capital Officer for the Department of Housing and Urban Development is issuing this Order of Succession of officials authorized to perform the functions and duties of the Office of the Chief Human Capital Officer when, by reason of absence, disability, or vacancy in office, the Chief Human Capital Officer is not available to exercise the powers or perform the duties of the office. This Order of Succession is subject to the provisions of the Federal Vacancies Reform Act of 1998 (5 U.S.C. 3345-3349d). This publication supersedes all prior orders of succession for the Office of the Chief Human Capital Officer, including the Order of Succession published on November 7, 2011 (76 FR 69031).
Accordingly, the Chief Human Capital Officer designates the following Order of Succession:
Subject to the provisions of the Federal Vacancies Reform Act of 1998, during any period when, by reason of absence, disability, or vacancy in office, the Chief Human Capital Officer for the Department of Housing and Urban Development is not available to exercise the powers or perform the duties of the Chief Human Capital Officer, the following officials within the Office of the Chief Human Capital Officer are hereby designated to exercise the powers and perform the duties of the office. No individual who is serving in an office listed below in an acting capacity shall act as the Chief Human Capital Officer pursuant to this Order of Succession.
1. Deputy Chief Human Capital Officer;
2. Human Capital Officer, Office of Human Capital Services;
3. Chief Learning Officer, HUD LEARN.
These officials shall perform the functions and duties of the office in the order specified herein, and no official shall serve unless all the other officials, whose position titles precede his/hers in this order, are unable to act by reason of absence, disability, or vacancy in office.
This Order of Succession supersedes all prior orders of succession for the Office of the Chief Human Capital Officer, including the Order of Succession published on November 7, 2011 (76 FR 69031).
Section 7(d), Department of Housing and Urban Development Act, 42 U.S.C. 3535(d).
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs, HUD.
Notice of order of succession.
In this notice, the Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs designates the Order of Succession for the Office of Public Affairs. This Order of Succession supersedes all prior orders of succession for the Office of Public Affairs, including the Order of Succession published on July 20, 2011.
Jereon Brown, General Deputy Assistant Secretary, Office of Public Affairs, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 10130, Washington, DC 20410-6000, telephone number 202-708-0980. (This is not a toll-free number). Persons with hearing- or speech-impairments may access this number through TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339.
The Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs is issuing this Order of Succession of officials authorized to perform the functions and duties of the Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs when, by reason of absence, disability, or vacancy in office, the Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs is not available to exercise the powers or perform the duties of the office. This Order of Succession is subject to the provisions of the Federal Vacancies Reform Act of 1998 (5 U.S.C. 3345-3349d). This publication supersedes all prior orders of succession for the Office of Public Affairs, including the Order of Succession published on July 20, 2011 (76 FR 43337).
Accordingly, the Assistant Secretary designates the following Order of Succession:
Subject to the provisions of the Federal Vacancies Reform Act of 1998, during any period when, by reason of absence, disability, or vacancy in office, the Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs is not available to exercise the powers or perform the duties of the office of the Assistant Secretary, the following officials within the Office of Public Affairs are hereby designated to exercise the powers and perform the duties of the Office. No individual who is serving in an office listed below in an acting capacity may act as the Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs pursuant to this Order of Succession.
(1) General Deputy Assistant Secretary;
(2) Deputy Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs;
(3) Supervisory Public Affairs Specialist.
These officials shall perform the functions and duties of the office in the order specified herein, and no official shall serve unless all the other officials, whose position titles precede his/hers in this order, are unable to act by reason of absence, disability, or vacancy in office.
This Order of Succession supersedes all prior orders of succession for the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs, including the Order of Succession published on July 20, 2011 (76 FR 43337).
Section 7(d), Department of Housing and Urban Development Act, 42 U.S.C. 3535(d).
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of meeting.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, announce a public meeting of the Wildlife and Hunting Heritage Conservation Council (Council). The Council provides advice about wildlife and habitat conservation endeavors that benefit wildlife resources; encourage partnership among the public, sporting conservation organizations, States, Native American tribes, and the Federal Government; and benefit recreational hunting.
The meeting will be held in Room 104A at the USDA Whitten Building, 12th Street and Jefferson Drive SW., Washington, DC 20250.
Joshua Winchell, Council Designated Federal Officer, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, National Wildlife Refuge System, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803; telephone: (703) 358-2639; or email:
In accordance with the requirements of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App., we announce that the Wildlife and Hunting Heritage Conservation Council will hold a meeting.
Formed in February 2010, the Council provides advice about wildlife and habitat conservation endeavors that:
1. Benefit wildlife resources;
2. Encourage partnership among the public, sporting conservation organizations, States, Native American tribes, and the Federal Government; and
3. Benefit recreational hunting.
The Council advises the Secretary of the Interior and the Secretary of Agriculture, reporting through the Director, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), in consultation with the Director, Bureau of Land Management (BLM); Director, National Park Service (NPS); Chief, Forest Service (USFS); Chief, Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS); and Administrator, Farm Services Agency (FSA). The Council's duties are strictly advisory and consist of, but are not limited to, providing recommendations for:
1. Implementing the Recreational Hunting and Wildlife Resource Conservation Plan—A Ten-Year Plan for Implementation;
2. Increasing public awareness of and support for the Wildlife Restoration Program;
3. Fostering wildlife and habitat conservation and ethics in hunting and shooting sports recreation;
4. Stimulating sportsmen and women's participation in conservation and management of wildlife and habitat resources through outreach and education;
5. Fostering communication and coordination among State, tribal, and Federal governments; industry; hunting and shooting sportsmen and women; wildlife and habitat conservation and management organizations; and the public;
6. Providing appropriate access to Federal lands for recreational shooting and hunting;
7. Providing recommendations to improve implementation of Federal conservation programs that benefit wildlife, hunting, and outdoor recreation on private lands; and
8. When requested by the Designated Federal Officer in consultation with the Council Chairperson, performing a variety of assessments or reviews of policies, programs, and efforts through the Council's designated subcommittees or workgroups.
Background information on the Council is available at
The Council will convene to consider issues including:
1. Wildlife habitat and health;
2. Funding for public lands and wildlife management;
3. Endangered Species Act; and
4. Other Council business.
The final agenda will be posted on the Internet at
To attend this meeting, register by close of business on the dates listed in “Public Input” under
Interested members of the public may submit relevant information or questions for the Council to consider during the public meeting. Written statements must be received by the date in Public Input, so that the information may be made available to the Council for their consideration prior to this meeting. Written statements must be supplied to the Council Designated Federal Officer in both of the following formats: One hard copy with original signature, and one electronic copy via email (acceptable file formats are Adobe Acrobat PDF, MS Word, MS PowerPoint, or rich text file).
Individuals or groups requesting to make an oral presentation at the meeting will be limited to 2 minutes per speaker, with no more than a total of 30 minutes for all speakers. Interested parties should contact the Council Designated Federal Officer, in writing (preferably via email; see
Summary minutes of the conference will be maintained by the Council Designated Federal Officer (see
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Land Policy and Management Act, the Bureau of Land Management's (BLM) Utah Resource Advisory Council (RAC) will host a meeting.
On Oct. 17, 2016, the RAC will take a field tour of the San Rafael Desert Master Leasing Plan project area from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Attendance is optional. On Oct. 18, the RAC will meet from 8:30 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.
On Oct. 18, the RAC will meet at the John Wesley Powell River History Museum, 1765 E. Main Street, Green River, Utah 84525.
If you wish to attend the field tour, contact Lola Bird, Public Affairs Specialist, Bureau of Land Management, Utah State Office, 440 West 200 South, Suite 500, Salt Lake City, Utah 84101; phone (801) 539-4033; or,
Agenda topics will include the San Rafael Desert Master Leasing Plan and sage-grouse plan grazing thresholds.
A half-hour public comment period will take place on Oct. 18 from 12:30-1:00 p.m., where the public may address the RAC. Written comments may also be sent to the BLM at the address listed in the
The meeting is open to the public; however, transportation, lodging, and meals are the responsibility of the participating individuals.
Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 to leave a message or question for the above individual. The FIRS is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Replies are provided during normal business hours.
43 CFR 1784.4-1
National Park Service, Interior.
Notice; request for comments.
We (National Park Service, NPS) will ask the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to approve the information collection (IC) described below. As required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 and as part of our continuing efforts to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, we invite the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on this IC. This IC is scheduled to expire on May 31, 2017. We may not conduct or sponsor a survey, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information, unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
To ensure that we are able to consider your comments on this IC, we must receive them by November 14, 2016.
Send your comments on the IC to Madonna L. Baucum, Information Collection Clearance Officer, National Park Service, 12201 Sunrise Valley Drive, MS-242, Reston, VA 20192 (mail); or
To request additional information about this IC, contact Roger Semler, Chief, Wilderness Stewardship Division, Visitor & Resource Protection Directorate, National Park Service, 1201 I Street NW., Room 940, Washington, DC 20005 (mail); or
In 1976, the NPS initiated a backcountry registration system in accordance with the regulations found at 36 CFR 1.5, 1.6 and 2.10. The objective of the registration system is to provide users access to backcountry and wilderness areas of national parks with continuing opportunities for solitude and primitive and unconfined recreation, while enhancing protection of natural and cultural resources and providing a means of disseminating public safety and outdoor ethics messages regarding backcountry/wilderness travel and camping. NPS backcountry/wilderness program managers, by designating access and travel routes and camping locations, can redistribute backcountry/wilderness users in response to closures and public use adverse impacts to natural and cultural resources. The system also facilitates redistribution of backcountry/wilderness users due to public safety hazards related to high fire danger, flood, wind, snow or ice hazards hazard, bear activity, or other situations that may temporarily close or restrict access to a portion of the backcountry/wilderness.
The NPS uses the registration system as a means of ensuring backcountry/wilderness users receive up-to-date information on outdoor ethics which minimize social and resource impacts including, but not limited to, sanitation procedures, food storage, campfire use, campsite selection, as well as wildlife activity, trail conditions and weather forecasts to address concerns for visitor safety. Data collected through the registration process is also an important source of information for first responders in the event of an emergency requiring deployment of search and rescue personnel to backcountry/wilderness areas. The registration system also serves to document the spatial and temporal extent, distribution and demographics associated with backcountry/wilderness use and social considerations and perceptions of backcountry/wilderness visitors. All of this information serves as an important resource that informs backcountry and wilderness management and stewardship planning, decision making, and operations.
The Backcountry/Wilderness Use Permit is an extension of the NPS
We invite comments concerning this information collection on:
• Whether or not the collection of information is necessary, including whether or not the information will have practical utility;
• The accuracy of our estimate of the burden for this collection of information;
• Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents.
Comments that you submit in response to this notice are a matter of public record. We will include or summarize each comment in our request to OMB to approve this IC. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
Bureau of Reclamation, Interior.
Notice.
The Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation) is terminating preparation of an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the San Carlos Irrigation Project. The proposed project scope has been modified, and Reclamation has determined that an Environmental Assessment (EA) rather than an EIS is the appropriate level of environmental documentation for the proposed action.
Mr. Sean Heath at (623) 773-6250, or email at
The proposed project includes rehabilitation and modernization of San Carlos Irrigation Project Joint Works and District Works irrigation canals. Primary components of the rehabilitation are the lining of all or most of the main canals with concrete to reduce seepage and evaporation losses from the system, the modification of the canal prism (cross-sections and profiles) to increase system efficiency, the inclusion of a water storage facility, and modernized measurement and control amenities to improve delivery service. To protect and preserve the new lined conveyance system, separate storm water drainage facilities would be dedicated to cross drainage storm water management.
A Notice of Intent to prepare the EIS for the San Carlos Irrigation Project was published in the
The Notice of Intent described a proposal to rehabilitate and line up to 40 miles of major canals, such as the Florence-Casa Grande, Casa Grande, and North Side canals, along with construction of new check structures and cross-drainage features. During preparation of the EIS, a new alternative was subsequently developed that would reduce potential environmental impacts of the project. The new alternative would accommodate the delivery of irrigation flows during construction, thereby reducing potential adverse impacts to sensitive riparian habitat and bird species on the Gila River. Furthermore, the geographic scope of the rehabilitation was reduced from 40 miles to 25 miles. Reclamation has not identified other environmental effects of the proposed action that are potentially significant and would warrant us to consider preparation of an EIS over an EA. Based on the reduction in scope, and the limited response to solicitation of comments, Reclamation has determined that an EA is the appropriate level of environmental analysis for the proposed action.
United States International Trade Commission.
Notice.
The Commission hereby gives notice of the scheduling of the final phase of antidumping and countervailing duty investigation Nos. 701-TA-555 and 731-TA-1310 (Final) pursuant to the Tariff Act of 1930 (“the Act”) to determine whether an industry in the United States is materially injured or threatened with material injury, or the establishment of an industry in the United States is materially retarded, by reason of imports of certain amorphous silica fabric from China, provided for in subheadings 7019.59.40 and 7019.59.90 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States, preliminarily determined by the Department of Commerce to be subsidized and sold at less-than-fair-value.
Fred Ruggles (202-205-3187), Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on 202-205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server (
For further information concerning the conduct of this phase of the investigations, hearing procedures, and rules of general application, consult the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, part 201, subparts A and B (19 CFR part 201), and part 207, subparts A and C (19 CFR part 207).
Additional written submissions to the Commission, including requests pursuant to section 201.12 of the Commission's rules, shall not be accepted unless good cause is shown for accepting such submissions, or unless the submission is pursuant to a specific request by a Commissioner or Commission staff.
In accordance with sections 201.16(c) and 207.3 of the Commission's rules, each document filed by a party to the investigations must be served on all other parties to the investigations (as identified by either the public or BPI service list), and a certificate of service must be timely filed. The Secretary will not accept a document for filing without a certificate of service.
These investigations are being conducted under authority of title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930; this notice is published pursuant to section 207.21 of the Commission's rules.
By order of the Commission.
Notice is hereby given pursuant to the Antitrust Procedures and Penalties Act, 15 U.S.C. 16(b)-(h), that a proposed Final Judgment, Stipulation, and Competitive Impact Statement have been filed with the United States District Court for the District of Columbia in
Copies of the Complaint, proposed Final Judgment, and Competitive Impact Statement are available for inspection on the Antitrust Division's Web site at
Public comment is invited within 60 days of the date of this notice. Such comments, including the name of the submitter, and responses thereto, will be posted on the Antitrust Division's Web site, filed with the Court, and, under certain circumstances, published in the
The United States of America, acting under the direction of the Attorney General of the United States, brings this civil action to enjoin the acquisition by Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. (“Nexstar”) of Media General, Inc. (“Media General”) (collectively, “Defendants”), and to obtain other equitable relief.
1. Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated January 27, 2016, Nexstar agreed to acquire Media General for approximately $4.6 billion. Nexstar and Media General own and operate broadcast television stations in multiple Designated Market Areas (“DMAs”) throughout the United States.
2. Nexstar's and Media General's television stations compete head to head for the business of local and national companies that seek to advertise on broadcast television stations operating in the following DMAs: Roanoke-Lynchburg, Virginia; Terre Haute, Indiana; Ft. Wayne, Indiana; Green Bay-Appleton, Wisconsin; Lafayette, Louisiana; and Davenport, Iowa/Rock Island-Moline, Illinois (“Quad Cities”) (collectively, the “DMA Markets”). In each of these six DMAs, Nexstar and Media General together account for a substantial share of the broadcast television station advertising revenues in that DMA.
3. Specifically, the Defendants operate three stations that account for approximately 41 percent of broadcast television station gross advertising revenues in the Roanoke-Lynchburg, Virginia DMA; three stations that account for approximately 100 percent of broadcast television station gross advertising revenues in the Terre Haute, Indiana DMA; three stations that account for approximately 51 percent of broadcast television station gross advertising revenues in the Ft. Wayne, Indiana DMA; two stations that account for approximately 51 percent of broadcast television station gross advertising revenues in the Green Bay-Appleton, Wisconsin DMA; three stations that account for approximately 53 percent of broadcast television station gross advertising revenues in the Lafayette, Louisiana DMA; and three stations that account for approximately 56 percent of broadcast television station gross advertising revenues in the Quad Cities DMA.
4. Nexstar and Media General also compete to license programming to multichannel video programming distributors (“MVPDs”) for retransmission to MVPD subscribers and each operate at least one station affiliated with a major broadcast network in each of the DMA Markets. Because MVPDs in each DMA Market retransmit the Defendants' programming to MVPD subscribers in those markets, Nexstar and Media General compete for viewers who are MVPD subscribers.
5. If consummated, the proposed acquisition would eliminate the substantial head-to-head competition that currently exists between Nexstar and Media General and likely result in (1) higher prices for broadcast television spot advertising in each of the DMA Markets; and (2) higher licensing fees for the retransmission of broadcast television programming to MVPD subscribers in each of the DMA Markets. Consequently, Defendants' proposed transaction likely would substantially lessen competition in those markets in violation of Section 7 of the Clayton Act, 15 U.S.C. 18.
6. The United States brings this action pursuant to Section 15 of the Clayton Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 25, to prevent and restrain Nexstar and Media General from violating Section 7 of the Clayton Act, 15 U.S.C. 18.
7. The Court has subject matter jurisdiction over this action pursuant to Section 15 of the Clayton Act, 15 U.S.C. 25, and 28 U.S.C. 1331, 1337(a), and 1345.
8. Nexstar and Media General are engaged in interstate commerce and in activities substantially affecting interstate commerce. They each own and operate broadcast television stations in various locations throughout the United States. They each sell television advertising for those stations and license programming to MVPDs for retransmission to MVPD subscribers. Their television advertising sales and retransmission licenses have a substantial effect upon interstate commerce.
9. Defendants have consented to venue and personal jurisdiction in this District. Therefore, venue is proper in this District under Section 12 of the Clayton Act, 15 U.S.C. 22, and 28 U.S.C. 1391(c).
10. Nexstar is a Delaware corporation with its headquarters in Irving, Texas. Nexstar reported net operating revenues of over $890 million in 2015. Nexstar owns, operates, or services broadcast television stations in 62 metropolitan areas.
11. Media General is a Virginia corporation with its headquarters in Richmond, Virginia. Media General reported net operating revenues of over $1.3 billion in 2015. Media General owns, operates, or services broadcast television stations in 48 metropolitan areas.
12. The relevant product and geographic markets and lines of commerce and sections of the country for assessing this merger under Section 7 of the Clayton Act are (1) the sale of broadcast television spot advertising to advertisers targeting viewers in each of the DMA Markets and (2) the licensing of broadcast television programming to MVPDs that retransmit the programming to subscribers in each of the DMA Markets.
13. A DMA is a geographic unit for which A.C. Nielsen Company—a firm that surveys television viewers—furnishes broadcast television stations, MVPDs, cable and satellite television networks, advertisers, and advertising agencies in a particular area with data to aid in evaluating audience size and composition. DMAs are widely accepted by television stations, MVPDs, cable and satellite television networks, advertisers, and advertising agencies as the standard geographic area to use in evaluating television audience size and demographic composition. The Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) also uses DMAs as geographic units with respect to its MVPD regulations.
14. Nexstar and Media General sell television advertising to local and national advertisers in each of the DMA Markets. Nexstar's and Media General's television stations in each of the DMA Markets generate a significant amount of revenues by selling advertising to local and national advertisers who want to reach viewers in those markets. Spot advertising placed on television stations in a DMA is aimed at reaching viewing audiences in that DMA, and television stations broadcasting outside that DMA do not provide effective access to those audiences. For this reason, in the event of a small but significant increase in broadcast television advertising spot prices in a DMA Market, advertisers would not switch enough advertising purchases to television stations outside the DMA Market to render the price increase unprofitable.
15. Spot advertising differs from network and syndicated television advertising. In contrast to spot advertising sales, television networks and producers of syndicated programs sell network and syndicated television advertising on a nationwide basis for broadcast in every market where the network or syndicated program is aired.
16. Broadcast television stations attract viewers through their programming, which is delivered for free over the air or retransmitted to viewers, primarily through MVPDs. Broadcast television stations then sell advertising to businesses that want to advertise their products to television viewers. A television station's advertising rates typically are based on the station's ability, relative to competing television stations, to attract viewing audiences that have certain demographic characteristics that advertisers want to reach.
17. Broadcast television spot advertising possesses a unique combination of attributes that set it apart from advertising using other types of media. Television combines sight, sound, and motion, thereby creating a more memorable advertisement. Moreover, broadcast television spot advertising generally reaches the largest percentage of all potential customers in a particular target geographic area and is therefore especially effective in introducing, establishing, and maintaining the image of a product. Other media, such as radio, newspapers, or outdoor billboards, are not desirable substitutes for broadcast television advertising. None of these media can provide the important combination of sight, sound, and motion that makes television unique and impactful as a medium for advertising.
18. Like broadcast television, other satellite and cable television networks, such as those carried by MVPDs, combine elements of sight, sound, and motion, but they are not a desirable substitute for broadcast television spot advertising for two important reasons. First, broadcast television can reach well over 90 percent of homes in a DMA, while other satellite and cable television networks carried by MVPDs often reach many fewer homes. Even when several MVPDs within a DMA jointly offer television spot advertising through a consortium called an interconnect, MVPD spot advertising does not match the reach of broadcast television spot advertising. As a result, an advertiser can achieve greater audience penetration through broadcast television spot advertising than through advertising on satellite and cable television networks that MVPDs distribute. Second, because MVPDs may offer more than 100 channels, they fragment the audience into small demographic segments. Because broadcast television programming typically has higher rating points than other cable and satellite television networks that MVPDs distribute, broadcast television provides a much easier and more efficient means for an advertiser to reach a high proportion of its target demographic in a broad area.
19. While media buyers often buy advertising on cable and satellite networks that MVPDs distribute, they
20. Internet-based media is also not currently a substitute for broadcast television spot advertising. Although Online Video Distributors (“OVDs”) such as Netflix and Hulu are important sources of video programming, as with cable and satellite television advertising on MVPDs, the local video advertising of OVDs lacks the reach of broadcast television spot advertising. Non-video Internet advertising,
21. In addition, broadcast television stations negotiate prices individually with advertisers; consequently, television stations can charge different advertisers different prices. Broadcast television stations generally can identify advertisers with strong preferences to advertise on broadcast television stations in their DMAs. Because of this ability to price discriminate among customers, broadcast television stations may target with higher prices advertisers that view broadcast television in their DMA as particularly effective for their needs, while maintaining lower prices for more price-sensitive advertisers. As a result, a hypothetical monopolist could profitably raise prices to those advertisers that view broadcast television as a necessary advertising medium, either as their sole means of advertising or as a necessary part of a total advertising plan.
22. In addition to selling broadcast spot advertising, Nexstar and Media General independently license competing broadcast television programming to MVPDs for retransmission to MVPD subscribers in each of the DMA Markets. MVPDs pay fees for these retransmission rights under a process known in the television industry and under FCC regulations as “retransmission consent.” As described below, in each of the DMA Markets, Nexstar and Media General each own and operate broadcast television stations that are affiliated with one of the major broadcast television networks, and their stations reach broad audiences. As a consequence of their retransmission agreements with MVPDs, Nexstar and Media General compete for viewers who are MVPD subscribers in each of the DMA Markets.
23. Broadcast television station ownership in each of the DMA Markets is already highly concentrated. In each of those markets, four stations—each affiliated with a major network—had more than 90 percent of gross broadcast television advertising revenues in 2015. Defendants' stations accounted for at least 40 percent of such revenues, reflecting that in each of the DMA Markets, Nexstar and Media General own and operate stations that are affiliated with one of the major broadcast television networks. These networks offer popular programming that individually reach a much broader audience than any other video programming, including cable and satellite network programming carried by MVPDs and OVDs. Consequently, bringing the Nexstar and Media General stations under common ownership would significantly concentrate the television viewing audiences in each of the DMA Markets.
24. Market concentration is often one useful indicator of the likely competitive effects of a merger. The more concentrated a market, and the more a transaction would increase concentration in a market, the more likely it is that the transaction would result in a meaningful reduction in competition that harms consumers.
25. The Herfindahl-Hirschman Index (“HHI”) is a standard measure of market concentration (defined and explained in Appendix A). Under the
26. Using 2015 gross broadcast television advertising revenues, the combination of Nexstar and Media General would result in HHIs in excess of 2,500 in each DMA Market:
27. In addition to substantially increasing the concentration levels in each of the DMA Markets, the proposed transaction would combine television stations that are at least partial substitutes and vigorous competitors in markets with limited alternatives. In each of the DMA Markets, Defendants each have broadcast television stations that are affiliated with the major national television networks: ABC, CBS, NBC and FOX. In the Roanoke-Lynchburg, Virginia DMA, Nexstar owns and operates WFXR, a FOX affiliate; and Media General owns and operates WSLS-TV, an NBC affiliate. In the Terre Haute, Indiana DMA, Nexstar owns or operates WTWO, an NBC affiliate, and WAWV-TV, an ABC affiliate; and Media General owns and operates WTHI-TV, a CBS affiliate. In the Ft. Wayne, Indiana DMA, Nexstar owns and operates WFFT-TV, a FOX affiliate; and Media General owns and operates WANE-TV, a CBS affiliate. In the Green Bay-Appleton, Wisconsin DMA, Nexstar owns and operates WFRV-TV, a CBS affiliate; and Media General owns and operates WBAY-TV, an ABC affiliate. In the Lafayette, Louisiana DMA, Nexstar owns and operates KADN-TV, a FOX affiliate, and KLAF-LD, an NBC affiliate; and Media General owns and operates KLFY-TV, a CBS affiliate. In the Quad Cities DMA, Nexstar owns or operates WHBF-TV, a CBS affiliate, and KLJB, a FOX affiliate; and Media General owns and operates KWQC-TV, an NBC affiliate. Their respective affiliations with those networks, and their local news operations, provide Defendants' stations with a variety of competing programming options that are often each other's next-best or second-best substitutes for many viewers and advertisers.
28. Advertisers benefit from Defendants' head-to-head competition in the sale of broadcast television spot advertising in the DMA Markets. Advertisers purposefully spread their
29. The proposed merger between Nexstar and Media General would also diminish competition in the negotiation of retransmission agreements with MVPDs in the DMA Markets. Post-acquisition, Nexstar would gain the ability to threaten MVPDs in each of the DMA Markets with the simultaneous blackout of at least two major broadcast networks: its own network(s) and Media General's network(s). That threatened loss of programming, and the resulting diminution of an MVPD's subscribers and profits, would significantly strengthen Nexstar's bargaining position with MVPDs. Prior to the merger, an MVPD's failure to reach a retransmission agreement with Nexstar for a broadcast television station might result in a blackout of that station and threaten some subscriber loss for the MVPD. But because the MVPD would still be able to offer programming on Media General's major network affiliates, which are at least partial substitutes for Nexstar's, many MVPD subscribers would simply switch stations instead of cancelling their MVPD subscriptions. After the merger, an MVPD negotiating with Nexstar over a retransmission agreement could be faced with the prospect of a dual blackout of major broadcast networks (or worse), a result more likely to cause the MVPD to lose subscribers and therefore to accede to Nexstar's retransmission fee demands. For these reasons, the loss of competition between the Nexstar and Media General stations in each DMA Markets would likely lead to an increase in retransmission fees in each DMA and, because increased retransmission fees typically are passed on to consumers, higher MVPD subscription fees.
30. De novo entry into each of the DMA Markets is unlikely. The FCC regulates entry through the issuance of broadcast television licenses, which are difficult to obtain because the availability of spectrum is limited and the regulatory process associated with obtaining a license is lengthy. Even if a new signal became available, commercial success would come, at best, over a period of many years. Thus, entry into each DMA Market's broadcast television spot advertising market would not be timely, likely, or sufficient to deter post-merger anticompetitive effects.
31. Other broadcast television stations in each of the DMA Markets also likely would not increase their advertising capacity in response to a price increase by Nexstar. The number of 30-second spots in a DMA is largely fixed by programming and time constraints. This fact makes the pricing of spot advertising responsive to changes in demand. Adjusting programming in response to a pricing change is risky, difficult, and time-consuming. Network affiliates are often committed to the programming provided by the network with which they are affiliated, and it often takes years for a station to build its audience. Programming schedules are complex and carefully constructed, taking many factors into account, such as audience flow, station identity, and program popularity. In addition, stations typically have multi-year contractual commitments for individual shows. Accordingly, a television station is unlikely to change its programming sufficiently or with sufficient rapidity to overcome a small but significant price increase imposed by Nexstar.
32. Entry into the licensing of major broadcast television network programming to MVPDs for retransmission in each of the DMA markets is similarly unlikely. The FCC regulates the ability of MVPDs to import non-local broadcast station signals into a local market. Consequently, in the event of a blackout of a major broadcast television network's signal, an MVPD typically would not be allowed to import the signal from a non-local affiliate of that broadcast television network. Thus, entry would not be timely, likely, or sufficient to deter Nexstar from engaging in anticompetitive price increases or other anticompetitive conduct in its licensing of major broadcast television network programming to MVPDs for retransmission in the DMA markets.
33. Defendants cannot demonstrate acquisition-specific and cognizable efficiencies that would be sufficient to offset the proposed acquisition's likely anticompetitive effects.
34. The United States hereby repeats and realleges the allegations of paragraphs 1 through 33 as if fully set forth herein.
35. Nexstar's proposed acquisition of Media General likely would substantially lessen competition in interstate trade and commerce, in violation of Section 7 of the Clayton Act, 15 U.S.C. 18. The proposed acquisition likely would have the following effects, among others:
a. Competition in the sale of broadcast television spot advertising in each of the DMA Markets would be substantially lessened;
b. actual and potential competition among Nexstar and Media General in the sale of broadcast television spot advertising in each of the DMA Markets would be eliminated;
c. prices for spot advertising on broadcast television stations in each of the DMA Markets would increase, and the quality of services would decline; and
d. retransmission licensing fees to MVPDs in each of the DMA Markets would increase.
36. The United States requests:
a. That the Court adjudge the proposed acquisition to violate Section 7 of the Clayton Act, 15 U.S.C. 18;
b. that the Court permanently enjoin and restrain Defendants from carrying out the transaction, or entering into any other agreement, understanding, or plan by which Nexstar would acquire Media General;
c. that the Court award the United States the costs of this action; and
d. that the Court award such other relief to the United States as the Court may deem just and proper.
The term “HHI” means the Herfindahl-Hirschman Index, a commonly accepted measure of market concentration. The HHI is calculated by squaring the market share of each firm competing in the market and then summing the resulting numbers. For example, for a market consisting of four firms with shares of 30, 30, 20, and 20 percent, the HHI is 2,600 (30
Markets in which the HHI is between 1,500 and 2,500 points are considered to be moderately concentrated, and markets in which the HHI is in excess of 2,500 points are considered to be highly concentrated.
Pursuant to Section 2(b) of the Antitrust Procedures and Penalties Act (“APPA” or “Tunney Act”), 15 U.S.C. 16(b)-(h), Plaintiff United States of America (“United States”) files this Competitive Impact Statement relating to the proposed Final Judgment submitted for entry in this civil antitrust proceeding.
Defendants Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. (“Nexstar”) and Media General, Inc. (“Media General”) (collectively, “Defendants”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 27, 2016, pursuant to which Nexstar would acquire Media General for approximately $4.6 billion. Defendants compete head-to-head in the sale of broadcast television spot advertising in the following Designated Market Areas (“DMAs”): Roanoke-Lynchburg, Virginia; Terre Haute, Indiana; Ft. Wayne, Indiana; Green Bay-Appleton, Wisconsin; Lafayette, Louisiana; and Davenport, Iowa/Rock Island-Moline, Illinois (“Quad Cities”) (collectively, “the DMA Markets”). Defendants also compete in the DMA Markets for viewers who are multichannel video programming distributor (“MVPD”) subscribers.
The United States filed a civil antitrust Complaint on September 2, 2016, seeking to enjoin the proposed acquisition. The Complaint alleges that the proposed transaction likely would lead to (1) higher prices for broadcast television spot advertising in each of the DMA Markets and (2) higher licensing fees for the retransmission of broadcast television programming to MVPD subscribers in each of the DMA Markets. These likely competitive effects would substantially lessen competition in violation of Section 7 of the Clayton Act, 15 U.S.C. 18.
At the same time the Complaint was filed, the United States also filed a Hold Separate Stipulation and Order (“Hold Separate”) and proposed Final Judgment, which are designed to eliminate the likely anticompetitive effects of the acquisition. The proposed Final Judgment, which is explained more fully below, requires Defendants to divest the following broadcast television stations (the “Divestiture Stations”) to Acquirers approved by the United States in a manner that preserves competition in each of the DMA Markets:
• WBAY-TV, located in the Green Bay-Appleton, Wisconsin DMA;
• WSLS-TV, located in the Roanoke-Lynchburg, Virginia DMA;
• KADN-TV, located in the Lafayette, Louisiana DMA;
• KLAF-LD, located in the Lafayette, Louisiana DMA;
• WTHI-TV, located in the Terre Haute, Indiana DMA;
• WFFT-TV, located in the Ft. Wayne, Indiana DMA; and
• KWQC-TV, located in the Quad Cities DMA.
The Hold Separate requires Defendants to take certain steps to ensure that the Divestiture Stations are operated as competitively independent, economically viable, and ongoing business concerns, uninfluenced by the consummation of the acquisition so that competition is maintained until the required divestitures occur.
The United States and Defendants have stipulated that the proposed Final Judgment may be entered after compliance with the APPA. Entry of the proposed Final Judgment would terminate this action, except that the Court would retain jurisdiction to construe, modify, or enforce the provisions of the proposed Final Judgment and to punish violations thereof.
Nexstar is a Delaware corporation with its headquarters in Irving, Texas. Nexstar owns, operates, or services broadcast television stations in 62 metropolitan areas.
Media General is a Virginia corporation with its headquarters in Richmond, Virginia. Media General owns, operates, or services broadcast television stations in 48 metropolitan areas.
Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 27, 2016, Nexstar agreed to acquire Media General for approximately $4.6 billion.
The proposed transaction, as initially agreed to by Defendants, likely would lessen competition substantially in each of the DMA Markets in (1) the sale broadcast television spot advertising and (2) the licensing of broadcast television programming to MVPDs for retransmission to MVPD subscribers. This acquisition is the subject of the Complaint and proposed Final Judgment filed today by the United States.
The Complaint alleges that the sale of broadcast television spot advertising to advertisers targeting viewers located in each DMA Market constitutes a relevant market under Section 7 of the Clayton Act.
Nexstar and Media General sell television advertising to local and national advertisers that seek to target viewers in each of the DMA Markets. A DMA is a geographical unit designated by the A.C. Nielsen Company, a company that surveys television viewers and furnishes broadcast television stations, advertisers, and advertising agencies in a particular area with data to aid in evaluating television audiences. DMAs are widely accepted by television stations, advertisers, and advertising agencies as the standard geographic area to use in evaluating
Nexstar's and Media General's broadcast television stations in the DMA Markets generate almost all of their revenues by selling advertising to local and national advertisers who want to reach viewers present in those DMAs. Advertising placed on broadcast television stations in a DMA is aimed at reaching viewing audiences in that DMA, and television stations broadcasting outside that DMA do not provide effective access to these audiences.
Broadcast television spot advertising possesses a unique combination of attributes that sets it apart from advertising using other types of media. Because of this unique combination of attributes, broadcast television spot advertising has no close substitute for a significant number of advertisers.
Television combines sight, sound, and motion, thereby creating a more memorable advertisement when compared to other types of advertising. For example, radio spots lack the visual impact of television advertising; and newspaper and billboard ads lack sound and motion, as do many internet search engine and Web site banner ads.
Broadcast television spot advertising also generally reaches the largest percentage of potential customers in a targeted geographic area and is therefore especially effective in introducing, establishing, and maintaining a product's image.
Spot advertising differs from network and syndicated television advertising, which are sold on a nationwide basis by major television networks and by producers of syndicated programs and are broadcast in every market area in which the network or syndicated program is aired. Spot advertising on cable and satellite networks distributed by MVPDs and internet-based video advertising also lacks the same reach as broadcast television spot advertising.
In addition, through information provided during individualized price negotiations, broadcast television stations can identify advertisers with strong preferences for using broadcast television spot advertising and charge different prices to those advertisers. Consequently, if there was a small but significant and non-transitory increase in the price (“SSNIP”) of broadcast television spot advertising on broadcast television stations in the DMA Markets, advertisers would not reduce their purchases sufficiently to render the price increase unprofitable. Moreover, advertisers would not switch enough purchases of advertising time to television stations outside the DMA Markets, or to other media to render the price increase unprofitable.
The Complaint also alleges that the licensing to MVPDs in each of the DMA Markets of broadcast television programming for retransmission to subscribers constitutes a relevant market under Section 7 of the Clayton Act.
In each of the DMA Markets, Nexstar and Media General each own and operate broadcast television stations that are affiliated with one of the major broadcast television networks. Nexstar and Media General independently license the broadcast television programming from these stations to MVPDs to retransmit to the MVPDs' subscribers in each of the DMA Markets. MVPDs pay fees for these rights under a process known in the television industry and under FCC regulations as “retransmission consent.” As a consequence of their retransmission agreements with MVPDs, Nexstar and Media General compete for viewers that are MVPD subscribers in each of the DMA Markets. Nexstar's and Media General's stations are at least partial substitutes for these viewers.
The Complaint alleges that the proposed acquisition likely would substantially lessen competition in interstate trade and commerce, in violation of Section 7 of the Clayton Act, 15 U.S.C. 18, and likely would have the following effects, among others:
(a) Competition in the sale of broadcast television spot advertising in each of the DMA Markets would be substantially lessened;
(b) actual and potential competition between Nexstar and Media General in the sale of broadcast television spot advertising in each of the DMA markets would be eliminated;
(c) prices for spot advertising on broadcast television stations in each of the DMA Markets would increase, and the quality of services would decline; and
(d) prices for retransmission licensing to MVPDs in each of the DMA Markets would increase.
The acquisition, by eliminating Media General as a separate competitor and combining its operations with those of Nexstar, would allow the combined entity to increase its market share of broadcast television viewers, spot advertising, and revenues in each of the DMA Markets. Specifically, the acquisition would give the merged company the following shares of broadcast television station gross advertising revenues in each DMA Market:
As alleged in the Complaint, Nexstar's acquisition of Media General would further concentrate the already highly concentrated broadcast television market in each of the DMA Markets. Using the Herfindahl-Hirschman Index (“HHI”), a standard measure of market concentration, the post-acquisition HHI in each of the DMA Markets would exceed 2,500 and the transaction would increase each DMA Market's HHI by over 200 points. As a result, the proposed acquisition is presumed likely to enhance market power under the Horizontal Merger Guidelines issued by the Department of Justice and Federal Trade Commission.
Moreover, the acquisition combines stations that are at least partial substitutes and vigorous competitors in a product market with limited alternatives. In each of the DMA Markets, Defendants have broadcast stations that are affiliated with the major national television networks: ABC, CBS, NBC, and FOX. Their respective affiliations with those networks, and their local news operations, provide Defendants' stations with a variety of competing programming options that are often each other's next-best or second-best substitutes for viewers and advertisers.
As alleged in the Complaint, advertisers benefit from Defendants' competition in the sale of broadcast television spot advertising in the DMA Markets. Advertisers purposefully spread their advertising dollars across numerous spot advertising suppliers to reach their marketing goals most efficiently. After the proposed acquisition, advertisers in each of the DMA Markets would likely find it more difficult to “buy around” Defendants'
The proposed merger would also diminish competition in the negotiation of retransmission agreements with MVPDs in the DMA Markets. The acquisition would provide Nexstar with the ability to threaten MVPDs in each of the DMA Markets with the simultaneous blackout of at least two major broadcast networks: its own network(s) and Media General's network(s). That threatened loss of programming, and the resulting diminution of an MVPD's subscribers and profits, would significantly strengthen Nexstar's bargaining position. Prior to the merger, an MVPD's failure to reach a retransmission agreement with Nexstar for a broadcast television station might result in a blackout of that station and threaten some subscriber loss for the MVPD. But because the MVPD would still be able to offer programming on Media General's major network affiliates, which are at least partial substitutes for Nexstar's affiliates, many MVPD subscribers would simply switch stations instead of cancelling their MVPD subscriptions. After the merger, an MVPD negotiating with Nexstar over a retransmission agreement could be faced with the prospect of a dual blackout of major broadcast networks (or worse), a result more likely to cause the MVPD to lose subscribers and therefore to accede to Nexstar's retransmission fee demands. For these reasons, the loss of competition between the Nexstar and Media General stations in each DMA Market would likely lead to an increase in retransmission fees in those markets and, because increased retransmission fees typically are passed on to consumers, higher MVPD subscription fees.
The Complaint alleges that entry or expansion in broadcast television spot advertising and the licensing of major broadcast television network programming to MVPDs for retransmission in each of the DMA Markets would not be timely, likely, or sufficient to prevent any anticompetitive effects.
With respect to broadcast television spot advertising, new entry is unlikely because any new station would require an FCC license, which is difficult to obtain. Even if a new station became operational, commercial success would come over a period of many years. Because the number of 30-second spots available at a station is generally fixed, other television stations in each of the DMA Markets could not readily increase their advertising capacity in response to a SSNIP by Nexstar.
With respect to retransmission licensing fees, new entry of major broadcast television network programming for MVPD retransmission in each of the DMA Markets is unlikely. The FCC regulates the ability of MVPDs to import non-local broadcast station signals into a local market. Consequently, in the event of a blackout of a major broadcast television network's signal, an MVPD typically would not be allowed to import the signal from a non-local affiliate of that broadcast television network. Thus, entry would not be timely, likely, or sufficient to deter Nexstar from engaging in anticompetitive price increases or other anticompetitive conduct after the proposed acquisition is consummated.
The divestiture requirement of the proposed Final Judgment will eliminate the likely anticompetitive effects of the acquisition in each of the DMA Markets by maintaining the Divestiture Stations as independent, economically viable competitors. The proposed Final Judgment requires Nexstar to divest the Divestiture Stations to the following Acquirers:
• WBAY-TV, located in Green Bay-Appleton, Wisconsin, and KWQC-TV, located in Quad Cities to Gray Television, Inc.;
• WSLS-TV, located in Roanoke-Lynchburg, Virginia to Graham Holdings Company;
• KADN-TV and KLAF-LD, both located in Lafayette, Louisiana to Bayou City Broadcasting Lafayette, Inc.; and
• WTHI-TV, located in Terre Haute, Indiana, and WFFT-TV, located in Ft. Wayne, Indiana to USA Television MidAmerica Holdings, LLC.
The United States has approved each of these Acquirers as suitable divestiture buyers. The United States required Nexstar to identify each Acquirer of a Divestiture Station in order to provide greater certainty and efficiency in the divestiture process. If, for any reason, Defendants are unable to complete the divestitures to one or more of these Acquirers, Defendants must divest the remaining Divestiture Stations to one or more alternative Acquirers approved by the United States in its sole discretion.
The “Divestiture Assets” are defined in Paragraph II.P of the proposed Final Judgment to include all assets, tangible or intangible, principally devoted to or necessary for the operation of the Divestiture Stations as viable, ongoing commercial broadcast television stations. With respect to each Divestiture Station, the divestiture will include assets sufficient to satisfy the United States, in its sole discretion, that such assets can and will be used to operate each station as a viable, ongoing, commercial television business. In addition, order to facilitate the continuous operations of the Divestiture Stations until the Acquirer(s) can provide such capabilities independently, Paragraph IV.G of the proposed Final Judgment provides that, at the option of an Acquirer, Defendants shall enter into a transition services agreement with the Acquirer for a period of up to six months.
To ensure that the Divestiture Stations are operated independently from Nexstar after the divestitures, Sections IV and XI of the proposed Final Judgment prohibit Defendants from entering into any agreements during the term of the Final Judgment that create a long-term relationship with or any entanglements that affect competition between Nexstar and an Acquirer of a Divestiture Station concerning the Divestiture Assets after the divestitures are completed. Examples of prohibited agreements include agreements during the term of the Final Judgment to reacquire any part of the Divestiture Assets; agreements to acquire any option to reacquire any part of the Divestiture Assets or to assign the Divestiture Assets to any other person; agreements to enter into any local marketing agreement, joint sales agreement, other cooperative selling arrangement, or shared services agreement; agreements to conduct other business negotiations jointly with the Acquirer(s) with respect to the Divestiture Assets; and agreements to provide financing or guarantees of financing with respect to the Divestiture Assets. The shared services agreement prohibition does not preclude Defendants from entering into an agreement pursuant to which an Acquirer can begin operating a Divestiture Station immediately after the Court's approval of the Hold Separate in this matter, so long as the agreement with the Acquirer expires upon the consummation of a final agreement to divest the Divestiture Assets to the Acquirer.
Defendants are required to take all steps reasonably necessary to accomplish the divestitures quickly and to cooperate with prospective purchasers. Pursuant to Paragraph IV.A of the proposed Final Judgment, divestiture of each of the Divestiture Stations must occur within 90 calendar days after the filing of the Complaint, or five calendar days after notice of the entry of the Final Judgment by the Court, whichever is later. The United States, in its sole discretion, may agree to one or more extensions of this time period not to exceed 90 calendar days in total, and shall notify the Court in such circumstances.
Because transferring the broadcast license for each of the Divestiture Stations requires FCC approval, Paragraph IV.A of the proposed Final Judgment specifically requires Defendants to use their best efforts to obtain all necessary FCC approvals as expeditiously as possible. If applications have been filed with the FCC within the period permitted for divestiture seeking approval to assign or transfer licenses to the Acquirers of the Divestiture Assets, but an order or other dispositive action by the FCC on such applications has not been issued before the end of the period permitted for divestiture, the period shall be extended with respect to the divestiture of the Divestiture Assets for which no FCC order has issued until five calendar days after such order is issued.
In the event that Defendants do not accomplish all of the divestitures within the periods prescribed in the proposed Final Judgment, Section V of the proposed Final Judgment provides that the Court, upon application of the United States, will appoint a trustee selected by the United States to effect any remaining divestitures. If a trustee is appointed, the proposed Final Judgment provides that Nexstar will pay all costs and expenses of the trustee. The trustee's commission will be structured to provide an incentive for the trustee based on the price obtained and the speed with which the divestitures are accomplished. After his or her appointment becomes effective, the trustee will file monthly reports with the Court and the United States describing his or her efforts to accomplish the divestiture of any remaining stations. If the divestiture has not been accomplished after 6 months, the trustee and the United States will make recommendations to the Court, which shall enter such orders as appropriate, to carry out the purpose of the trust, including extending the trust or the term of the trustee's appointment.
Section 4 of the Clayton Act, 15 U.S.C. 15, provides that any person who has been injured as a result of conduct prohibited by the antitrust laws may bring suit in federal court to recover three times the damages the person has suffered, as well as costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. Entry of the proposed Final Judgment will neither impair nor assist the bringing of any private antitrust damage action. Under the provisions of Section 5(a) of the Clayton Act, 15 U.S.C. 16(a), the proposed Final Judgment has no prima facie effect in any subsequent private lawsuit that may be brought against Defendants.
The United States and Defendants have stipulated that the proposed Final Judgment may be entered by the Court after compliance with the provisions of the APPA, provided that the United States has not withdrawn its consent. The APPA conditions entry upon the Court's determination that the proposed Final Judgment is in the public interest.
The APPA provides a period of at least sixty (60) days preceding the effective date of the proposed Final Judgment within which any person may submit to the United States written comments regarding the proposed Final Judgment. Any person who wishes to comment should do so within sixty (60) days of the date of publication of this Competitive Impact Statement in the
Written comments should be submitted to: Owen M. Kendler, Asst. Chief, Litigation III Section, Antitrust Division, United States Department of Justice, 450 5th Street NW. Suite 4000, Washington, DC 20530.
The proposed Final Judgment provides that the Court retains jurisdiction over this action, and Defendants may apply to the Court for any order necessary or appropriate for the modification, interpretation, or enforcement of the Final Judgment.
The United States considered, as an alternative to the proposed Final Judgment, a full trial on the merits against Defendants. The United States could have continued the litigation and sought preliminary and permanent injunctions against Nexstar's acquisition of Media General. The United States is satisfied, however, that the divestiture of assets described in the proposed Final Judgment will preserve competition for the sale of broadcast television spot advertising and for the licensing of broadcast television programming to MVPDs for retransmission to MVPD subscribers in each of the DMA Markets. Thus, the proposed Final Judgment would achieve all or substantially all of the relief the United States would have obtained through litigation, but avoids the time, expense, and uncertainty of a full trial on the merits of the Complaint.
The Clayton Act, as amended by the APPA, requires that proposed consent judgments in antitrust cases brought by the United States be subject to a sixty-day comment period, after which the Court shall determine whether entry of the proposed Final Judgment “is in the public interest.” 15 U.S.C. 16(e)(1). In making that determination, the Court, in accordance with the statute as amended in 2004, is required to consider:
(A) the competitive impact of such judgment, including termination of alleged violations, provisions for enforcement and modification, duration of relief sought, anticipated effects of alternative remedies actually considered, whether its terms are ambiguous, and any other competitive considerations bearing upon the adequacy of such judgment that the court deems necessary to a determination of whether the consent judgment is in the public interest; and
(B) the impact of entry of such judgment upon competition in the relevant market or markets, upon the public generally and individuals alleging specific injury from the violations set forth in the complaint including consideration of the public benefit, if any, to be derived from a determination of the issues at trial.
As the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit has held, under the APPA a court considers, among other things, the relationship between the remedy secured and the specific allegations set forth in the government's complaint, whether the decree is sufficiently clear, whether enforcement mechanisms are sufficient, and whether the decree may positively harm third parties.
Courts have greater flexibility in approving proposed consent decrees than in crafting their own decrees following a finding of liability in a litigated matter. “[A] proposed decree must be approved even if it falls short of the remedy the court would impose on its own, as long as it falls within the range of acceptability or is `within the reaches of public interest.' ”
Moreover, the Court's role under the APPA is limited to reviewing the remedy in relationship to the violations that the United States has alleged in its Complaint, and does not authorize the Court to “construct [its] own hypothetical case and then evaluate the decree against that case.”
In its 2004 amendments, Congress made clear its intent to preserve the practical benefits of utilizing consent decrees in antitrust enforcement, adding the unambiguous instruction that “[n]othing in this section shall be construed to require the court to conduct an evidentiary hearing or to require the court to permit anyone to intervene.” 15 U.S.C. 16(e)(2);
There are no determinative materials or documents within the meaning of the APPA that were considered by the United States in formulating the proposed Final Judgment.
I, Mark A. Merva, of the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice, do hereby certify that true copies of the Complaint, Competitive Impact Statement, Hold Separate Stipulation and Order, Proposed Final Judgment, and Plaintiff's Explanation of Consent Decree Procedures were served this 2nd day of September, 2016, by email, to the following:
WHEREAS, Plaintiff, the United States of America, filed its Complaint on September 2, 2016, and Defendant Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. (“Nexstar”) and Defendant Media General, Inc. (“Media General”), by their respective attorneys, have consented to the entry of this Final Judgment without trial or adjudication of any issue of fact or law, and without this Final Judgment constituting any evidence against or admission by any party regarding any issue of fact or law;
AND WHEREAS, Defendants agree to be bound by the provisions of this Final Judgment pending its approval by the Court;
AND WHEREAS, the essence of this Final Judgment is the prompt and certain divestiture of certain rights or assets by the Defendants to assure that competition is not substantially lessened;
AND WHEREAS, the United States requires Defendants to make certain divestitures for the purpose of remedying the loss of competition alleged in the Complaint;
AND WHEREAS, Defendants have represented to the United States that the divestitures required below can and will be made and that Defendants will later raise no claim of hardship or difficulty as grounds for asking the Court to modify any of the divestiture provisions contained below;
NOW THEREFORE, before any testimony is taken, without trial or adjudication of any issue of fact or law, and upon consent of the parties, it is ORDERED, ADJUDGED, AND DECREED:
This Court has jurisdiction over the subject matter and each of the parties to this action. The Complaint states a claim upon which relief may be granted against Defendants under Section 7 of the Clayton Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 18.
As used in this Final Judgment:
A. “Nexstar” means Defendant Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation headquartered in Irving, Texas, its successors and assigns, and its subsidiaries, divisions, groups, affiliates, partnerships, and joint ventures, and their directors, officers, managers, agents, and employees.
B. “Media General” means Defendant Media General, Inc., a Virginia corporation headquartered in Richmond, Virginia, its successors and assigns, and its subsidiaries, divisions, groups, affiliates, partnerships, and joint ventures, and their directors, officers, managers, agents, and employees.
C. “Gray” means Gray Television, Inc., a Georgia corporation headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, its successor and assigns, and its subsidiaries, divisions, groups, affiliates, partnerships, and joint ventures, and their directors, officers, managers, agents, and employees.
D. “Graham” means Graham Holdings Company, a Delaware corporation headquartered in Arlington, Virginia, its successor and assigns, and its subsidiaries, divisions, groups, affiliates, partnerships, and joint ventures, and their directors, officers, managers, agents, and employees.
E. “Bayou City” means Bayou City Broadcasting Lafayette, Inc., a privately held company headquartered in Houston, Texas, its successor and assigns, and its subsidiaries, divisions, groups, affiliates, partnerships, and joint ventures, including, but not limited to, Bayou City Broadcasting, LLC, and their directors, officers, managers, agents, and employees.
F. “USA TV” means USA Television MidAmerica Holdings, LLC, a privately held company headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, its successor and assigns, and its subsidiaries, divisions, groups, affiliates, partnerships, and joint ventures, including, but not limited to, MSouth Equity Partners, Heartland Media, LLC, and USA Television Holdings, LLC, and their directors, officers, managers, agents, and employees.
G. “Acquirer” means Gray, Graham, Bayou City, USA TV, or another entity to which Defendants divest any of the Divestiture Assets.
H. “DMA” means Designated Market Area as defined by A.C. Nielsen Company based upon viewing patterns and used by the
I. “WBAY-TV” means the ABC-affiliated broadcast television station
J. “WSLS-TV” means the NBC-affiliated broadcast television station located in the Roanoke-Lynchburg, Virginia DMA owned by Defendant Media General.
K. “KADN-TV” means the FOX-affiliated broadcast television station located in the Lafayette, Louisiana DMA owned by Defendant Nexstar.
L. “KLAF-LD” means the NBC-affiliated broadcast television station located in the Lafayette, Louisiana DMA owned by Defendant Nexstar.
M. “WTHI-TV” means the CBS-affiliated broadcast television station located in the Terre Haute, Indiana DMA owned by Defendant Media General.
N. “WFFT-TV” means the FOX-affiliated broadcast television station located in the Ft. Wayne, Indiana DMA owned by Defendant Nexstar.
O. “KWQC-TV” means the NBC-affiliated broadcast television station located in the Davenport, Iowa/Rock Island-Moline, Illinois DMA owned by Defendant Media General.
P. “Divestiture Assets” means the WBAY-TV, WSLS-TV, KADN-TV, KLAF-LD, WTHI-TV, WFFT-TV, and KWQC-TV broadcast television stations and all assets, tangible or intangible, principally devoted to or necessary for the operation of the stations as viable, ongoing commercial broadcast television stations, including, but not limited to, all real property (owned or leased), all broadcast equipment, office equipment, office furniture, fixtures, materials, supplies, and other tangible property; all licenses, permits, authorizations, and applications therefore issued by the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) and other government agencies related to the stations; all contracts (including programming contracts and rights), agreements, network affiliation agreements, leases, and commitments and understandings of Defendants; all trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, slogans, programming materials, and promotional materials relating to the stations; all customer lists, contracts, accounts, and credit records; and all logs and other records maintained by Defendants in connection with the stations.
A. This Final Judgment applies to Defendants, and all other persons in active concert or participation with any of them who receive actual notice of this Final Judgment by personal service or otherwise.
B. If, prior to complying with Sections IV and V of this Final Judgment, Defendants sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their assets or of lesser business units that include the Divestiture Assets, they shall require the purchaser to be bound by the provisions of this Final Judgment. Defendants need not obtain such an agreement from the Acquirer(s) of the assets divested pursuant to this Final Judgment.
A. Defendants are ordered and directed, within ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the Complaint in this matter, or five (5) calendar days after notice of entry of this Final Judgment by the Court, whichever is later, to divest the Divestiture Assets in a manner consistent with this Final Judgment to one or more Acquirers acceptable to the United States, in its sole discretion. The United States, in its sole discretion, may agree to one or more extensions of this time period not to exceed ninety (90) calendar days in total, and shall notify the Court in such circumstances. With respect to divestiture of the Divestiture Assets by Defendants or a trustee appointed pursuant to Section V of this Final Judgment, if applications have been filed with the FCC within the period permitted for divestiture seeking approval to assign or transfer licenses to the Acquirers of the Divestiture Assets, but an order or other dispositive action by the FCC on such applications has not been issued before the end of the period permitted for divestiture, the period shall be extended with respect to divestiture of the Divestiture Assets for which no FCC order has issued until five (5) days after such order is issued. Defendants agree to use their best efforts to divest the Divestiture Assets and to obtain all necessary FCC approvals as expeditiously as possible. This Final Judgment does not limit the FCC's exercise of its regulatory powers and process with respect to the Divestiture Assets. Authorization by the FCC to conduct the divestiture of a Divestiture Asset in a particular manner will not modify any of the requirements of this Final Judgment.
B. In the event that Defendants are attempting to divest assets related to WBAY-TV or KWQC-TV to an Acquirer other than Gray, or assets related to WSLS-TV to an Acquirer other than Graham, or assets related to KADN-TV or KLAF-LD to an Acquirer other than Bayou City, or assets related to WTHI-TV or WFFT-TV to an Acquirer other than USA TV:
(1) Defendants, in accomplishing the divestitures ordered by this Final Judgment, promptly shall make known, by usual and customary means, the availability of the Divestiture Assets to be divested;
(2) Defendants shall inform any person making an inquiry regarding a possible purchase of the relevant Divestiture Assets that they are being divested pursuant to this Final Judgment and provide that person with a copy of this Final Judgment;
(3) Defendants shall offer to furnish to all prospective Acquirers, subject to customary confidentiality assurances, all information and documents relating to the relevant Divestiture Assets customarily provided in a due diligence process except such information or documents subject to the attorney-client privilege or work-product doctrine; and
(4) Defendants shall make available such information to the United States at the same time that such information is made available to any other person.
C. Defendants shall provide the Acquirer(s) and the United States information relating to the personnel involved in the operation and management of the relevant Divestiture Assets to enable the Acquirer(s) to make offers of employment. Defendants shall not interfere with any negotiations by the Acquirer(s) to employ or contract with any employee of any Defendant whose primary responsibility relates to the operation or management of the relevant Divestiture Assets.
D. Defendants shall permit the prospective Acquirer(s) of the Divestiture Assets to have reasonable access to personnel and to make inspections of the physical facilities of the relevant stations; access to any and all environmental, zoning, and other permit documents and information; and access to any and all financial, operational, or other documents and information customarily provided as part of a due diligence process.
E. Defendants shall warrant to the Acquirers that each Divestiture Asset will be operational on the date of sale.
F. Defendants shall not take any action that will impede in any way the permitting, operation, or divestiture of the Divestiture Assets.
G. At the option of the Acquirer(s), Defendants shall enter into a transition services agreement with the Acquirer(s) for a period of up to six (6) months to facilitate the continuous operations of the relevant Divestiture Assets until the Acquirer(s) can provide such capabilities independently. The terms and conditions of any contractual arrangement intended to satisfy this provision must be reasonably related to
H. Defendants shall warrant to the Acquirer(s) that there are no material defects in the environmental, zoning, or other permits pertaining to the operation of each asset, and that, following the sale of the Divestiture Assets, Defendants will not undertake, directly or indirectly, any challenges to the environmental, zoning, or other permits relating to the operation of the Divestiture Assets.
I. Unless the United States otherwise consents in writing, the divestitures pursuant to Section IV, or by trustee appointed pursuant to Section V of this Final Judgment, shall include the entire Divestiture Assets and be accomplished in such a way as to satisfy the United States, in its sole discretion, that the Divestiture Assets can and will be used by the Acquirers as part of a viable, ongoing commercial television broadcasting business. Divestiture of the Divestiture Assets may be made to one or more Acquirers, provided that in each instance it is demonstrated to the sole satisfaction of the United States that the Divestiture Assets will remain viable, and the divestiture of such assets will achieve the purposes of this Final Judgment and remedy the competitive harm alleged in the Complaint. The divestitures, whether pursuant to Section IV or Section V of this Final Judgment:
(1) Shall be made to Acquirer(s) that, in the United States' sole judgment, have the intent and capability (including the necessary managerial, operational, technical, and financial capability) of competing effectively in the commercial television broadcasting business; and
(2) shall be accomplished so as to satisfy the United States, in its sole discretion, that none of the terms of any agreement between the Acquirer(s) and Defendants gives Defendants the ability unreasonably to raise the costs of the Acquirer(s), to lower the efficiency of the Acquirer(s), or otherwise to interfere in the ability of the Acquirer(s) to compete effectively.
A. If Defendants have not divested the Divestiture Assets within the time period specified in Section IV(A), Defendants shall notify the United States of that fact in writing, specifically identifying the Divestiture Assets that have not been divested. Upon application of the United States, the Court shall appoint a trustee selected by the United States and approved by the Court to effect the divestiture of the Divestiture Assets that have not yet been divested.
B. After the appointment of a trustee becomes effective, only the trustee shall have the right to sell the relevant Divestiture Assets. The trustee shall have the power and authority to accomplish the divestiture to an Acquirer acceptable to the United States at such price and on such terms as are then obtainable upon reasonable effort by the trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections IV, V, and VI of this Final Judgment, and shall have such other powers as this Court deems appropriate. Subject to Section V(D) of this Final Judgment, the trustee may hire at the cost and expense of Defendants any investment bankers, attorneys, or other agents, who shall be solely accountable to the trustee, reasonably necessary in the trustee's judgment to assist in the divestiture. Any such investment bankers, attorneys, or other agents shall serve on such terms and conditions as the United States approves, including confidentiality requirements and conflict of interest certifications.
C. Defendants shall not object to a sale by the trustee on any ground other than the trustee's malfeasance. Any such objections by Defendants must be conveyed in writing to the United States and the trustee within ten (10) calendar days after the trustee has provided the notice required under Section VI.
D. The trustee shall serve at the cost and expense of Defendants pursuant to a written agreement, on such terms and conditions as the United States approves, including confidentiality requirements and conflict of interest certifications. The trustee shall account for all monies derived from the sale of the relevant Divestiture Assets and all costs and expenses so incurred. After approval by the Court of the trustee's accounting, including fees for its services yet unpaid and those of any professionals and agents retained by the trustee, all remaining money shall be paid to Defendants and the trust shall then be terminated. The compensation of the trustee and any professionals and agents retained by the trustee shall be reasonable in light of the value of the Divestiture Assets subject to sale by the trustee and based on a fee arrangement providing the trustee with an incentive based on the price and terms of the divestiture and the speed with which it is accomplished, but timeliness is paramount. If the trustee and Defendants are unable to reach agreement on the trustee's or any agents' or consultants' compensation or other terms and conditions of engagement within 14 calendar days of appointment of the trustee, the United States may, in its sole discretion, take appropriate action, including making a recommendation to the Court. The trustee shall, within three (3) business days of hiring any other professionals or agents, provide written notice of such hiring and the rate of compensation to Defendants and the United States.
E. Defendants shall use their best efforts to assist the trustee in accomplishing the required divestiture. The trustee and any consultants, accountants, attorneys, and other agents retained by the trustee shall have full and complete access to the personnel, books, records, and facilities of the business to be divested, and Defendants shall develop financial and other information relevant to such business as the trustee may reasonably request, subject to reasonable protection for trade secret or other confidential research, development, or commercial information or any applicable privileges. Defendants shall take no action to interfere with or to impede the trustee's accomplishment of the divestiture.
F. After its appointment, the trustee shall file monthly reports with the United States and, as appropriate, the Court setting forth the trustee's efforts to accomplish the relevant divestitures ordered under this Final Judgment. To the extent such reports contain information that the trustee deems confidential, such report shall not be filed in the public docket of the Court. Such report shall include the name, address, and telephone number of each person who, during the preceding month, made an offer to acquire, expressed an interest in acquiring, entered into negotiations to acquire, or was contacted or made an inquiry about acquiring, any interest in the Divestiture Assets, and shall describe in detail each contact with any such person. The trustee shall maintain full records of all efforts made to divest the relevant Divestiture Assets.
G. If the trustee has not accomplished the divestitures ordered under this Final Judgment within six (6) months after its appointment, the trustee shall promptly file with the Court a report setting forth (1) the trustee's efforts to accomplish the required divestiture, (2) the reasons, in the trustee's judgment, why the required divestiture has not been accomplished, and (3) the trustee's recommendations. To the extent such report contains information that the trustee deems confidential, such report shall not be filed in the public docket of the Court.
H. If the United States determines that the trustee has ceased to act or failed to act diligently or in a reasonably cost-effective manner, it may recommend the Court appoint a substitute trustee.
A. Within two (2) business days following execution of a definitive divestiture agreement, Defendants or the trustee, whichever is then responsible for effecting the divestitures required herein, shall notify the United States of any proposed divestiture required by Section IV or V of this Final Judgment. If the trustee is responsible, it shall similarly notify Defendants. The notice shall set forth the details of the proposed divestiture and list the name, address, and telephone number of each person not previously identified who offered or expressed an interest in or desire to acquire any ownership interest in the Divestiture Assets, together with full details of the same.
B. Within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the United States of such notice, the United States may request from Defendants, the proposed Acquirer, any other third party, or the trustee, if applicable, additional information concerning the proposed divestiture, the proposed Acquirer, and any other potential Acquirers. Defendants and the trustee shall furnish any additional information requested within fifteen (15) calendar days of the receipt of the request, unless the parties shall otherwise agree.
C. Within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the notice or within twenty (20) calendar days after the United States has been provided the additional information requested from Defendants, the proposed Acquirer, any third party, and the trustee, whichever is later, the United States shall provide written notice to Defendants and the trustee, if there is one, stating whether or not it objects to the proposed divestiture. If the United States provides written notice that it does not object, the divestiture may be consummated, subject only to Defendants' limited right to object to the sale under Section V(C) of this Final Judgment. Absent written notice that the United States does not object to the proposed Acquirer or upon objection by the United States, a divestiture proposed under Section IV or Section V shall not be consummated. Upon objection by Defendants under Section V(C), a divestiture proposed under Section V shall not be consummated unless approved by the Court.
Defendants shall not finance all or any part of any purchase made pursuant to Section IV or V of this Final Judgment.
Until the divestitures required by this Final Judgment has been accomplished, Defendants shall take all steps necessary to comply with the Hold Separate Stipulation and Order entered by this Court. Defendants shall take no action that would jeopardize the divestiture ordered by this Court.
A. Within twenty (20) calendar days of the filing of the Complaint in this matter, and every thirty (30) calendar days thereafter until the divestiture has been completed under Section IV or V of this Final Judgment, Defendants shall deliver to the United States an affidavit as to the fact and manner of their compliance with Section IV or V of this Final Judgment. Each such affidavit shall include the name, address, and telephone number of each person who, during the preceding thirty (30) calendar days, made an offer to acquire, expressed an interest in acquiring, entered into negotiations to acquire, or was contacted or made an inquiry about acquiring, any interest in the Divestiture Assets, and shall describe in detail each contact with any such person during that period. Each such affidavit shall also include a description of the efforts Defendants have taken to solicit buyers for and complete the sale of the Divestiture Assets, including efforts to secure FCC or other regulatory approvals, and to provide required information to prospective Acquirers, including the limitations, if any, on such information. Assuming the information set forth in the affidavit is true and complete, any objection by the United States to information provided by Defendants, including limitations on information, shall be made within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of such affidavit.
B. Within twenty (20) calendar days of the filing of the Complaint in this matter, Defendants shall deliver to the United States an affidavit that describes in reasonable detail all actions Defendants have taken and all steps Defendants have implemented on an ongoing basis to comply with Section VIII of this Final Judgment. Defendants shall deliver to the United States an affidavit describing any changes to the efforts and actions outlined in Defendants' earlier affidavits filed pursuant to this section within fifteen (15) calendar days after the change is implemented.
C. Defendants shall keep all records of all efforts made to preserve and divest the Divestiture Assets until one year after such divestiture has been completed.
A. For the purposes of determining or securing compliance with this Final Judgment, or of any related orders such as any Hold Separate Stipulation and Order, or of determining whether the Final Judgment should be modified or vacated, and subject to any legally recognized privilege, from time to time authorized representatives of the United States Department of Justice, including consultants and other persons retained by the United States, shall, upon written request of an authorized representative of the Assistant Attorney General in charge of the Antitrust Division, and on reasonable notice to Defendants, be permitted:
(1) access during Defendants' office hours to inspect and copy, or at the option of the United States, to require Defendants to provide hard copies or electronic copies of, all books, ledgers, accounts, records, data, and documents in the possession, custody, or control of Defendants, relating to any matters contained in this Final Judgment; and
(2) to interview, either informally or on the record, Defendants' officers, employees, or agents, who may have their individual counsel present, regarding such matters. The interviews shall be subject to the reasonable convenience of the interviewee and without restraint or interference by Defendants.
B. Upon the written request of an authorized representative of the Assistant Attorney General in charge of the Antitrust Division, Defendants shall submit written reports or responses to written interrogatories, under oath if requested, relating to any of the matters contained in this Final Judgment as may be requested.
C. No information or documents obtained by the means provided in this section shall be divulged by the United States to any person other than an authorized representative of the executive branch of the United States, except in the course of legal proceedings
D. If at the time information or documents are furnished by Defendants to the United States, Defendants represent and identify in writing the material in any such information or documents to which a claim of protection may be asserted under Rule 26(c)(1)(G) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, and Defendants mark each pertinent page of such material, “Subject to claim of protection under Rule 26(c)(1)(G) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure,” then the United States shall give Defendants ten (10) calendar days notice prior to divulging such material in any legal proceeding (other than a grand jury proceeding).
Defendants may not (1) reacquire any part of the Divestiture Assets, (2) acquire any option to reacquire any part of the Divestiture Assets or to assign the Divestiture Assets to any other person, (3) enter into any local marketing agreement, joint sales agreement, other cooperative selling arrangement, or shared services agreement, or conduct other business negotiations jointly with the Acquirers with respect to the Divestiture Assets, or (4) provide financing or guarantees of financing with respect to the Divestiture Assets, during the term of this Final Judgment. The shared services prohibition does not preclude Defendants from continuing or entering into agreements in a form customarily used in the industry to (1) share news helicopters or (2) pool generic video footage that does not include recording a reporter or other on-air talent, and does not preclude Defendants from entering into any non-sales-related shared services agreement or transition services agreement that is approved in advance by the United States in its sole discretion.
This Court retains jurisdiction to enable any party to this Final Judgment to apply to this Court at any time for further orders and directions as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out or construe this Final Judgment, to modify any of its provisions, to enforce compliance, and to punish violations of its provisions.
Unless this Court grants an extension, this Final Judgment shall expire ten years from the date of its entry.
Entry of this Final Judgment is in the public interest. The parties have complied with the requirements of the Antitrust Procedures and Penalties Act, 15 U.S.C § 16, including making copies available to the public of this Final Judgment, the Competitive Impact Statement, and any comments thereon, and the United States' responses to comments. Based upon the record before the Court, which includes the Competitive Impact Statement and any comments and response to comments filed with the Court, entry of this Final Judgment is in the public interest.
Notice of application.
Registered bulk manufacturers of the affected basic classes, and applicants therefore, may file written comments on or objections to the issuance of the proposed registration in accordance with 21 CFR 1301.33(a) on or before November 14, 2016.
Written comments should be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attention: DEA Federal Register Representative/ODW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152.
The Attorney General has delegated her authority under the Controlled Substances Act to the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), 28 CFR 0.100(b). Authority to exercise all necessary functions with respect to the promulgation and implementation of 21 CFR part 1301, incident to the registration of manufacturers, distributors, dispensers, importers, and exporters of controlled substances (other than final orders in connection with suspension, denial, or revocation of registration) has been redelegated to the Deputy Assistant Administrator of the DEA Office of Diversion Control (“Deputy Assistant Administrator”) pursuant to section 7 of 28 CFR part 0, appendix to subpart R.
In accordance with 21 CFR 1301.33(a), this is notice that on November 18, 2015, Alcami Wisconsin Corporation, W130 N10497 Washington Drive, Germantown, Wisconsin 53022 applied to be registered as a bulk manufacturer of alfentanil (9737), a basic class of controlled substance listed in schedule II.
The company plans to manufacture reference standards for distribution to their research and forensic customers.
Notice of registration.
Registrants listed below have applied for and been granted registration by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) as bulk manufacturers of various classes of controlled substances.
The companies listed below applied to be registered as manufacturers of various basic classes of controlled substances. Information on previously published notices is listed in the table below. No comments or objections were submitted for these notices.
The DEA has considered the factors in 21 U.S.C. 823(a) and determined that the registration of these registrants to manufacture the applicable basic classes of controlled substances is consistent with the public interest and with United States obligations under international treaties, conventions, or protocols in effect on May 1, 1971. The DEA investigated each of the company's maintenance of effective controls against diversion by inspecting and testing each company's physical security systems, verifying each company's compliance with state and local laws, and reviewing each company's background and history.
Therefore, pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 823(a), and in accordance with 21 CFR 1301.33, the DEA has granted registration as a bulk manufacturer to the above listed persons.
Notice of application.
Registered bulk manufacturers of the affected basic classes, and applicants therefore, may file written comments on or objections to the issuance of the proposed registration in accordance with 21 CFR 1301.33(a) on or before November 14, 2016.
Written comments should be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attention: DEA Federal Register Representative/ODW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152.
The Attorney General has delegated her authority under the Controlled Substances Act to the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), 28 CFR 0.100(b). Authority to exercise all necessary functions with respect to the promulgation and implementation of 21 CFR part 1301, incident to the registration of manufacturers, distributors, dispensers, importers, and exporters of controlled substances (other than final orders in connection with suspension, denial, or revocation of registration) has been redelegated to the Deputy Assistant Administrator of the DEA Office of Diversion Control (“Deputy Assistant Administrator”) pursuant to section 7 of 28 CFR part 0, appendix to subpart R.
In accordance with 21 CFR 1301.33(a), this is notice that on July 27, 2016, Halo Pharmaceutical, Inc., 30 North Jefferson Road, Whippany, New Jersey 07981 applied to be registered as a bulk manufacturer of the following basic classes of controlled substances:
The company plans to manufacture Hydromorphone (9150) for distribution to its customers. Dihydromorphine (9145) is an intermediate in the manufacture of Hydromorphone and is not for commercial distribution.
Notice of application.
Registered bulk manufacturers of the affected basic classes, and applicants therefore, may file written comments on or objections to the issuance of the proposed registration in accordance with 21 CFR 1301.34(a) on or before October 14, 2016. Such persons may also file a written request for a hearing on the application pursuant to 21 CFR 1301.43 on or before October 14, 2016.
Written comments should be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attention: DEA Federal Register Representative/ODW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152. All requests for hearing must be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: Administrator, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152. All requests for hearing should also be sent to: (1) Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: Hearing Clerk/LJ, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152; and (2) Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: DEA Federal Register Representative/ODW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152.
The Attorney General has delegated her authority under the Controlled Substances Act to the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), 28 CFR 0.100(b). Authority to exercise all necessary functions with respect to the promulgation and implementation of 21 CFR part 1301, incident to the registration of manufacturers, distributors, dispensers, importers, and exporters of controlled substances (other than final orders in connection with suspension, denial, or revocation of registration) has been redelegated to the Deputy Assistant Administrator of the DEA Office of Diversion Control (“Deputy Assistant Administrator”) pursuant to section 7 of 28 CFR part 0, appendix to subpart R.
In accordance with 21 CFR 1301.34(a), this is notice that on February 26, 2016, United States Pharmacopeial Convention, 12601 Twinbrook Parkway, Rockville, Maryland 20852 applied to be registered as an importer of the following basic classes of controlled substances:
The company plans to import the listed controlled substances in bulk powder form from foreign sources for the manufacture of analytical reference standards for sale to their customers.
The company plans to import analytical reference standards for distribution to its customers for research and analytical purposes. Placement of these drug codes onto the company's registration does not translate into automatic approval of subsequent permit applications to import controlled substances. Approval of permit applications will occur only when the registrant's business activity is consistent with what is authorized under to 21 U.S.C. 952(a)(2). Authorization will not extend to the import of FDA approved or non-approved finished dosage forms for commercial sale.
Notice of application.
Registered bulk manufacturers of the affected basic classes, and applicants therefore, may file written comments on or objections to the issuance of the proposed registration in accordance with 21 CFR 1301.33(a) on or before November 14, 2016.
Written comments should be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attention: DEA Federal Register Representative/ODW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152.
The Attorney General has delegated her authority under the Controlled Substances Act to the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), 28 CFR 0.100(b). Authority to exercise all necessary functions with respect to the promulgation and implementation of 21 CFR part 1301, incident to the registration of manufacturers, distributors, dispensers, importers, and exporters of controlled substances (other than final orders in connection with suspension, denial, or revocation of registration) has been redelegated to the Deputy Assistant Administrator of the DEA Office of Diversion Control (“Deputy Assistant Administrator”) pursuant to section 7 of 28 CFR part 0, appendix to subpart R.
In accordance with 21 CFR 1301.33(a), this is notice that on June 29, 2016, Insys Manufacturing LLC, 811 Paloma Drive, Suite C, Round Rock, Texas 78665-2402 applied to be registered as a bulk manufacturer the following basic classes of controlled substances:
The company plans to manufacture bulk synthetic active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) for product development and distribution to its customers. No other activity for these drug codes are authorized for this registration.
Notice of application.
Registered bulk manufacturers of the affected basic classes, and applicants therefore, may file written comments on or objections to the issuance of the proposed registration in accordance with 21 CFR 1301.34(a) on or before October 14, 2016. Such persons may also file a written request for a hearing on the application pursuant to 21 CFR 1301.43 on or before October 14, 2016.
Written comments should be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attention: DEA Federal Register Representative/ODW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152. All requests for hearing must be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: Administrator, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152. All requests for hearing should also be sent to: (1) Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: Hearing Clerk/LJ, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152; and (2) Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: DEA Federal Register Representative/ODW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152. Comments and request for hearing on applications to import narcotic raw material are not appropriate. 72 FR 3417, (January 25, 2007).
The Attorney General has delegated her authority under the Controlled Substances Act to the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), 28 CFR 0.100(b). Authority to exercise all necessary functions with respect to the promulgation and implementation of 21 CFR part 1301, incident to the registration of manufacturers, distributors, dispensers, importers, and exporters of controlled substances (other than final orders in connection with suspension, denial, or revocation of registration) has been redelegated to the Deputy Assistant Administrator of the DEA Office of Diversion Control (“Deputy Assistant Administrator”) pursuant to section 7 of 28 CFR part 0, appendix to subpart R.
In accordance with 21 CFR 1301.34(a), this is notice that on May 5, 2016, Cambrex Charles City, 1205 11th Street, Charles City, Iowa 50616-3466 applied to be registered as an importer of the following basic classes of controlled substances:
The company plans to import the listed controlled substances for internal use, and to manufacture bulk intermediates for sale to its customers.
Notice of registration.
Registrants listed below have applied for and been granted registration by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) as importers of various classes of schedule I or II controlled substances.
The companies listed below applied to be registered as importers of various basic classes of controlled substances. Information on previously published notices is listed in the table below. No comments or objections were submitted and no requests for hearing were submitted for these notices.
The DEA has considered the factors in 21 U.S.C. 823, 952(a) and 958(a) and determined that the registration of the listed registrants to import the applicable basic classes of schedule I or II controlled substances is consistent with the public interest and with United States obligations under international treaties, conventions, or protocols in effect on May 1, 1971. The DEA investigated each company's maintenance of effective controls against diversion by inspecting and testing each company's physical security systems, verifying each company's compliance with state and local laws, and reviewing each company's background and history.
Therefore, pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 952(a) and 958(a), and in accordance with 21 CFR 1301.34, the DEA has granted registration as importers for schedule I or II controlled substances to the above listed persons.
Notice of application.
Registered bulk manufacturers of the affected basic classes, and applicants therefore, may file written comments on or objections to the issuance of the proposed registration in accordance with 21 CFR 1301.33(a) on or before November 14, 2016.
Written comments should be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attention: DEA Federal Register Representative/ODW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152.
The Attorney General has delegated her authority under the Controlled Substances Act to the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), 28 CFR 0.100(b). Authority to exercise all necessary functions with
In accordance with 21 CFR 1301.33(a), this is notice that on June 30, 2016, AMPAC Fine Chemicals LLC, Highway 50 and Hazel Avenue, Building 05001, Rancho Cordova, California 95670 applied to be registered as a bulk manufacturer of the following basic classes of controlled substances:
The company plans to manufacturer the listed controlled substances in bulk for distribution to its customers.
Notice of application.
Registered bulk manufacturers of the affected basic classes, and applicants therefore, may file written comments on or objections to the issuance of the proposed registration in accordance with 21 CFR 1301.34(a) on or before October 14, 2016. Such persons may also file a written request for a hearing on the application pursuant to 21 CFR 1301.43 on or before October 14, 2016.
Written comments should be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attention: DEA Federal Register Representative/ODW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152. All requests for hearing must be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: Administrator, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152. All requests for hearing should also be sent to: (1) Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: Hearing Clerk/LJ, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152; and (2) Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: DEA Federal Register Representative/ODW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152. Comments and requests for hearings on applications to import narcotic raw material are not appropriate. 72 FR 3417, (January 25, 2007).
The Attorney General has delegated her authority under the Controlled Substances Act to the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), 28 CFR 0.100(b). Authority to exercise all necessary functions with respect to the promulgation and implementation of 21 CFR part 1301, incident to the registration of manufacturers, distributors, dispensers, importers, and exporters of controlled substances (other than final orders in connection with suspension, denial, or revocation of registration) has been redelegated to the Deputy Assistant Administrator of the DEA Office of Diversion Control (“Deputy Assistant Administrator”) pursuant to section 7 of 28 CFR part 0, appendix to subpart R.
In accordance with 21 CFR 1301.34(a), this is notice that on January 19, 2016, Sigma-Aldrich International GMBH, Sigma Aldrich Co. LLC, 3500 Dekalb Street, Saint Louis, Missouri 63118 applied to be registered as an importer of the following basic classes of controlled substances:
The company plans to import the listed controlled substances for sale to research facilities for drug testing and analysis.
In reference to drug codes 7360 (marihuana) and 7370 (THC), the company plans to import a synthetic cannabidiol and a synthetic tetrahydrocannabinol. No other activity for these drug codes is authorized for this registration.
Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice.
60-day notice.
The Department of Justice (DOJ), Drug Enforcement Administration, will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 60 days until November 14, 2016.
If you have additional comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Catherine J. Cmiel-Acevido, Lead IT Specialist, or Jesus Oswaldo “Waldo” Contreras, IT Specialist, El Paso Intelligence Center, Drug Enforcement Administration, 11339 SSG Sims Blvd., El Paso, TX 79918.
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:
1
2
3
4
5
6
If additional information is required contact: Jerri Murray, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE., 3E.405B, Washington, DC 20530.
In accordance with Departmental policy, 28 U.S.C. 50.7, notice is hereby given that a proposed Consent Decree in
The proposed Consent Decree concerns a complaint filed by the United States against Defendants Bridlewood Development, LLC, Whitehorse I, LLC, Gorden Timmons, and Edward Scott, pursuant to Sections 301, 309, and 404 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1311, 1319, and 1344, to obtain injunctive relief from and impose civil penalties against the Defendants for violating the Clean Water Act by discharging pollutants without a permit into waters of the United States in Dorchester County, South Carolina. The proposed Consent Decree resolves these allegations by requiring the Defendants to restore wetlands, to preserve wetlands, and to pay a civil penalty.
The Department of Justice will accept written comments relating to this proposed Consent Decree for thirty (30) days from the date of publication of this Notice. Please address comments to Andrew J. Doyle, Senior Attorney, United States Department of Justice, Environment and Natural Resources Division, Post Office Box 7611, Washington, DC 20044, and refer to
The proposed Consent Decree may be examined at the Clerk's Office, United States District Court for the District of South Carolina, 85 Broad Street, Charleston, South Carolina 29401. In addition, the proposed Consent Decree may be examined electronically at
National Institute of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Justice.
Notice.
The National Institute of Justice (NIJ) announces that it is discontinuing the metallic handcuffs Compliance Testing Program (CTP). The program is closed to new submissions effective upon publication of this notice. The metallic handcuffs Compliant Products List (CPL) will remain published for an additional year until September 14, 2017, after which time it will be taken down. In place of the CTP, NIJ has been working with conformity assessment bodies to develop acceptable criteria by which NIJ would recognize a product certification scheme operated by a certification body in the private sector. NIJ seeks feedback from the public on draft minimum requirements that a product certification scheme must contain for the certification of restraints described in NIJ Standard 1001.00,
Comments must be received by 5 p.m. Eastern Time on October 14, 2016.
Mark Greene, Policy and Standards Division Director, Office of Science and Technology, National Institute of Justice, 810 7th Street NW., Washington, DC 20531; telephone number: (202) 307-3384; email address:
The following describes the minimum requirements that a product certification scheme must contain for the certification of restraints described in NIJ Standard 1001.00,
The following is intended primarily for those considering becoming certification scheme owners for the purpose of certifying restraints, in order to provide greater confidence to the criminal justice end user community that the restraints products conform to the requirements specified in NIJ Standard 1001.00. It includes minimum reasonable expectations that a certification body should meet in order to operate a certification program for restraints.
The following is also intended for accreditation bodies that accredit certification bodies which may be considering certifying restraints to a scheme that includes laboratory testing of products to NIJ Standard 1001.00.
This document uses the following in accordance with international standards:
Nothing in the following is intended to create any legal or procedural rights enforceable against the United States. Moreover, nothing in the following creates any obligation for conformity assessment bodies to follow or adopt this voluntary standard, nor does it create any obligation for manufacturers, suppliers, law enforcement agencies, or others to follow or adopt voluntary NIJ equipment standards.
1.1 This document describes the minimum requirements that a product certification scheme must contain for the certification of restraints described in NIJ Standard 1001.00,
1.2 This document includes provisions for NIJ to file urgent complaints with a certification body regarding products it certifies to protect criminal justice end users of restraints products, such as police officers and correctional officers, if NIJ believes that a hazardous condition exists.
1.3 This document includes provisions for NIJ to file urgent complaints with an accreditation body regarding conformity assessment bodies it accredits in the certification scheme to protect criminal justice end users of restraints products, such as police officers and correctional officers, if NIJ believes that a hazardous condition exists.
ISO/IEC 17000,
ISO/IEC 17025,
ISO/IEC 17030,
ISO/IEC 17065,
ISO/IEC 17067,
ISO/IEC Directives, Part 2,
NIJ Standard 1001.00,
For the purposes of this document, the terms and definitions given in ISO/IEC 17000, ISO/IEC 17065, ISO/IEC 17067, and NIJ 1001.00 apply.
4.1 The product certification scheme shall follow the guidelines in ISO/IEC 17067.
4.1.1 The product certification scheme shall be of scheme type 5 as described in 5.3.7 in ISO/IEC 17067.
4.1.2 The scheme shall include provisions for the certification body to assess the client's management system and quality assurance processes upon initial certification and during surveillance.
4.1.3 The certification body shall issue a mark of conformity to be displayed on certified products in accordance with ISO/IEC 17030.
4.2 Conformity assessment bodies shall be accredited.
4.2.1 Certification bodies shall be accredited to ISO/IEC 17065 by an accreditation body that is a signatory to the International Accreditation Forum (IAF) Multilateral Recognition Arrangement (MLA).
4.2.2 Certification bodies shall have a scope of accreditation to include NIJ 1001.00.
4.2.3 Testing laboratories shall be accredited to ISO/IEC 17025 by an accreditation body that is a signatory to the IAF MLA.
4.2.4 Testing laboratories shall have a scope of accreditation to include NIJ 1001.00.
4.3 NIJ may request information from the certification body.
4.3.1 NIJ may request in writing directly from the certification body a list of all actions taken against specified current or previously certified products, such as termination, reduction, suspension, or withdrawal of certification.
4.3.2 The certification body shall provide in writing the information requested by NIJ in 4.3.1 by the next working day.
4.4 NIJ may bring urgent complaints to the certification body.
4.4.1 NIJ may bring urgent complaints regarding certified products, or products believed to be certified, directly to the certification body if NIJ believes that a hazardous condition exists.
4.4.2 Should NIJ bring an urgent complaint to the attention of the certification body, NIJ shall articulate the complaint in writing.
4.4.3 The certification body shall provide an expedited response in writing to NIJ within five (5) working days, articulating how it plans to proceed with the urgent complaint, including actions it may take to determine the validity of the complaint, and an estimated timeline to determine the validity of the complaint.
4.5 NIJ may request information from accreditation bodies.
4.5.1 NIJ may request in writing directly from an accreditation body a list of all actions taken against a conformity assessment body that it accredits in the certification scheme, such as termination, reduction, suspension, or withdrawal of certification.
4.5.2 The accreditation body shall provide in writing the information NIJ requested in 4.5.1 within five (5) working days.
4.6 NIJ may bring urgent complaints to accreditation bodies.
4.6.1 NIJ may bring urgent complaints directly to an accreditation body regarding conformity assessment bodies that it accredits in the certification scheme if NIJ believes a hazardous condition exists.
4.6.2 Should NIJ bring an urgent complaint to the attention of an accreditation body, NIJ shall articulate the complaint in writing.
4.6.3 The accreditation body shall provide an expedited response in writing to NIJ within five (5) working days, articulating how it plans to proceed with the urgent complaint, including actions it may take to determine the validity of the complaint and an estimated timeline to determine the validity of the complaint.
4.7 Accreditation bodies shall notify NIJ of any changes in the accreditation status or scope of accreditation of any conformity assessment bodies in the certification scheme.
4.7.1 Changes in accreditation status include suspension, withdrawal, or reduction of the scope of accreditation.
4.7.2 The accreditation body shall notify NIJ in writing within five (5) working days after such action is taken.
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Labor.
Notice.
In this notice, OSHA announces the application of Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc. for expansion of its recognition as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and presents the Agency's preliminary finding to grant the application. Additionally, this notice proposes to add a new recognized testing standard to the NRTL Program's List of Appropriate Test Standards.
Submit comments, information, and documents in response to this notice, or requests for an extension of time to make a submission, on or before September 29, 2016.
Submit comments by any of the following methods:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Information regarding this notice is available from the following sources:
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration is providing notice that Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc. (ITSNA), is applying for expansion of its current recognition as an NRTL. ITSNA requests the addition of thirty (30) test standards to its NRTL scope of recognition.
OSHA recognition of an NRTL signifies that the organization meets the requirements specified in 29 CFR 1910.7. Recognition is an acknowledgment that the organization can perform independent safety testing and certification of the specific products covered within its scope of recognition. Each NRTL's scope of recognition includes (1) the type of products the NRTL may test, with each type specified by its applicable test standard; and (2) the recognized site(s) that has/have the technical capability to perform the product-testing and product-certification activities for test standards within the NRTL's scope. Recognition is not a delegation or grant of government authority; however, recognition enables employers to use products approved by the NRTL to meet OSHA standards that require product testing and certification.
The Agency processes applications by an NRTL for initial recognition and for an expansion or renewal of this recognition, following requirements in Appendix A to 29 CFR 1910.7. This appendix requires that the Agency publish two notices in the
ITSNA currently has fourteen facilities (sites) recognized by OSHA for product testing and certification, with its headquarters located at: Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc., 545 East Algonquin Road, Suite F, Arlington Heights, Illinois 60005. A complete list of ITSNA's scope of recognition is available at
ITSNA submitted an application, dated June 3, 2015 (OSHA-2007-0039-0020), to expand its recognition to include 30 additional test standards. OSHA staff performed a detailed analysis of the application packet and reviewed other pertinent information and preliminarily determined that OSHA should grant the application to expand ITSNA's recognition to include twenty-eight (28) of the 30 requested standards. OSHA did not perform any on-site reviews in relation to this application.
Table 1 below lists the appropriate test standards found in ITSNA's application for expansion for testing and certification of products under the NRTL Program.
Periodically, OSHA will propose to add new test standards to the NRTL Program's List of Appropriate Test Standards following an evaluation of the test standard document. To qualify as an appropriate test standard, the Agency evaluates the document to (1) verify it represents a product category for which OSHA requires certification by an NRTL, (2) verify the document represents an end product and not a component, and (3) verify the document defines safety test specifications (not installation or operational performance specifications). OSHA becomes aware of new test standards through various avenues. For example, OSHA may become aware of new test standards to consider adding to the NRTL Program's List of Appropriate Standards by: (1) Monitoring notifications issued by certain SDOs; (2) reviewing applications by NRTLs or applicants seeking recognition to include a new test standard in their scopes of recognition; and (3) obtaining notification from manufacturers, manufacturing organizations, government agencies, or other parties. OSHA may determine to include a new test standard in the list, for example, if the test standard is for a particular type of product that another test standard also covers or it covers a type of product that no standard previously covered.
In this notice, OSHA proposes to add a new test standard to the NRTL Program's List of Appropriate Test Standards. Table 1, below, lists the test standard that is new to the NRTL Program. OSHA preliminarily determined that this test standard is an appropriate test standard and proposes to include it in the NRTL Program's List of Appropriate Test Standards. OSHA seeks public comment on this preliminary determination.
ITSNA submitted an acceptable application for expansion of its scope of recognition. OSHA's review of the application file, and pertinent documentation, indicate that ITSNA can meet the requirements prescribed by 29 CFR 1910.7 for expanding its recognition to include the addition of these 28 test standards for NRTL testing and certification listed above. This preliminary finding does not constitute an interim or temporary approval of ITSNA's application.
OSHA welcomes public comment as to whether ITSNA meets the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.7 for expansion of its recognition as an NRTL.
Comments sent in response to this notice should consist of pertinent written documents and exhibits. Commenters needing more time to comment must submit a request in writing, stating the reasons for the request. Commenters must submit the written request for an extension by the due date for comments. OSHA will limit any extension to 10 days unless the requester justifies a longer period. OSHA may deny a request for an extension if the request is not adequately justified. To obtain or review copies of the exhibits identified in this notice, as well as comments submitted to the docket, contact the Docket Office, Room N-2625, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, at the above address. These materials also are available online at
OSHA staff will review all comments to the docket submitted in a timely manner and, after addressing the issues raised by these comments, will recommend to the Assistant Secretary for Occupational Safety and Health whether to grant ITSNA's application for expansion of its scope of recognition. The Assistant Secretary will make the final decision on granting the application. In making this decision, the Assistant Secretary may undertake other proceedings prescribed in Appendix A to 29 CFR 1910.7.
OSHA will publish a public notice of its final decision in the
David Michaels, Ph.D., MPH, Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20210, authorized the preparation of this notice. Accordingly, the Agency is issuing this notice pursuant to 29 U.S.C. 657(g)(2), Secretary of Labor's Order No. 1-2012 (77 FR 3912, Jan. 25, 2012), and 29 CFR 1910.7.
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Labor.
Notice.
In this notice, OSHA announces the application of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for expansion of its recognition as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and presents the Agency's preliminary finding to grant the application.
Submit comments, information, and documents in response to this notice, or requests for an extension of time to make a submission, on or before September 29, 2016.
Submit comments by any of the following methods:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Information regarding this notice is available from the following sources:
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration is providing notice that Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), is applying for expansion of its current recognition as an NRTL. UL requests the addition of twenty-five (25) test standards to its NRTL scope of recognition.
OSHA recognition of an NRTL signifies that the organization meets the requirements specified in 29 CFR 1910.7. Recognition is an acknowledgment that the organization can perform independent safety testing and certification of the specific products covered within its scope of recognition. Each NRTL's scope of recognition includes (1) the type of products the NRTL may test, with each type specified by its applicable test standard; and (2) the recognized site(s) that has/have the technical capability to perform the product-testing and product-certification activities for test standards within the NRTL's scope. Recognition is not a delegation or grant of government authority; however, recognition enables employers to use products approved by the NRTL to meet OSHA standards that require product testing and certification.
The Agency processes applications by an NRTL for initial recognition and for an expansion or renewal of this recognition, following requirements in Appendix A to 29 CFR 1910.7. This appendix requires that the Agency publish two notices in the
UL currently has fifteen facilities (sites) recognized by OSHA for product testing and certification, with its headquarters located at: Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062. A complete list of UL's scope of recognition is available at
UL submitted an application, dated June 30, 2015 (OSHA-2009-0025-0017), to expand its recognition to include twenty-five additional test standards. OSHA staff performed detailed analysis of the application packet and reviewed other pertinent information. OSHA performed an on-site review in relation to this application on April 4-5, 2016.
Table 1 below lists the appropriate test standards found in UL's application for expansion for testing and certification of products under the NRTL Program.
UL submitted an acceptable application for expansion of its scope of recognition. OSHA's review of the application file, and pertinent documentation, indicate that UL can meet the requirements prescribed by 29 CFR 1910.7 for expanding its recognition to include the addition of these twenty-five test standards for NRTL testing and certification listed above. This preliminary finding does not constitute an interim or temporary approval of UL's application.
OSHA welcomes public comment as to whether UL meets the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.7 for expansion of its recognition as an NRTL. Comments should consist of pertinent written documents and exhibits. Commenters needing more time to comment must submit a request in writing, stating the reasons for the request. Commenters must submit the written request for an extension by the due date for comments. OSHA will limit any extension to 10 days unless the requester justifies a longer period. OSHA may deny a request for an extension if the request is not adequately justified. To obtain or review copies of the exhibits identified in this notice, as well as comments submitted to the docket, contact the Docket Office, Room N-2625, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, at the above address. These materials also are available online at
OSHA staff will review all comments to the docket submitted in a timely manner and, after addressing the issues raised by these comments, will recommend to the Assistant Secretary for Occupational Safety and Health whether to grant UL's application for expansion of its scope of recognition. The Assistant Secretary will make the final decision on granting the application. In making this decision, the Assistant Secretary may undertake other proceedings prescribed in Appendix A to 29 CFR 1910.7.
OSHA will publish a public notice of its final decision in the
David Michaels, Ph.D., MPH, Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20210, authorized the preparation of this notice. Accordingly, the Agency is issuing this notice pursuant to 29 U.S.C. 657(g)(2), Secretary of Labor's Order No. 1-2012 (77 FR 3912, Jan. 25, 2012), and 29 CFR 1910.7.
The Presidio Trust.
Notice of public meeting.
In accordance with § 103(c)(6) of the Presidio Trust Act, 16 U.S.C. 460bb appendix, and in accordance with the Presidio Trust's bylaws, notice is hereby given that a public meeting of the Presidio Trust Board of Directors will be held commencing 6:30 p.m. on Thursday, October 6, 2016, at the Officers' Club, 50 Moraga Avenue, Presidio of San Francisco, California. The Presidio Trust was created by Congress in 1996 to manage approximately eighty percent of the former U.S. Army base known as the Presidio, in San Francisco, California.
The purposes of this meeting are to take action on the minutes of a previous Board meeting; to provide the Chairperson's report; to provide the Chief Executive Officer's report; to provide committee reports; to provide partners' reports; to receive public feedback on priorities; and to receive public comment in accordance with the Trust's Public Outreach Policy.
Individuals requiring special accommodation at this meeting, such as needing a sign language interpreter, should contact Mollie Matull at 415.561.5300 prior to September 29, 2016.
The meeting will begin at 6:30 p.m. on Thursday, October 6, 2016.
The meeting will be held at the Officers' Club, 50 Moraga Avenue, Presidio of San Francisco.
Andrea Andersen, Acting General Counsel, the Presidio Trust, 103 Montgomery Street, P.O. Box 29052, San Francisco, California 94129-0052, Telephone: 415.561.5300.
Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend the Exchange's Pricing Schedule under Section VIII, entitled “NASDAQ PSX FEES,” (“Pricing Schedule”) with respect to execution and routing of orders in securities priced at $1 or more per share.
While these amendments are effective upon filing, the Exchange has designated the proposed amendments to be operative on September 1, 2016. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of
The purpose of the proposed rule change is to add a credit tier for order execution and routing applicable to the use of the order execution and routing services of the NASDAQ PSX System (“PSX System”) by member organizations for all securities traded at $1 or more per share.
Specifically, the Exchange proposes to amend its Pricing Schedule to include a new credit tier for providing liquidity through the PSX System for displayed quotes/orders. The new credit tier will be for $0.0027 per share executed for displayed quotes/orders entered by a member organization that provides and accesses 0.15% or more of consolidated volume (“Consolidated Volume”) during the month.
The proposed new credit tier is positioned to fall between two similar existing credit tiers. It will provide a higher credit, $0.0027 per share executed, than an existing credit tier, $0.0025 per share executed, but it also has a higher threshold of required activity. The new credit tier requires a member to provide and access 0.15% of Consolidated Volume during the month versus the existing 0.05% for the $0.0025 credit tier.
Alternatively the new credit tier will provide a lower credit than the existing $0.0029 per share executed credit tier, but also has a lower required Consolidated Volume threshold. The $0.0029 per share executed credit tier requires a member to provide and access 0.25% of Consolidated Volume during the month, while the new credit tier only requires a member to provide and access 0.15% of Consolidated Volume during the month.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of section 6 of the Act,
The proposed rule change to the credit tiers under the Exchange's Pricing Schedule, section VIII, are reflective of the Exchange's ongoing efforts to use pricing incentive programs to attract order flow to the Exchange and improve market quality. The goal of these pricing incentives is to provide meaningful incentives for members to increase their participation on the Exchange.
The Exchange believes that the new credit tier for displayed quotes/orders for a member organization providing liquidity through the PSX System of $0.0027 per share executed in The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”)—listed securities, securities listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), and securities listed on exchanges other than Nasdaq and NYSE is reasonable because it is consistent with other credits that the Exchange provides to members that access and/or provide liquidity. As a general principle the Exchange chooses to offer credits to members in return for market improving behavior. The various credits the Exchange provides for members require them to significantly contribute to market quality by accessing and/or providing certain levels of Consolidated Volume. The proposed credit tier will be provided to members that provide and access liquidity in all securities of 0.15% or more of Consolidated Volume during the month.
The Exchange also believes that this proposed rule change is consistent with an equitable allocation of fees and are not unfairly discriminatory because the new credit tier for non-displayed orders/quotes is uniformly available to all members and affects all members equally and in the same way. Additionally, the proposed new credit tier will further encourage market participant activity and will also support price discovery and liquidity provision.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended.
In this instance, the proposed new credit tier for member organizations entering orders in the PSX System for displayed orders that provide liquidity does not impose a burden on competition because Exchange membership is optional and is the subject of competition from other exchanges. These adjustments are reflective of the intent to increase the order flow on the Exchange. For these reasons, the Exchange does not believe that the proposed changes will impair the ability of members or competing order execution venues to maintain their competitive standing in the financial markets. Moreover, because there are numerous competitive alternatives to the use of the Exchange, it is likely that the Exchange will lose market share as a result of the changes if they are unattractive to market participants.
Accordingly, the Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impair the ability of members or competing order execution venues to maintain their competitive standing in the financial markets.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend its Fees Schedule. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site (
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend its Fees Schedule. Particularly, the Exchange proposes to amend Taker fees for simple, non-complex orders in all equity, multiply-listed index, ETF and ETN options classes (except Russell 2000 Index (“RUT”)) in both penny and non-penny classes. The Taker fees would be increased by $0.02 per contract in penny classes and by $0.02 for customers (“C” origin code) and by $0.05 for all other origin codes in non-penny classes. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to adopt the following rates. Listed rates are per contract.
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”) and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
The Exchange believes that the proposed increase to Taker fees for simple, non-complex orders in all equity, multiply-listed index, ETF and ETN options classes (except RUT) are reasonable because the proposed fee amounts are the same as, or in line with, the amounts assessed for similar transactions at other exchanges.
The Exchange believes that it is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to assess lower fees to Public Customers as compared to other market participants because Public Customer order flow enhances liquidity on the Exchange for the benefit of all market participants. Specifically, Public Customer liquidity benefits all market participants by providing more trading opportunities, which attracts Market-Makers. An increase in the activity of these market participants in turn facilitates tighter spreads, which may cause an additional corresponding increase in order flow from other market participants. Additionally, the proposed fee change applying to Public Customers will be applied equally to all Public Customers.
The Exchange believes that it is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to assess lower fees in non-penny classes to Market-Makers as compared to other market participants other than Public Customers because Market-Makers, unlike other C2 market participants, take on a number of obligations, including quoting obligations, that other market participants do not have. Further, these lower fees offered to Market-Makers are intended to incent Market-Makers to quote and trade more on the Exchange, thereby providing more trading opportunities for all market participants. Finally, all fee amounts listed as applying to Market-Makers will be applied equally to all Market-Makers.
Similarly, the Exchange believes it is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to assess higher fees to all other origins (
C2 does not believe that the proposed rule changes will impose any burden on competition that are not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act because, while different fees are assessed to different market participants in some circumstances, these different market participants have different obligations and different circumstances as discussed above. The Exchange believes this proposal will not cause an unnecessary burden on intermarket competition because the proposed Taker fee amounts are similar to fees assessed at other exchanges for similar transactions.
The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposal to amend the fee schedule applicable to Members
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend its fee schedule to remove fee code ZA from footnote 1.
Currently, the Exchange determines the liquidity adding rebate that it will provide to Members using the Exchange's fee code and tiered pricing structure. Retail orders which add liquidity yielding fee code ZA receive a rebate of $0.0034 in securities priced at or above $1.00, and a rebate of $0.00003 in securities priced below $1.00. The Exchange offers additional rebates depending on the volume tiers for which such Member qualifies. As is the case with any rebate on the Fee Schedule, to the extent that a Member qualifies for higher rebates than those provided under a volume tier, the higher rebate shall apply. Footnote 1 offers volume tiered rebates ranging from $0.0025 to $0.0033 per share to orders yielding fee codes B, V, Y, 3, 4 and ZA. In this case, the corresponding tiered volume rebates are lower than the standard rebate and therefore do not result in an additional benefit. As a point of clarification, the Exchange proposes to remove fee code ZA from Footnote 1.
The Exchange proposes to implement these amendments to its fee schedule as of September 1, 2016.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the objectives of Section 6 of the Act,
This proposed rule change does not impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange does not believe the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition as it is simply designed to clarify the fee schedule to reflect the higher rebate that qualifying orders are already receiving.
The Exchange has not solicited, and does not intend to solicit, comments on this proposed rule change. The Exchange has not received any unsolicited written comments from Members or other interested parties.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given that pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Paragraph (g) of Rule 17f-1 requires that all reporting institutions (
Reporting institutions utilize these records and reports (a) to report missing, lost, stolen or counterfeit securities to the database, (b) to confirm inquiry of the database, and (c) to demonstrate compliance with Rule 17f-1. The Commission and the reporting institutions' examining authorities utilize these records to monitor the incidence of thefts and losses incurred by reporting institutions and to determine compliance with Rule 17f-1. If such records were not retained by reporting institutions, compliance with Rule 17f-1 could not be monitored effectively.
The Commission estimates that there are approximately 12,971 reporting institutions (respondents) and, on average, each respondent would need to retain 33 records annually, with each retention requiring approximately 1 minute (a total of 33 minutes or 0.55 hours per respondent per year). Thus, the total estimated annual time burden for all respondents is 7,134 hours (12,971 × 0.55 hours = 7,134). Assuming an average hourly cost for clerical work of $50.00, the average total yearly record retention cost of compliance for each respondent would be $27.50 ($50 × 0.55 hours). Based on these estimates, the total annual compliance cost for the estimated 12,971 reporting institutions would be approximately $356,702 (12,971 × $27.50).
Written comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Commission's estimates of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted in writing within 60 days of this publication.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information under the PRA unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Please direct your written comments to: Pamela Dyson, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, c/o Remi Pavlik-Simon, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549 or send an email to:
Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Rule 15c3-5 under the Exchange Act requires brokers or dealers with access to trading directly on an exchange or alternative trading system (“ATS”), including those providing sponsored or direct market access to customers or other persons, to implement risk management controls and supervisory procedures reasonably designed to manage the financial, regulatory, and other risks of this business activity.
The rule requires brokers or dealers to establish, document, and maintain certain risk management controls and supervisory procedures as well as regularly review such controls and procedures, and document the review, and remediate issues discovered to assure overall effectiveness of such controls and procedures. Each such broker or dealer is required to preserve a copy of its supervisory procedures and a written description of its risk management controls as part of its books and records in a manner consistent with Rule 17a-4(e)(7) under the Exchange Act. Such regular review is required to be conducted in accordance with written procedures and is required to be documented. The broker or dealer is required to preserve a copy of such written procedures, and documentation of each such review, as part of its books and records in a manner consistent with Rule 17a-4(e)(7) under the Exchange Act, and Rule 17a-4(b) under the Exchange Act, respectively.
In addition, the Chief Executive Officer (or equivalent officer) is required to certify annually that the broker or dealer's risk management controls and supervisory procedures comply with the rule, and that the broker-dealer conducted such review. Such certifications are required to be preserved by the broker or dealer as part of its books and records in a manner consistent with Rule 17a-4(b) under the Exchange Act. Compliance with Rule 15c3-5 is mandatory.
Respondents consist of broker-dealers with access to trading directly on an exchange or ATS. The Commission estimates that there are currently 640 respondents. To comply with Rule 15c3-5, these respondents will spend a total of approximately 102,400 hours per year (160 hours per broker-dealer × 640 broker-dealers = 102,400 hours). At an average internal cost per burden hour of approximately $339.09, the resultant total related internal cost of compliance for these respondents is $34,722,560 per year (102,400 burden hours multiplied by approximately $339.09/hour). In addition, for hardware and software expenses, the Commission estimates that the average annual external cost would be approximately $20,500 per broker-dealer, or $13,120,000 in the aggregate ($20,500 per broker-dealer × 640 brokers and dealers = $13,120,000).
Written comments are invited on (a) whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Commission's estimates of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted in writing within 60 days of this publication.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information under the PRA unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Please direct your written comments to: Pamela Dyson, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, c/o Remi Pavlik-Simon, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549, or send an email to:
On August 12, 2016, MIAX PEARL, LLC (“PEARL” or “Applicant”) submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) a Form 1 application under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”), seeking registration as a national securities exchange under Section 6 of the Exchange Act.
The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on PEARL's Form 1 application. The Commission will take any comments it receives into consideration in making its determination about whether to grant PEARL's application to be registered as a national securities exchange. The Commission will grant the registration if it finds that the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to PEARL are satisfied.
The Applicant's Form 1 application provides detailed information on how PEARL proposes to satisfy the requirements of the Exchange Act. The Form 1 application provides that PEARL would operate a fully automated electronic trading platform for the trading of listed options and would not maintain a physical trading floor. It also provides that liquidity would be derived from orders to buy and orders to sell submitted to PEARL electronically by its registered broker-dealer members, as well as from quotes submitted electronically by member market makers. Further, PEARL is wholly-owned by its parent company, Miami International Holdings, Inc. (“Miami Holdings”), which is also the parent company of an existing national securities exchange, Miami International Securities Exchange, LLC.
A more detailed description of the manner of operation of PEARL's proposed system can be found in Exhibit E to PEARL's Form 1 application. The proposed rulebook for the proposed exchange can be found in Exhibit B to PEARL's Form 1 application, and the governing documents for both PEARL and Miami Holdings can be found in Exhibit A and Exhibit C to PEARL's Form 1 application, respectively. A listing of the officers and directors of PEARL can be found in Exhibit J to PEARL's Form 1 application.
PEARL's Form 1 application, including all of the Exhibits referenced above, is available online at
Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).
Notice of the Commission's intention to rescind an order pursuant to section 38(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Act”).
At the request of Advisors Series Trust (“AST”) and Orinda Asset Management, LLC (“Orinda,” and together, the “Applicants”), the Commission intends to rescind an order previously issued to Applicants under section 6(c) of the Act that granted an exemption from section 15(a) of the Act and rule 18f-2 under the Act, as well as from certain disclosure requirements.
Secretary, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090. Applicants, Advisors Series Trust, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, WI
Deepak T. Pai, Senior Counsel, at (202) 551-6876, or Mary Kay Frech, Branch Chief, at (202) 551-6814 (Division of Investment Management, Chief Counsel's Office).
1. The Prior Order granted the Applicants relief from section 15(a) of the Act and rule 18f-2 under the Act, as well as from certain disclosure requirements, to permit certain series of AST to enter into and materially amend subadvisory agreements without shareholder approval. Applicants have requested that the Prior Order be rescinded because they are not presently relying on the Prior Order and will not do so in the future.
2. Section 38(a) of the Act states, in relevant part, that the Commission shall have authority to rescind an order as is necessary or appropriate to the exercise of the powers conferred upon the Commission elsewhere in the Act. The Commission intends to rescind the Prior Order pursuant to section 38(a) of the Act.
By the Commission.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposal to amend to amend its fees and rebates applicable to Members
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend its fee schedule to: (i) Adopt a new tier called the Take Volume Tier under footnote 3; and (ii) add definitions of Options Customer Remove TCV and Step-Up Remove TCV, as described below, to the Definitions section of its fee schedule.
Currently, with respect to the Exchange's equities trading platform (“BZX Equities”) the Exchange determines rebates and fees that it will apply to Members using the Exchange's tiered pricing structure. Under the Exchange's pricing structure, a Member will receive a standard rebate of either $0.0020 (for Tapes A and C) or $0.0025 (for Tape B) on orders that add liquidity and will be assessed a standard fee of $0.0030 per share executed on orders that remove liquidity. Reduced fees and increased rebates are available depending on the volume tier for which such Member qualifies. Included amongst the volume tiers offered by the Exchange are various tiers for purposes of BZX Equities pricing, which require participation on the Exchange's options platform (“BZX Options”) and are generally referred to as “Cross-Asset Tiers”. For instance, pursuant to footnote 3 of the BZX Equities Fee Schedule, the Exchange offers three Cross-Asset Step-Up Tiers, which provide enhanced rebates ranging from of $0.0027 to $0.0029 per share on displayed orders that add liquidity in Tape A, B and C securities submitted by Members with qualifying Step-Up Add TCV
In connection with the proposed tier described below, the Exchange proposes to adopt definitions for Options Customer Remove TCV and Step-Up Remove TCV. The proposed definition for Options Customer Remove TCV is based on and similar to the definition of Options Customer Add TCV set forth on the Exchange's Fee Schedule. As proposed, “Options Customer Remove TCV” for purposes of equities pricing would mean ADV
The Exchange proposes to adopt a new tier entitled “Take Volume Tier” under footnote 3, applicable to orders yielding fee codes BB, N and W. Under the Take Volume Tier, the Exchange is proposing to provide a reduced fee of $0.00295 per share to Members with: (1) Options Customer Remove TCV equal to or greater than 0.30%; and (2) Step-Up Remove TCV from July 2016 equal to or greater than 0.05%. As is the case with any other fee on the Fee Schedule, to
The Exchange proposes to implement these amendments to its fee schedule as of September 1, 2016.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the objectives of Section 6 of the Act,
Volume-based rebates and fees such as the proposed Take Volume Tier have been widely adopted by equities and options exchanges and are equitable because they are open to all Members on an equal basis and provide additional benefits or discounts that are reasonably related to the value to an exchange's market quality associated with higher levels of market activity, such as higher levels of liquidity provision and/or growth patterns, and introduction of higher volumes of orders into the price and volume discovery processes.
The Exchange believes that the proposal to add a Take Volume Tier is a reasonable, fair and equitable, and not unfairly discriminatory allocation of fees and rebates because it will provide Members with an additional incentive to reach certain thresholds on both BZX Equities and BZX Options. The increased liquidity from this proposal also benefits all investors by deepening the BZX Equities and BZX Options liquidity pools, offering additional flexibility for all investors to enjoy cost savings, supporting the quality of price discovery, promoting market transparency and improving investor protection. Such pricing programs thereby reward a Member's growth pattern on the Exchange and such increased volume increases potential revenue to the Exchange, and will allow the Exchange to continue to provide and potentially expand the incentive programs operated by the Exchange. To the extent a Member participates on the Exchange but not on BZX Options, the Exchange does believe that the proposal is still reasonable, equitably allocated and non-discriminatory with respect to such Member based on the overall benefit to the Exchange resulting from the success of BZX Options. As noted above, such success allows the Exchange to continue to provide and potentially expand its existing incentive programs to the benefit of all participants on the Exchange, whether they participate on BZX Options or not. The proposed pricing program is also fair and equitable in that membership in BZX Options is available to all market participants which would provide them with access to the benefits on BZX Options provided by the proposed changes, as described above, even where a member of BZX Options is not necessarily eligible for the proposed increased rebates on the Exchange. Further, the proposed changes will result in Members receiving either the same or a lower fee than they would currently receive.
The Exchange does not believe its proposed amendment to its Fee Schedule would impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange does not believe that the proposed change represents a significant departure from previous pricing offered by the Exchange or pricing offered by the Exchange's competitors. Additionally, Members may opt to disfavor the Exchange's pricing if they believe that alternatives offer them better value. Accordingly, the Exchange does not believe that the proposed change will impair the ability of Members or competing venues to maintain their competitive standing in the financial markets.
The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily direct order flow to competing venues if they deem fee structures to be unreasonable or excessive. The proposed changes are generally intended to offer an incentive resulting in reduced fees for removing liquidity on the Exchange, which is intended to draw additional participants to the Exchange. The Exchange does not believe the proposed amendments would burden intramarket competition as they would be available to all Members uniformly.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed new Take Volume Tier would burden competition, but instead, enhances competition, as it is intended to increase the competitiveness of and draw additional volume to the Exchange.
The Exchange has not solicited, and does not intend to solicit, comments on this proposed rule change. The Exchange has not received any unsolicited written comments from Members or other interested parties.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposal to amend the fee schedule applicable to Members
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to modify its fee schedule applicable to the Exchange's options platform (“BZX Options”) to: (i) Adopt a new Quoting Incentive Program Tier under footnote 5; and (ii) adopt a new NBBO Setter Tier under footnote 4.
The Exchange currently offers three QIP tiers under footnote 5, which provide an additional rebate per contract for orders that add liquidity to the BZX Options Book
The Exchange currently offers four NBBO Setter tiers under footnote 4, which provide an additional rebate per contract for non-Customer orders that add liquidity and establish a new National Best Bid or Offer (“NBBO”). The NBBO Setter tiers provide an enhanced rebate ranging from $0.02 to $0.05 per contract to qualifying non-Customer orders that yield fee code PA, PF, PM, PN, NA, NF, NM or NN. The Exchange now proposes to add a new NBBO Setter Tier 4 under which a non-Customer order may receive an additional rebate of $0.03 per contract where the Member has an ADAV in Market Maker orders equal to or greater than 0.40% of average TCV. As a result, the current NBBO Setter Tier 4 will be renamed to NBBO Setter Tier 5.
The Exchange proposes to implement these amendments to its fee schedule as of September 1, 2016.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder that are applicable to a national securities exchange, and, in particular, with the requirements of Section 6 of the Act.
Volume-based rebates such as those currently maintained on the Exchange have been widely adopted by equities and options exchanges and are equitable because they are open to all Members on an equal basis and provide additional benefits or discounts that are reasonably related to the value to an exchange's market quality associated with higher levels of market activity, such as higher levels of liquidity provision and/or growth patterns, and introduction of higher volumes of orders into the price and volume discovery processes.
The Exchange believes that its proposal to add a new QIP Tier 4 under footnote 5 is reasonable, fair and equitable and non-discriminatory, for the reasons set forth above with respect to volume-based pricing generally. In addition, the Exchange believes the amount of the proposed rebate offered under QIP Tier 4 is equitable and reasonable because it is generally in line with the rebates offered pursuant to QIP Tiers 1 to 3. The Exchange also notes that although registration as a Market Maker is required to qualify for QIP, such registration is available to all Members on an equal basis. The Exchange also believes that the proposed tier is reasonable, fair and equitable, and non-discriminatory because it, like the QIP generally, is aimed to incentivize active market making on the Exchange.
The Exchange believes that its proposal to add a new NBBO Setter Tier 4 under footnote 4 is reasonable, fair and equitable and non-discriminatory, for the reasons set forth above with respect to volume-based pricing generally. Similar to the pricing tiers discussed above, this incentive is reasonably related to the value to the Exchange's market quality associated with higher levels of market activity, including liquidity provision and the introduction of higher volumes of orders into the price and volume discovery processes. In particular, the enhanced rebate will encourage Market Maker orders at the NBBO, and is therefore directly focused on encouraging aggressively priced liquidity provision on BZX Options. The proposed differentiation between Market Makers and other market participants recognizes the differing contributions made to the liquidity and trading environment on the Exchange by these market participants. Market Makers, unlike other market participants, have obligations to the market and regulatory requirements,
The Exchange believes the proposed amendments to its fee schedule would not impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. To the contrary, the Exchange has designed the proposed amendments to its fee schedule in order to enhance its ability to compete with other exchanges. Also, the Exchange believes that the expansion of criteria required to qualify for volume-tiered rebates by the Exchange contributes to rather than burdens competition, as such changes are intended to incentivize participants to increase their participation on the Exchange. Similarly, the introduction of a new QIP and NBBO Setter tier are intended to provide incentives to Market Makers to encourage them to enter orders to the Exchange, and thus is again intended to enhance competition.
Additionally, Members may opt to disfavor the Exchange's pricing if they believe that alternatives offer them better value. Accordingly, the Exchange does not believe that the proposed change will impair the ability of Members or competing venues to maintain their competitive standing in the financial markets. Additionally, Members may opt to disfavor the Exchange's pricing if they believe that alternatives offer them better value. Accordingly, the Exchange does not believe that the proposed changes to the Exchange's tiered pricing structure burdens competition, but instead, enhances competition as it is intended to increase the competitiveness of the Exchange. Also, the Exchange believes that the price changes contribute to, rather than burden competition, as such changes are broadly intended to incentivize participants to increase their participation on the Exchange, which will increase the liquidity and market quality on the Exchange, which will then further enhance the Exchange's ability to compete with other exchanges.
The Exchange has not solicited, and does not intend to solicit, comments on this proposed rule change. The Exchange has not received any written comments from members or other interested parties.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
In notice document 2016-20062, appearing on pages 57632-57634 in the Issue of Tuesday, August 23, 2016, make the following correction:
On page 57634, in the third column, beginning on the fifteenth line, the entry “September 12, 2016” should read “September 13, 2016”.
Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend its Fees Schedule. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site (
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend its Fees Schedule. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to (1) increase the payment to the Designated Primary Market-Maker(s) appointed in FTSE 100 Index (“UKXM”) and the China 50 Index “(FXTM”) and (2) eliminate the transaction fee for Professional Customers and Voluntary Professionals (“W” origin code) (“Professionals”) for all manual transactions in all penny and non-penny equity, index (excluding Underlying Symbol List A
Currently, the Exchange offers a compensation plan to the DPM(s) appointed in FXTM or UKXM to offset the initial DPM costs. More specifically, Footnote 43 to the Fees Schedule provides that DPM(s) appointed for an entire month in either FXTM or UKXM will receive a payment of $5,000 per class per month through December 31, 2016. The Payment was adopted to offset the initial DPM costs. The Exchange notes that the startup and ongoing costs to support these products still exceeds the current DPM payment. As such, the Exchange proposes to increase the payment to $7,500 per class per month in order to help offset the ongoing costs.
Next, the Exchange proposes to reduce the transaction fee for Professionals for all manual transactions in all penny and non-penny equity, index (excluding Underlying Symbol List A), ETF and ETN options classes to $0.00 per contract. Currently, Professionals are assessed $0.25 per contract for manual executions in those
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”) and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of section 6(b) of the Act.
The Exchange believes that it's reasonable to increase the FXTM and UKXM DPM payment because the initial setup and ongoing costs exceed the DPM payment. Additionally, the Exchange believes it is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to compensate DPM(s) that are appointed for an entire month in either FXTM or UKXM because the DPM(s) incur costs when receiving and maintaining an appointment, and in the case of FXTM and UKXM, the Exchange believes it is appropriate to continue to provide and increase compensation to the DPM(s) to offset those costs.
The Exchange believes it's reasonable to reduce the transaction fee for Professionals for all manual transactions in all penny and non-penny equity, index (excluding Underlying Symbol List A), ETF and ETN options classes to $0.00 per contract because Professionals would not incur a fee for those transactions. The Exchange notes that Customers are also not charged transaction fees for these transactions. The Exchange believes it's equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to propose to reduce the transaction fee for Professionals only because it is designed to attract a greater number of Professional orders in these classes. This increased volume creates greater trading opportunities that benefit all market participants. Specifically, while only Customer and Professional orders are not charged a transaction fee for manual executions, an increase in Customer and Professional order flow will bring greater volume and liquidity, which benefit all market participants by providing more trading opportunities and tighter spreads. In addition, another Exchange also does not charge Professionals a transaction fee for manual executions for similar transactions.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act because, while only the DPM(s) appointed in UKXM and FXTM receive the increased DPM Payment, the DPM(s) have costs and obligations that other market participants do not. Additionally, while reducing the transaction rate to $0.00 for manual executions in penny and non-penny equity, index (excluding Underlying Symbol List A), ETF and ETN option classes only applies to Professionals, the proposed change is designed to encourage increased Professional options volume, which provides greater trading opportunities for all market participants. The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule changes will impose any burden on intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act because the proposed changes only affect trading on CBOE. To the extent that the proposed changes make CBOE a more attractive marketplace for market participants at other exchanges, such market participants are welcome to become CBOE market participants.
The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend Exchange Rule 100(a)(37C) (Definitions) to add specificity to the definition of a Professional with respect to the manner in which the volume threshold will be calculated by the Exchange.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend the definition of “Professional” in Rule 100(a)(37C) to specify the manner in which the Exchange calculates orders to determine if an order should be treated as Professional Order.
Exchange Rule 100(a)(37C) currently states, that the term Professional Order means an order that is for the account of a person or entity that is not a Priority Customer. A Priority Customer means a person or entity that (i) is not a broker or dealer in securities, and (ii) does not place more than 390 orders in listed options per day on average during a calendar month for its own beneficial account(s).
The Exchange accepts orders routed from other markets that are marked Professional Orders. The designation of Professional Order does not result in any different treatment of such orders for purposes of Exchange rules concerning away market protection. That is, all non-broker or dealer orders, including those that meet the definition of Professional Orders, are treated equally for purposes of Exchange away market protection rules.
The Exchange proposes to count each Professional Order, regardless of the options exchange to which the order was routed in determining Professional Orders.
A cancel and replace order is a type of order that replaces a prior order. The Exchange believes that the second order (the replacement order) should be counted as a new order. With respect to “single-strike algorithms,” which are a series of cancel and replace orders in an individual strike which track the Best Bid and Offer (“BBO”) or National Best Bid and Offer (“NBBO”), these orders shall be counted as new orders.
An order that converts into multiple subordinate orders to achieve an execution strategy shall be counted as one order per side and series, even if the order is routed away.
In order to make clear when orders will count as new orders, the Exchange offers the following scenarios as examples.
• The Exchange proposes to count multiple orders that were submitted by the member as separate orders as multiple orders.
• The Exchange proposes to count a single order submitted by a member, which was automatically executed in multiple parts by the trading system, as one order, because the member did not intervene to create multiple orders. Another example is where an order was entered in the trading system and only partially filled, the order would count as one order. The subsequent fills, which could be multiple executions, would not count as additional orders in determining the 390 limit. The manner in which the order is ultimately executed, as one order or multiple orders, should not itself determine whether the activity qualified as a Professional Order; also the member did not intervene in that circumstance.
• The Exchange proposes to count orders, which result in multiple orders due to cancel and replacement orders, as new orders. This is because in this situation the member did intervene to create the subsequent orders.
• The Exchange proposes to count an order submitted by the Priority Customer as a single order, on the same side and series, as a single order despite the fact that a broker broke-up the order into multiple orders for purposes of execution.
The Exchange previously issued a notice which described the manner in which it believed thresholds should be computed for determining if an order qualifies as a Professional Order.
The Exchange believes that there has been industry confusion as to which orders count toward the 390 contract threshold. The Exchange's proposal is intended to provide clarity and to continue to promote consistency in the treatment of orders as Professional Orders by filing a rule change similar to other options exchanges.
Below are some examples of the calculation of Professional Orders.
Example #1:
A Priority Customer has an order to buy 100 calls at a volatility level of 35. The order then generates a child order resulting in a 1.00 bid for 100 options which is sent to Exchange A. After the underlying stock price ticks up 2 cents the child order is then adjusted to reflect a 35 level volatility which in this case (50 delta) results in a 1.01 bid sent to Exchange A replacing the current 1.00 bid.
In determining the number of orders that attribute to the 390 order count, in this case, because the child order is being canceled and replaced in the “same series” this would only count as one (1) order for purposes of Professional designation calculation.
Example #2:
A Priority Customer has an order to buy 20k Vega at a 35 volatility level in symbol XYZ. The order then generates 50 child orders across different strikes. Throughout the day those 50 orders are adjusted as the stock moves resulting in the replacement of child orders to the tune of 5 times per order (50 × 5 cancels) resulting in 250 total orders generated to Exchange A.
In determining the number of orders that attribute to the 390 order count, in this case, because the child orders generated are across multiple series it would be necessary to count all 250 orders
In addition to the above examples, the Exchange provides the below chart to demonstrate the manner in which it will count orders.
The Exchange proposes to implement this rule on October 3, 2016 to provide market participants with advance notice for their quarterly calculations. The Exchange will issue a Market Information Circular in advance to inform market participants of such date.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange believes that counting all orders toward the number of orders, regardless of the options exchange to which the order was routed, will promote the consistent application of its rules by making clear that all order types shall be counted as well as all orders for the purpose of determining whether the definition of Professional Order has been met.
With respect to determining the Professional Order designation, a cancel and replace order which replaces a prior order shall be counted as a second order. An order that is filled partially or in its entirety or is a replacement order that is automatically canceled or reduced by the number of contracts that were executed will not count as second order because it was not replaced. The Exchange believes that counting the replacement order as a second order is consistent with Exchange Rules because the replacement order is viewed as a new order with its own unique identifier.
The Exchange believes that counting cancel and replace orders with “single-strike algorithms,” which are a series of cancel and replace orders in an individual strike which track the BBO or NBBO, as new orders is consistent with the Act because the Priority Customer is specifically instructing the executing broker in the “single-strike algorithm” scenario to cancel and replace these orders. Tracking the BBO or NBBO
The Exchange's adoption of the Professional Order was to treat orders in listed options per day on average during a calendar month in his or her own beneficial account differently from Priority Customer Orders for purposes of priority within the order book and pricing.
The Exchange believes that the proposed amendment will provide more certainty to market participants in determining the computation of the number of orders in listed options per day on average during a calendar month for its own beneficial account(s) to determine the Professional Order designation. The Exchange believes that there is confusion as to which orders count toward the 390 contract threshold. The Exchange proposes to provide clarity to its Rules with specific guidance as to the computation of Professional Orders, which it believes will promote consistency in the treatment of orders as Professional orders. The Exchange believes that this proposed guidance will promote consistency and permit the proper calculation of options orders to prevent members with high volume from receiving benefits reserved for Priority Customer Orders. The Professional Order designation focuses specifically on the number of orders generated.
Priority is one of the marketplace advantages provided to Priority Customer orders on the Exchange. Priority Customer orders are given execution priority over non-Customer orders and quotations of market makers at the same price. Another marketplace advantage afforded to Priority Customer Orders on the Exchange is that members are generally not assessed transaction fees for the execution of Priority Customer Orders. The purpose of these marketplace advantages is to attract retail order flow to the Exchange by leveling the playing field for retail investors over market Professionals.
Finally, the proposed guidance is being issued to stem confusion as to the manner in which options exchanges compute the Professional Order volume.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act because the Exchange will uniformly apply the rules to calculate volume on all members in determining Professional Orders. The designation of Professional Orders would not result in any different treatment of such orders for purposes of the Exchange's Rules concerning order protection or routing to away exchanges. The guidance is being issued to stem confusion as to the manner in which options exchanges compute the Professional Order volume.
The Exchange believes that counting all orders entered by a Professional toward the number of orders, regardless of the options exchange to which the order was routed, does not create an undue burden on intra-market competition because this proposed rule change will be consistently applied to all members in determining Professional Orders.
The Exchange believes that its application of cancel and replace orders does not create an undue burden on intra-market competition because this application is consistent with Exchange Rules, where the replacement order is viewed as a new order. This treatment is consistent with the manner in which this order type is applied today within the order Book.
The Exchange's treatment of subordinate orders does not create an undue burden on intra-market competition because allowing orders on the same side of the market to be counted as a single order is consistent with the original intent of the Professional Order designation which is to count distinct orders and focus on the number of orders generated.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose an undue burden on inter-market competition because other exchanges have adopted similar guidance.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend Exchange Rule 100(a)(37C) (Definitions) to add specificity to the definition of a Professional with respect to the manner in which the volume threshold will be calculated by the Exchange.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend the definition of “Professional” in Rule 100(a)(37C) to specify the manner in which the Exchange calculates orders to determine if an order should be treated as Professional Order.
Exchange Rule 100(a)(37C) currently states, that the term Professional Order means an order that is for the account of a person or entity that is not a Priority Customer. A Priority Customer means a person or entity that (i) is not a broker or dealer in securities, and (ii) does not place more than 390 orders in listed options per day on average during a calendar month for its own beneficial account(s).
The Exchange accepts orders routed from other markets that are marked Professional Orders. The designation of Professional Order does not result in any different treatment of such orders for purposes of Exchange rules concerning away market protection. That is, all non-broker or dealer orders, including those that meet the definition of Professional Orders, are treated equally for purposes of Exchange away market protection rules.
The Exchange proposes to count each Professional Order, regardless of the options exchange to which the order was routed in determining Professional Orders.
A cancel and replace order is a type of order that replaces a prior order. The Exchange believes that the second order (the replacement order) should be counted as a new order. With respect to “single-strike algorithms,” which are a series of cancel and replace orders in an individual strike which track the Best Bid and Offer (“BBO”) or National Best Bid and Offer (“NBBO”), these orders shall be counted as new orders.
An order that converts into multiple subordinate orders to achieve an execution strategy shall be counted as one order per side and series, even if the order is routed away.
In order to make clear when orders will count as new orders, the Exchange offers the following scenarios as examples.
• The Exchange proposes to count multiple orders that were submitted by the member as separate orders as multiple orders.
• The Exchange proposes to count a single order submitted by a member, which was automatically executed in multiple parts by the trading system, as one order, because the member did not intervene to create multiple orders. Another example is where an order was entered in the trading system and only partially filled, the order would count as one order. The subsequent fills, which could be multiple executions, would not count as additional orders in determining the 390 limit. The manner in which the order is ultimately executed, as one order or multiple orders, should not itself determine whether the activity qualified as a Professional Order; also the member did not intervene in that circumstance.
• The Exchange proposes to count orders, which result in multiple orders due to cancel and replacement orders, as new orders. This is because in this situation the member did intervene to create the subsequent orders.
• The Exchange proposes to count an order submitted by the Priority Customer as a single order, on the same side and series, as a single order despite the fact that a broker broke-up the order into multiple orders for purposes of execution.
The Exchange previously issued a notice which described the manner in which it believed thresholds should be computed for determining if an order qualifies as a Professional Order.
The Exchange believes that there has been industry confusion as to which orders count toward the 390 contract threshold. The Exchange's proposal is intended to provide clarity and to continue to promote consistency in the treatment of orders as Professional Orders by filing a rule change similar to other options exchanges.
Below are some examples of the calculation of Professional Orders.
A Priority Customer has an order to buy 100 calls at a volatility level of 35. The order then generates a child order resulting in a 1.00 bid for 100 options which is sent to Exchange A. After the underlying stock price ticks up 2 cents the child order is then adjusted to reflect a 35 level volatility which in this case (50 delta) results in a 1.01 bid sent to Exchange A replacing the current 1.00 bid.
In determining the number of orders that attribute to the 390 order count, in this case, because the child order is being canceled and replaced in the “same series” this would only count as one (1) order for purposes of Professional designation calculation.
A Priority Customer has an order to buy 20k Vega at a 35 volatility level in symbol XYZ. The order then generates 50 child orders across different strikes. Throughout the day those 50 orders are adjusted as the stock moves resulting in the replacement of child orders to the tune of 5 times per order (50 × 5 cancels) resulting in 250 total orders generated to Exchange A.
In determining the number of orders that attribute to the 390 order count, in this case, because the child orders generated are across multiple series it would be necessary to count all 250 orders.
In addition to the above examples, the Exchange provides the below chart to demonstrate the manner in which it will count orders.
The Exchange proposes to implement this rule on October 3, 2016 to provide market participants with advance notice for their quarterly calculations. The Exchange will issue a Market Information Circular in advance to inform market participants of such date.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange believes that counting all orders toward the number of orders, regardless of the options exchange to which the order was routed, will promote the consistent application of its rules by making clear that all order types shall be counted as well as all orders for the purpose of determining whether the definition of Professional Order has been met.
With respect to determining the Professional Order designation, a cancel and replace order which replaces a prior
The Exchange believes that counting cancel and replace orders with “single-strike algorithms,” which are a series of cancel and replace orders in an individual strike which track the BBO or NBBO, as new orders is consistent with the Act because the Priority Customer is specifically instructing the executing broker in the “single-strike algorithm” scenario to cancel and replace these orders. Tracking the BBO or NBBO
The Exchange's adoption of the Professional Order was to treat orders in listed options per day on average during a calendar month in his or her own beneficial account differently from Priority Customer Orders for purposes of priority within the order book and pricing.
The Exchange believes that the proposed amendment will provide more certainty to market participants in determining the computation of the number of orders in listed options per day on average during a calendar month for its own beneficial account(s) to determine the Professional Order designation. The Exchange believes that there is confusion as to which orders count toward the 390 contract threshold. The Exchange proposes to provide clarity to its Rules with specific guidance as to the computation of Professional Orders, which it believes will promote consistency in the treatment of orders as Professional orders. The Exchange believes that this proposed guidance will promote consistency and permit the proper calculation of options orders to prevent members with high volume from receiving benefits reserved for Priority Customer Orders. The Professional Order designation focuses specifically on the number of orders generated.
Priority is one of the marketplace advantages provided to Priority Customer orders on the Exchange. Priority Customer orders are given execution priority over non-Customer orders and quotations of market makers at the same price. Another marketplace advantage afforded to Priority Customer Orders on the Exchange is that members are generally not assessed transaction fees for the execution of Priority Customer Orders. The purpose of these marketplace advantages is to attract retail order flow to the Exchange by leveling the playing field for retail investors over market Professionals.
Finally, the proposed guidance is being issued to stem confusion as to the manner in which options exchanges compute the Professional Order volume.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act because the Exchange will uniformly apply the rules to calculate volume on all members in determining Professional Orders. The designation of Professional Orders would not result in any different treatment of such orders for purposes of the Exchange's Rules concerning order protection or routing to away exchanges. The guidance is being issued to stem confusion as to the manner in which options exchanges compute the Professional Order volume.
The Exchange believes that counting all orders entered by a Professional toward the number of orders, regardless of the options exchange to which the order was routed, does not create an undue burden on intra-market competition because this proposed rule change will be consistently applied to all members in determining Professional Orders.
The Exchange believes that its application of cancel and replace orders does not create an undue burden on intra-market competition because this application is consistent with Exchange Rules, where the replacement order is
The Exchange's treatment of subordinate orders does not create an undue burden on intra-market competition because allowing orders on the same side of the market to be counted as a single order is consistent with the original intent of the Professional Order designation which is to count distinct orders and focus on the number of orders generated.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose an undue burden on inter-market competition because other exchanges have adopted similar guidance.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend Exchange Rule 100(a)(37C) (Definitions) to add specificity to the definition of a Professional with respect to the manner in which the volume threshold will be calculated by the Exchange.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend the definition of “Professional” in Rule 100(a)(37C) to specify the manner in which the Exchange calculates orders to determine if an order should be treated as Professional Order.
Exchange Rule 100(a)(37C) currently states, that the term Professional Order means an order that is for the account of a person or entity that is not a Priority Customer. A Priority Customer means a person or entity that (i) is not a broker or dealer in securities, and (ii) does not place more than 390 orders in listed options per day on average during a calendar month for its own beneficial account(s).
The Exchange accepts orders routed from other markets that are marked Professional Orders. The designation of Professional Order does not result in any different treatment of such orders for purposes of Exchange rules concerning away market protection. That is, all non-broker or dealer orders, including those that meet the definition of Professional Orders, are treated equally for purposes of Exchange away market protection rules.
The Exchange proposes to count each Professional Order, regardless of the options exchange to which the order was routed in determining Professional Orders.
A cancel and replace order is a type of order that replaces a prior order. The Exchange believes that the second order (the replacement order) should be counted as a new order. Complex Orders
An order that converts into multiple subordinate orders to achieve an execution strategy shall be counted as one order per side and series, even if the order is routed away.
In order to make clear when orders will count as new orders, the Exchange offers the following scenarios as examples.
• The Exchange proposes to count multiple orders that were submitted by the member as separate orders as multiple orders.
• The Exchange proposes to count a single order submitted by a member, which was automatically executed in multiple parts by the trading system, as one order, because the member did not intervene to create multiple orders. Another example is where an order was entered in the trading system and only partially filled, the order would count as one order. The subsequent fills, which could be multiple executions, would not count as additional orders in determining the 390 limit. The manner in which the order is ultimately executed, as one order or multiple orders, should not itself determine whether the activity qualified as a Professional Order; also the member did not intervene in that circumstance.
• The Exchange proposes to count orders, which result in multiple orders due to cancel and replacement orders, as new orders. This is because in this situation the member did intervene to create the subsequent orders.
• The Exchange proposes to count an order submitted by the Priority Customer as a single order, on the same side and series, as a single order despite the fact that a broker broke-up the order into multiple orders for purposes of execution.
The Exchange previously issued a notice which described the manner in which it believed thresholds should be computed for determining if an order qualifies as a Professional Order.
The Exchange believes that there has been industry confusion as to which orders count toward the 390 contract threshold. The Exchange's proposal is intended to provide clarity and to continue to promote consistency in the treatment of orders as Professional Orders by filing a rule change similar to other options exchanges.
Below are some examples of the calculation of Professional Orders.
A Priority Customer has an order to buy 100 calls at a volatility level of 35. The order then generates a child order resulting in a 1.00 bid for 100 options which is sent to Exchange A. After the underlying stock price ticks up 2 cents the child order is then adjusted to reflect a 35 level volatility which in this case (50 delta) results in a 1.01 bid sent to Exchange A replacing the current 1.00 bid.
In determining the number of orders that attribute to the 390 order count, in this case, because the child order is being canceled and replaced in the “same series” this would only count as one (1) order for purposes of Professional designation calculation.
A Priority Customer has an order to buy 20k Vega at a 35 volatility level in symbol XYZ. The order then generates 50 child orders across different strikes. Throughout the day those 50 orders are adjusted as the stock moves resulting in the replacement of child orders to the tune of 5 times per order (50 x 5 cancels) resulting in 250 total orders generated to Exchange A.
In determining the number of orders that attribute to the 390 order count, in this case, because the child orders generated are across multiple series it would be necessary to count all 250 orders
In addition to the above examples, the Exchange provides the below chart to demonstrate the manner in which it will count orders.
The Exchange proposes to implement this rule on October 3, 2016 to provide market participants with advance notice for their quarterly calculations. The Exchange will issue a Market Information Circular in advance to inform market participants of such date.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange believes that counting all orders toward the number of orders, regardless of the options exchange to which the order was routed, will promote the consistent application of its rules by making clear that all order types shall be counted as well as all orders for the purpose of determining whether the definition of Professional Order has been met. The Exchange
The Exchange believes that identifying professional account holders based upon the average number of orders entered for a beneficial account is an appropriately objective approach that will reasonably distinguish such persons and entities from retail investors. The Exchange proposes the threshold of 390 orders per day on average over a calendar month because it believes it far exceeds the number of orders that are entered by retail investors in a single day, while being a sufficiently low number of orders to cover the professional account holders that are competing with broker-dealers in the ISE marketplace. In addition, basing the standard on the number of orders that are entered in listed options for a beneficial account(s) assures that professional account holders cannot inappropriately avoid the purpose of the rule by spreading their trading activity over multiple exchanges, and using an average number over a calendar month will prevent gaming of the 390 order threshold.
With respect to determining the Professional Order designation, a cancel and replace order which replaces a prior order shall be counted as a second order. An order that is filled partially or in its entirety or is a replacement order that is automatically canceled or reduced by the number of contracts that were executed will not count as second order because it was not replaced. The Exchange believes that counting the replacement order as a second order is consistent with Exchange Rules because the replacement order is viewed as a new order with its own unique identifier.
The Exchange believes that counting cancel and replace orders with “single-strike algorithms,” which are a series of cancel and replace orders in an individual strike which track the BBO or NBBO, as new orders is consistent with the Act because the Priority Customer is specifically instructing the executing broker in the “single-strike algorithm” scenario to cancel and replace these orders. Tracking the BBO or NBBO
Further, the Exchange's interpretation that Complex Orders consisting of eight legs or fewer will be counted as a single order, and respecting Complex Orders of nine options legs or more, each leg will count as a separate order is consistent with the Act, because the Exchange believes that nine or more options legs is sufficient quantity to justify counting these orders separately toward the volume count. The initial purpose of the rule change was to distinguish retail investors over market Professionals. The Exchange believes that typically Priority Customer Orders will not be as complex as to have nine legs and therefore using nine as the threshold reasonably differentiates Priority Customer Orders from Professional Orders. The Exchange believes that nine or more options legs evidences the distinction between the trading behavior of a retail investors as compared to a market Professional that would engaged in Complex Orders with nine or more options legs.
The Exchange's adoption of the Professional Order was to treat orders in listed options per day on average during a calendar month in his or her own beneficial account differently from Priority Customer Orders for purposes of priority within the order book and pricing.
The Exchange believes that the proposed amendment will provide more certainty to market participants in determining the computation of the number of orders in listed options per day on average during a calendar month for its own beneficial account(s) to determine the Professional Order designation. The Exchange believes that there is confusion as to which orders count toward the 390 contract threshold. The Exchange proposes to provide clarity to its Rules with specific guidance as to the computation of Professional Orders, which it believes will promote consistency in the treatment of orders as Professional orders. The Exchange believes that this proposed guidance will promote consistency and permit the proper calculation of options orders to prevent members with high volume from receiving benefits reserved for Priority Customer Orders. The Professional Order designation focuses specifically on the number of orders generated.
Priority is one of the marketplace advantages provided to Priority Customer orders on the Exchange. Priority Customer orders are given execution priority over non-Customer orders and quotations of market makers at the same price. Another marketplace advantage afforded to Priority Customer Orders on the Exchange is that members are generally not assessed transaction fees for the execution of Priority Customer Orders. The purpose of these marketplace advantages is to attract retail order flow to the Exchange by leveling the playing field for retail investors over market Professionals.
Finally, the proposed guidance is being issued to stem confusion as to the manner in which options exchanges compute the Professional Order volume.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act because the Exchange will uniformly apply the rules to calculate volume on all members in determining Professional Orders. The designation of Professional Orders would not result in any different treatment of such orders for purposes of the Exchange's Rules concerning order protection or routing to away exchanges. The guidance is being issued to stem confusion as to the manner in which options exchanges compute the Professional Order volume.
The Exchange believes that counting all orders entered by a Professional toward the number of orders, regardless of the options exchange to which the order was routed, does not create an undue burden on intra-market competition because this proposed rule change will be consistently applied to all members in determining Professional Orders.
The Exchange believes that its application of cancel and replace orders does not create an undue burden on intra-market competition because this application is consistent with Exchange Rules, where the replacement order is viewed as a new order. This treatment is consistent with the manner in which this order type is applied today within the order Book.
The Exchange's interpretation that Complex Orders consisting of eight legs or fewer will be counted as a single order, and respecting Complex Orders of nine legs or more, each leg will count as a separate order does not create an undue burden on intra-market competition because the Exchange will apply this method of calculation uniformly among its member organizations.
The Exchange's treatment of subordinate orders does not create an undue burden on intra-market competition because allowing orders on the same side of the market to be counted as a single order is consistent with the original intent of the Professional Order designation which is to count distinct orders and focus on the number of orders generated.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose an undue burden on inter-market competition because other exchanges have adopted similar guidance.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Department of State.
Notice.
On November 25, 2013, the Otay Water District applied for a Presidential Permit from the Department of State (“State Department”) authorizing the construction, connection, operation, and maintenance of a cross-border liquid pipeline for the importation of desalinated seawater at the international boundary between the United States and Mexico in San Diego County, California. On September 2, 2016, after consulting with the public and interested agencies, the Office of Environmental Quality and Transboundary Issues (OES/EQT) at the State Department and the Otay Water District issued a final environmental impact report/environmental impact statement (EIR/EIS). Background information related to the application, including the application and the EIR/EIS, may be found at:
The State Department's review of this application is based upon Executive Order 11423 of August 16, 1968, as amended. As provided in E.O. 11423, the Department is circulating this application to relevant federal agencies for review and comment. Under E.O. 11423, the Department has the responsibility to determine, taking into account views from these agencies and other stakeholders, whether issuing a Presidential Permit to Otay Water District authorizing the construction, connection, operation, and maintenance of a cross-border liquid pipeline for the importation of desalinated seawater would serve the national interest. That determination process involves consideration of many factors, including foreign policy; environmental, cultural, and economic impacts; compliance with applicable law and regulations; and other issues.
Interested members of the public are invited to submit written comments regarding this application. The public comment period will end 30 days from the publication of this notice. Comments are not private. They will be posted on the site
Comments must be submitted no later than October 14, 2016 at 11:59 p.m.
For reasons of efficiency, the State Department encourages the electronic submission of comments through the federal government's eRulemaking Portal (
Office of Mexican Affairs, Bureau of Western Hemisphere Affairs, via email at
Notice of request for public comment.
The Department of State is seeking Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, we are requesting comments on this collection from all interested individuals and organizations. The purpose of this notice is to allow 60 days for public comment preceding submission of the collection to OMB.
The Department will accept comments from the public up to November 14, 2016.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Direct requests for additional information regarding the collection listed in this notice, including requests for copies of the proposed collection instrument and supporting documents, to Irum Zaidi, 1800 G St. NW., Suite 10300, SA-22, Washington DC 20006, who may be reached on 202-663-2440 or at
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
We are soliciting public comments to permit the Department to:
• Evaluate whether the proposed information collection is necessary for the proper functions of the Department.
• Evaluate the accuracy of our estimate of the time and cost burden for this proposed collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used.
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.
• Minimize the reporting burden on those who are to respond, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Ozinga Bros., Inc. (Ozinga Bros.), a noncarrier, has filed a verified notice of exemption for authority to continue in control of Chicago Port Railroad Company (CPRR), a Class III rail carrier. According to Ozinga Bros., in 2006, CPRR obtained authority to operate as a common carrier.
The effective date of the exemption is September 28, 2016 (30 days after the verified notice of exemption was filed).
As clarified in a letter filed on September 8, 2016, the applicant represents that: (1) The rail lines of CPRR and MIRR do not connect with each other or any railroads in their corporate family; (2) the continuance of control is not part of a series of anticipated transactions that would connect the railroads with each other or any railroads in their corporate family; and (3) the transaction does not involve a Class I carrier. Therefore, the proposed transaction is exempt from the prior approval requirements of 49 U.S.C. 11323.
Under 49 U.S.C. 10502(g), the Board may not use its exemption authority to relieve a rail carrier of its statutory obligations to protect the interests of its employees. Section 11326(c), however, does not provide for labor protection for transactions under 11324 and 11325 that involve only Class III rail carriers. Accordingly, the Board may not impose labor protective conditions here, because all of the carriers involved are Class III carriers.
If the verified notice contains false or misleading information, the exemption is void ab initio. Petitions to revoke the exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502(d) may be filed at any time. The filing of a petition to revoke will not automatically stay the effectiveness of the exemption. Stay petitions must be filed no later than September 21, 2016 (at least seven days before the exemption becomes effective).
An original and 10 copies of all pleadings, referring to Docket No. FD 36059, must be filed with the Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW.,
Board decisions and notices are available on our Web site at
By the Board, Rachel D. Campbell, Director, Office of Proceedings.
Veterans Health Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), this notice announces that the Veterans Health Administration (VHA), Department of Veterans Affairs, will submit the collection of information abstracted below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and comment. The PRA submission describes the nature of the information collection and its expected cost and burden; it includes the actual data collection instrument.
Comments must be submitted on or before October 14, 2016.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor, Enterprise Records Service (005R1B), Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, (202) 461-5870 or email
Under the PRA of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), Federal agencies must obtain approval from OMB for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The
By direction of the Secretary.
The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) gives notice under the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App. 2, that the Genomic Medicine Program Advisory Committee will meet on October 27, 2016, at the Hilton Garden Inn, Washington, DC, U.S. Capitol, 1225 1st Street NE., Washington, DC 20002. The meeting will convene at 9:00 a.m. and adjourn at 5:00 p.m. The meeting is open to the public.
The purpose of the Committee is to provide advice and make recommendations to the Secretary of VA on using genetic information to optimize medical care for Veterans and to enhance development of tests and treatments for diseases particularly relevant to Veterans.
The Committee will receive program updates and continue to provide insight into optimal ways for VA to incorporate genomic information into its health care program while applying appropriate ethical oversight and protecting the privacy of Veterans. The meeting focus will be on updates on the progress and planned characterization of the Million Veteran Program (MVP) samples, phenotyping activities and data access for the MVP. The Committee will also receive an update from the Clinical Genomics Service. Public comments will be received at 3:30 p.m. and are limited to 5 minutes each. Individuals who speak are invited to submit a 1-2 page summary of their comments for inclusion in the official meeting record to Dr. Sumitra Muralidhar, Designated Federal Officer, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, or by email at
Department of Energy.
Interim final rule; notice of public meeting.
The Department of Energy (DOE) publishes this interim final rule to amend the Department of Energy Property Management Regulations to conform to the Federal Property Management Regulation/Federal Management Regulation (FPMR/FMR), to remove out of date government property parameters, and update references. This rule does not alter substantive rights or obligations under current law.
The public meeting will be held at the U.S. Department of Energy, Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory, Outer Ring Rd, Warrenville, IL 60555.
You may submit comments, identified by “Property Management Regulations—RIN 1991-AB73,” by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Mr. Scott Whiteford, Deputy Director, Office of Management, Department of Energy, at 202-287-1563.
Management, use and disposal of government property is governed by 41 CFR Subtitle C, Federal Property Management Regulations System. Possession, use, and disposal of DOE owned property is governed by Chapter 109 of Subtitle C, Department of Energy Property Management Regulation (DOE-PMR) which is the DOE supplement to the Federal Property Management Regulation/Federal Management Regulation (FPMR/FMR). The DOE-PMR provides requirements for assets that are unique to DOE.
The DOE-PMR is currently out of date. It contains citations that are no longer accurate, references to regulations in the CFR that no longer exist. DOE has attempted to deal with these deficiencies using internal directives to address the deficiencies as they arose. At this time it is necessary to update the rule to correct the citations and references and to remove coverage of property that is no longer controlled by DOE.
This interim final rule updates the DOE-PMR. It removes expired and incorrect citations and inserts correct citations where appropriate. It clarifies content and realigns sections so that the DOE-PMR sections are numbered consistently with the corresponding sections in the FPMR/FMR. None of these changes add new requirements.
DOE amends 41 CFR Ch. 109 as follows:
Section 109-1.100—50 Scope of subpart is amended to remove “Federal Property Management Regulation (FPMR)” and replaces it with “Federal Property Management Regulation/Federal Management Regulation (FPMR/FMR)” throughout this chapter.
Section 109-1.100-51—Definitions and acronyms. The definitions and acronyms are amended to be consistent with current personal property requirements. In this chapter, the terms
Section 109-1.110-50—Deviation procedures, is updated in paragraph (b)(1) by amending “Director, Office of Administrative Services” and adding “Office of Management.”
Section 109-1.5100—Scope of subpart. This Section providing guidance on DOE standards and practices to be applied in the management of personal property is amended to delete outdated citations.
Section 109-1.5101—(b) is amended by removing “Director, Office of Administrative Services; heads of field organizations” and adding “Office of Management; Program Secretarial Officer (PSO).”
Section 109-1.5103—Loan of personal property, in paragraph (a) is amended by adding the term “domestic.”
Section 109-1.5103—Loan of personal property, in paragraph (b) is amended by removing “Deputy Assistant Secretary for International Energy Policy, Trade and Investment” and adding “Office of International Affairs.”
Section 109-1.5104—Borrowing of personal property is removed. This personal property practice is outdated.
Section 109-1.5105—Identification marking of personal property, is removed to eliminate outdated personal property practices.
Section 109-1.5108-2—Sensitive items is removed to eliminate outdated personal property citations].
Section 109-1.5109—Control of sensitive items is removed to eliminate outdated personal property citations.
Section 109-1.5110—Physical inventories of personal property. Paragraph (e) is amended to reflect current personal property practice. The DOE capitalization threshold for items acquired prior to October 1, 2011 is $50,000. For items acquired on or after October 1, 2011, the threshold is $500,000.
Section 109-1.5111—Retirement of property is amended to eliminate outdated personal property citations.
Section 109-25.100—Use of Government personal property and nonpersonal services is removed toeliminate outdated personal property citations.
Section 109-25.103—Promotional materials, trading stamps, or bonus goods is removed to eliminate outdated personal property citations.
Section 109-25.103-1—General is removed to eliminate outdated personal property citations.
Section 109-25.104—Acquisition of office furniture and office machines is removed to eliminate outdated personal property citations.
Section 109-25.4—Replacement Standards is removed to eliminate outdated personal property citations.
Section 109-6.400-50—Is amended to add current personal property practices. Specifically, new paragraphs (l) and (m) are added as follows: (l) The prohibition against text messaging while operating a Government vehicle, or any vehicle while on Government business, as set forth under Executive Order 13513; and (m) See 31 U.S.C. 1344 and 41 CFR 301-10.201 for allowable use of Government vehicles while on temporary duty or official travel orders.
Section 109-6.402—Statutory provisions paragraph (c) is removed to eliminate outdated personal property citations.
Subpart 109-6.402—is amended by removing “Director, Office of Administrative Services; heads of field organizations” and adding in its place “Office of Management; Program Secretarial Officer (PSO)”.
Section 109-26.203—Activity address codes is amended by removing “Director, Office of Administrative Services” and adding in its place “Office of Management” to make it current with FPMR/FMR.
Sections 109-26.501-1; 109-26.501-4; 109-26.501-50; 109-26.501-51; 109-26.501-52—are amended by removing “Director, Office of Administrative Services”; and adding in its place “Office of Management” to make it current with FPMR/FMR.
Sections 109-27.5001; 109-27.5002; 109-27.5003; 109-27.5004; 109-27.5005; 109-27.5007; 109-27.5007-2; 109-27.5009; 109-27.5011; 109-27.5011-2; 109-27.5104-3—are removed to eliminate outdated personal property citations.
Section 109-38.801—is amended by removing “Obtaining SF 149, U.S. Government National Credit Card” and adding in its place “Obtaining Fleet Credit Card”.
Subpart 109-40.305-50—is removed to eliminate an outdated personal property citation.
§ 109-43.304-1.50—DOE reutilization screening is amended by removing (a) Prior to reporting excess personal property to GSA, reportable personal property shall be screened for reutilization within DOE through the Reportable Excess Automated Property System (REAPS) for a 30-day period. REAPS also provides for a 15-day expedited screening period for certain categories of personal property for economic development and to satisfy urgent conditions and replacing it with (a) Personal property must be processed through DOE electronic internal screening prior to reporting excess personal property to GSA. (D). National Utilization Officer (NUO).
Section 109-43.307-53—is amended by removing “Automatic data processing equipment (ADPE)” and adding in its place “Information Technology (IT)”.
Section 109-45.309-54—is amended by removing “Automatic data processing equipment (ADPE)” and adding in its place “Information Technology (IT)”.
Subpart 109-45.6—Debarred, Suspended, and Ineligible Contractors, is removed to eliminate outdated citation.
Subpart 109-50.1—is amended by removing “Used Energy-Related Laboratory Equipment Grant Program (ERLE)” and adding in its place “Laboratory Equipment Donation Program Grant program (LEDP)”.
All remaining sections of 41 CFR Chapter 109 will be amended to reflect current property management requirements consistent with the Federal Property Management Regulation/Federal Management Regulation (FPMR/FMR).
This regulatory action has been determined not to be “a significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” 58 FR 51735 (October 4, 1993). Accordingly, this action is not subject to review under that Executive Order by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
DOE has also reviewed this regulation pursuant to Executive Order 13563, issued on January 18, 2011 (76 FR 3281 (Jan. 21, 2011)). Executive Order 13563 is supplemental to and explicitly reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review established in Executive Order 12866. To the extent permitted by law, agencies are required by Executive Order 13563 to: (1) Propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives, taking into account, among other things, and to the extent practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations; (3) select, in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than specifying the behavior or manner of compliance that regulated entities must adopt; and (5) identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including providing economic incentives to encourage the desired behavior, such as user fees or marketable permits, or providing information upon which choices can be made by the public.
DOE emphasizes as well that Executive Order 13563 requires agencies to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible. In its guidance, the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has emphasized that such techniques may include identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes. DOE believes that this interim final rule is consistent with these principles, including the requirement that, to the extent permitted by law, agencies adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs and, in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches maximize net benefits.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
This regulatory action will not impose any additional reporting or recordkeeping requirements subject to approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act. This interim final rule does not impose a collection of information requirement subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501
DOE has concluded that promulgation of this rule falls into a class of actions that would not individually or cumulatively have a significant impact on the human environment, as determined by DOE's regulations implementing the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
Executive Order 13132, 64 FR 43255 (August 4, 1999), imposes certain requirements on agencies formulating and implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have federalism implications. Agencies are required to examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States and carefully assess the necessity for such actions. The Executive Order also requires agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental consultation process it will follow in the development of such regulations (65 FR 13735). DOE has examined this proposed rule and has determined that it does not preempt State law and does not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. No further action is required by Executive Order 13132.
With respect to the review of existing regulations and the promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of Executive Order 12988, “Civil Justice Reform,” 61 FR 4729 (February 7, 1996), imposes on Federal agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity; (2) write regulations to minimize litigation; and (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general standard and promote simplification and burden reduction. Section 3(b) of Executive Order 12988 specifically requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation: (1) Clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation; (3) provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden reduction; (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately defines key terms; and (6) addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order 12988 requires Executive agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law, this rule meets the relevant standards of Executive Order 12988.
This regulatory action does not contain a Federal mandate that will result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in aggregate, or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year.
Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family Policymaking Assessment for any proposed rule or policy that may affect family well-being. This rule would not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.
The Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001, 44 U.S.C. 3516 note, provides for agencies to review most disseminations of information to the public under implementing guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (February 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (October 7, 2002). DOE has reviewed today's notice of proposed rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those guidelines.
Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use, 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA a Statement of Energy Effects for any proposed significant energy action. A “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency that promulgated or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final rule, and that: (1) Is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, or any successor order and (2) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a significant energy action. For any proposed significant energy action, the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use. Today's regulatory action is not a significant energy action. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects.
As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will report to Congress on the promulgation of this rule prior to its effective date. The report will state that it has been determined that the rule is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 801(2).
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(b), the Administrative Procedure Act, DOE generally publishes a rule in a proposed form and solicits public comment on it before issuing the rule in final. This rulemaking, as a matter relating to public property, is exempt from the requirement to publish a notice of proposed rulemaking under 5 U.S.C. 553(a)(2). Specifically, this rule is a matter relating to public property. In addition, DOE is not obligated to provide an opportunity for comment on this rule pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), which provides an exception to the public comment requirement if the agency finds good cause to omit advance notice and public participation. Good cause is shown when public comment is “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” An opportunity for comment on this rule would be unnecessary because DOE is amending this rule only for consistency with the Federal property management regulations. DOE, however, is publishing this rule as an interim final rule and allowing for public comment until October 14, 2016.
The Office of the Secretary has approved the issuance of this interim final rule.
Government property management.
This subpart sets forth the Department of Energy (DOE) Property Management Regulations (DOE-PMR) which establish uniform DOE property management policies, regulations, and procedures that implement and supplement the Federal Property Management Regulations/Federal Management Regulation. Property management statutory authorities that are unique to the Department (
(a)
(A) Of that equipment; or
(B) Of that equipment to a significant extent in the performance of a service or the furnishing of a product;
(ii) Includes computers, ancillary equipment (including imaging peripherals, input, output, and storage devices necessary for security and surveillance), peripheral equipment designed to be controlled by the central processing unit of a computer, software, firmware and similar procedures, services (including support services), and related resources; but
(iii) Does not include any equipment acquired by a federal contractor incidental to a federal contract. 40 U.S.C. 11101.
(b)
CFR: Code of Federal Regulations
CSC: Customer Supply Center
CUI: Controlled Unclassified Information
DEAR: Department of Energy Acquisition Regulation
DOD: Department of Defense
DOE: Department of Energy
DOE-PMR: Department of Energy Property Management Regulations
DPMO: Departmental Property Management Officer
ECCN: Export Control Classification Number
ECI: Export Controlled Information
EHFFP: Equipment Held For Future Projects
EOQ: Economic Order Quantity
FAR: Federal Acquisition Regulation
FPMR/FMR: Federal Property Management Regulations/Federal Management Regulation
FSC: Federal Supply Classification
FSCG: Federal Supply Classification Group
GAO: General Accounting Office
GSA: General Services Administration
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
INFCIRC: International Atomic Energy Agency Information Circular
IFMS: Interagency Fleet Management System
IT: Information Technology
LEDP: Laboratory Equipment Donation Program
M&O: Management and Operating
MCTL: Military Critical Technologies List
OPMO: Organizational Property Management Officer
OPSEC: Operations Security
PA: Property Administrator
PSO: Program Secretarial Officer (PSO)
SNM: Special Nuclear Material
UCNI: Unclassified Controlled Nuclear Information
U.S.C.: United States Code
The DOE-PMR system described in this subpart is established to provide uniform personal property management policies, standards, and practices within the Department.
The DOE-PMRs (41 CFR Ch. 109) implements and supplements the FPMR/FMR (41 CFR Ch. 101) issued by the General Services Administration (GSA), Public Laws, Executive Orders, Office of Management and Budget directives, and other agency issuances affecting the Department's personal property management program.
(a) Subject to applicable procedural requirements in 41 U.S.C. 1707, 42 U.S.C 7191 and 5 U.S.C 553, Personal Property Letters are authorized for publication of temporary policies that should not be codified in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR).
(b) DOE-PMR Bulletins are used to disseminate information concerning personal property management matters not affecting policy or to clarify instructions in actions required by the FPMR/FMR or DOE-PMR.
The DOE-PMR will be published in the
(a) The FPMR/FMR and DOE-PMR apply to all direct operations.
(b) The DOE-PMR does not apply to facilities and activities conducted under Executive Order 12344 (Naval Nuclear Propulsion Program) and Public Law 98-525.
(c) Unless otherwise provided in the appropriate part or subpart, the FPMR/FMR and DOE-PMR apply to designated contractors.
(d) The Procurement Executive or head of a contracting activity may designate contractors other than designated contractors to which the FPMR/FMR and DOE-PMR apply.
(e) Program Secretarial Officers and other DOE elements are responsible to identify the contracts that involve the life-cycle management of personal property assets. The respective program's Head of Contracting Activity is responsible to issue direction to Contracting Officers to incorporate any and all applicable requirements of the FPMR/FMR and DOE-PMR and any supplemental Program Office guidance into contracts identified with life-cycle management of personal property.
(f) Principal authority and responsibility for the administration of DOE personal property in the custody of its contractors rest with the responsible Contracting Officer.
(g) The FPMR/FMR and DOE-PMR shall be used by contracting officers in the administration of applicable contracts, and in the review, approval, or appraisal of such contractor operations.
(h) Regulations for the management of Government property in the possession of other DOE contractors are contained in the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), 48 CFR part 45, and in the DOE Acquisition Regulation (DEAR), 48 CFR part 945.
(i) Regulations for the management of personal property held by financial
(a) The DOE-PMR shall be fully coordinated with all Departmental elements substantively concerned with the subject matter.
(b) The accountable Under Secretary is responsible for implementation of the DOE PMR through their respective DOE elements.
(c) Program Secretarial Officers and DOE elements with responsibility for personal property, as delegated by their cognizant Under Secretary, may develop program management plans and issue internal program office guidance that is aligned to the requirements in the DOE-PMR and as explicitly authorized by their Under Secretary.
(d) Heads of Contracting Activity designates Organizational Property Management Officers (OPMO) to establish and administer personal property management programs within their organizations.
(e) Contracting Officers designates Property Administrators (PA) as authorized representatives responsible performing delegated contract administration functions for contract and financial assistance requirements relating to Government personal property.
(f) The Office of Management is responsible for Agency-level management of the contract property program and provides policy and management assistance in support of the policy implementation effort. The Office of Management designates an Agency Property Executive to serve as National Utilization Officer responsible for promoting acquisition and utilization of excess personal property and for establishing policies, standards, and guidance in accordance with applicable laws, regulations and sound personal property management practices and standards.
(a) The DOE-PMR includes basic and significant Departmental personal property management policies and standards which implement, supplement, or deviate from the FPMR/FMR. In the absence of any DOE-PMR issuance, the basic FPMR/FMR material shall govern.
(b) The DOE-PMR shall be consistent with the FPMR/FMR and shall not duplicate or paraphrase the FPMR/FMR material.
(c) Implementing procedures, instructions, and guides which are necessary to clarify or to implement the DOE-PMR may be issued by Headquarters or field organizations, provided that the implementing procedures, instructions and guides:
(1) Are consistent with the policies and procedures contained in this regulation;
(2) To the extent practicable, follow the format, arrangement, and numbering system of this regulation; and
(3) Contain no material which duplicates, paraphrases, or is inconsistent with the contents of this regulation.
(a) Each request for deviation shall contain the following:
(1) A statement of the deviation desired, including identification of the specific paragraph number(s) of the DOE-PMR;
(2) The reason why the deviation is considered necessary or would be in the best interest of the Government;
(3) If applicable, the name of the contractor and identification of the contractor affected;
(4) A statement as to whether the deviation has been requested previously and, if so, circumstances of the previous request;
(5) A description of the intended effect of the deviation;
(6) A statement of the period of time for which the deviation is needed; and
(7) Any pertinent background information which will contribute to a full understanding of the desired deviation.
(b)(1) Requests for deviations from applicable portions of the FPMR/FMR and DOE-PMR (except aviation related portions) shall be forwarded with supporting documentation by the Organizational Property Management Officer (OPMO) to the Office of Management.
(2) Requests for deviations from aviation related portions of the FPMR/FMR and DOE-PMR concerning aviation operations shall be forwarded by the OPMO or on-site DOE Aviation Management Officer with supporting documentation to the DOE Senior Aviation Management Official.
(c) The accountable Under Secretary is authorized to approve documented program-specific or location-specific exemptions, exclusions, and/or deviations from requirements of the DOE PMR based on mission needs, efficiency, and/or efficacy of execution without disregarding federal laws and regulations.
(d) Requests for deviations from the FPMR/FMR will be coordinated with GSA by the Office of Management.
This subpart supplements the FPMR/FMR, states DOE personal property management policy and program objectives, and prescribes authorities and responsibilities for the conduct of an efficient personal property management program in DOE.
It is DOE policy that a program for the management of personal property shall be established and maintained to meet program needs. Personal property shall be managed efficiently, in accordance with Federal statutes and regulations, and in alignment with mission needs. Personal property must be managed in a safe and secure manor and ensure personal property assets are available to support efficient mission execution. Commercial practices may be used (
The objectives of the DOE personal property management program are to provide:
(a) A system for efficiently managing personal property in the custody or possession of DOE organizations and designated contractors; and
(b) Uniform principles, policies, and standards for efficient management of personal property that are sufficiently broad in scope and flexible in nature to facilitate adaptation to local needs and various kinds of operations.
This subpart provides guidance on DOE standards and practices to be applied in the management of personal property.
Personal property shall be used only in the performance of official work of the United States Government, except:
(a) In emergencies threatening loss of life or property as authorized by law;
(b) As otherwise authorized by law and approved by the Office of
Personal property management practices shall assure the best possible use of personal property. Supplies and equipment shall be generally limited to those items essential for carrying out the programs of DOE efficiently.
(a) Personal property which is not excess and would otherwise be out of service for temporary periods may be loaned to other DOE offices and contractors, other Federal agencies, and to others for official purposes. The loan request shall be in writing, stating the purpose of the loan and period of time required. The loan shall be executed on DOE Form 4420.2, Personal Property Loan Agreement when approved in writing by the OPMO or on-site DOE property administrator. When approved, a memorandum transmitting the loan agreement shall be prepared identifying the loan period, delivery time, method of payment and transportation, and point of delivery and return, to ensure proper control and protect DOE's interest. The domestic loan period shall not exceed one year, but may be renewed in one year increments. Second renewals of loan agreements shall be reviewed and justified at a level of management at least two levels above that of the individual making the determination to loan the property. Third renewals shall be approved by the head of the field organization or designee.
(b) Requests for loans to foreign Governments and other foreign organizations shall be submitted to the Office of International Affairs for approval, with a copy to the cognizant Headquarters program office.
(a) Personal property shall be marked “U.S. Government property” or “U.S. DOE”) subject to the criteria below. The markings shall be securely affixed to the property, legible, and conspicuous. Examples of appropriate marking media are bar code labels, decals, and stamping.
(b) Personal property which by its nature cannot be marked, such as stores items, metal stock, etc., is exempted from this requirement.
(c) To the extent practicable and economical, markings shall be removed prior to disposal outside of DOE. 41 CFR 102-35.30.
Generally, contractor-owned personal property shall be segregated from Government personal property. Commingling of Government and contractor-owned personal property may be allowed only when:
(a) The segregation of the property would materially hinder the progress of the work (
(b) Control procedures are adequate (
Controls such as property pass systems, memorandum records, regular or intermittent gate checks, and/or perimeter fencing shall be established as appropriate to prevent loss, theft, or unauthorized removal of property from the premises on which such personal property is located.
The contractor's property control records shall provide the following information for every accountable item of Government personal property in the contractor's possession and any other data elements required by specific contract provisions:
(a) Contract number or equivalent code designation.
(b) Asset type.
(c) Description of item (name, serial number, national stock number (if available)).
(d) Property control number (Government ownership identity).
(e) Unit acquisition cost (including delivery and installation cost, when appropriate, and unit of measure).
(f) Acquisition document reference and date.
(g) Manufacturer's name, model and serial number.
(h) Quantity received, fabricated, issued or on hand.
(i) Location (physical area)
(j) Custodian name and organization code.
(k) Use status (active, storage, excess, etc.)
(l) High risk designation.
(m) Disposition document reference and date.
An individual property record will be developed and maintained for each item of equipment.
Perpetual inventory records are to be maintained for stores inventory items.
Perpetual inventory records are to be maintained for precious metals.
No formal property management records are required to be maintained for this category of personal property, which includes such items as those controlled for calibration or maintenance purposes, contaminated property, tool crib items, and equipment pool items. Various control records can be employed to help safeguard this property against waste and abuse, including purchase vs. use information, tool crib check-outs, loss and theft reports, calibration records, disposal records, and other similar records. Control techniques would include physical security, custodial responsibility, identification/marking, or other locally established control techniques.
(a) Physical inventories of those categories of personal property as specified in paragraph (g) of this section shall be conducted at all DOE and designated contractor locations.
(b) Physical inventories shall be performed by the use of personnel other than custodians of the property. Where staffing restraints or other considerations apply, the inventory may be performed by the custodian with verification by a second party.
(c) Detailed procedures for the taking of physical inventories shall be developed for each DOE office and designated contractor. The OPMO/PA shall review and approve the DOE office and contractor procedures.
(d) The conduct of a physical inventory will be observed, or follow-on audits made, by independent representatives,
(e) The DOE capitalization threshold for items acquired prior to October 1, 2011 is $50,000. For items acquired on or after October 1, 2011, the threshold is $500,000.
(f) Procedures that are limited to a check-off of a listing of recorded property without actual verification of
(g) The frequency of physical inventories of personal property shall be as follows:
(1) Equipment—biennial 98%. Inventory accuracy.
(2) Sensitive items—annual 100%. Inventory accuracy.
(3) Stores inventories—annual.
(4) Precious metals—annual 100% Inventory accuracy.
(5) HRPP—annual 100% Inventory accuracy.
(6) All other accountable property every three years 98% Inventory accuracy.
(7) Administratively controlled items—There is no formal Department requirement for the performance of physical inventories of this property. However, OPMOs/PA's determines inventory requirements based on management needs.
(h) Physical inventories shall be performed at intervals more frequently than required when experience at any given location or with any given item or items indicates that this action is necessary for effective property accounting, utilization, or control as directed by OPMO/PA.
(i) Physical inventories of equipment may be conducted by the “inventory by exception” method. The system and procedures for taking physical inventories by this method must be fully documented and approved in writing by the OPMO/PA.
(j) The results of physical inventories shall be reconciled with the property records, and with applicable financial control accounts.
(k) The results of physical inventories shall be reported to the OPMO/PA.
(l) Physical inventories of equipment and stores inventories may be conducted using statistical sampling methods in lieu of the normal wall-to-wall method. The sampling methods employed must be statistically valid and approved in writing by the OPMO. If use of the statistical methods of physical inventory does not produce acceptable results, the wall-to-wall method shall be used to complete the inventories.
DOE offices shall establish procedures to provide for the reporting, documentation, and investigation of instances of loss, damage, or destruction of personal property including:
(a) Notification to appropriate DOE organizations and law enforcement offices;
(b) Determination of cause or origin;
(c) Liability and responsibility for repair or replacement; and
(d) Actions taken to prevent further loss, damage, or destruction, and to prevent repetition of similar incidents.
(a) Designated contractors shall report any loss, damage, or destruction of personal property in its possession or control, including property in the possession or control of subcontractors, to the property administrator as soon as it becomes known.
(b) When physical inventories, consumption analyses, or other actions disclose consumption of property considered unreasonable by the property administrator; or loss, damage, or destruction of personal property not previously reported by the contractor, the property administrator shall require the contractor to investigate the incidents and submit written reports.
(c) Reports of physical inventory results and identified discrepancies shall be submitted to the property administrator within 90 days of completion of physical inventories. An acceptable percentage of shrinkage for stores inventories shall be determined by the property administrator on a location-by-location basis, based on type and cost of materials, historical data, and other site-specific factors. This determination shall be in writing and be supported by appropriate documentation.
(d) The contractor's report referenced above shall contain factual data as to the circumstances surrounding the loss, damage, destruction or excessive consumption, including:
(1) The contractor's name and contract number;
(2) A description of the property;
(3) Cost of the property, and cost of repairs in instances of damage (in event actual cost is not known, use reasonable estimate);
(4) The date, time (if pertinent), and cause or origin; and
(5) Actions taken by the contractor to prevent further loss, damage, destruction, or unreasonable consumption, and to prevent repetition of similar incidents.
(e) The property administrator shall ensure that the corrective actions taken by the contractor under paragraph (d)(5) of this section satisfactorily address system weaknesses.
(f) The contracting officer shall make a determination of contractor liability with a copy of the determination furnished to the contractor and the property administrator. Costs may be assessed against a contractor for physical inventory discrepancies or other instances of loss of Government property within the terms of the contract. Credit should only be applied if specific items reported as lost can be uniquely identified. General physical inventory write-ons are not to be used as a credit.
(g) If part of a designated contractor's personal property management system is found to be unsatisfactory, the property administrator shall increase surveillance of that part to prevent, to the extent possible, any loss, damage, destruction or unreasonable consumption of personal property. The property administrator shall give special attention to reasonably ensuring that any loss, damage, destruction or unreasonable consumption occurring during a period when a contractor's personal property management system is not approved is identified before approval or reinstatement of approval.
Non-Government-owned personal property shall not be installed in, affixed to, or otherwise made a part of any Government-owned personal property when such action will adversely affect the operation or condition of the Government property.
Annual personal property reports as required by 41 CFR 102 35.25 and internal DOE personal property reports must be submitted to the Office of Management at a date determined by the Property Executive.
This subpart prescribes policy and responsibilities for the establishment, maintenance, and appraisal of designated contractors' programs for the management of personal property.
(a) Designated contractors shall establish, implement, and maintain a system that provides for an efficient personal property management program. The system shall be consistent with the terms of the contract; prescribed policies, procedures, regulations, statutes, and instructions; and directions from the contracting officer.
(b) Designated contractors' personal property management systems shall not be considered acceptable until reviewed
(c) Designated contractors shall maintain their personal property management systems in writing. Revisions to the systems shall be approved in writing by the cognizant DOE contracting office in accordance with § 109-1.5205 of this subpart.
(d) Designated contractors shall include their personal property management system in their management surveillance or internal review program in order to identify weaknesses and functions requiring corrective action.
(e) Designated contractors are responsible and accountable for all Government personal property in the possession of subcontractors, and shall include appropriate provisions in their subcontracts and property management systems to assure that subcontractors establish and maintain efficient systems for the management of Government personal property in their possession in accordance with § 109-1.5204 of this subpart.
(a) If the contractor is a new designated contractor, the contractor may accept the previous contractor's personal property records as a baseline or may perform a complete physical inventory of all personal property. This physical inventory is to be performed within the time period specified by the contracting officer or the contract, but no later than one year after the execution date of the contract. If the physical inventory is not accomplished within the allotted time frame, the previous contractor's records will be considered as the baseline.
(b) If any required physical inventories have not been accomplished within the time periods prescribed in § 109-1.5110(f) of this part, the new contractor shall either perform such physical inventories within 120 days of contract renegotiation, or accept the existing property records as the baseline.
Designated contractors shall require those subcontractors provided Government-owned personal property to establish and maintain a system for the management of such property. As a minimum, a subcontractor's personal property management system shall provide for the following:
(a) Adequate records.
(b) Controls over acquisitions.
(c) Identification as Government-owned personal property.
(d) Physical inventories.
(e) Proper care, maintenance, and protection.
(f) Controls over personal property requiring special handling (
(g) Reporting, redistribution, and disposal of excess and surplus personal property.
(h) Accounting for personal property that is lost, damaged, destroyed, stolen, abandoned, or worn out.
(i) Periodic reports, including physical inventory results and total acquisition cost of Government property.
(j) An internal surveillance program, including periodic reviews, to ensure that personal property is being managed in accordance with established procedures.
(a) An initial review of a designated contractor's personal property management system shall be performed by the property administrator within one year after the execution date of the contract, except for contract extensions or renewals or when an existing contractor has been awarded a follow-on contract. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the contractor's system provides adequate protection, maintenance, utilization, and disposition of personal property, and reasonable assurance that the Department's personal property is safeguarded against waste, loss, unauthorized use, or misappropriation, in accordance with applicable statutes, regulations, contract terms and conditions, programmatic needs, and good business practices. If circumstances preclude completion of the initial review within the “within one year” initial review requirement, the property administrator shall request a deviation from the requirement in accordance with the provisions of § 109-1.110-50 of this part.
(b) If a designated contractor is the successor to a previous designated contractor and the contract award was based in part on the contractor's proposal to overhaul the existing personal property management system(s), the “within one year” initial review requirement may be extended based on:
(1) The scope of the overhaul; and
(2) An analysis of the cost to implement the overhaul within a year versus a proposed extended period.
(c) When an existing contract has been extended or renewed, or the designated contractor has been awarded a follow-on contract, an initial review of the contractor's personal property management system is not required. In such cases, the established appraisal schedule will continue to be followed as prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section.
(d) At a minimum of every three years after the date of approval of a designated contractor's property management system, the OPMO/PA shall make an appraisal of the personal property management operation of the contractor. The purpose of the appraisal is to determine if the contractor is managing personal property in accordance with its previously approved system and procedures, and to establish whether such procedures are efficient. The appraisal may be based on a formal comprehensive appraisal or a series of formal appraisals of the functional segments of the contractor's operation.
(e) A designated contractor's property management system shall be approved, conditionally approved, or disapproved in writing by the head of the field organization with advice of the contracting officer, property administrator, OPMO, legal counsel, and appropriate program officials. Approval authority may be redelegated to the contracting officer or OPMO/PA. Conditional approval and disapproval authority cannot be redelegated. When a system is conditionally approved or disapproved, the property administrator or contracting officer shall advise the contractor, in writing, of deficiencies that need to be corrected, and a time schedule established for completion of corrective actions.
(f) Appropriate follow-up will be made by the property administrator to ensure that corrective actions have been initiated and completed.
(g) When a determination has been made by the property administrator that all major system deficiencies identified in the review or appraisal have been corrected, the head of the field organization shall withdraw the conditional approval or disapproval, and approve the system with the concurrence of the OPMO/PA. The approval shall be in writing and addressed to appropriate contractor management.
(h) The property administrator shall maintain a copy of all designated contractor personal property management system appraisals and approvals in such manner as to be readily available to investigative and external review teams.
Any proposed significant change to a designated contractor's approved personal property management system shall be reviewed by the property administrator at the earliest possible time. Such changes should then be approved in writing on an interim basis, or disapproved in writing, by the property administrator as appropriate.
(a) This subpart provides identification, accounting, control, and disposal policy guidance for the following categories of high risk personal property: Especially designed or prepared property, export controlled property, nuclear weapon components or weapon-like components, and proliferation sensitive property. The guidance is intended to ensure that the disposition of these categories of high risk personal property does not adversely affect the national security or nuclear nonproliferation objectives of the United States.
(b) The other categories of high risk personal property are controlled by other life cycle management programs and procedures monitored by other Departmental elements.
This subpart is applicable to all DOE organizations which purchase, manage or dispose of Government personal property, or contract for the management of Government facilities, programs, or related services, which may directly or indirectly require the purchase, management, or disposal of Government-owned personal property. Using the high-risk personal property control requirements in this subpart as guidance, Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) or OPMOs/PAs shall ensure that designated contractors and financial assistance recipients are responsible for developing a cost effective high-risk property management system, covering all operational responsibilities enumerated in this subpart.
(a) It is the responsibility of DOE organizations and designated contractors to manage and control Government-owned high risk personal property in an efficient manner. High-risk personal property will be managed throughout its life cycle so as to protect public and DOE personnel safety and to advance the national security and the nuclear nonproliferation objectives of the U.S. Government.
(b) The disposition of high risk property is subject to special considerations. Items of high risk property may present significant risks to the national security and nuclear nonproliferation objectives of the Government which must be evaluated. Organizations will identify high risk property and control its disposition to eliminate or mitigate such risks. In no case shall property be transferred or disposed unless it receives a high risk assessment and is handled accordingly.
(a)
(1) Newly acquired high risk personal property shall be identified and tracked during the acquisition process and marked upon receipt.
(2) All personal property shall be reviewed for high risk identification, marking, and database entry during regularly scheduled physical inventories, unless access to the property is difficult or impractical because the property is a component of a larger assembly, a complex operating system, or an older facility. The review of this property will be completed, prior to disposition, when replacing components or when operating systems and facilities are decommissioned and dismantling.
(3) High risk personal property which by its nature cannot be marked, such as stores items and metal stock, is exempt from this requirement. However, personal property management programs should contain documentation on the characterization of this property as high risk.
(b)
(i) Whether it should be characterized as high risk, and
(ii) What actions are necessary to ensure compliance with applicable national security or nonproliferation controls.
(2) The DOE or designated contractor property management organization may not process high risk personal property into a reutilization/disposal program without performing the reviews prescribed by the local high risk property management system. The reviews must be properly documented, and all appropriate certifications and clearances received, in accordance with the approved site or facility personal property management program.
(3) The disposition (including demilitarization of items on the Munitions List) and handling of high risk personal property are subject to applicable provisions of subchapter H of the FPMR/FMR, subchapter H of this chapter, and the DOE Guidelines on Export Control and Nonproliferation.
(4) All applicable documentation, including records concerning the property's categorization as high risk, shall be included as part of the property transfer. The documentation shall be included with all transfers within, or external to, DOE.
(5) Unless an alternative disposition option appears to be in the best interest of the Government, surplus Trigger List components, equipment, and materials and nuclear weapon components shall either be sold for scrap after being rendered useless for their originally intended purpose or destroyed, with the destruction verified and documented. Requests for approval of an alternative disposition may be made through the cognizant Assistant Secretary to the Director of the Office of Nonproliferation and National Security.
(6) The following Export Restriction Notice, or approved equivalent notice, shall be included in all transfers, sales, or other offerings:
The use, disposition, export and re-export of this property are subject to all applicable U.S. laws and regulations, including the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended; the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2751
a. The making of false statements and concealment of any material information regarding the use or disposition, export or re-export of the property; and
b. Any use or disposition, export or re-export of the property which is not authorized in accordance with the provisions of this agreement.
(a) Life cycle control determinations. When the PSO approves a contractor program containing controls, other than life cycle control consistent with this subpart, the decision shall be justified in writing and a copy sent to the Office of Management. A PSO's decision not to provide life-cycle control should take into account:
(1) The nature and extent of high risk property typically purchased or otherwise brought to a DOE or designated contractor facility or site;
(2) The projected stability of DOE and designated contractor operations; and
(3) The degree of confidence in the property control measures available at disposition.
(b) Certain transfers, sales, or other offerings of high risk personal property may require special conditions or specific restrictions as determined necessary by the property custodian or cognizant program office.
(c) Requests for deviations from the requirements of this subpart may be made through the cognizant PSO to the Office of Management.
Sec. 205(c), 63 Stat. 390 (40 U.S.C. 121; 31 U.S.C. 1344(e)(1).
(a) With the exception of § 109-6.400-50, the provisions of this subpart and 41 CFR part 102-5 do not apply to designated contractors. Official use provisions applicable to these contractors are contained in § 109-38.3 of this chapter.
(b) When an employee on temporary duty is authorized to travel by Government motor vehicle, and in the interest of the Government, is scheduled to depart before the beginning of regular working hours, or if there will be a significant savings in time, a Government motor vehicle may be issued at the close of the preceding working day. Such authorizations must be submitted to the fleet manager to ensure proper use of motor vehicles during non-duty hours. Similarly, when scheduled to return after the close of working hours, the motor vehicle may be returned the next regular working day. This use of a Government motor vehicle is not regarded as prohibited by 31 U.S.C. 1344 (25 Comp. Gen. 844(1946)).
DOE offices shall ensure that DOE employees operating Government motor vehicles are informed concerning:
(a) The statutory requirement that Government motor vehicles shall be used only for official purposes;
(b) Personal responsibility for safe driving and operation of Government motor vehicles, and for compliance with Federal, state, and local laws and regulations, and all accident reporting requirements;
(c) The need to possess a valid state, District of Columbia, or commonwealth operator's license or permit for the type of vehicle to be operated and some form of agency identification. Check for specific details within your state laws regarding vehicle operator's licenses from foreign countries which may be valid in certain States;
(d) The penalties for unauthorized use of Government motor vehicles;
(e) The prohibition against providing transportation to strangers or hitchhikers;
(f) The proper care, control and use of Government credit card and vehicle keys;
(g) Mandatory use of seat belts by each employee operating or riding in a Government motor vehicle;
(h) The prohibition against the use of tobacco products in GSA-Interagency Fleet Management System (IFMS) motor vehicles;
(i) Any other duties and responsibilities assigned to operators with regard to the use, care, operation, and maintenance of Government motor vehicles;
(j) The potential income tax liability when they use a Government motor vehicle for transportation between residence and place of employment; and
(k) Protection for DOE employees under the Federal Tort Claims Act when acting within the scope of their employment.
(l) The prohibition against text messaging while operating a Government vehicle, or any vehicle while on Government business, as set forth under Executive Order 13513; and
(m) See 31 U.S.C. 1344 and 41 CFR 301-10.201 for allowable use of Government vehicles while on temporary duty or official travel orders.
(a) It is DOE policy that Government motor vehicles operated by DOE employees are to be used only for official Government purposes or for incidental purposes as prescribed in this section. The Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) for their respective organizations shall establish appropriate controls to ensure that the use of a Government motor vehicle for transportation between an employee's residence and place of employment is in accordance with the provisions of 41 CFR part 102-5 and this subpart.
(b) It is DOE policy that space in a Government motor vehicle used for home-to-work transportation may be shared with a spouse, relative, or friend in accordance with the restrictions contained in 41 CFR 102-5.105.
(a) In accordance with 31 U.S.C. 1349(b), any officer or employee of the Government who willfully uses or authorizes the use of a Government passenger motor vehicle for other than official purposes shall be suspended from duty by the head of the department concerned, without compensation, for not less than one month and shall be suspended for a longer period or summarily removed from office if circumstances warrant.
(b) Under the provisions of 18 U.S.C. 641, any person who knowingly misuses any Government property (including Government motor vehicles) may be subject to criminal prosecution and, upon conviction, to fines or imprisonment.
Sec. 644, Pub. L. 95-91, 91 Stat. 599 (42 U.S.C. 7254).
At a minimum, management walk-throughs shall be conducted to provide for coverage of all operating and storage areas at least once every two years to identify idle and unneeded personal property.
(a)-(c) [Reserved]
(d) The report on the use and effectiveness of equipment pools shall be submitted to the head of the DOE office at the discretion of that official. However, documentation of evaluations of pools shall be maintained and made available for review by appropriate contractor management, DOE offices, and audit teams.
(e) Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) shall require periodic independent reviews of equipment pool operations.
The Director, Office of Management, Program Secretarial Officer (PSO), and designated contractors shall establish criteria for the use of office furniture, furnishings, and equipment.
(a) Government-owned clothing and individual equipment may be furnished to employees:
(1) For protection from physical injury or occupational disease; or
(2) When employees could not reasonably be required to furnish them as a part of the personal clothing and equipment needed to perform the regular duties of the position to which they are assigned or for which services were engaged.
(b) This section does not apply to uniforms or uniform allowances under the Federal Employees Uniform Allowance Act of 1954, 84 Public Law 37, as amended.
Sec. 644, Pub. L. 95-91, 91 Stat. 599 (42 U.S.C. 7254).
(a) DOE field organizations designated by the Office of Management are responsible for processing routine activity code related transactions for specified groupings of field organizations. Each field organization in a specified grouping will forward their activity address code related transactions to the grouping's lead organization for processing. Each lead organization shall designate a point of contact who will:
(1) Verify the need, purpose, and validity of each transaction; and
(2) Be the specified grouping's authorized point of contact for dealing directly with GSA.
(b) The Office of Management is responsible for:
(1) All policy matters related to the issuance and control of activity address codes within DOE; and
(2) Furnishing the identity of the lead field organization points of contact to GSA.
(a) GSA is a mandatory source, under FPMR 101-26.501, for purchase of new non-tactical vehicles.
(b) Under unique circumstances which meet the criteria set forth under FPMR, motor vehicles may be purchased directly rather than through GSA when a waiver has been granted by GSA. The waiver request should be submitted directly to GSA and a copy forwarded to the Office of Management. GSA will grant waivers on a case-by-case basis, in accordance with FPMR 101-26.501(b)(c).
An original and two copies of requisitions for passenger motor vehicles and law enforcement motor vehicles shall be forwarded with justification for purchase to the Office of Management, for approval and submission to GSA. Requisitions for all other types of motor vehicles shall be submitted directly to GSA.
(a) Authority for the acquisition of passenger motor vehicles is contained in the Department's annual appropriation act.
(b) DOE offices shall include in their budget submissions the number of passenger motor vehicles to be purchased during the fiscal year. The procurements will be identified as either additions to the motor vehicle fleet or replacement vehicles. A copy of the motor vehicle portion of the submission should be submitted to the Office of Management.
(c) To ensure that DOE does not exceed the number of passenger motor vehicles authorized to be acquired in any fiscal year, the Office of Management or designee shall allocate to and inform the field organizations in writing of the number of passenger motor vehicles which may be acquired under each appropriation. These allocations and the statutory cost limitations imposed on these motor vehicles shall not be exceeded.
(d) The motor vehicle fleet manager shall provide written certification to the OPMO that disposition action has been taken on replaced passenger motor vehicles. Such certification shall be provided no later than 30 days after the disposition of the vehicle. Replaced passenger motor vehicles shall not be retained in service after receipt of the replacement vehicle.
Normally, DOE does not purchase or authorize contractors to purchase used motor vehicles. However, the Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) may authorize the purchase of used motor vehicles where justified by special circumstances,
(a) Requisitions for additions to the passenger motor vehicle fleet must contain adequate written justification of need. Such justifications shall be prepared by the motor vehicle fleet manager and approved by the OPMO, and should include:
(1) A statement as to why the present fleet size is inadequate to support requirements;
(2) Efforts made to achieve maximum use of on-hand motor vehicles through pool arrangements, shuttle buses, and taxicabs;
(3) The programmatic requirement for the motor vehicles and the impact on the program/project if the requisitions are not filled;
(4) The established DOE or local utilization objectives used to evaluate the utilization of passenger motor
(5) The date of the last utilization review and the number of passenger motor vehicles which did not meet the established utilization objectives and the anticipated mileage to be achieved by the new motor vehicles.
(b) Requisitions for replacement passenger motor vehicles should include a statement that utilization, pools, shuttle buses and taxicabs have been considered by the motor vehicle fleet manager and the OPMO. Specific information on the identification, age and mileage of the motor vehicles should be included. When a passenger motor vehicle being replaced does not meet Federal replacement standards, a description of the condition of the vehicle should also be provided.
(a) The acquisition of passenger motor vehicles by transfer from another Government agency or DOE organization shall be within the allocations prescribed in § 109-26.501-50 of this subpart.
(b) Passenger motor vehicles may be acquired by transfer provided they are:
(1) Considered as an addition to the motor vehicle fleet of the receiving office;
(2) Acquired for replacement purposes and an equal number of replaced motor vehicles are reported for disposal within 30 days;
(3) For temporary emergency needs exceeding three months and approved in writing by the DPMO; or
(4) For temporary emergency needs of three months or less in lieu of commercial rentals. These transfers will not count toward the allocation.
Communications equipment considered to be essential for the accomplishment of security and safety responsibilities is exempt from the requirements of 41 CFR 101-26.501. The Fleet Manager shall approve the installation of communications equipment in motor vehicles.
Sec. 644, Pub. L. 95-91, 91 Stat. 599 (42 U.S.C. 7254).
Effective procedures and practices shall provide for the management and physical security of controlled substances from receipt to the point of use. Such procedures shall, as a minimum, provide for safeguarding, proper use, adequate records, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
This subpart provides policies, principles, and guidelines to be used in the management of purchased and recovered precious metals used to meet research, development, production, and other programmatic needs.
DOE organizations and contractors shall establish effective procedures and practices for the administrative and physical control of precious metals in accordance with the provisions of this subpart.
Each DOE organization and contractor holding precious metals shall designate in writing a Precious Metals Control Officer. This individual shall be the organization's primary point of contact concerning precious metals control and management, and shall be responsible for the following:
(a) Ensuring that the organization's precious metals activities are conducted in accordance with Departmental requirements.
(b) Maintaining an accurate list of the names of precious metals custodians.
(c) Providing instructions and training to precious metals custodians and/or users as necessary to assure compliance with regulatory responsibilities.
(d) Ensuring that physical inventories are performed as required by, and in accordance with, these regulations.
(e) Witnessing physical inventories.
(f) Performing periodic unannounced inspections of a custodian's precious metals inventory and records.
(g) Conducting an annual review of precious metals holdings to determine excess quantities.
(h) Preparing and submitting to the DOE Business Center for Precious Metals Sales and Recovery the annual forecast of anticipated withdrawals from, and returns to, the DOE precious metals pool.
(i) Conducting a program for the recovery of silver from used hypo solution and scrap film in accordance with 41 CFR 101-45.10 and § 109-45.10 of this chapter.
(j) Preparing and submitting of the annual report on recovery of silver from used hypo solution and scrap film as required by § 109-45.1002-2 of this chapter.
(k) Developing and issuing current authorization lists of persons authorized by management to withdraw precious metals from stockrooms.
DOE organizations and contractors shall contact the DOE Business Center for Precious Metals Sales and Recovery to determine the availability of precious metals prior to acquisition on the open market.
Precious metals shall be afforded exceptional physical protection from time of receipt until disposition. Precious metals not in use shall be stored in a noncombustible combination locked repository with access limited to the designated custodian and an alternate. When there is a change in custodian or alternate having access to the repository, the combination shall be changed immediately.
(a) Physical inventories shall be conducted annually by custodians, and witnessed by the Precious Metals Control Officer or his designee in accordance with 109-1.5110, Physical inventories frequency requirements.
(b) Precious metals not in use shall be inspected and weighed on calibrated scales. The inventoried weight and form shall be recorded on the physical inventory sheets by metal content and percent of metal. Metals in use in an experimental process or contaminated metals, neither of which can be weighed, shall be listed on the physical inventory sheet as observed and/or not observed as applicable.
(c) Any obviously idle or damaged metals should be recorded during the physical inventory. Justification for further retention of idle metals shall be required from the custodian and approved one level above the custodian, or disposed of in accordance with established procedures.
(d) The dollar value of physical inventory results shall be reconciled with the financial records. All adjustments shall be supported by appropriate adjustment reports, and approved by a responsible official.
Precious metals in stock are metals held in a central location and later issued to individuals when authorized requests are received. The following control procedures shall be followed for such metals:
(a) Stocks shall be held to a minimum consistent with efficient support to programs.
(b) The name and organization number of each individual authorized to withdraw precious metals, and the type and kind of metals, shall be prominently maintained in the stockroom. This authorization shall be issued by the Precious Metals Control Officer or his designee and updated annually. Issues of metals will be made only to authorized persons.
(c) Accurate records of all receipts, issues, returns, and disposals shall be maintained in the stockroom.
(d) Receipts for metal issues and returns to stock shall be provided to users. Such receipts, signed by the authorized requesting individual and the stockroom clerk, shall list the requesting organization, type and form of metal, quantity, and date of transaction.
(a) After receipt, the using organization shall provide necessary controls for precious metals. Materials shall be stored in a non-combustible, combination locked repository at all times except for quantities at the actual point of use.
(b) Each using organization shall maintain a log showing the individual user, type and form of metal, and the time, place, and purpose of each use. The log shall be kept in a locked repository when not in use.
(c) The logs and secured locked storage facilities are subject to review by the Precious Metals Control Officer and other audit or review staffs as required.
(d) Cognizant Departmental managers are responsible for assuring that minimum quantities of precious metals are withdrawn consistent with work requirements and that quantities excess to requirements are promptly returned to the stockroom.
(a) Unannounced inspections of custodian's precious metals inventory and records may be conducted between scheduled inventories.
(b) DOE organizations and contractors holding precious metals shall annually review the quantity of precious metals on hand to determine if the quantity is in excess of program requirements. Precious metals which are not needed for current or foreseeable requirements shall be promptly reported to the DOE precious metals pool. The results of this annual review are to be documented and entered into the precious metals inventory records.
The purpose of the precious metals pool is to recycle, at a minimum cost to pool participants, DOE-owned precious metals within the Department and to dispose of DOE-owned precious metals that are excess to DOE needs. However, if the pool is unable to accept any potential precious metal return, the using activity will dispose of the precious metals through the disposal process specified in subchapter H of the FPMR/FMR and this regulation.
Pure metals are available through the Business Center for either direct shipment to DOE contractors or facilities to fulfill fabrication requirements. Contact the Business Center for available forms and quantity (
All excess precious metals must be returned to the precious metals pool except as noted in § 109-27.5106-1 of this subpart. The pool is entirely dependent on metal returns; therefore, metal inventories should be maintained on an as-needed basis, and any excess metals must be returned to the pool for recycling. This includes precious metals in any form, including shapes, and scraps. Procedures have been developed by the precious metals pool contractor for metal returns, including storing, packaging, shipping, and security.
The Business Center for Precious Metals Sales and Recovery will request annually from each DOE field organization its long-range forecast of anticipated withdrawals from the pool and returns to the pool.
The Business Center for Precious Metals Sales and Recovery operates the precious metals pool. DOE organizations and contractors may obtain specific information regarding the operation of the precious metals pool (operating contractor's name, address, and telephone number; processing charges; etc.) by contacting the Chief, Property Management Branch.
The requirements for the recovery of silver from used hypo solution and scrap film are contained in § 109-45.1003 of this chapter.
42 U.S.C. 7254.
DOE offices and designated contractors shall:
(a) Establish storage space and warehousing services for the receipt, storage, issue, safekeeping and protection of Government property;
(b) Provide storage space and warehousing services in the most efficient manner consistent with program requirements; and
(c) Operate warehouses in accordance with generally accepted industrial management practices and principles.
(a) Indoor storage areas should be arranged to obtain proper stock protection and maximum utilization of space within established floor load capacities.
(b) Storage yards for items not requiring covered protection shall be protected by locked fenced enclosures to the extent necessary to protect the Government's interest.
(c) Storage areas shall be prominently posted to clearly indicate that the property stored therein is U.S. Government property, with entrance to such areas restricted to authorized personnel only.
(d) Property in storage must be protected from fire, theft, deterioration, or destruction. In addition certain items require protection from dampness, heat, freezing, or extreme temperature changes. Other items must be stored away from light and odors, protected from vermin infestation, or stored separately because of their hazardous characteristics.
(e) Hazardous or contaminated property, including property having a history of use in an area where exposure to contaminated property may have occurred, shall not be commingled with non-contaminated property, but stored separately in accordance with instructions from the environmental, safety, and health officials.
(f) Unless inappropriate or impractical until declared excess, nuclear-related and proliferation-sensitive property shall be identified as such by use of a certification tag signed by an authorized program official (designated in writing with signature cards on file in the personal property management office). Such personal property shall not be commingled with other personal property, but stored separately in accordance with instructions from the cognizant program office.
DOE offices and designated contractors shall establish internal controls for ensuring that the use of CSC accounts is limited to the purchase of items for official Government use.
DOE offices and designated contractors shall establish internal controls for ensuring that the customer access codes assigned for their accounts are properly protected.
This subpart provides policies, principles, and guidelines to be used in the management of equipment held for future projects (EHFFP).
The objective of the EHFFP program is to enable DOE offices and contractors to retain equipment not in use in current programs but which has a known or potential use in future DOE programs, while providing visibility on the types and amounts of equipment so retained through review and reporting procedures. It is intended that equipment be retained where economically justifiable for retention, considering cost of maintenance, replacement, obsolescence, storage, deterioration, or future availability; made available for use by others; and promptly excessed when no longer needed.
Records of all EHFFP shall be maintained by the holding organization, including a listing of items with original date of classification as EHFFP; initial justifications for retaining EHFFP; rejustifications for retention; and documentation of reviews made by higher levels of management.
Procedures shall provide for the following:
(a) The original decision to classify and retain equipment as EHFFP shall be justified in writing, providing sufficient detail to support the need for retention of the equipment. This justification will cite the project for which retained, the potential use to be made of the equipment, or other reasons for retention.
(b) The validity of the initial classification EHFFP shall be reviewed by management at a level above that of the individual making the initial determination.
(c) Retention of equipment as EHFFP must be rejustified annually to ensure that original justifications remain valid. The rejustifications will contain sufficient detail to support retention.
(d) When equipment is retained as EHFFP for longer than one year, the annual rejustification shall be reviewed at a level of management at least two levels above that of the individual making the determination to retain the EHFFP. Equipment retained as EHFFP for longer than three years should be approved by the head of the DOE field organization.
OPMOs or on-site DOE property administrators shall conduct periodic reviews in accordance 109-1.5110 Physical inventories of personal property frequency requirement to ensure that the EHFFP program is being conducted in accordance with established procedures DOE-FMR. Included in the review will be proper determinations of property as EHFFP, the validity of justifications for retaining EHFFP.
It is DOE policy that, where practicable and consistent with program needs, EHFFP be considered as a source of supply to avoid or postpone acquisition.
This subpart provides policy guidance to be used in the management of spare equipment.
The following categories of equipment will not be considered spare equipment:
(a) Equipment/Property installed for emergency backup,
(b) Equipment items properly classified as stores inventory.
(a) Procedures shall require the maintenance of records for spare equipment/property, cross-referenced to the location in the facility and the engineering drawing number. The purpose for retention shall be in the records.
(b) Reviews shall be made based on technical evaluations of the continued need for the equipment. The reviews should be held biennially. In addition, individual item levels shall be reviewed when spare equipment/Property is installed for use, the basic equipment is removed from service, or the process supported is changed.
(c) Procedures shall be established to provide for the identification and reporting of unneeded spare equipment/property as excess property.
42 U.S.C. 7254.
The provisions of 41 CFR part 101-30 do not apply to designated contractors.
42 U.S.C. 7254.
Motor vehicles and watercraft shall be acquired, maintained, and utilized in support of DOE programs in the minimum quantity required and in the most efficient manner consistent with program requirements, safety considerations, fuel economy, and applicable laws and regulations.
(a) What size motor vehicles may we obtain? (See 41 CFR 102-34.50).
(b) All requests to obtain passenger automobiles larger than class IA, IB, or II (small, subcompact, or compact) shall
(c) Requests to exempt certain light trucks from the fleet average fuel economy calculations shall be forwarded with justification to the Office of Management for approval.
(a) DOE activities shall submit a copy of all motor vehicle leases and purchases not procured through the GSA Automotive Commodity Center to GSA.
(b)-(c) [Reserved]
(d) DOE activities desiring to renew a commercial lease shall submit the requirement in writing to the Office of Management for approval prior to submission by field offices to GSA.
(e) DOE activities shall submit a copy of all lease agreements to GSA.
(a)-(e) [Reserved]
(f) Requests made pursuant to 41 CFR 102-34.155 through 102-34.170 for limited exemption from the requirement for displaying U.S. Government tags and other identification on motor vehicles, except for those vehicles exempted in accordance with 41 CFR 102-34.175 and § 109-38.204-1 of this subpart, shall be submitted to the Office of Management for approval. Each approved exemption must be renewed annually, and the Office of Management shall be notified promptly when the need for a previously authorized exemption no longer exists. Copies of certifications and cancellation notices required to be furnished to GSA pursuant to 41 CFR 102-34.160 will be transmitted to GSA.
(g) Requests for temporary removal and substitution of Government markings shall be submitted with justification to the DPMO for review and approval. Copies of the determination and justification required to be furnished to GSA will be transmitted to GSA by the DPMO.
Motor vehicles used in foreign countries are to be registered and carry license tags in accordance with the existing motor vehicle regulations of the country concerned. The person responsible for a motor vehicle in a foreign country shall make inquiry at the United States Embassy, Legation, or Consulate concerning the regulations that apply to registration, licensing, and operation of motor vehicles and shall be guided accordingly.
The Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) shall make the determination concerning the use of tags outside the District of Columbia.
(a) The Office of Management assigns “blocks” of U.S. Government license tag numbers to DOE organizations and maintains a current record of such assignments. Additional “blocks” will be assigned upon request.
(b) Each DOE direct operation and designated contractor shall maintain a current record of individual assignments of license tags to the motor vehicles under their jurisdiction.
Unissued license tags shall be stored in a locked drawer, cabinet, or storage area with restricted access to prevent possible fraud or misuse. Tags which are damaged or unusable will be safeguarded until destroyed.
Standard DOE motor vehicle window decals (DOE Form 1530.1), and door decals to be used only on vehicles without windows (DOE Form 1530.2), are available from the Office of Administrative Services, Logistics Management Division, Headquarters, using DOE Form 4250.2, “Requisition for Supplies, Equipment or Services”, or as directed by that office.
(a)-(f) [Reserved]
(g) The Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) for their respective organizations may approve exemptions from the requirement for the display of U.S. Government license tags and other official identification for motor vehicles used for security or investigative purposes.
The Director, Office of Administrative Services is designated to approve requests for regular District of Columbia license tags, and furnishes annually the name and specimen signature of each representative authorized to approve such requests to the District of Columbia Department of Transportation.
DOE offices shall provide upon request the necessary information to the DPMO to enable that office to submit a report of exempted vehicles.
The Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) shall maintain records of motor vehicles exempted from displaying U.S. Government license tags and other identification. The records shall contain a listing, by type, of each exempted motor vehicle operated during the previous fiscal year, giving information for each motor vehicle on hand at the beginning of the year and each of those newly authorized during the year, including:
(a) Name and title of authorizing official (including any authorization by Headquarters and GSA);
(b) Date exemption was authorized;
(c) Justification for exemption and limitation on use of the exempted motor vehicle;
(d) Date of discontinuance for any exemption discontinued during the year; and
(e) Probable duration of exemptions for motor vehicles continuing in use.
This subpart prescribes the requirements governing the use of Government motor vehicles for official purposes by designated contractors.
The use of Government motor vehicles by officers and employees of the Government is governed by the provisions of 41 CFR 102-34 Subpart D and section 109-6.4 of this chapter.
Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) shall ensure that provisions of the FPMR/FMR concerning contractor use of Government motor vehicles are complied with by their designated contractors.
(a) Government motor vehicles shall not be used for transportation between residence and place of employment by designated contractor personnel except
(b) The use of Government motor vehicles for transportation between residence and place of employment (including sporadic use) by designated contractor personnel shall be approved in writing by the Head of the field organization or designee, with delegation no lower than the Director, Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) or the equivalent position at other DOE contracting activities provided that the individual is a warranted contracting officer. The contractor's request for approval shall include the name and title of the employee, the reason for the use, and the expected duration of the use. Each authorization is limited to one year, but can be extended for an unlimited number of additional one-year periods.
(a) Procedures for authorization of designated contractor use of Government motor vehicles in emergencies, including unscheduled overtime situations at remote sites where prior approval is not possible, shall be included in a contractor's approved property management procedures. The procedures shall include examples of emergency situations warranting such use. Records detailing instances of emergency use shall be maintained and review of all such emergency or overtime use must be certified through established audit procedures on at least an annual basis by the OPMO.
(b) In limiting the use of Government motor vehicles to official purposes, it is not intended to preclude their use in emergencies threatening loss of life or property. Such use shall be documented and the documentation retained for three years.
Designated contractors shall maintain logs or other records on the use of a Government motor vehicle for transportation between an employee's residence and place of employment. As a minimum, these logs shall indicate the employee's name, date of use, time of departure and arrival, miles driven, and names of other passengers. Cognizant finance offices shall be provided with applicable data on employees who utilize Government motor vehicles for such transportation for purposes of the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984 concerning the taxation of fringe benefits.
Designated contractors shall assure that their employees are aware of their responsibilities, identical to those listed in § 109-6.400-50 of this chapter for DOE employees, concerning the use and operation of Government motor vehicles.
It is DOE policy that motor vehicle operators shall use self-service pumps in accordance with the provisions of 41 CFR 101-38.401-2.
(a) [Reserved]
(b) Motor vehicles may be replaced without regard to the replacement standards in 41 CFR 102-34 Subpart E only after certification by the Office of Management or the Head of the field organization for their respective organizations that a motor vehicle is beyond economical repair due to accident damage or wear caused by abnormal operating conditions.
A replaced motor vehicle shall be removed from service and disposed of prior to or as soon as practicable after delivery of the replacement motor vehicle to avoid concurrent operation of both motor vehicles.
The policy for assigning responsibility for vehicle damage is to recover from users the costs for damages which would adversely affect the vehicle's resale.
The designated contractor will charge the using organization all costs resulting from damage, including vandalism, theft and parking lot damage to a DOE vehicle which occurs during the period that the vehicle is assigned to an employee of that organization. The charges recovered by the designated maintenance operation will be used to repair the vehicle. Other examples for which organizations will be charged are as follows:
(a) Damage caused by misuse or abuse inconsistent with normal operation and local conditions; or
(b) Repair costs which are incurred as a result of user's failure to obtain required preventative maintenance; or
(c) Unauthorized purchases or repairs, including credit card misuse, provided there is a clear, flagrant, and documented pattern of such occurrences.
Exceptions to § 109-38.403-2 of this subpart are as follows:
(a) As a result of the negligent or willful act of a party other than the organization or its employee, and the responsible party can be determined; or
(b) As a result of mechanical failure and the employee was not otherwise negligent. Proof of the failure must be provided; or
(c) As a result of normal wear comparable to similar vehicles.
(a) Whenever practicable and cost effective, commercial service facilities shall be utilized for the maintenance of motor vehicles.
(b) Individual vehicle maintenance records shall be kept to provide records of past repairs, as a control against unnecessary repairs and excessive maintenance, and as an aid in determining the most economical time for replacement.
(c) One-time maintenance and repair limitations shall be established by the motor equipment fleet manager. To exceed repair limitations, approval of the motor equipment fleet manager is required.
(d)(1) Motor vehicles under manufacturer's warranty shall be repaired under the terms of the warranty.
(2) When motor vehicles are maintained in Government repair facilities in isolated locations that are distant from franchised dealer facilities, or when it is not practical to return the vehicles to a dealer, a billback agreement shall be sought from manufacturers to permit warranty work to be performed on a reimbursable basis.
The Standard Form (SF) 97 shall be signed by an appropriate contracting officer. The Director, Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) for their respective organizations may delegate the authority to sign SF 97 to responsible DOE personnel under their jurisdiction.
(a)-(c) [Reserved]
(d) The Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) for their respective organizations shall be responsible for establishing procedures to provide for the administrative control of fleet credit cards. Administrative control shall include, as a minimum:
(1) A reconciliation of on-hand credit cards with the inventory list provided by GSA,
(2) Providing motor vehicle operators with appropriate instructions regarding the use and protection of credit cards against theft and misuse,
(3) The taking of reasonable precautions in the event a fleet credit card is lost or stolen to minimize the opportunity of purchases being made by unauthorized persons, including notification to the paying office of the loss or theft,
(4) Validation of credit card charges to ensure they are for official use only items, and
A dedicated fleet credit card is issued with each GSA-leased motor vehicle. DOE offices electing to use fleet credit cards for agency-owned vehicles and motor equipment shall request the assignment of new accounts from the Office of Management. Following the assignment, DOE organizations shall submit orders for issuance of fleet credit cards in accordance with the instructions provided by GSA.
The Office of Management and OPMOs for their respective organizations shall establish adequate records for accounting and reporting purposes.
See 41 CFR 102-34 Subpart J.
This subpart prescribes policies and procedures concerning the utilization of motor equipment.
It is DOE policy to keep the number of motor vehicles and other motor equipment at the minimum needed to satisfy programmatic requirements. To attain this goal, controls and practices shall be established which will achieve the most practical and economical utilization of motor equipment. These controls and practices apply to all DOE-owned and commercially leased motor equipment and to GSA Interagency Fleet Management System motor vehicles.
Controls and practices to be used by DOE organizations and designated contractors for achieving maximum economical utilization of motor equipment shall include, but not be limited to:
(a) The maximum use of motor equipment pools, taxicabs, shuttle buses, or other common service arrangements;
(b) The minimum, practicable assignment of motor equipment to individuals, groups, or specific organizational components;
(c) The maintenance of individual motor equipment use records, such as trip tickets or vehicle logs, or hours of use, as appropriate, showing sufficiently detailed information to evaluate appropriateness of assignment and adequacy of use being made. If one-time use of a motor vehicle is involved, such as assignments from motor pools, the individual's trip records must, as a minimum, identify the motor vehicle and show the name of the operator, dates, destination, time of departure and return, and mileage;
(d) The rotation of motor vehicles between high and low mileage assignments where practicable to maintain the fleet in the best overall replacement age and mileage balance and operating economy;
(e) The charging, if considered feasible, to the user organization for the cost of operating and maintaining motor vehicles assigned to groups or organizational components. These charge-back costs should include all direct and indirect costs of the motor vehicle fleet operation as determined by the field organization and contractor finance and accounting functions;
(f) The use of dual-purpose motor vehicles capable of hauling both personnel and light cargo whenever appropriate to avoid the need for two motor vehicles when one can serve both purposes. However, truck-type or van vehicles shall not be acquired for passenger use merely to avoid statutory limitations on the number of passenger motor vehicles which may be acquired;
(g) The use of motor scooters and motorcycles in place of higher cost motor vehicles for certain applications within plant areas, such as mail and messenger service and small parts and tool delivery. Their advantage, however, should be weighed carefully from the standpoint of overall economy (comparison with cost for other types of motor vehicles) and increased safety hazards, particularly when mingled with other motor vehicle traffic; and
(h) The use of electric vehicles for certain applications. The use of these vehicles is encouraged wherever it is feasible to use them to further the goal of fuel conservation.
(a) The following average utilization standards are established for DOE as objectives for those motor vehicles operated generally for those purposes for which acquired:
(1) Sedans and station wagons, general purpose use—12,000 miles per year.
(2) Light trucks (4 x 2's) and general purpose vehicles, one ton and under (less than 12,500 GVWR)—10,000 miles per year.
(3) Medium trucks and general purpose vehicles, 1
(4) Heavy trucks and general purpose vehicles, three ton and over (24,000 GVWR and over)—7,500 miles per year.
(5) Truck tractors—10,000 miles per year.
(6) All-wheel-drive vehicles—7,500 miles per year.
(7) Other motor vehicles—No utilization standards are established for other trucks, ambulances, buses, law enforcement motor vehicles, and special purpose vehicles. The use of these motor vehicles shall be reviewed at least annually by the motor equipment fleet manager and action shall be taken and documented to verify that the motor vehicles are required to meet programmatic, health, safety, or security requirements.
(b) When operating circumstances prevent the above motor vehicle utilization standards from being met, local use objectives must be established and met as prescribed in § 109-38.5105 of this subpart.
No utilization standards are established for motor equipment other than motor vehicles. Each DOE office should establish through an agreement between the fleet manager and the OPMO utilization criteria for other motor equipment including heavy mobile equipment and review, adjust, and approve such criteria annually. Utilization of various classifications of other motor equipment can be measured through various statistics including miles, hours of use, number of trips, and fuel consumption. A utilization review of other motor equipment shall be performed at least annually by the motor equipment fleet manager to justify retainment or disposition of excess equipment not needed to fulfill Departmental, programmatic, health, safety, or security requirements.
(a) Individual motor vehicle utilization cannot always be measured or evaluated strictly on the basis of miles operated or against any Department-wide mileage standard. For example, light trucks specifically fitted for use by a plumber, welder, etc., in the performance of daily work assignments, would have uniquely tailored use objectives, different from those set forth for a truck used for general purposes. Accordingly, efficient local use objectives, which represent practical units of measurement for motor vehicle utilization and for planning and evaluating future motor vehicle requirements, must be established and documented by the Organizational Motor Equipment Fleet Manager. The objectives should take into consideration past performance, future requirements, geographical disbursement, and special operating requirements.
(b) These objectives shall be reviewed and adjusted as appropriate, but not less often than annually, by the motor equipment fleet manager. The reviews shall be documented. The Organizational Motor Equipment Fleet Manager is responsible for reviewing and approving in writing all proposed local use objectives.
(a) At least annually, the motor equipment fleet manager will review motor vehicle utilization statistics and all motor vehicles failing to meet the applicable DOE utilization standard or local use objective must be identified.
(b) Prompt action must be initiated to:
(1) Reassign the underutilized motor vehicles;
(2) Dispose of the underutilized motor vehicles; or
(3) Obtain a special justification from users documenting their continued requirement for the motor vehicle and any proposed actions to improve utilization. Any requirement for underutilized motor vehicles which the motor equipment fleet manager proposes to continue in its assignment, must be submitted in writing to the Organizational Motor Equipment Fleet Manager for approval.
(c) Both Department-wide standards and local use objectives should be applied in such a manner that their application does not stimulate motor vehicle use for the purpose of meeting the objective. The ultimate standard against which motor vehicle use must be measured is that the minimum number of motor vehicles will be retained to satisfy program requirements.
This subpart establishes basic policies and procedures that apply to the management of watercraft operated by DOE organizations and designated contractors. The head of each Departmental organization operating watercraft shall issue such supplemental instructions as may be needed to ensure the efficient use and management of watercraft.
As used in this subpart the following definition applies:
(a) No person may operate a watercraft on a waterway until skill of operation and basic watercraft knowledge have been demonstrated.
(b) Operators of watercraft shall check the vessel to ensure that necessary equipment required by laws applicable to the area of operation are present, properly stowed, and in proper working order.
(c) Operators shall comply with all applicable Federal, state, and local laws pertaining to the operation of watercraft.
(d) Operators shall not use watercraft or carry passengers except in the performance of official Departmental assignments.
Watercraft in the custody of DOE or designated contractors shall display identifying numbers, whether issued by the U.S. Coast Guard, State, or local field organization, in accordance with applicable requirements.
42 U.S.C. 7254.
The Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) for their respective organizations shall designate representatives to coordinate with GSA concerning the establishment of a GSA fleet management system to serve their organization.
The Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) for their respective organizations may appeal, or request exemption from, a determination made by GSA concerning the establishment of a fleet management system. A copy of the appeal or request shall be forwarded to the DPMO.
Should circumstances arise that would tend to justify discontinuance or
The Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) for their respective organizations shall make the determination that an unlimited exemption from inclusion of a motor vehicle in a fleet management system is warranted. A copy of the determination shall be forwarded to GSA and to the Office of Management.
The Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) for their respective organizations shall seek limited exemptions from the fleet management system.
(a)-(c) [Reserved]
(d) Motor equipment fleet managers shall ensure that operators and passengers in GSA Interagency Fleet Management System (IFMS), agency-owned and agency commercially-leased motor vehicles are aware of the prohibition against the use of tobacco products in these vehicles.
DOE activities utilizing GSA IFMS motor vehicles will receive and review vehicle utilization statistics in order to determine if miles traveled justify vehicle inventory levels. Activities should retain justification for the retention of vehicles not meeting DOE utilization guidelines or established local use objectives, as appropriate. Those vehicles not justified for retention shall be returned to the issuing GSA interagency fleet management center.
Sec. 161, as amended, 68 Stat. 948; 42 U.S.C. 2201; sec. 205, as amended, 63 Stat. 390; 40 U.S.C. 121; sec. 644, 91 Stat. 585, 42 U.S.C. 7254.
This part describes DOE regulations governing transportation and traffic management activities. It also covers arrangements for transportation and related services by bill of lading. These regulations are designed to ensure that all transportation and traffic management activities will be carried out in the manner most advantageous to the Government in terms of economy, efficiency, service, environment, safety and security.
DOE-PMR 109-40, Transportation and Traffic Management, should be applied to cost-type contractors' transportation and traffic management activities. Departure by cost-type contractors from the provisions of these regulations may be authorized by the contracting officer provided the practices and procedures followed are consistent with the basic policy objectives in these regulations and DOE Order 460.2, Departmental Materials Transportation and Packaging Management, except to the extent such departure is prohibited by statute or executive order.
Participation in proceedings related to carrier applications to regulatory bodies for temporary or permanent authority to operate in specified geographical locations shall be confined to statements or testimony in support of a need for service and shall not extend to support of individual carriers or groups of carriers.
(a) Preferential treatment, normally, shall not be accorded to any mode of transportation (motor, rail, air, water) or to any particular carrier when arranging for domestic transportation services. However where, for valid reasons, a particular mode of transportation or a particular carrier within that mode must be used to meet specific program requirements and/or limitations, only that mode or carrier shall be considered. Examples of valid reasons for considering only a particular mode or carrier are:
(1) Where only a certain mode of transportation or individual carrier is able to provide the needed service or is able to meet the required delivery date; and
(2) Where the consignee's installation and related facilities preclude or are not conducive to service by all modes of transportation.
(b) The following factors are considered in determining whether a carrier or mode of transportation can meet DOE's transportation service requirements for each individual shipment:
(1) Availability and suitability of carrier equipment;
(2) Carrier terminal facilities at origin and destination;
(3) Pickup and delivery service, if required;
(4) Availability of required or accessorial and special services, if needed;
(5) Estimated time in transit;
(6) Record of past performance of the carrier; and
(7) Availability and suitability of transit privileges.
Disqualification and suspension are measures which exclude carriers from participation, for temporary periods of time, in DOE traffic. To ensure that the Government derives the benefits of full and free competition of interested carriers, disqualification and suspension shall not apply for any period of time longer than necessary to protect the interests of the Government.
See 49 U.S.C. 41102 for a certificate required in nonuse of U.S. flag vessels or U.S. flag certificated air carriers.
(a) U.S.-flag ocean carriers. Arrangements for international ocean transportation services shall be made in accordance with the provisions of section 901(b) of the Merchant Marine Act of 1936, as amended (46 U.S.C. 1241(b)) concerning the use of privately owned U.S.-flag vessels.
(b) U.S.-flag certificated air carriers. Arrangements for international air transportation services shall be made in accordance with the provisions of section 5(a) of the International Air Transportation Fair Competition Practices Act of 1974 (49 U.S.C. 40118), which requires the use of U.S.-flag certificated air carriers for international travel of persons or property to the extent that services by these carriers is available.
The preferred method of transporting property for the Government is through use of the facilities and services of commercial carriers. However, Government vehicles may be used when they are available to meet emergencies and accomplish program objectives which cannot be attained through use of commercial carriers.
From time to time special transportation agreements are entered into on a Government-wide or DOE-wide basis and are applicable, generally, to DOE shipments. The HQ DOE Manager, Transportation Operations and Traffic, will distribute information on such agreements to field offices as it becomes available.
Consistent with the policies of the Government with respect to small businesses, DOE shall place with small business concerns a fair proportion of the total purchases and contracts for transportation and related services such as packing and crating, loading and unloading, and local drayage.
Minority business enterprises shall have the maximum practical opportunity to participate in the performance of Government contracts. DOE shall identify transportation-related minority enterprises and encourage them to provide services that will support DOE's transportation requirements.
Transportation rate, charges, and commercial carrier transportation services shall be considered and evaluated prior to the selection of new site locations and during the planning and construction phases in the establishment of leased or relocated Government installations or facilities to ensure that consideration is given to the various transportation factors that may be involved in this relocation or deactivation.
The policy of the Government with respect to insurance of its property while in the possession of commercial carriers is set forth in 41 CFR 1-19.107.
The DOE traffic management functions are accomplished by established field traffic offices under provisions of appropriate Departmental directives and Headquarters' staff traffic management supervision.
(a) Shipments shall be routed using the mode of transportation, or individual carriers within the mode, that can provide the required service at the lowest overall delivered cost to the Government.
(b) When more than one mode of transportation, or more than one carrier within a mode, can provide equally satisfactory service at the same overall cost the traffic shall be distributed as equitably as practicable among the modes and among the carriers within the modes.
When more than one mode, or more than one carrier within a mode, can satisfy the service requirements of a specific shipment at the same lowest aggregate delivered cost, the carrier/mode determined to be the most fuel efficient will be selected. In determining the most fuel efficient carrier/mode, consideration will be given to such factors as use of the carrier's equipment in “turn around” service, proximity of carrier equipment to the shipping activity, and ability of the carrier to provide the most direct service to the destination points.
Under the provisions of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 10721), common carriers are permitted to submit to the Government tenders which contain rates lower than published tariff rates available to the general public. In addition, rates tenders may be applied to shipments other than those made by the Government provided the total benefits accrue to the Government; that is, provided the Government pays the charges or directly and completely reimburses the party that initially bears the freight charges (323 ICC 347 and 332 ICC 161).
Only those rate tenders which have been submitted by the carriers in writing shall be considered for use. Carriers should be encouraged to use the format “Uniform Tender of Rates and/or Charges for Transportation Services” when preparing and submitting rate tenders to the Government. Rate tenders that are ambiguous in meaning shall be resolved in favor of the Government.
(a) To qualify for transportation under section 10721 rates, property must be shipped by or for the Government on:
(1) Government bills of lading;
(2) Commercial bills of lading endorsed to show that these bills of lading are to be converted to Government bills of lading after delivery to the consignee;
(3) Commercial bills of lading showing that the Government is either the consignor or the consignee and endorsed with the following statement:
Transportation hereunder is for the U.S. Department of Energy, and the actual total transportation charges paid to the carrier(s) by the consignor or
(b) When a rate tender is used for transportation furnished under a cost-reimbursable contract, the following endorsement shall be used on covering commercial bills of lading:
Transportation hereunder is for the U.S. Department of Energy, and the actual total transportation charges paid to the carrier(s) by the consignor or consignee are to be reimbursed by the Government, pursuant to cost-reimbursable contract number (insert contract number). This may be confirmed by contacting the agency representative at (name and telephone number).
See 332 ICC 161.
(c) To ensure proper application of a Government rate tender on all shipments qualifying for their use, the issuing officer shall show on the bills of lading covering such shipments the applicable rate tender number and carrier identification, such as: “Section 10721 tender, ABC Transportation Company, ICC No. 374.” In addition, if commercial bills of lading are used, they shall be endorsed as specified above.
Each agency receiving rate tenders shall promptly submit one signed copy to the Transportation and Public Utilities Service (WIT), General Services Administration, Washington, DC 20407. Also, two copies (including at least one signed copy) shall be promptly submitted to the General Services Administration (TA), Chester A. Arthur Building, Washington, DC 20406.
This subpart sets forth the requirements under which commercial or Government bills of lading may be used.
Generally DOE cost-type contractors will use commercial bills of lading in making shipments for the account of DOE. Cost-type contractors may be authorized by the contracting officer to use Government bills of lading if such use will be advantageous to the Government. Such authorizations shall be coordinated with the HQ DOE Manager, Transportation Operations and Traffic.
The policy and procedures set forth in this subpart shall be applied when DOE's cost-type contractors use commercial bills of lading.
(a) DOE's cost-type contractors using commercial bills of lading in making shipments for the account of DOE shall include the following statement on all commercial bills of lading:
This shipment is for the account of the U.S. Government which will assume the freight charges and is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the standard form of the U.S. Government bills of lading and to any available special rates or charges.
(b) The language in paragraph (a) of this section may be varied without materially changing its substance to satisfy the needs of particular cost-type contractors for the purpose of obtaining the benefit of the lowest available rates for the account of the Government.
(c) Where practicable, commercial bills of lading shall provide for consignment of a shipment to DOE c/o the cost-type contractor or by the contractor “for the DOE.”
(d) Commercial bills of lading exceeding $10,000 issued by cost-type contractors shall be annotated with a typewritten, rubber stamp, or similar impression containing the following wording:
Equal Employment Opportunity. All provisions of Executive Order 11246, as amended by Executive Order 11375, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor are incorporated herein.
In those instances where DOE cost-type contractors are authorized to use Government bills of lading, specific employees of cost-type contractors will be authorized by the contracting officer to issue such Government bills of lading (see Title V, U.S. Government Accounting Office Policy and Procedures Manual for Guidance of Federal Agencies).
(a) Each shipment shall be described on the bill of lading or other shipping document as specified by the governing freight classification, carrier's tariff, or rate tender. Shipments shall be described as specifically as possible. Trade names such as “Foamite” or “Formica,” or general terms such as “vehicles,” “furniture,” or “Government supplies,” shall not be used as bill of lading descriptions.
(b) A shipment containing hazardous materials, such as explosives, radioactive materials, flammable liquids, flammable solids, oxidizers, or poison A or poison B, shall be prepared for shipment and described on bills of lading or other shipping documents in accordance with the Department of Transportation Hazardous Materials Regulation, 49 CFR, subchapter C.
This subpart sets forth the policy for issuance of certifications regarding Price-Anderson coverage of particular shipments of nuclear materials.
Upon request of a carrier, an appropriate certification will be issued by an authorized representative of the DOE to the carrier regarding the applicability of Price-Anderson indemnity to a particular shipment. Copies of such certifications, if performed by a Field Manager or a DOE cost-type contractor, shall be provided to the HQ DOE Manager, Transportation Operations and Traffic.
40 U.S.C. 121.
This subpart sets forth policies and procedures for the utilization and disposal outside of DOE of excess and surplus personal property which has been radioactively or chemically contaminated.
When the holding organization determines it is appropriate to dispose of contaminated personal property, it shall be disposed of by DOE in accordance with appropriate Federal regulations governing radiation/chemical exposure and environmental contamination. In special cases where Federal regulations do not exist or
Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) shall determine demilitarization requirements regarding combat material and military personal property using DoD 4160.21-M-1, Defense Demilitarization Manual as a guide.
(a) Excess personal property (including scrap) having a history of use in an area where radioactive or chemical contamination may occur shall be considered suspect and shall be monitored using appropriate instruments and techniques by qualified personnel of the DOE office or contractor generating the excess.
(b) With due consideration to the economic factors involved, every effort shall be made to reduce the level of contamination of excess or surplus personal property to the lowest practicable level. Contaminated personal property that exceeds applicable contamination standards shall not be utilized or disposed outside DOE.
(c) If contamination is suspected and the property is of such size, construction, or location as to make testing for contamination impossible, the property shall not be utilized or disposed outside of DOE.
If monitoring of suspect personal property indicates that contamination does not exceed applicable standards, it may be utilized and disposed of in the same manner as uncontaminated personal property, provided the guidance in § 109-45.5005-1(a) of this chapter has been considered. However, recipients shall be advised where levels of radioactive contamination require specific controls for shipment as provided in Department of Transportation Regulations (49 CFR parts 171-179) for shipment of radioactive personal property. In addition, when any contaminated personal property is screened within DOE, reported to GSA, or otherwise disposed of, the kind and degree of contamination must be plainly indicated on all pertinent documents.
40 U.S.C. 121.
DOE offices and designated contractors are responsible for continuously surveying property under their control to assure maximum use, and shall promptly identify property that is excess to their needs and make it available for use elsewhere.
The Property Executive is designated as the DOE National Utilization Officer.
Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) may authorize designated contractors to perform the functions pertaining to the utilization of excess personal property normally performed by a Federal agency, provided the designated contractors have written policies and procedures.
(a) Personal property must be processed through DOE electronic internal screening prior to reporting excess personal property to GSA.
(b) An additional 30-day screening period shall be allocated for items eligible for screening by educational institutions through LEDP.
(c) Items in FSCG 66 (Instruments and Laboratory Equipment), 70 (General Purpose Information Processing Equipment (including firmware)), and 99 (Miscellaneous) are reportable.
(d) The Department of Energy National Utilization Officer (NUO) may authorize in exceptional or unusual cases when time is critical, screening of excess property may be accomplished by with due consideration given to the additional costs involved. Examples of situations when this method of screening would be used are when there is a requirement for quick disposal actions due to unplanned contract terminations or facilities closing; to alleviate the paying of storage costs; when storage space is critical; to process exchange/sale transactions; property dangerous to public health and safety; property determined to be classified or otherwise sensitive for reasons of national security (when classified communications facilities are used); or for hazardous materials which may not be disposed of outside of the Department.
(e) Concurrent DOE and Federal agency screening shall not be conducted.
Nuclear-related and proliferation-sensitive property is not reportable and shall not be formally screened within DOE or reported to GSA.
To provide assurance that hazardous personal property is not being inadvertently released from the site by transfer or sale to the public, all hazardous or suspected hazardous personal property shall be checked for contamination by environmental, safety, and health officials. Contamination-free personal property will be tagged with a certification tag authorizing release for transfer or sale. Contaminated personal property will be referred back to the program office for appropriate action.
Excess or surplus hazardous personal property shall not be commingled with non-hazardous personal property while waiting disposition action.
(a) When personal property that is subject to export controls is being exported directly by DOE (
(b) When personal property subject to export controls is transferred under work-for-others agreements, co-operative agreements, or technical programs, the recipients will be informed in writing that:
(1) The property is subject to export controls;
(2) They are responsible for obtaining export licenses or authorizations prior to transferring or moving the property to another country; and
(3) They are required to pass on export control guidance if they transfer the property to another domestic or foreign recipient.
Classified personal property which is excess to DOE needs shall be stripped of all characteristics which cause it to be classified, or otherwise rendered unclassified, as determined by the cognizant program office, prior to any disposition action. The cognizant program office shall certify that appropriate action has been taken to declassify the personal property as required. Declassification shall be accomplished in a manner which will preserve, so far as practicable, any civilian utility or commercial value of the personal property.
(a) Recognizing that property disposal officials will not have the technical knowledge to identify nuclear-related and proliferation-sensitive personal property, all such personal property shall be physically tagged with a certification signed by an authorized program official at time of determination by the program office of the personal property as excess. Such an authorized official should be designated in writing with signature cards on file in the property office.
(b) Nuclear-related and proliferation-sensitive personal property which is excess to DOE needs shall be stripped of all characteristics which cause it to be nuclear-related or proliferation-sensitive personal property, as determined by the cognizant program office, prior to disposal. The cognizant program office shall certify that appropriate actions have been taken to strip the personal property as required, or shall provide the property disposal office with adequate instructions for stripping the items. Such action shall be accomplished in a manner which will preserve, so far as practicable, any civilian utility or commercial value of the personal property.
All IT shall be sanitized before being transferred into excess to ensure that all data, information, and software has been removed from the equipment. Designated computer support personnel must indicate that the equipment has been sanitized by attaching a certification tag to the item. Sanitized IT will be utilized and disposed in accordance with the provisions of the FPMR/FMR.
Personal property that is considered defective or unsafe must be mutilated prior to shipment for disposal.
(a) [Reserved]
(b) It is DOE policy for designated contractors to use Government excess personal property to the maximum extent possible to reduce contract costs. However, the determination required in 41 CFR 101-43.312(b) does not apply to such contracts, and a DOE official is not required to execute transfer orders for authorized designated contractors. The procedures prescribed in 41 CFR 101-43.309-5 for execution of transfer orders apply.
(a)-(c) [Reserved]
(d) Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) shall ensure that required records are maintained in a current status.
(a)-(e) [Reserved]
(f) Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) shall ensure that the records required by 41 CFR 101-43.314(f) are maintained.
(a) [Reserved]
(b) Property which remains excess after utilization screening within the general foreign geographical area where the property is located shall be reported to the accountable field office or Headquarters program organization for consideration for return to the United States for further DOE or other Federal utilization. The decision to return property will be based on such factors as acquisition cost, residual value, condition, usefulness, and cost of transportation.
(a)-(b) [Reserved]
(c) The annual report of personal property furnished (
This subpart supplements 41 CFR part 101-43 by providing policies and procedures for the economic and efficient utilization of personal property associated with facilities placed in standby status.
Procedures and practices shall require an initial review at the time the plant is placed in standby to determine which items can be made available for use elsewhere within the established start-up criteria; periodic reviews (no less than biennially) to determine need for continued retention of property; and special reviews when a change in start-up time is made or when circumstances warrant. Such procedures should recognize that:
(a) Equipment, spares, stores items, and materials peculiar to a plant should be retained for possible future operation of the plant;
(b) Where practicable, common-use stores should be removed and used elsewhere; and
(c) Uninstalled equipment and other personal property not required should be utilized elsewhere on-site or be disposed of as excess.
Sec. 205(c), 63 Stat. 390; 40 U.S.C. 121.
The Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) shall appoint officials to make required findings and reviews.
The Office of Management and Heads of field organizations) shall be responsible for the safeguards, notifications, and certifications required by 41 CFR part 101-42 and part 109-42 of this chapter, as well as compliance with all other requirements therein.
GSA, by letter dated May 28, 1965, exempted contractor inventory held by DOE designated contractors from the GSA conducted sales provisions of 41 CFR 101-45.
Sales of surplus contractor inventory will be conducted by designated contractors when Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) determine that it is in the best interest of the Government. OPMOs and appropriate program officials shall perform sufficient oversight over these sales to ensure that personal property requiring special handling or program office certification is sold in accordance with regulatory requirements.
The following clause shall be included in all sales invitations for bid:
Personal property purchased from the U.S. Government may or may not be authorized for export/import from/into the country where the personal property is located. If export/import is allowed, the purchaser is solely responsible for obtaining required clearances or approvals. The purchaser also is required to provide to the appropriate party DOE's export control guidance if the property is resold or otherwise disposed.
(a) DOE employees and employees of designated contractors shall be given the same opportunity to acquire Government personal property as is given to the general public, provided the employees warrant in writing prior to award that they have not either directly or indirectly:
(1) Obtained information not otherwise available to the general public regarding usage, condition, quality, or value of the personal property, or
(2) Participated in:
(i) The determination to dispose of the personal property;
(ii) The preparation of the personal property for sale; and
(iii) Determining the method of sale.
(b) Excess or otherwise unusable special, fitted clothing and other articles of personal property, acquired for the exclusive use of an individual employee, may be sold to the employee for the best price obtainable when the property is no longer required by the holding organization or the employee is terminated.
(a)-(b) [Reserved]
(c) Guidelines for signature authorization and control of blank copies of Standard Form 97, United States Government Certificate to Obtain Title to a Vehicle are contained in subpart 109-38.7 of this chapter.
(a)(1) [Reserved]
(2) The head of each field organization shall designate a responsible person to approve negotiated sales by DOE direct operations.
(3) Requests for prior approval of negotiated sales by DOE direct operations shall be submitted with justification to the OPMO for review and forwarding to GSA for approval.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Negotiated sales by designated contractors of surplus contractor inventory may be made when the DOE contracting officer determines and documents prior to the sale that the use of this method of sale is justified on the basis of the circumstances enumerated below, provided that the Government's interests are adequately protected. These sales shall be at prices which are fair and reasonable and not less than the proceeds which could reasonably be expected to be obtained if the personal property was offered for competitive sale. Specific conditions justifying negotiated sales include:
(1) No acceptable bids have been received as a result of competitive bidding under a suitable advertised sale;
(2) Personal property is of such small value that the proceeds to be derived would not warrant the expense of a formal competitive sale;
(3) The disposal will be to a state, territory, possession, political subdivision thereof, or tax-supported agency therein, and the estimated fair market value of the personal property and other satisfactory terms of disposal are obtained by negotiation;
(4) The specialized nature and limited use potential of the personal property would create negligible bidder interest;
(5) Removal of the personal property would result in a significant reduction in value, or the accrual of disproportionate expense in handling; or
(6) It can be clearly established that such action is in the best interests of the Government.
(b) When determined to be in the best interests of the Government, Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) may authorize fixed-price sales of surplus contractor inventory by designated contractors provided:
(1) The fair market value of the item to be sold does not exceed $15,000;
(2) Adequate procedures for publicizing such sales have been established;
(3) The sales prices are not less than could reasonably be expected if competitive bid sales methods were employed and the prices have been approved by a reviewing authority designated by the head of the field organization; and
(4) The warranty prescribed in § 109-45.302-50(a) of this subpart is obtained when sales are made to employees.
The reviewing authority may consist of one or more persons designated by the head of the field organization.
The procedures established in 48 CFR 14.4 and 48 CFR 914.4 shall be made applicable to the execution, receipt, safeguarding, opening, abstraction, and evaluation of bids and awarding contracts, except that in evaluating bids and awarding contracts, disposal under conditions most advantageous to the Government based on high bids received shall be the determining factor.
Files pertaining to surplus property sales shall contain copies of all documents necessary to provide a complete record of the sales transactions and shall include the following as appropriate:
(a) A copy of the request/invitation for bids if a written request/invitation for bids is employed. A list of items or lots sold, indicating acquisition cost, upset price and sales price indicated.
(b) A copy of the advertising literature distributed to prospective bidders.
(c) A list of prospective bidders solicited.
(d) An abstract of bids received.
(e) Copies of bids received, including Standard Form 119, Contractor's Statement of Contingent or Other Fees, together with other relevant information.
(f) A statement concerning the basis for determination that proceeds constitute a reasonable return for property sold.
(g) When appropriate, full and adequate justification for not advertising the sale when the fair market value of property sold in this manner in any one case exceeds $1,000.
(h) A justification concerning any award made to other than the high bidder.
(i) The approval of the reviewing authority when required.
(j) A copy of the notice of award.
(k) All related correspondence.
(l) In the case of auction or spot bid sales, the following additional information should be included:
(1) A summary listing of the advertising used (
(2) The names of the prospective bidders who attended the sale.
(3) A copy of any pertinent contract for auctioneering services and related documents.
(4) A reference to files containing record of deposits and payments.
Hazardous property shall be made available for sale only after the review and certification requirements of § 109-43.307-2.50 of this subpart have been met.
Export controlled property shall be made available for sale only after the export license requirements of § 109-43.307-50 of this subpart have been met.
Classified property shall be made available for sale only after the declassification requirements of § 109-43.307-51 of this subpart have been met.
Nuclear-related or proliferation-sensitive property shall be made available for sale only after the stripping and certification requirements of § 109-
IT shall be made available for sale only after the sanitizing and certification requirements of § 109-43.307-53 of this subpart have been met.
DOE offices shall submit to the Office of Management any request for a proposed sale of a patent, process, technique, or invention, regardless of cost; or of surplus personal property with a fair market value of $3,000,000 or more.
(a) [Reserved]
(b) The head of the field organization shall make the determination required in 41 CFR 101-45.317(b). This authority cannot be redelegated.
Personal property in the possession of DOE offices or designated contractors may be abandoned or destroyed provided that a written determination has been made by the OPMO/PA that property has no commercial value or the estimated cost of its continued care and handling would exceed the estimated proceeds from its sale.
The head of the field organization shall designate an official to make the findings justifying abandonment or destruction without public notice of personal property. The OPMO/PA shall review and coordinate on the findings.
The Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) are responsible for establishing a program for the recovery of precious metals.
The Office of Management shall be the precious metals recovery program monitor.
The Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) are responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a program for silver recovery from used hypo solution and scrap film.
DOE operates its own precious metals pool and therefore does not participate in the DOD Precious Metals Recovery Program. See § 109-27.5106 of this chapter for guidance on operation of the DOE precious metals pool.
The report of negotiated sales shall be submitted by DOE offices to GSA, in accordance with 41 CFR 102-38.
(a) Nuclear-related, proliferation-sensitive, low level contaminated property, and classified personal property shall not be transferred, sold, exchanged, leased, donated, abandoned, or destroyed without approval of the cognizant program office. Disposal of this personal property is subject to the restrictions contained in applicable sections of part 109-42 and §§ 109-43.307-50, 109-43.307-51, and 109-43.307-52 of this chapter, and applicable sections of 41 CFR part 101-42.
(b) Personal property that is considered defective or unsafe must be mutilated prior to shipment for disposal.
This subpart sets forth policies and procedures governing the disposal of DOE-owned foreign excess and surplus personal property.
The policies and procedures contained in this subpart are issued pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, former 40 U.S.C.
Disposal of Government-owned personal property in the custody of DOE organizations or its contractors in foreign areas shall be made in an efficient and economical manner, and in conformance with the foreign policy of the United States.
As used in this subpart, the following definitions apply:
Foreign excess personal property which is not required for transfer within DOE or to other U.S. Government agencies, except for the personal property identified in § 109-45.5005-1(a) of this part, shall be considered surplus and may be disposed of by transfer, sale, exchange, or lease, for cash, credit, or other property and upon such other terms and conditions as may be deemed proper. Such personal property may also be donated, abandoned, or destroyed under the conditions specified in § 109-45.5105-2 of this subpart. Most foreign governments have indicated to the U.S. State Department that they wish to be consulted before U.S. Government property is disposed of in their countries (except in the case of transfers to other U.S. Government agencies). Matters concerning customs duties and taxes, or similar charges, may require prior agreement with the foreign government involved. The State Department shall be contacted in regard to these issues. Whenever advice or approval of the State Department is required by this subpart, it may be obtained either through the foreign service post in the foreign area involved or from the State Department in Washington, DC. If the issue is to be presented to the State Department in Washington, DC, it shall be referred through appropriate administrative channels to the Office of International
(a) Sales of foreign surplus personal property shall be conducted in accordance with the following guidelines:
(1) Generally, all sales of foreign surplus personal property shall be conducted under the competitive bid process unless it is advantageous and more practicable to the Government not to do so. When competitive bids are not solicited, reasonable inquiry of prospective purchasers shall be made in order that sales may be made on terms most advantageous to the U.S. Government.
(2) In no event shall any personal property be sold in foreign areas without a condition which states that its importation into the United States is forbidden unless the U.S. Secretary of Agriculture (in the case of any agricultural commodity, food, cotton, or woolen goods), or the U.S. Secretary of Commerce (in the case of any other property), has determined that the importation of such property would relieve domestic shortages or otherwise be beneficial to the economy of the United States.
(3) Sales documents shall provide that the purchaser must pay any import duties or taxes levied against personal property sold in the country involved and further provide that the amount of this duty or tax shall not be included as a part of the price paid the U.S. Government for the personal property. In the event the levy is placed upon the seller by law, the buyer will be required to pay all such duties or taxes and furnish the seller copies of his receipts prior to the release of the personal property to him. However, if the foreign government involved will not accept payment from the buyer, the seller will collect the duties or taxes and turn the amounts collected over to the foreign government. Accounting for the amounts collected shall be coordinated with the disbursing officer of the nearest United States foreign service post. The property shall not be released to the purchaser until the disposal officer is satisfied that there is no responsibility for payment by the United States (as contrasted to collection by the United States) of taxes, duties, excises, etc.
(4) Advance approval must be obtained from the State Department for the sale of certain categories of personal property, including small arms and machine guns; artillery and projectiles; ammunition, bombs, torpedoes, rockets and guided missiles; fire control equipment and range finders; tanks and ordnance vehicles; chemical and biological agents, propellants and explosives; vessels of war and special naval equipment; aircraft and all components, parts and accessories for aircraft; military electronic equipment; aerial cameras, military photo-interpretation, stereoscopic plotting and photogrammetry equipment; and all material not enumerated which is included in the United States Munitions List, 22 CFR 121.01, and is subject to disposal restrictions. Therefore, prior to the sale of any of the articles enumerated in the U.S. Munitions List, the foreign service post in the area shall be consulted.
(5) All proposed sales, regardless of the total acquisition cost of personal property involved, which the head of the DOE foreign office believes might have a significant economic or political impact in a particular area, shall be discussed with the foreign service post.
(b) While there is authority for exchange or lease of foreign surplus personal property, such authority shall be exercised only when such action is clearly in the best interests of the U.S. Government. Disposals by exchange are subject to the same requirements as disposals by sale under § 109-45.5105-2 of this subpart.
(c)(1) Foreign excess or surplus personal property (including salvage and scrap) may be donated, abandoned, or destroyed provided:
(i) The property has no commercial value or the estimated cost of its care and handling would exceed the estimated proceeds from its sale; and
(ii) A written finding to that effect is made and approved by the Office of International Affairs.
(2) No personal property shall be abandoned or destroyed if donation is feasible. Donations under these conditions may be made to any agency of the U.S. Government, or to educational, public health, or charitable nonprofit organizations.
(3) Foreign excess personal property may also be abandoned or destroyed when such action is required by military necessity, safety, or considerations of health or security. A written statement explaining the basis for disposal by these means and approval by the Office of International Affairs.
(4) Property shall not be abandoned or destroyed in a manner which is detrimental or dangerous to public health and safety, or which will cause infringement on the rights of other persons.
(a) Proposed sales of foreign surplus personal property shall include all pertinent data, including the following:
(1) The description of personal property to be sold, including:
(i) Identification of personal property (description should be in terms understandable to persons not expert in technical nomenclature). Personal property covered by the U.S. Munitions List and regulations pertaining thereto (as published in 22 CFR 121.1) should be clearly identified;
(ii) Quantity;
(iii) Condition; and
(iv) Acquisition cost.
(2) The proposed method of sale (
(3) Any currency to be received and payment provisions (
(4) Any restrictions on use of personal property to be sold (such as resale of property, disposal as scrap, demilitarization, etc.).
(5) Any special terms or conditions of sale.
(6) The categories of prospective purchasers (
(7) How taxes, excises, duties, etc., will be handled.
Sec. 205(c), 63 Stat. 390; 40 U.S.C. 486(c).
(a) Except as set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section, the requirements of FPMR/FMR part 101-46 and this part are not applicable to designated contractors. Designated contractors shall comply with the following FPMR/FMR requirements:
(1) 101-46.200;
(2) 101-46.201-1;
(3) 101-46.202(b)(2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and (7);
(4) 101-46.202(c)(1), (2), (4), (5), (6), (7), (10), (11), and (12);
(5) 101-46.202(d).
(b) Items in the following Federal Supply Classification Groups (FSCG) are
(a)-(c)(9) [Reserved]
(10) The Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) for their respective organizations shall designate an official to make the certification that a continuing valid requirement exists for excess personal property acquired and placed in official use for less than one year but no longer required and is to be disposed of under the exchange/sale provisions.
(11) [Reserved]
(12) Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) shall make the determination concerning demilitarization of combat material.
(a) [Reserved]
(b) The Office of Management and Program Secretarial Officer (PSO) for their respective organizations shall designate an official to make the certification concerning the exchange of historic items for historical preservation or display.
40 U.S.C. 121.
This part is applicable to contractor operations where the abandoned or forfeited personal property is found on premises owned or leased by the Government that are managed and operated by designated contractors.
(a)-(c) [Reserved]
(d) Transfer orders for forfeited or voluntarily abandoned distilled spirits, wine, and malt beverages for medicinal, scientific, or mechanical purposes or any other official purposes for which appropriated funds may be expended by a Government agency shall be forwarded through normal administrative channels for signature by the DPMO and for subsequent forwarding to GSA for release.
(e) [Reserved]
(f) Transfer orders for reportable forfeited drug paraphernalia shall be forwarded through normal administrative channels for signature by the Property Executive and for subsequent forwarding to GSA for approval.
Sec. 644, Pub. L. 95-91, 91 Stat. 599 (42 U.S.C. 7254); sec. 31, Atomic Energy Act, as amended; Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, secs. 103 and 107; Title III, Department of Energy Organization Act; E.O. 12999; sec. 3710(i), Stevenson-Wydler Technology Innovation Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. 3710(i)); Pub. L. 101-510, Department of Energy Science Education Enhancement Act; Pub. L. 102-245, American Technologies Preeminence Act of 1991 (15 U.S.C. 3701); Office of Science Financial Assistance Program (10 CFR part 605).
This part provides guidance on the policies, practices, and procedures for the disposal of DOE property under special legislative authorities.
The provisions of this part apply to direct DOE operations and to designated contractors only when specifically provided for in the appropriate subpart.
This subpart provides guidance on the granting of Laboratory Equipment Donation Program in the LEDP is limited to accredited, post graduate, degree granting institutions including universities, colleges, junior colleges, technical institutes, museums, or hospitals, located in the U.S. and interested in establishing or upgrading energy-oriented educational programs in the life, physical, and environmental sciences and in engineering is eligible to apply. An energy-oriented program is defined as an academic research activity dealing primarily or entirely in energy-related topics.
This subpart is applicable to DOE offices and designated contractors.
DOE, to encourage research and development in the field of energy, awards grants of excess Laboratory Equipment Donation Program to eligible institutions for use in energy-oriented educational programs. Under the Used Laboratory Equipment Donation Program (LEDP) Grant Program, grants of used energy-related equipment excess to the requirements of DOE offices and designated contractors may be made to eligible institutions prior to reporting the equipment to GSA for reutilization screening.
As used in this subpart the following definitions apply:
Generally, equipment items classified in FSCG 66, Instruments and Laboratory Equipment, are eligible for granting under this program. Other selected items designated by the Office of Workforce Development for Teachers and Scientists (WDTS) and approved by the OPMO, are made available under the program.
Equipment which will not be granted include:
(a) Equipment intended by the DOE institution for use in contractual research projects.
(b) Furniture, such as desks, tables, chairs, typewriters, etc. (exception is such equipment that may be an essential component of and physically attached to an energy-related laboratory equipment system);
(c) General supplies.
(a) After DOE utilization screening through EADS, items eligible for LEDP grants are extracted from the EADS system and Office of Workforce Development for Teachers and Scientists (WDTS).
(b) Office of Workforce Development for Teachers and Scientists (WDTS) to prospective grantees through an automated system.
(c) The following periods have been established during which time equipment will remain available to this program prior to reporting it to GSA for reutilization by other Federal agencies:
(1) Thirty days from the date DOE utilization screening is completed to permit suitable time for eligible institutions to review and earmark the desired equipment.
(2) An additional thirty days after the equipment is earmarked to permit the eligible institutions to prepare and submit an equipment proposal request and to provide time for field organizations to review and evaluate the proposal and take appropriate action.
(d) Upon approval of the proposal, a grant will be issued to the institution upon completion.
(e) A copy of the completed grant, shall be used to transfer title and drop accountability of the granted equipment from the financial records.
(f) The cost of care and handling of personal property incident to the grant shall be charged to the receiving institution. Such costs may consist of packing, crating, shipping and insurance, and are limited to actual costs. In addition, where appropriate, the cost of any repair and/or modification to any equipment shall be borne by the recipient institution.
(a) Gifts made under this program shall be included in the annual report of property transferred to non-Federal recipients, as required by 41 CFR 101-43.4701(c) and 109-43.4701(c).
(b) A copy of each equipment agreement shall be forwarded to the Director, Office of Laboratory Policy and Infrastructure Management.
This subpart provides guidance on providing gifts of excess and/or surplus education related and Federal research equipment to elementary and secondary educational institutions or nonprofit organizations for the purpose of improving math and science curricula or conducting of technical and scientific education and research activities.
The provisions of this subpart are applicable to DOE offices and designated contractors.
As used in this subpart the following definitions apply:
(a) Education-related and research equipment will include, but is not limited to the following FSCGs:
(b) Other related equipment may be provided if deemed appropriate and approved by the Director, Office of Laboratory Policy and Infrastructure Management.
(a) Excess and/or surplus education-related and Federal research equipment at DOE Field Organizations and cognizant facilities is eligible for transfer as a gift under this program. However, safety, environmental, and health matters must be considered.
(b) Title to the equipment will transfer upon the recipient's written acknowledgement of receipt.
(c) The Office of Workforce Development for Teachers and Scientists (WDTS) may authorize gifts of
(d) Gifts shall be serviceable and in working order. Disposal Condition Codes 1 and 4, as defined in 41 CFR 101-43.4801(e), meet this criteria. Serviceability of equipment should be verified before the gift is made to the eligible recipient.
(a) The DOE facility will set aside an appropriate amount of excess and/or surplus education-related and Federal research equipment for transfer under this program.
(b) A list of available education-related and Federal research equipment will be prepared and distributed to eligible recipients and the chief State School Board Officer.
(c) Precollege institutions with partnership arrangements with the DOE or its facilities (
(d) Precollege institutions not in a partnership with DOE may receive equipment at the recommendation of the chief State School Board Officer. The Chief State School Board Officer will determine which schools within the state will receive which equipment. Consideration for placement of the equipment should be based on:
(1) The elementary or secondary schools determined to have the greatest need; or
(2) Recipients of federally funded math and science projects where the equipment would further enhance the progress of the project.
(e) Eligible recipients will have 30 days to select and freeze, on a first come, first serve basis, the items desired and submit a request for selected items stating:
(1) Why the gift is needed; and
(2) How the gift will be used to improve math and science curricula or in the conduct of technical and scientific education and research activities.
(f) The cost of shipping should be minimal and not more than the actual equipment value.
(g) An Equipment Gift Agreement will be prepared and used to provide the gift to eligible recipients. The gift agreement will be in the format provided in section 109-50.4801 of this subchapter. The agreement shall be numbered for control purposes, and signed by the Office of Science's Office of Workforce Development for Teachers and Scientists (WDTS) or the HCA or designee, as appropriate, and an appropriate official representing the eligible recipient.
(a) Gifts made under this program shall be included in the annual report of property transferred to non-Federal recipients, as required by 41 CFR 101-43.4701(c) and § 109-43.4701(c) of this chapter.
(b) A copy of each equipment agreement shall be forwarded to the Office of Workforce Development for Teachers and Scientists (WDTS).
This subpart contains policy to be followed when it is proposed to sell or otherwise transfer DOE personal property located in a mixed facility to the contractor who is the operator of that facility.
As used in this subpart, the following definitions apply;
Proposals involving programmatic disposals of DOE personal property located in mixed facilities to contractors operating that facility shall be forwarded through the appropriate program organization to the Property Executive, for review and processing for approval. Each such request shall include all information necessary for a proper evaluation of the proposal. The proposal shall include, as a minimum:
(a) The purpose of the mixed facility;
(b) The description, condition, acquisition cost, and present use of the DOE personal property involved.
(c) The programmatic benefits which could accrue to DOE from the disposal to the contractor (including the considerations which become important if the disposal is not made);
(d) The appraised value of the DOE personal property (preferably by independent appraisers); and
(e) The proposed terms and conditions of disposal including:
(1) Price;
(2) Priority to be given work for DOE requiring the use of the transferred property, and including the basis for any proposed charge to DOE for amortizing the cost of plant and equipment items;
(3) Recapture of the property if DOE foresees a possible future urgent need; and
(4) Delivery of the property, whether “as is-where is,” etc.
When approval for a proposed programmatic disposal of DOE personal property in a mixed facility is being sought, it must be established that the disposal will benefit a DOE program. For example, approval might be contingent on showing that:
(a) The entry of the contractor as a private concern into the energy program is important and significant from a programmatic standpoint; and
(b) The sale of property to the contractor will remove obstacles which otherwise discourage entry into the field.
This subpart exhibits information referenced in the text of part 109-50 of this chapter that is not suitable for inclusion elsewhere in that part.
(a) The following Equipment Gift Agreement format will be used to provide gifts of excess and/or surplus equipment to eligible recipients under the Math and Science Equipment Gift Program (see subpart 109-50.2 of this chapter).
The Department of Energy shall provide as a gift, excess and/or surplus education-related and Federal research equipment to (Name of Eligible Recipient), hereafter referred to as the Recipient, for the purpose of improving the Recipient's math and science education curricula or for the Recipient's conduct of technical and scientific education and research activities.
Federal agencies have been directed, to the maximum extent permitted by law, to give highest preference to elementary and secondary schools in the transfer or donation of education-related Federal equipment, at the lowest cost permitted by law. Furthermore, subsection 11(i) of the Stevenson Wydler Technology Innovation Act of 1980, as amended (15 U.S.C. 3710 (i)), authorizes the Director of a laboratory, or the head of any Federal agency or department to give excess research equipment to an educational institution or nonprofit organization for the conduct of technical and scientific education and research activities.
A. The Department of Energy agrees to provide the equipment identified in the attached equipment gift list, as a gift for the purpose of improving the Recipient's math and science curricula or for the Recipient's conduct of technical and scientific education and research activities.
B. Title to the education-related and Federal research equipment, provided as a gift under this agreement, shall vest with the Recipient upon the Recipient's written acknowledgement of receipt of the equipment. The acknowledgement shall be provided to (Name of the DOE signatory) at (address).
C. The Recipient will be responsible for any repair and modification costs to any equipment received under this gift.
D. The Recipient hereby releases and agrees to hold the Government, the Department of Energy, or any person acting on behalf of the Department of Energy harmless, to the extent allowable by State law, for any and all liability of every kind and nature whatsoever resulting from the receipt, shipping, installation, operation, handling, use, and maintenance of the education-related and Federal Research equipment provided as a gift under this agreement.
E. The Recipient agrees to use the gift provided herein for the primary purpose of improving the math and science curricula or for the conduct of technical and scientific education and research activities.
F. The Recipient agrees to provide for the return of the equipment if such equipment, while still usable, has not been placed in use for its intended purpose within one year after receipt from the Department of Energy.
(b) The list of gifts that accompanies the Equipment Gift Agreement shall contain the Gift Agreement reference number, name of the eligible recipient, and the name of the DOE office. In addition, the following information shall be provided for each line item provided as a gift: DOE ID number, description (name, manufacturer, model number, serial number, etc.), FSC code, quantity, location, acquisition date, and acquisition cost.
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
Notice of various technical and clarifying changes to existing systems of records, publication of an additional general routine use, publication of an additional routine use for two existing systems of records, deletion of a routine use, and the publication of a new system of records.
Pursuant to the Privacy Act of 1974 the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) is proposing to add an additional general routine use, add an additional routine use to PBGC-3, Employee Payroll, Leave, and Attendance Records, add an additional routine use to PBGC-19, Office of General Counsel Case Management System, delete a routine use from PBGC-22, Telework and Alternative Worksite Records, establish a new system of records, PBGC-24, Participant Debt Collection, and make various technical and clarifying changes to eighteen existing systems of records.
Comments must be received on or before October 14, 2016. The revised systems of records described herein will become effective October 31, 2016, without further notice, unless comments result in a contrary determination and a notice is published to that effect.
You may submit written comments to PBGC by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Comments received, including personal information provided, will be posted to
Caitlin Trujillo, Attorney, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, Office of the General Counsel, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, 202-326-4400, extension 6281, or Sarah Smith, Attorney, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, Office of the General Counsel, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, 202-326-4400, extension 3171. For access to any of PBGC's systems of records, contact Camilla Perry, Disclosure Officer, Office of the General Counsel, Disclosure Division, at the above address, 202-326-4040.
PBGC is proposing to add an additional routine use to its Prefatory Statement of General Routine Uses. PBGC recently received correspondence from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) requesting that all agencies add an additional routine use to their system of records notices which allows them to provide information in their system of records to other federal agencies that may reasonably be needed to respond to a suspected or confirmed breach. This proposed routine use reflects the expanded scope of harms resulting from a breach and allows the government to more effectively respond to suspected or confirmed breaches.
General Routine Use 14 will read: “Disclosure to Another Federal Agency or Federal Entity. To another Federal agency or Federal entity, when information from this system of records is reasonably necessary to assist the recipient agency or entity in (1) responding to a suspected or confirmed breach or (2) preventing, minimizing, or remedying the risk of harm to individuals, the agency (including its information systems, programs, and operations), the Federal Government, or national security.”
PBGC's review of its system of records notices revealed that PBGC occasionally receives data calls from the Office of Personnel Management (OPM) requesting records from PBGC-3. In order to permit PBGC to provide the relevant records to OPM, PBGC is proposing to add a new routine use to PBGC-3.
Routine Use 4 will read: “Information from this system of records may be disclosed to the Office of Personnel Management pursuant to that agency's responsibility for the evaluation and oversight of Federal personnel management.”
PBGC is proposing to add an additional routine use to PBGC-19. PBGC recently received correspondence from the Office of Government Information Services (OGIS) requesting that PBGC add an OGIS routine use to its Freedom of Information Act (FOIA)/Privacy Act (PA) system of records notice. PBGC uses FOIAonline (
Routine Use 10 will read: “A record from this system of records may be disclosed to the National Archives and Records Administration, Office of Government Information Services (OGIS), to the extent necessary to fulfill its responsibilities in 5 U.S.C. 552(h), to review administrative agency policies, procedures and compliance with the Freedom of Information Act, and to facilitate OGIS' offering of mediation services to resolve disputes between persons making FOIA requests and administrative agencies.”
In the process of reviewing its system of records notices, PBGC determined that Routine Use 2 in PBGC-22 is unnecessary. Routine 2 use states: “A record from this system may be disclosed to medical professionals to obtain information about an employee's medical background necessary to grant or deny approval of medical telework.” However, this system of records does not contain records pertaining to medical telework. Medical telework records are only contained in PBGC-21 and therefore, the routine use is unnecessary.
In the process of reviewing its system of records notices, PBGC determined that two systems at PBGC perform debt collection activities. PBGC determined that it was necessary to publish an additional system of records notice to describe the participant debt collection activities performed by PBGC's Office of Benefits Administration in addition to PBGC's current debt collection system of records, PBGC-13, which covers the debt collection activities performed by PBGC's Financial Operations Department.
In the process of reviewing its system of records notices, PBGC determined it was necessary to make various technical and clarifying changes to all eighteen of its existing systems of records notices. These amendments, which are non-substantive, will make the systems of records notices more accurate and easier to understand, individually, and when read together.
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(11), interested persons are invited to submit written comments on the proposal of these systems of records. A report on the proposed systems has been sent to Congress and the Office of Management and Budget for their evaluation.
For the convenience of the public, PBGC's Prefatory Statement of General Routine Uses, the amended systems of records, and the new system of records are published in full below with changes italicized.
The following routine uses are incorporated by reference into various systems of records, as set forth below.
G1. Routine Use—Law Enforcement: In the event that a system of records maintained by PBGC to carry out its functions indicates a violation or potential violation of law, whether criminal, civil, or regulatory in nature, and whether arising by general statute or particular program pursuant thereto, the relevant records in the system of records may be disclosed to the appropriate agency, whether federal, state, local, or foreign, charged with the responsibility of investigating or prosecuting such violation or charged with enforcing or implementing the statute, rule, regulation, or order issued pursuant thereto.
G2. Routine Use—Disclosure When Requesting Information: A record from this system of records may be disclosed to a federal, state, or local agency or to another public or private source maintaining civil, criminal, or other relevant enforcement information or other pertinent information if, and to the extent necessary, to obtain information relevant to a PBGC decision concerning the hiring or retention of an employee, the retention of a security clearance, or the letting of a contract.
G3. Routine Use—Disclosure of Existence of Record Information: With the approval of the Director, Human Resources Department (or his or her designee), the fact that this system of records includes information relevant to a Federal agency's decision in connection with the hiring or retention of an employee, the retention of a security clearance, the letting of a contract, or the issuance of a license, grant, or other benefit may be disclosed to that federal agency.
G4. Routine Use—Disclosure in Litigation: A record from this system of records may be disclosed in a proceeding before a court or other adjudicative body in which PBGC, an employee of PBGC in his or her official capacity, an employee of PBGC in his or her individual capacity
G5. Routine Use—Disclosure to
G6. Routine Use—
G7. Routine Use—Congressional Inquiries: A record from this system of records may be disclosed to a congressional office in response to an inquiry from the congressional office made at the request of the individual.
G8. Routine Use—Disclosure to Labor Organizations: A record from this system of records may be disclosed to an official of a labor organization recognized under 5 U.S.C. ch. 71 when necessary for the labor organization to
G9. Routine Use—Disclosure in Response to a Breach: A record from this system of records may be disclosed to appropriate agencies, entities, and persons when (1) PBGC suspects or has confirmed that
G10. Routine Use—Contractors, Experts, and Consultants: To contractors, experts, consultants, and the agents thereof, and others performing or working on a contract, service, cooperative agreement, or other assignment for PBGC when necessary to accomplish an agency function. Individuals provided information under this routine use are subject to the same Privacy Act requirements and limitations on disclosure as are applicable to PBGC employees.
G11. Routine Use—Records Management: To the National Archives and Records Administration or to the General Services Administration for records management inspections conducted under 44 U.S.C. 2904 and 2906.
G12. Routine Use—Gathering Information: To any source from which information is requested in the course of processing a grievance, investigation, arbitration, or other litigation, to the
G13. Routine Use—Disclosure to a Federal Agency: To disclose information to a Federal agency, in response to its request, in connection with hiring or retaining an employee, issuing a security clearance, conducting a security or suitability investigation of an individual, or classifying jobs, to the extent that the information is relevant and necessary to the requesting agency's decision on the matter.
Congressional Correspondence—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals who have corresponded with PBGC.
Correspondence received; replies to such correspondence.
29 U.S.C. 1302; 44 U.S.C. 3101; and 5 U.S.C. 301.
This system of records is maintained to catalog and respond to correspondence received from members of Congress.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. General Routine Uses G1 through G11
Records are maintained manually in paper and/or electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes, and discs. Records are also maintained on PBGC's network back-up tapes.
Records are retrieved by name of the correspondent.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Paper records are kept in file cabinets in areas of restricted access that are locked after office hours. Electronic records are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Director, Communications Outreach and Legislative Affairs, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Correspondents; agency employees preparing responses to incoming correspondence or who generate original correspondence in their official capacities.
None.
Disbursements—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and/or field benefit administrators, plan administrator, and paying agent worksites.
Records may also be kept at an additional location as backup for Continuity of Operations.
Individuals who are consultants and vendors to PBGC; PBGC employees; and any other individuals who receive payments from PBGC.
Acquisition data for the procurement of goods and services; invoices; payment vouchers; Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) codes; Dun & Bradstreet Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) numbers; supplier status; Web site; name; address; taxpayer identification number; bank information; Social Security number; and other information related to the disbursements of funds.
29 U.S.C. 1302; 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 301;
This system of records is maintained for use in determining amounts to be paid and in effecting payments by the Department of the Treasury on behalf of PBGC.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. General Routine Uses G1 through G7, G9 through G12
2. A record from this system of records may be transmitted to the United States Department of the Treasury to effect payments to consultants and vendors, to verify consultants' and vendors' eligibility to receive payments,
Records are maintained by PBGC in paper and/or electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes, and discs. Records are also maintained on PBGC's network back-up tapes.
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: Name, tax payer identification number; and contract number.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Paper records are kept in file cabinets in areas of restricted access that are locked after office hours. Electronic records are stored on computer networks and are protected by assigning user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Director, Financial Operations Department, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Subject individuals and PBGC.
None.
Employee Payroll, Leave, and Attendance Records—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Current and former PBGC employees.
Personnel information, including names, addresses, social security numbers, employee numbers,
29 U.S.C. 1302; 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 301.
This system of records is maintained to perform agency functions involving employee leave, attendance, and payments, including determinations relating to the amounts to be paid to employees, the distribution of pay according to employee directions (for allotments to financial institutions, and for other authorized purposes), tax withholdings and other authorized deductions, and for statistical purposes.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. General Routine Uses G1 through G
2. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to the United States Department of the Interior, the United States Department of Labor, and the United States Department of the Treasury to effect payments to employees.
3. Payments owed to PBGC through current and former employees may be shared with the Department of the Interior for the purposes of offsetting the employee's salary. Payments owed to PBGC through current and former employees who become delinquent in repaying the necessary funds may be shared with the Department of Treasury for the purposes of offsetting the employee's salary.
4.
Records are maintained in paper and/or electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes, and discs. Records are also maintained on PBGC's network back-up tapes.
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: Name; employee number; or social security number.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Paper records are kept in file cabinets in areas of restricted access that are locked after office hours. Electronic records are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning both network and system-specific user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Director, Financial Operations Department, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Subject individuals; subject individuals' supervisor(s); subject individuals' timekeeper(s);
None.
Plan Participant and Beneficiary Data—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and/or field benefit administrators, plan administrator, and paying agent worksites.
Participants, alternate payees, beneficiaries in terminated and non-terminated pension plans covered by the
Names; addresses; telephone numbers; email addresses; sex; social security numbers and other Social Security Administration
29 U.S.C. 1055, 1056(d)(3), 1302, 1321, 1322, 1322a, 1341, 1342, and 1350; 26 U.S.C. 6103; 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 301.
This system of records is maintained for use in determining whether participants, alternate payees, and beneficiaries are eligible for benefits under plans covered by ERISA, determining supplemental payments to be paid to those persons by a party other than PBGC, determining the amounts of benefits to be paid, making benefit payments, collecting benefit overpayments, and complying with statutory and regulatory mandates.
Names, addresses, and telephone numbers are used to survey customers to measure their satisfaction with PBGC's benefit payment services and to track (for follow-up) those who do not respond to surveys.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
General Routine Uses G1, G2, G4 through G7, G9 through G12,
1. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to third parties, such as banks, insurance companies, or trustees:
a. To enable these third parties to make or determine benefit payments, or
b. To report to the
2. A record from this system of records may be disclosed, in furtherance of proceedings under Title IV of ERISA, to a contributing sponsor (or other employer who maintained the plan), including any predecessor or successor, and any member of the same controlled group.
3. A record from this system of records may be disclosed, upon request for a purpose authorized under Title IV of ERISA, to an official of a labor organization recognized as the current or former collective bargaining representative of the individual about whom a request is made.
4. Payees' names, addresses, telephone numbers, and information related to how PBGC determined that a debt was owed by such payees to PBGC may be disclosed to the Department of the Treasury or a debt collection agency or firm to collect a claim. Disclosure to a debt collection agency or firm shall be made only under a contract issued by the federal government that binds any such contractor or employee of such contractor to the penalties of the Privacy Act. The information so disclosed shall be used exclusively pursuant to the terms and conditions of such contract and shall be used solely for the purposes prescribed therein. The contract shall provide that the information so disclosed shall be returned at the conclusion of the debt collection effort.
5. The name and social security number of a participant employed or formerly employed as a pilot by a commercial airline may be disclosed to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to obtain information relevant to the participant's eligibility or continued eligibility for disability benefits.
6. The name of a participant's pension plan, the actual or estimated amount of a participant's benefit under Title IV of ERISA, the form(s) in which the benefit is payable, and whether the participant is currently receiving benefit payments under the plan or (if not) the earliest date(s) such payments could commence may be disclosed to the participant's spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent solely to obtain a qualified domestic relations order under 29 U.S.C. 1056(d) and 26 U.S.C. 414(p). PBGC will disclose the information only upon the receipt of a written request by a prospective alternate payee, or the payee's representative, that describes the requester's relationship to the participant and states that the information will be used solely to obtain a qualified domestic relations order under state domestic relations law. PBGC will notify the participant of any information disclosed to a prospective alternate payee or their representative under this routine use.
7. Information from a participant's initial determination under 29 CFR 4003.1 (excluding the participant's address, telephone number, social security number, and any sensitive medical information) may be disclosed to an alternate payee, or their representative, under a qualified domestic relations order issued pursuant to 29 U.S.C. 1056(d) and 26 U.S.C. 414(p) to explain how PBGC determined the benefit due the alternate payee so that the alternate payee can pursue an administrative appeal of the benefit determination under 29 CFR 4003.51
8. Information from an alternate payee's initial determination under 29 CFR 4003.1 (excluding the alternate payee's address, telephone number, social security number, and any sensitive medical information) may be disclosed to a participant, or their representative, under a qualified domestic relations order issued pursuant to 29 U.S.C. 1056(d) and 26 U.S.C. 414(p) to explain how PBGC determined the benefit due the participant so that the participant can pursue an administrative appeal of the benefit determination under 29 CFR 4003.51
9. Information used in calculating the benefit, or share of the benefit, of a participant or alternate payee (excluding the participant's or alternate payee's address, telephone number, social security number, and any sensitive medical information) may be disclosed to a participant or an alternate payee, or their representative, when (a) a qualified domestic relations order issued pursuant to 29 U.S.C. 1056(d) and 26 U.S.C. 414(p) affects the calculation of the benefit, or share of the benefit, of the participant or alternate payee; and (b) the information is needed to explain to the participant or alternate payee how PBGC calculated the benefit, or share of the benefit, of the participant or alternate payee. PBGC may notify the participant or the alternate payee, or their representative, as appropriate, of the information disclosed to the participant or the alternate payee, or their representative, under this routine use.
10. The names, addresses, social security numbers, dates of birth, and the pension plan name and number of eligible PBGC pension recipients may be disclosed to the Department of the Treasury and the Department of Labor to implement the income tax credit for health insurance costs under 26 U.S.C. 35 and the program for advance payment of the tax credit under 26 U.S.C. 7527.
11. Names, addresses, social security numbers, and dates of birth of eligible PBGC pension recipients residing in a particular state may be disclosed to the state's workforce agency if the agency received a National
12. Payees' names, social security numbers, and dates of birth may be provided to the Department of the Treasury's Bureau of the Public Debt, the
13. Names and social security numbers of participants and beneficiaries may be provided to the Department of the Treasury, the Department of the Treasury's financial agent, and the Federal Reserve Bank for the purpose of learning which of PBGC's check payees have electronic debit card accounts used for the electronic deposit of federal benefit payments, for establishing electronic debit card accounts for eligible participants and beneficiaries, and for administering payments to participants and beneficiaries who have selected this method of payment.
14. Information relating to revocation of a power of attorney may be disclosed to the former agent that was named in the revoked power of attorney.
15. The name and date of birth of a participant's beneficiary may be provided to that participant upon request by that participant.
16. Names, social security numbers, last known addresses, dates of birth and death, amount of benefit, pension plan name, plan EIN/PIN number, name of plan sponsor, and the city and state of the plan sponsor of plan participants and beneficiaries may be disclosed to private firms and agencies that provide locator services (including credit reporting agencies and debt collection firms or agencies) to locate participants and beneficiaries. Such information will be disclosed only if PBGC has no address for an individual, if mail sent to the individual at the last known address is returned as undeliverable,
17. Names, social security numbers, last known addresses, dates of birth and death, employment history, and pay status of individuals covered by legal settlement agreements involving PBGC may be disclosed to entities covered by or created under those agreements.
Records are maintained in paper and/or electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes,
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: Name; social security number; customer identification number; date of birth; or date of death.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Paper and electronic records that contain federal tax information are stored under procedures that meet IRS safeguarding standards.
Other paper and microfiche records that do not contain federal tax information are kept in file folders in areas of restricted access that are locked after office hours. Electronic records that do not contain federal tax information are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Plan administrators; participants, alternate payees, beneficiaries, and other individuals who contact PBGC regarding benefits they may be owed from PBGC; agents listed on power of attorneys;
None.
Employee Relations Files—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Current and former PBGC employees who have initiated grievances under an administrative grievance procedure or under an applicable collective bargaining agreement.
Administrative and union grievances submitted by PBGC employees; agency responses to employees' grievances; employees' appeals of responses to grievances; agency responses to such appeals; investigative notes; records of proceedings; appeal decisions; last chance, last rights, and settlement agreements, and related information.
29 U.S.C. 1302; 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 301
The purpose of this system is to catalog, investigate, and appropriately and timely respond to administrative and union grievances and appeals filed by PBGC employees pursuant to PBGC's Administrative Grievance Procedure and the Collective Bargaining Agreement.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. General Routine Uses G1 through G
2. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to the
Records are maintained in paper form in file folders and/or in electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes, and discs. Records are also maintained on PBGC's network back-up tapes.
Records are retrieved by employee name.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Paper records are kept in areas of restricted access that are locked after office hours. Electronic records are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Director, Human Resources Department, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Subject individuals; subject individuals' supervisor(s), representative(s), and colleagues; PBGC
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2), records in this system are exempt from the requirements of subsections (c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4) (G), (H), (I), and (f) of 5 U.S.C. 552a, provided, however, that if any individual is denied any right, privilege, or benefit that he or she would otherwise be entitled to by Federal law, or for which he or she would otherwise be eligible, as a result of the maintenance of these records, such material shall be provided to the individual, except to the extent that the disclosure of the material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government with an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence.
Unclaimed Pensions—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005 and/or field benefit administrator
Participants, alternate payees, and beneficiaries in terminat
Names; dates of birth and death; social security numbers; addresses; email addresses; telephone numbers;
29 U.S.C. 1055, 1056(d)(3), 1302, 1321, 1322, 1322a, 1341, 1342, and 1350; 29 U.S.C. 1203; 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 3
This system of records is maintained to locate participants, alternate payees, and beneficiaries of pension plans covered by ERISA.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. General Routine Uses G1, G4 through G7, G9 through G11,
2. Names and social security numbers of plan participants and beneficiaries may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service
3. Names and last known addresses may be disclosed to an official of a labor organization recognized as the collective bargaining representative of participants for posting in union halls or for other means of publication to obtain current addresses of participants and beneficiaries. Such information will be disclosed only if PBGC has no address for an individual or if mail sent to the individual at the last known address is returned as undeliverable.
4. Names, social security numbers, last known addresses, dates of birth and death, amount of benefit, pension plan name, plan EIN/PIN number, name of plan sponsor, and the city and state of the plan sponsor of plan participants and beneficiaries may be disclosed to private firms and agencies that provide locator services, including credit reporting agencies and debt collection firms or agencies, to locate participants and beneficiaries. Such information will be disclosed only if PBGC has no address for an individual, if mail sent to the individual at the last known address is returned as undeliverable
5. Names and addresses may be disclosed to licensees of the United States Postal Service (USPS) to obtain current addresses under the USPS's National Change of Address Linkage System (NCOA). Disclosure shall be made only under a contract that binds the licensee of the Postal Service and its employees to the criminal penalties of the Privacy Act. The contract shall provide that the records disclosed by PBGC shall be used exclusively for updating addresses under NCOA and must be returned to PBGC or destroyed when the process is completed. The records will be exchanged electronically in an encrypted format.
6. Names and last known addresses may be disclosed to other participants in, and beneficiaries under, a pension plan to obtain the current addresses of individuals. Such information will be disclosed only if PBGC has no address for an individual or if mail sent to the individual at the last known address is returned as undeliverable.
7. Names and last known addresses of participants and beneficiaries, and the names and addresses of participants' former employers, may be disclosed to the public to obtain current addresses of the individuals. Such information will be disclosed to the public only if PBGC is unable to make benefit payments to the participants and beneficiaries because the address it has does not appear to be current or correct.
7. Names, social security numbers, last known addresses, dates of birth and death, employment history, and pay status of individuals covered by legal settlement agreements involving PBGC may be disclosed to entities covered by or created under those agreements.
Records are maintained in paper and/or in electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes,
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: Name; social security number; customer identification number; date of birth; or date of death.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to unauthorized individuals.
Paper and electronic records that contain federal tax information are stored under procedures that meet IRS safeguarding standards.
Other paper and microfiche records that do not contain federal tax information are kept in file folders in areas of restricted access that are locked after office hours. Electronic records that do not contain federal tax information are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
PBGC-6; the SSA; the IRS; labor organization officials; firms or agencies providing locator services; USPS licensees; field benefit administrators; and any other individual that provides PBGC with information regarding a missing participant, beneficiary, or alternate payee.
None.
Administrative Appeals File
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals who file administrative appeals with PBGC's Appeals Board.
Names and personal information (such as addresses, social security numbers, sex, dates of birth, dates of hire, salary, marital status (including domestic relations orders), and medical records); employment and pension plan information (such as name of pension plan, plan number, dates of commencement of plan participation or employment, statements regarding employment, dates of termination of plan participation or retirement, benefit payment data, pay status, calculations of benefit amounts, calculations of amounts subject to recoupment and/or recovery, and workman's compensation awards); Social Security Administration (
29 U.S.C. 1302; 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 301; 29 U.S.C. ch.18.; 29 CFR 4003.1(b)
The purpose of this system is to catalog, review, and respond to administrative appeals of: Determinations that a plan is not covered under section 4021 of the
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. General Routine Uses G1, and G4 through G12,
2. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to third parties who may
3. A record from this system of records may be disclosed, upon request, to an attorney representative or a non-attorney representative who has a power of attorney for the subject individuals, under 29 CFR 4003.6.
4. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to third parties, such as banks, insurance companies, and trustees, to make benefit payments to plan participants, beneficiaries, and/or alternate payees.
5. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to third parties, such as contractors and expert witnesses, to obtain expert analysis of an issue necessary to resolve an appeal.
6. The name and social security number of a participant may be disclosed to an official of a labor organization recognized as the collective bargaining representative of the participant to obtain information relevant to the resolution of an appeal.
Records are maintained in paper and/or electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes, and discs. Records are also maintained on PBGC's network back-up tapes.
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: Participant, beneficiary, and/or alternate payee's name; plan name; appeal number; or extension request number.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Paper records are kept in file folders in areas of restricted access that are locked after office hours. Electronic records are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Manager of the Appeals Division, Office of the General Counsel, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Subject individuals; the participant, beneficiary, or alternate payee; plan administrators, contributing sponsors (or other employer who maintained the plan), including any predecessor, successor, or member of the same controlled group; the labor organization recognized as the collective bargaining representative of a participant; the
None.
Call Detail Records—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
PBGC employees and contractor employees.
Records relating to the use of PBGC telephones and PBGC-issued portable electronic devices to place calls outside of PBGC and receive calls from outside of PBGC and records indicating the assignment of telephone extension numbers and PBGC-issued portable electronic devices to PBGC employees.
29 U.S.C. 1302; 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 301.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without
1. General Routine Uses G1, G3, G4, G5, and G7 through G
Records are maintained in electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes, and discs.
Records are retrieved by one or more of the following: name of employee or contractor employee; telephone extension number; PBGC-issued portable electronic device number; or telephone number called.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Electronic records are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Chief Information Officer, Office of Information Technology, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Telephone and PBGC-issued portable electronic device assignment records.
None.
Personnel Security Investigation Records—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Records may also be kept at an additional location as backup for Continuity of Operations.
Current and former Applicants, employees, students, interns, volunteers, government contractors, experts, instructors, and consultants to Federal programs who undergo a personnel background investigation for the purpose of determining suitability for employment, contractor employee fitness, credentialing for
This system also includes individuals accused of or found in violation of PBGC's security rules and regulations.
Name; former names; date and place of birth; home address; email address; phone numbers; employment history; residential history; education and degrees earned; citizenship; passport information; name, date and place of birth, social security number, and citizenship information for spouse or cohabitant; the name and marriage information for current and former spouse(s), names of associates and references and their contact information; names, dates and places of birth, citizenship, and addresses of relatives; names of relatives who work for the federal government; information on foreign contacts and activities; association records; information on loyalty to the United States; criminal history; mental health history; drug use; financial information; fingerprints; information from the Internal Revenue Service pertaining to income tax returns; credit reports; information pertaining to security clearances; other agency reports furnished to PBGC in connection with the background investigation process; summaries of personal and third party interviews conducted during the background investigation; results of suitability decisions; and other information developed from above.
Records pertaining to security violations may contain information pertaining to circumstances of the violation; witness statements; investigator's notes; and documentation of agency action taken in response to security violations.
29 U.S.C. 1302; 5 U.S.C. 3301; 44 U.S.C. 3101; Executive Order 10450; Executive Order 13488; 5 CFR 5.2; 5 CFR 731 and 736;
The records in this system of records are used to document and support decisions as to the suitability, eligibility, and fitness for service of applicants for federal employment and contract positions, and may include students, interns, or volunteers, to the extent their duties require access to federal facilities, information, systems, or applications.
The records may also be used to help streamline and make more efficient the investigations and adjudications processes generally.
The records
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. General Routine Uses G1 through G
2. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to an authorized source from which information is requested in the course of an investigation, to the extent necessary to identify the individual, to inform the source of the nature and purpose of the investigation, or to identify the type of information requested.
3. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to the
Records are maintained in paper and/or electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes, and discs. Records are also maintained on PBGC's network back-up tapes.
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: Name; social security number; unique case serial number; or other unique identifier.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Paper records are kept in file cabinets in areas of restricted access that are locked after office hours. Electronic records are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning both network and system-specific user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Director, Workplace Solutions Department, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Applications and other personnel and security forms, including but not limited to a SF-85, SF-85P, SF-86, SF-87 (via eQIP); personal interviews with various individuals, including but not limited to the subject of the investigation present and former employers, references, neighbors, and other associates who may have information about the subject of the investigation; investigative records and notices of personnel actions furnished by other federal agencies; public records such as court filings; publications such as newspapers, magazines, and periodicals; tax records; educational institutions; police departments; credit bureaus; probation officials; prison officials; and medical professionals.
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2), records in this system are exempt from the requirements of subsections (c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (H), (I), and (f) of 5 U.S.C. 552a, provided, however, that if any individual is denied any right, privilege, or benefit that he or she would otherwise be entitled to by Federal law, or for which he or she
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(5), records in this system are exempt from the requirements of subsections (c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (H), (I), and (f) of 5 U.S.C. 552a, but only to the extent that the disclosure of such material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence.
Debt Collection—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and/or field benefit administrator
Records may also be kept at an additional location as back up for Continuity of Operations.
Any individual who may owe a debt to PBGC, including but not limited to: Pension plans and/or sponsors owing insurance premiums, interest, and penalties; employees and former employees of PBGC; individuals who are consultants and vendors to PBGC; participants, alternate payees, and beneficiaries in terminating and terminated pension plans covered by the
Pension plan filings; names; addresses; social security numbers; taxpayer identification numbers; employee numbers; pay records; travel vouchers and related documents filed by PBGC employees; invoices filed by consultants and vendors to PBGC; records of benefit payments made to participants, alternate payees, and beneficiaries in terminating and terminated pension plans covered by ERISA; and other relevant records relating to a debt including the amount, status, and history of the debt, and the program under which the debt arose.
29 U.S.C. 1302; 31 U.S.C. 3711(a); 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 301.
This system of records is maintained for the purpose of collecting debts owed to PBGC by various individuals, including, but not limited to, pension plans and/or sponsors owing insurance premiums, interest and penalties; PBGC employees and former employees; consultants and vendors; participants, alternate payees, and beneficiaries in terminating and terminated pension plans covered by ERISA; and individuals who received payments from PBGC to which they are not entitled. This system facilitates PBGC's compliance with the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. General Routine Uses G1 through G
2. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to the United States Department of the Treasury for cross-servicing to effect debt collection in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3711(e).
3. Names, addresses, and telephone numbers of employees, participants, and beneficiaries and information pertaining to debts owed by such individuals to PBGC may be disclosed to a debt collection agency or firm to collect a claim. Disclosure to a debt collection agency or firm shall be made only under a contract that binds any such contractor or employee of such contractor to the criminal penalties of the Privacy Act. The information so disclosed shall be used exclusively pursuant to the terms and conditions of such contract and shall be used solely for the purposes prescribed therein. The contract shall provide that the information so disclosed shall be returned at the conclusion of the debt collection effort.
4. These records may be used to disclose information to any Federal agency, state or local agency, U.S. territory or commonwealth, or the District of Columbia, or their agents or contractors, including private collection agencies (consumer and commercial):
a. To facilitate the collection of debts through the use of any combination of various debt collection methods required or authorized by law, including, but not limited to:
i. Request for repayment by telephone or in writing;
ii. Negotiation of voluntary repayment or compromise agreements;
iii. Offset of Federal payments, which may include the disclosure of information contained in the records for the purpose of providing the debtor with appropriate pre-offset notice and to otherwise comply with offset prerequisites, to facilitate voluntary repayment in lieu of offset, and to otherwise effectuate the offset process;
iv. Referral of debts to private collection agencies, to Treasury designated debt collection centers, or for litigation;
v. Administrative and court-ordered wage garnishment;
vi. Debt sales;
vii. Publication of names and identities of delinquent debtors in the media or other appropriate places; and
viii. Any other debt collection method authorized by law;
b. To collect a debt owed to the United States through the offset of payments made by states, territories, commonwealths, or the District of Columbia;
c. To account or report on the status of debts for which such entity has a financial or other legitimate need for the information in the performance of official duties; or,
d. For any other appropriate debt collection purpose.
Records are maintained in paper and/or electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes, and discs. Records are also maintained on PBGC's network back-up tapes.
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: Employer identification number; social security number; plan number; name of debtor, plan, plan sponsor, plan administrator, participant, alternate payee, or beneficiary.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Paper records are kept in file folders in areas of restricted access that are locked after office hours. Electronic records are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Director, Financial Operations Department, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Subject individuals; plan administrators; labor organization officials; debt collection agencies or firms; firms or agencies providing locator services; field benefit administrator
None.
My Plan Administration Account Records—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals who use the My Plan Administration Account (My PAA) application to make PBGC filings and payments electronically via PBGC's Web site (
User's name; work telephone number; work email address; other contact information; a temporary PBGC-issued user ID and password; a user-selected user ID and password; a secret question/secret answer combination for authentication;
29 U.S.C. 1302, 1306, 1307, 1341, and 1343; 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 301.
This system of records is maintained for use in verifying the identity of individuals who register to use the My PAA application to make PBGC filings, and receiving, authenticating, processing, and keeping a history of filings and premium payments submitted to PBGC by registered users.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. PBGC General Routine Uses G1, G4
Records are maintained in electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes and discs. Records are also maintained on PBGC's network back-up tapes.
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: Name; user ID; email address; telephone number; plan name; EIN; or plan number.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to unauthorized individuals.
Electronic records are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Director, Financial Operations Department, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Registered users.
None.
Emergency Notification Records—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
PBGC employees and individuals who work for PBGC as contractors or as employees of contractors.
Name; title; organizational component; employer; PBGC and personal telephone numbers; PBGC and personal email addresses; other contact information; user ID; a temporary PBGC-issued password; and a user-selected password.
29 U.S.C. 1302; 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 301; Executive Order 12656, 53 FR 47491 (1988); Presidential Decision Directive 67 (1998).
This system of records is maintained for notifying PBGC employees and individuals who work for PBGC as contractors or employees of contractors of PBGC's operating status in the event of an emergency, natural disaster or other event affecting PBGC operations; and for contacting employees or contractors who are out of the office on leave or after regular duty hours to obtain information necessary for official business.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. PBGC General Routine Uses G1, G4, G5, G7, and G9 through G11,
2. A record in this system of records may be disclosed to family members, emergency medical personnel, or to law enforcement officials in case of a medical or other emergency involving the subject individual (without the subsequent notification prescribed in 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(8)).
Records are maintained in paper and electronic form, including magnetic tapes and discs. Records are also maintained on PBGC's network back-up tapes.
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: Name; organizational component; or user ID and password.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Paper records are kept in locked file cabinets in areas of restricted access. Electronic records are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning both network and system-specific usernames and passwords to individuals needing access to the records.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Director, Workplace Solutions Department, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
An employee or contractor may access his or her record with a valid user-id and password via the electronic notification and messaging system through PBGC's intranet Web site, or by following the Notification Procedures above.
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Subject individuals.
None.
PBGC Connect Search Center—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
PBGC employees and contractors with PBGC network access.
Name; photograph; personal description; skills; interests; schools; birthday; mobile phone number; home phone number; organizational component and title; supervisor's name; PBGC street address; room or workstation number; PBGC network ID; work email address; and work telephone number and extension.
29 U.S.C. 1302; 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 301.
This system of records is used by PBGC employees and contractors to identify other PBGC employees and to access contact information for PBGC employees.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. PBGC General Routine Uses G1 through G
Records are maintained in an electronic database. Records are also maintained on PBGC's network back-up tapes.
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: Name; username; organizational component; job title; work phone number; office number; supervisor; work email; skills; interests; birth date; education; peers; and employee type (federal or contractor).
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Electronic records are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Subject individuals and PBGC personnel records.
None.
Office of Inspector General Investigative File System—PBGC.
None.
Office of Inspector General, PBGC, 1200 K Street, NW., Washington DC, 20005.
Individuals named in investigations conducted by the
Information within this system relates to OIG investigations carried out under applicable statutes, regulations, policies, and procedures. The investigations may relate to criminal, civil, or administrative matters. These OIG files may contain investigative reports; copies of personnel, financial, contractual, and property management records maintained by PBGC; information submitted by or about pension plan sponsors or plan participants; background data including arrest records, statements of informants and witnesses, and laboratory reports of evidence analysis; search warrants, summonses and subpoenas; and other information related to investigations. Personal data in the system may consist of names, social security numbers, addresses, dates of birth and death, fingerprints, handwriting samples, reports of confidential informants, physical identifying data, voiceprints, polygraph tests, photographs, and individual personnel and payroll information.
5 U.S.C. App. 3.
This system of records is used to supervise and conduct investigations relating to programs and operations of PBGC.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. PBGC General Routine Uses G1, G2, G4, G5, G7, and G9 through G
2. A record relating to a person held in custody pending or during arraignment, trial, sentence, or extradition proceedings or after conviction may be disclosed to a federal, state, local, or foreign prison; probation, parole, or pardon authority; or any other agency or individual involved with the maintenance, transportation, or release of such a person.
3. A record relating to a case or matter may be disclosed to an actual or potential party or his or her attorney for the purpose of negotiation or discussion on such matters as settlement of the case or matter, plea bargaining, or informal discovery proceedings.
4. A record may be disclosed to any source, either private or governmental, when reasonably necessary to elicit information or obtain the cooperation of a witness or informant when conducting any official investigation or during a trial or hearing or when preparing for a trial or hearing.
5. A record relating to a case or matter may be disclosed to a foreign country, through the United States Department of State or directly to the representative of such country, under an international treaty, convention, or executive agreement; or to the extent necessary to assist such country in apprehending or returning a fugitive to a jurisdiction that seeks that individual's return.
6. A record originating exclusively within this system of records may be disclosed to other federal offices of inspectors general and councils comprising officials from other federal offices of inspectors general, as required by the Inspector General Act of 1978, as amended. The purpose is to ensure that OIG investigative operations can be subject to integrity and efficiency peer reviews, and to permit other offices of inspectors general to investigate and report on allegations of misconduct by senior OIG officials as directed by a council, the President, or Congress. Records originating from any other PBGC systems of records, which may be duplicated in or incorporated into this system, also may be disclosed with all personally identifiable information redacted.
7. A record may be disclosed to the Department of the Treasury and the Department of Justice when the OIG seeks an ex parte court order to obtain taxpayer information from the Internal Revenue Service.
8. A record may be disclosed to any governmental, professional or licensing authority when such record reflects on qualifications, either moral, educational or vocational, of an individual seeking to be licensed or to maintain a license.
9. A record may be disclosed to any direct or indirect recipient of federal funds,
Records are maintained in paper and/or electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes, discs, and an automated database.
Records may be retrieved by any one or more of the following: Name; social security number; subject category; or assigned case number.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Paper records, computers, and computer-storage media are located in
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Inspector General, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
This system is exempt from the notification requirements. However, consideration will be given to inquiries made in compliance with 29 CFR 4902.3.
This system is exempt from the access requirements. However, consideration will be given to requests made in compliance with 29 CFR 4902.3.
This system is exempt from the notification requirements. However, consideration will be given requests made in compliance with 29 CFR 4902.3.
Subject individuals; individual complainants; witnesses; interviews conducted during investigations; federal, state and local government records; individual or company records; claim and payment files; employer medical records; insurance records; court records; articles from publications; financial data; bank information; telephone data; service providers; other law enforcement organizations; grantees and subgrantees; contractors and subcontractors; pension plan sponsors and participants; and other sources.
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and (k), PBGC has established regulations at 29 CFR 4902.11 that exempt records in this system depending on their purpose.
Office of General Counsel Case Management System—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200
Records may also be kept at an additional location as backup for Continuity of Operations.
Individuals who are participants, beneficiaries, and alternate payees in pension plans covered by the
Notes, reports, memoranda; settlements; agreements; correspondence; contracts; contract proposal and other procurement documents; plan documents; participant, alternate payee, and beneficiary files; initial and final PBGC determinations of ERISA matters; Freedom of Information Act and the Privacy Act appeals and decisions of those appeals; drafts and legal reviews of proposed personnel actions; personnel records; litigation files; labor relations files; information provided by labor unions or other organizations; witness statements; summonses and subpoenas, discovery requests and responses; and breach reports and supporting documentation.
29 U.S.C. 1055, 1056(d)(3), 1302, 1303, 1310, 1321, 1322, 1322a, 1341, 1342, 1343 and 1350; 5 U.S.C. app. 105; 5 U.S.C. 301,
The purpose of this system of records is to catalog, litigate, or otherwise resolve any case or matter handled by the following practice groups of the Office of the General Counsel: General Law and Ethics Group, General Law and Procurement Group, Litigation and Employment Law Group, Legal Technology & Administration Division, and ERISA Counseling Group.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. PBGC General Routine Uses G1 through G
2. A record from this system of records may be disclosed, in furtherance of proceedings under Title IV of ERISA, to a contributing sponsor (or other employer who maintained the plan), including any predecessor or successor, and any member of the same controlled group.
3. Names, addresses, and telephone numbers of employees, former employees, participants, and beneficiaries and information pertaining to debts to PBGC may be disclosed to the Department of Treasury, the Department of Justice, a credit agency, and a debt collection firm to collect the debt. Disclosure to a debt collection firm shall be made only under a contract that binds any such contractor or employee of such contractor to the criminal penalties of the Privacy Act.
4. Information may be disclosed to a court, magistrate, or administrative tribunal in the course of presenting evidence, including disclosures to opposing counsel or witnesses in the course of civil discovery, litigation, or settlement negotiations in response to a court order or in connection with criminal law proceedings.
5. Information may be provided to a congressional office in response to an inquiry
6. Information may be provided to third parties during the course of an investigation to the extent necessary to obtain information pertinent to the investigation.
7. Relevant and necessary information may be disclosed to a former employee of PBGC for the purposes of: (1) Responding to an official inquiry by federal, state, or local government entity or professional licensing authority; or, (2) facilitating communications with a former employee that may be necessary for personnel-related or other official purposes where PBGC requires information and/or consultation assistance from the former employee regarding a matter within that person's former area of responsibility.
8. A record relating to a case or matter may be disseminated to a foreign country pursuant to an international treaty or convention entered into and ratified by the United States or to an executive agreement.
9. A record may be disseminated to a foreign country, through the United States Department of State or directly to the representative of such country, to the extent necessary to assist such country in civil or criminal proceedings in which the United States or one of its officers or agencies has an interest.
10.
Records are maintained in paper and/or electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes, and discs. Records are also maintained on PBGC's network back-up tapes.
Records are indexed by assigned case number and sequential record ID. Records are full-text indexed and thus can be retrieved by any free-form key, which may include names or other personal identifiers.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Paper records are kept in file folders in areas of restricted access that are locked after office hours.
Electronic records are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning unique user identification numbers to individuals who are authorized to access the records, and by passwords set by these users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Associate General Counsel, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Subject individuals; pension plan participants, sponsors, administrators and third-parties; federal government records; current and former employees, contractors, interns, and externs; PBGC claim and payment files; insurers; the Social Security Administration; labor organizations; court records; articles from publications; and other individuals, organizations, and corporate entities with relevant knowledge/information.
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2), records in this system are exempt from the requirements of subsections (c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (H), (I), and (f) of 5 U.S.C. 552a, provided, however, that if any individual is denied any right, privilege, or benefit that he or she would otherwise be entitled to by Federal law, or for which he or she would otherwise be eligible, as a result of the maintenance of these records, such material shall be provided to the individual, except to the extent that the disclosure of the material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government with an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence.
Reasonable Accommodation Records—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Prospective, current, and former employees of PBGC who request and/or receive a reasonable accommodation for a disability; and authorized individuals or representatives (
Name and employment information of employee needing an accommodation; requester's name and contact information (if different than the employee who needs an accommodation); date request was initiated; information concerning the nature of the disability and the need for accommodation, including appropriate medical documentation; details of the accommodation request, such as: Type of accommodation requested, how the requested accommodation would assist in job performance, the sources of technical assistance consulted in trying to identify alternative reasonable accommodation, any additional information provided by the requester relating to the processing of the request, and whether the request was approved or denied, and whether the accommodation was approved for a trial period; notification(s) to the employee and his/her supervisor(s) regarding the accommodation.
29 U.S.C. 1302; 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 301; 29 U.S.C. 701
The purposes of this system are: (1) To allow PBGC to collect and maintain records on prospective, current, and former employees with disabilities who requested or received reasonable accommodation by PBGC; (2) to track and report the processing of requests for reasonable accommodation PBGC-wide to comply with applicable law and regulations; and (3) to preserve and maintain the confidentiality of medical information submitted by or on behalf of applicants or employees requesting reasonable accommodation.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. General Routine Uses G1 through G
2. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to physicians or other medical professionals to provide them with or obtain from them the necessary medical documentation and/or certification for reasonable accommodation.
3. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to another federal agency or commission with responsibility for labor or employment relations or other issues, including equal employment opportunity and reasonable accommodation issues, when that agency or commission has jurisdiction over reasonable accommodation issues.
4. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Department of Labor (DOL), Office of Personnel Management (OPM), Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC), or Office of Special Counsel (OSC) to obtain advice regarding statutory, regulatory, policy, and other requirements related to reasonable accommodation.
5. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to appropriate third-parties contracted by the Agency to facilitate mediation or other dispute resolution procedures or programs.
6. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to the Department of Defense (DOD) for purposes of procuring assistive technologies and services through the Computer/Electronic Accommodation Program in response to a request for reasonable accommodation.
Records are maintained in paper and in electronic form, including computer databases.
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: Employee name or assigned case number.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Paper records are kept in file cabinets in areas of restricted access that are locked after office hours. Only authorized personnel may be given access to either the secured area or the locked file cabinet.
Electronic records are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning both network and system-specific user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Reasonable Accommodation Coordinator, Human Resources Department, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Subject individuals; individual making the request (if different than the subject individuals); medical professionals; and the subject individuals' supervisor(s).
None.
Telework and Alternative Worksite Records—PBGC.
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Prospective, current, and former employees of PBGC who have been granted or denied authorization to participate in PBGC's Telework Program to work at an alternative worksite apart from their official PBGC duty station.
Name, position title, grade, job series, and department name; official PBGC duty station address and telephone number; alternative worksite address and telephone number(s); date telework agreement received and approved/denied; telework request and approval form; telework agreement, self-certification home safety checklist, and supervisor-employee checklist; type of telework requested (
29 U.S.C. 1302; 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 301; 5 U.S.C. 6120.
The purpose of this system of records is to collect and maintain records on prospective, current, and former employees who have participated in, presently participate in, or have sought to participate in PBGC's Telework Program.
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. General Routine Uses G1 through G
2. A record from this system may be disclosed to federal, state, or local governments during actual emergencies, exercises, or continuity of operations tests for the purposes of emergency preparedness and responding to emergency situations.
3. A record from this system may be disclosed to the Department of Labor when an employee is injured when working at home while in the performance of normal duties.
4. A record from this system may be disclosed to the Office of Personnel Management (OPM) for use in its Telework Survey to provide consolidated data on participation in PBGC's Telework Program.
5. A record from this system of records may be disclosed to appropriate third-parties contracted by the Agency to facilitate mediation or other dispute resolution procedures or programs.
Records are maintained in paper and electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes, and discs. Records are also maintained on PBGC's network back-up tapes.
Also, each of PBGC's departments has a Telework Liaison who maintains copies of the records pertaining to employees working in his or her department.
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: Employee name; and the department in which the employee works, will work, or previously worked.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Paper records are kept in file cabinets in areas of restricted access that are locked after office hours. Only authorized personnel may be given access to either the secured area or the locked file cabinet.
Electronic records are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning both network and system-specific user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Agency Telework Managing Officer, Workplace Solutions Department, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Subject individuals; subject individuals' supervisors.
None.
Internal Investigations of Allegations of Harassing Conduct—PBGC
None.
PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Current or former PBGC employees, contractors, and interns who have filed a complaint or
The system contains all documents related to a complaint or report of harassment, which may include the name, position, grade, and supervisor(s) of the complainant and the accused; the complaint; statements of witnesses; reports of interviews; final decisions and corrective actions taken; and related correspondence and exhibits.
29 U.S.C. 1302; 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 301; 42 U.S.C. 2000e
This system of records is maintained for the purpose of upholding PBGC's policy to prevent
Information about covered individuals may be disclosed without consent as permitted by the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), and:
1. PBGC General Routine Uses G1 through G
2. Disclosure of information from this system of records regarding the status of any investigation that may have been conducted may be made to the complaining party and to the
Records are maintained in paper and/or electronic form, including computer databases, magnetic tapes, and discs. Records are also maintained on PBGC's network back-up tapes.
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: name; department; or unique identifier assigned to each incident reported.
PBGC has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with PBGC's security program to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Paper records are kept in cabinets in areas of restricted access that are locked after office hours. Electronic records are stored on computer networks and protected by assigning user identification numbers to individuals needing access to the records and by passwords set by authorized users that must be changed periodically.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a PBGC records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable PBGC media sanitization practice.
Director, Human Resources Department, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request access to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with PBGC's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (29 CFR 4902.3).
Individuals wishing to request amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Disclosure Officer, PBGC, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Subject individuals;
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2), records in this system are exempt from the requirements of subsections (c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (H), (I), and (f) of 5 U.S.C. 552a, provided, however, that if any individual is denied any right, privilege, or benefit that he or she would otherwise be entitled to by Federal law, or for which he or she would otherwise be eligible, as a result of the maintenance of these records, such material shall be provided to the individual, except to the extent that the disclosure of the material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government with an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence.
Any individual who may owe a debt to PBGC, including but not limited to: Participants, alternate payees, and beneficiaries in terminating and terminated pension plans covered by ERISA; and individuals who received payments to which they are not entitled.
29 U.S.C. 1302; 31 U.S.C. 3711(a); 44 U.S.C. 3101; 5 U.S.C. 301.
1.
2.
3.
4.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Information Security Oversight Office, NARA.
Final rule.
As the Federal Government's Executive Agent (EA) for Controlled Unclassified Information (CUI), the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA), through its Information Security Oversight Office (ISOO), oversees the Federal Government-wide CUI Program. As part of that responsibility, ISOO is issuing this rule to establish policy for agencies on designating, safeguarding, disseminating, marking, decontrolling, and disposing of CUI, self-inspection and oversight requirements, and other facets of the Program. The rule affects Federal executive branch agencies that handle CUI and all organizations (sources) that handle, possess, use, share, or receive CUI—or which operate, use, or have access to Federal information and information systems on behalf of an agency.
This rule is effective November 14, 2016. The Director of the Federal Register approves the incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the rule as of November 14, 2016.
Kimberly Keravuori, by email at
In November 2010, the President issued Executive Order 13556, Controlled Unclassified Information, 75 FR 68675 (November 4, 2010) (the Order) to “establish an open and uniform program for managing [unclassified] information that requires safeguarding or dissemination controls.” Prior to that time, more than 100 different markings for such information existed across the executive branch. This
As a result, the Order established the Controlled Unclassified Information (CUI) Program to standardize the way the executive branch handles information that requires safeguarding or dissemination controls (excluding information that is classified under Executive Order 13526, Classified National Security Information, 75 FR 707 (December 29, 2009), or any predecessor or successor order; or the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 U.S.C. 2011,
Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, 58 FR 51735 (September 30, 1993), and Executive Order 13563, Improving Regulation and Regulation Review, 76 FR 23821 (January 18, 2011), direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). This final rule is “significant” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 because it sets out a new program for Federal agencies. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has reviewed this regulation.
Although this rule is not subject to the Regulatory Flexibility Act,
This final rule does not contain any information collection requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act.
Review under Executive Order 13132 requires that agencies review regulations for Federalism effects on the institutional interest of states and local governments, and, if the effects are sufficiently substantial, prepare a Federal assessment to assist senior policy makers. This rule will not have any direct effects on state and local governments within the meaning of the Executive Order. Therefore, the regulation requires no Federalism assessment.
NARA published a proposed version of this rule in the
Several commenters recommended we establish more stringent controls on CUI, and some commenters recommended we impose less stringent controls. We have declined to make either change. The CUI Program must balance two goals that may sometimes compete with each other—ensuring standardized controls to the extent necessary to protect information, and ensuring standardized controls to enable authorized sharing of information. We must also balance between some agencies' needs for free exchange of information with multiple partners in a wide variety of circumstances and other
We received a few comments, primarily from academic and research entities, asserting that the safeguarding requirements required by the proposed regulation, and the guidance in the new National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Special Publication (SP) 800-171, Protecting Controlled Unclassified Information in Non-Federal Information Systems and Organizations, would be too extreme and burdensome, and would cost these entities potentially a great deal of money to implement. These commenters were unable to determine a more specific estimated cost without prolonged study and assessment. However, their concerns arose primarily from the nature of their current systems—which apparently do not comply with statutory and other information security controls that already applied to Federal information before this rule was drafted, and continue to apply. Apparently, the systems are also heavily decentralized, unmonitored, and open, to enable people to work with the information across a wide range of locations and to share information and resources freely. These commenters suggested providing additional public response time to assess the burden of implementing this regulation and NIST SP 800-171 because one standard comment period was insufficient time for them to consider all the impacts of implementing the NIST standards. They also suggested lower controls or exceptions to controlling the information when in the hands of such entities, and other reductions in the security requirements for CUI while in their hands. We have declined both suggestions for the reasons described below.
The Federal Government receives a great deal of information from individuals, businesses, and other entities that it is required to protect. This is not an optional set of requirements and the burden on the Federal Government of meeting these requirements is huge. It costs the Government billions of dollars to keep its information, systems, and facilities secure. But the American people expect their Government to appropriately safeguard sensitive information, and with good reason. When the Government provides controlled information to a non-executive branch entity, sometimes pursuant to a contract or other agreement, it does not make sense for the protection requirements to disappear or lessen just because the Government has shared the information. In fact, the protection requirements do
Agencies must be able to provide protected information to law enforcement organizations to facilitate criminal investigations, provide people who served in the military (or their authorized relative) with copies of their military records so they can seek benefits, provide technological specifications or demographic and other personal information to contractors and researchers developing technology or conducting studies, share information on infectious diseases and epidemics with other health organizations locally or around the world to engage in joint efforts to contain them, and more. These information-sharing needs must still occur within the parameters permitted by the laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies that govern access to the information, and must be balanced by protection requirements. Sharing that information with non-executive branch entities is easier and can occur more extensively if those entities are complying with the same levels of protection controls. As a result of these reasons, and others set out in comment responses below, we decline to reduce or eliminate this rule's protection controls for information agencies share with non-executive branch entities.
Most of these comments on burden and time did not cite burdens arising from the rule itself. Instead, they cited the burden of implementing the recently published NIST SP 800-171.
The NIST SP 800-171, incorporated by reference in this final rule, establishes guidance for protecting CUI in non-Federal systems: (1) When the CUI is resident in non-Federal information systems and organizations; (2) when the information systems where the CUI resides are not used or operated by contractors of Federal agencies or other organizations on behalf of those agencies; and (3) when the authorizing law, Federal regulation, or Government-wide policy listed in the CUI Registry for the CUI category or subcategory does not prescribe specific safeguarding requirements for protecting the CUI's confidentiality.
With regard to the information security standards incorporated by reference in the rule, the framework established by FISMA requires most Federal agencies to apply the standards in Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) Publication 199, Standards for Security Categorization of Federal Information and Information Systems, and FIPS Publication 200, Minimum Security Requirements for Federal Information and Information Systems. FIPS Publication 200 requires most agencies to use NIST SP 800-53, Security and Privacy Controls for Federal Information Systems and Organizations, as the means by which agencies assess security risks to Federal information systems and select appropriate security controls and assurance requirements for them. Non-executive branch entities that manage information systems on behalf of covered agencies are subject to these rules and requirements as though they are part of the agency.
FIPS Publication 199, FIPS Publication 200, NIST SP 800-53, NIST SP 800-88, and NIST SP 800-171 are incorporated by reference into this final rule. They are free and available for download from the NIST Web site at
NIST SP 800-53, Security and Privacy Controls for Federal Information Systems and Organizations, and NIST SP 800-88, Guidelines for Media Sanitization, are also incorporated by reference because they set out methods by which agencies may sanitize equipment like photocopiers or destroy CUI to the appropriate degree.
When agencies design and manage Federal information systems, they apply the FISMA. This rule informs them that, if their systems include CUI, they must incorporate the requirement to safeguard CUI at no less than the moderate confidentiality impact value into their design and management actions (unless the authorizing law, regulation, or Government-wide policy listed in the CUI Registry for that CUI category or subcategory prescribes specific safeguarding requirements for protecting the confidentiality of that CUI).
We received numerous comments on § 2002.1. Some asked us to clarify certain provisions, like whether the regulation applies to contractors; whether there is a difference between contractors and non-executive branch entities; when agencies must enter into contracts or other written agreements; what the difference is between contracts and written agreements, if any; whether the provisions apply to other forms of agreements, such as grants, licenses, certificates, cooperative agreements, etc.; and what recourse contractors have when handling CUI for an agency, to include sharing that information with other non-executive branch entities.
We determined from the number and scope of the comments that we needed to thoroughly revise this section to make it clearer. This section merely spells out that the regulation's scope of impact will include non-executive branch entities by means of the requirement on agencies to include contract or agreement provisions regarding CUI, when relevant. Accordingly, we have revised the language to not only state that the rule applies to only agencies directly, but to also show that by the organization of the section. We have revised the structure of § 2002.1(e) [and § 2002.16(a)(5)] to more clearly reflect this, and to clarify what agencies should do when they cannot enter into a written agreement containing a CUI handling provision of this kind.
The rule now says that it applies only to executive branch agencies, but that, in written agreements (including contracts, grants, licenses, certificates, and other agreements) that involve CUI, agencies must include provisions that require the non-executive branch entity to handle the CUI in accordance with this rule, the Order, and the CUI Registry. These written agreement provisions will also help ensure that non-executive branch entities are aware of requirements associated with handling CUI, as appropriate.
Information that non-executive branch entities generate themselves and that they do not create, collect, or possess for the Federal Government by definition does not constitute Federal CUI, nor would it fall within the provisions of a contract or information-sharing agreement covering CUI. We have slightly revised the definition of CUI under § 2002.4 to make this clearer. We agree that contracts or solicitations for projects in which CUI will not be involved should not include requirements for handling CUI. This will be handled through the FAR case and other contracting practices, rather than through this regulation. If a contractor feels CUI requirements are included erroneously, they may object through normal contracting channels. Such subjects are outside the scope of this regulation.
In response to comments regarding CNSS policies, we do not list particular applicable laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies in the regulation because listing some would create confusion regarding any not listed, and the list would be too long and would have to be updated whenever one was added, revised, or rescinded, which is not practical. However, the CUI Registry lists the categories and subcategories of CUI that laws, regulations, and Government-wide policies create or govern. When we determine whether to include a particular Government-wide policy in the CUI Registry, the primary consideration is whether that policy contains requirements for control of unclassified information. CNSS policies do not; they pertain only to classified national security information. There is no such thing as unclassified national security information, although national security systems may also contain information designated as CUI. As a result, the provision of the CUI rule regarding conflict does not apply to CNSS policies, even though they are arguably Government-wide policies. CUI policies neither require an agency to stop using the CNSS policy in deference to the CUI regulation, nor permit agencies to apply CNSS requirements to CUI outside the agency or in decisions to share the CUI.
In contrast to Government-wide policies, agency-specific policies are ones that a particular agency has promulgated for its own use and the use of those who deal with that agency (including its contractors), and that are not codified in the U.S. Code, Code of Federal Regulations, or as a Government-wide policy. However, the rule does not prohibit agencies from promulgating agency-specific policies. Agencies are still able to set out agency policies and practices within their own documents and programs, and are, in fact, expected to promulgate CUI Program implementing policies within their agency to carry out the regulation's requirements. This provision makes it clear, however, that those agency-specific policies can not conflict with the regulation, the Order, or the CUI Registry.
We also responded to comments about §§ 2002.1(i), 2002.13(d) (now 2002.16), and 2002.28 (now 2002.46), with regard to restrictions on disclosure set forth in this rule that readers could override policies that implement discovery obligations in litigation, whistleblower protections, and other lawful disclosures. The comment further expressed concern about the lack of whistleblower protection in the rule. In response to these concerns, we have revised § 2002.27 (now § 2002.44) to state that the fact that an agency designates certain information as CUI does not affect an agency's or employee's determinations pursuant to any law that requires the agency or the employee to disclose that information or permits them to do so as a matter of discretion. We also included a Whistleblower Protection Act provision
We received comments on several definitions within this section. One comment asked if there are restrictions on who may be an “authorized holder,” and pointed to provisions where it was not clear if an authorized holder should be the actor. We clarified throughout the regulation whether authorized holders or agencies are the actors. However, the rule does not specify who may be an authorized holder and we decline to add specific criteria. There are no simple, universal rules for authorized holders such as those the comment suggests (U.S. citizens, those with clearances, etc.), and the factors applicable are too multiple and cumbersome to include in a regulation. For some types of CUI, certain laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies establish who may be an authorized holder. Authorized holders may include people outside an agency who have a lawful Government purpose to have, transport, store, use, or process CUI, but also include people within an agency who must handle, process, store, or maintain CUI in the course of their jobs. Agencies differ widely in structure and size, so do not always have the same sets of staff positions or offices; designating particular people within agencies as authorized holders would thus not be practical. Lawful purposes to have CUI outside an agency also vary greatly with the differing missions of agencies and would be equally impractical to list. Agencies must therefore have the discretion to determine who is an authorized holder within the context of that agency's structure, missions, and governing authorities, and in compliance with the CUI EA's policies on handling CUI, including the requirements in this rule.
We received a number of comments on the definitions of “CUI,” “CUI Basic,” and “CUI Specified.” While the comments raised concerns with a variety of aspects of the definitions, they all involved confusion about the relationship of the two groupings of CUI—Basic and Specified. As a result, we have revised all three definitions to more directly explain what each kind is and how they relate to each other. We have developed a clear set of requirements for CUI Basic that is the least burdensome and superfluous possible to uniformly cover all CUI that doesn't have a law, regulation, or Government-wide policy requiring different controls. The controls for CUI Specified categories are not something we can change because they are set by the governing law, regulation, or Government-wide policy, but by ensuring that every agency applies them consistently, we reduce burdens on agencies and external partners alike. The requirements for CUI Basic do not rise to the level of requirements for classified information, and if a given type of CUI Specified has classified-level controls, those are imposed by the information's governing authority, not by the CUI Program.
Some comments expressed concern about certain categories of information that are subject to laws and Federal regulations that set out specific and detailed protection requirements for that information, and were worried that designating them as CUI would undermine those specific requirements and subject agencies and entities to legal penalties for not meeting them.
We understand the concerns raised in these comments and agree that the penalties and consequences for failing to adequately protect CUI of some types may differ significantly from failure to protect CUI of other types. That being said, we cannot adjust the definition of CUI to exclude export controlled or other protected information; the Executive Order's definition of CUI is clear and includes
CUI Basic covers the kinds of CUI that have a general requirement for safeguarding or disseminating controls, and sets a uniform set of handling requirements for all agencies to use on all types of CUI Basic. All CUI that does not have specific protections set out in a law, regulation, or Government-wide policy falls into CUI Basic categories. All CUI Basic categories will be controlled by the same standard—no less than `moderate' confidentiality, the lowest possible control level above the `low' standard already applied to all information systems without CUI. CUI Basic requirements are the baseline default requirements for protecting CUI, and apply to the vast majority to CUI.
However, some CUI categories and subcategories may have higher, or different, requirements from the baseline ones if a law, regulation, or Government-wide policy requires or permits other controls for safeguarding or disseminating that information. CUI Specified, in contrast to CUI Basic, recognizes the types of CUI that have required or permitted controls included in their governing authorities, and each CUI Specified category or subcategory applies those other controls as required or permitted by the governing law, regulation, or policy.
A number of CUI Specified categories are governed by laws with specific requirements and with higher penalties for failing to protect the information. We cannot exclude all of them from the definition of CUI, but we created the CUI Specified concept to reflect that these types of CUI have special requirements and should be differentiated from all other CUI.
The regulation already provides for the CUI EA to consult with industry and other private sector partners on CUI matters, at § 2002.8(a)(2), which says, “Consults with affected agencies, Government-wide policy bodies, State, local, tribal, and private sector partners, and representatives of the public on matters pertaining to CUI.” However, we believe the comments are based in part on a misunderstanding of the CUI Registry, which already lists the categories and subcategories that constitute CUI. It is not an agency determination whether certain types of information qualify as CUI; the EA determines that a type of information qualifies as CUI when a law, regulation, or Government-wide policy requires that information's protection. That information is listed on the CUI Registry as a CUI category or subcategory and then qualifies as CUI for all agencies. Information, such as vendor proprietary information, that is not listed on the Registry does not qualify as CUI.
The authorities that establish CUI categories and subcategories were in existence before the CUI Program and this regulation, and this regulation does not change those already-existing requirements or any categories created subsequent to this rule's promulgation. Agencies and their contractors should
Additional comments recommended revisions to “misuse of CUI,” “non-executive branch entity,” and “unauthorized disclosure.” We have accepted these comments and revised the definitions to address the concerns raised, with the exception of adding a separate definition for “contractors and vendors” because those entities are treated the same way as other non-executive branch entities. We declined to accept the suggestion that we remove the term “uncontrolled” from the definition “uncontrolled unclassified information.” We understand the concern that the term seems to be the same as “unclassified information” so the addition of “uncontrolled” isn't necessary and could cause confusion. However, we added the ‘uncontrolled’ in response to comments from other agencies that ‘unclassified information’ in the context of CUI was confusing. Any information that is not classified information qualifies as ‘unclassified’ information. However, some unclassified information qualifies as controlled information under CUI and some does not. A piece of information might be classified and uncontrolled as CUI, unclassified but controlled as CUI, or unclassified and uncontrolled as CUI. This definition refers to only that last group, so it is necessary to label it in a way that identifies that it is both unclassified and uncontrolled.
A few commenters suggested revisions to the EA responsibilities under § 2002.4(a) (now § 2002.8). These recommendations included adding responsibilities such as advising appropriate Federal officials who manage and monitor the application of the CUI Program in Federal contracts, continuously engaging with NIST to ensure standards applicable to contractors remain current and minimally burdensome, and maintaining the CUI Registry so it is current. Commenters also recommended adding a provision on the CUI Advisory Council under Subpart C; formally including a representative of the Federal contracting community as a member of the CUI Advisory Council, along with representatives of other non-executive branch entities; and adding a provision that, if the EA and an agency cannot reach agreement on agency policies, the issue can be raised through OMB to the President, if necessary.
We agree with the intent of the recommendations, and the CUI EA already consults with the suggested organizations (Federal contracting officials, NIST, etc.), but we decided to combine them into one reference. Therefore, we have revised § 2002.8(a)(2) to add “Government-wide policy bodies” to the list of organizations with which the CUI EA consults on CUI matters. We also revised § 2002.8(a)(8) to read, “Maintains and updates the CUI Registry as needed.”
We also accepted the recommendation to address situations in which the EA and a party cannot resolve a dispute. This contingency is fully covered in the Order and is not limited to any specific area of CUI. Rather, it applies to any issue that arises with regard to implementing the Order. Section 2002.52, Dispute resolution, already sets out the resolution process when there are disputes and includes an agency's option to appeal through the Director of OMB, to the President. However, in light of this comment, we have revised 2002.52(g) to add a provision about how to proceed if there is a conflict with the EA.
We revised the language of § 2002.8(b)(2) to require agencies to include the CUI senior agency official in agency contact listings. The agency is tasked with designating both a CUI senior agency official and a CUI Program manager. Between them, these two roles oversee the agency's entire CUI planning and implementation program, including necessary training. Agencies have already been able and encouraged to designate these positions for more than a year, in part to enable them to plan ahead for necessary training so that it will occur in a timely manner.
One commenter suggested that allowing the CUI Registry to be publicly accessible could compromise security by allowing others to know about handling procedures for protected information. Another felt that the CUI Registry should not be listed as the central repository for CUI information and guidance because they believe the Registry is currently an incomplete skeleton with no useful information. And a third comment raised a concern with § 2002.12's provision that agencies may not control any unclassified information outside the CUI Program, which might mean law enforcement agencies could be prevented from establishing basic dissemination controls on their law enforcement investigative information.
The CUI Advisory Council extensively discussed and deliberated about the potential security risk of a public CUI Registry, but decided that the current approach with the CUI Registry does not present such a risk. The CUI Registry does not set out the details of how agencies implement the prescribed CUI handling requirements. It instead points to the requirements (and permissible implementation options) that exist in governing authorities or standards publications. Most, if not all, of the information in the CUI Registry is already, or will be, publicly available through laws, regulations, Government-wide policies, NIST published standards, OMB memos, agency Web sites, Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) and similar requests, public contracts and the upcoming FAR case, agency policies implementing the CUI Program, and other similar sources.
While it is true that currently the CUI Registry is incomplete in a few areas, that will change once this CUI implementing regulation becomes effective. The CUI Registry will be the central repository, as described, and the place for agencies to find up-to-date information related to carrying out CUI requirements and implementing the CUI Program.
The provision in § 2002.12 is correct as drafted. As provided in the Order, and with limited exception, agencies may not control unclassified information except consistently with the CUI Program. A law enforcement agency may control dissemination of sensitive investigative information if a law, regulation, or Government-wide policy requires or permits controls on dissemination of that kind of
Commenters requested clarification on whether CUI Basic is the minimum for handling CUI and on the minimum requirements for physically safeguarding CUI, including the definition of a controlled environment; suggested adding the word “timely” to § 2002.14(a)(1); recommended revising systems “authorized or accredited for classified information are also sufficient for safeguarding CUI” in § 2002.14(a)(3); and asked if the terms “CUI Basic” and “CUI Specified” are required in § 2002.14(b) since the regulation references NIST SPs 800-53 and 800-171.
We have revised the language in the § 2002.4 definition of CUI, CUI Basic, and CUI Specified to clarify the distinction between CUI Basic and CUI Specified, when the requirements of each apply, and whether agencies may apply more restrictive controls. We have also revised the language of § 2002.14(a)(1) to add in the word `timely' as recommended.
We have also revised the language in 2002.4's definition of “controlled environment” as recommended. However, we decline to spell out specific detailed physical requirements beyond those already included in the regulation. Instead, we have set out in the CUI Registry the requirements for CUI Basic, while applicable laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies set out the requirements for CUI Specified.
Agencies have the discretion to choose different ways to meet the single physical barrier requirement to physically safeguard a given category or subcategory of CUI. The standard requires only that it be protected in a manner that minimizes the risk of unauthorized disclosure. In addition, another comment expressed concern about meeting the requirements for a controlled environment because many contractors have moved to open workstation environments and hoteling systems, where employees working on contracts for multiple agencies whose information must be protected are in the same space. This concern is likely due to a misunderstanding of what constitutes a controlled environment. To meet the requirement for a controlled environment, any separation from unauthorized people will suffice. In a cubicle situation with employees working on different contracts, each employee's cubicle would constitute a controlled environment for purposes of preventing visual access to the CUI as long as the CUI is under that employee's control. Such cases do not require additional construction for the visual aspect; the cubicle walls are sufficient. If an unauthorized person enters the cubicle, the authorized holder can close the CUI file or trigger a screen saver to block access to the CUI. If the authorized holder leaves their cubicle within an office environment where unauthorized people may also be working, they can appropriately secure the CUI within their cubicle, for example by placing it in a locked drawer or locking their computer screen so the information is not visible. However, discussions about CUI must also not be overheard by unauthorized people. Again, this does not require construction in open work environments or hoteling systems. For example, in hoteling environments separate rooms are still made available to employees for when “sensitive discussions” need to take place (performance appraisals, procurement or contracting discussions, medical-related discussions, etc). However, in other cases it might be appropriate for agencies to segregate some employee operation units from others and construction (more than a cubicle wall) could be necessary. The threshold is not burdensome, and permits agencies a variety of options by which to achieve it. The standard does not necessitate construction, although in some cases construction might be the way an agency achieves the controlled environment.
With regard to the question whether we need the CUI Basic and Specified concepts in the regulation if NIST SP 800-53 or 800-171 apply, we believe we do need those terms. The regulation explains the CUI Program and the structure that includes CUI Basic, CUI Specified, the CUI Registry, and categories and subcategories. These are terms that are part of the new CUI Program. The NIST publications set out standards and details for agencies to use when they are implementing certain information security controls, regardless of what type of information is involved. The CUI Program distinguishes between CUI Basic and CUI Specified, and informs agencies of what level of protection those kinds of information need. Agencies may then meet that requirement by implementing standards spelled out in the NIST publications.
We received five comments on § 2002.14(c) and (d). We have adopted the suggestion to include an overarching statement that an authorized holder must take reasonable precautions, and to include § 2002.14(c)(1)-(4) as examples of reasonable precautions, albeit required ones. In § 2002.14(c) and (d), we decline to change optional language into requirements. Some of these items are options agencies may use, and are not required. Not all agencies have the same resources or systems, so this section informs agencies of what they may do where there are options, what they must do when there are requirements, and encourages them to do some things that are not required (such as automated tracking systems), that may not be available in all cases but that aid in better securing the CUI.
In response to the question about intelligence information, this provision in the regulation relates to section 6(d) of the Order. Section 6(d) authorizes the Director of National Intelligence to issue policy directives and guidance necessary to implement the CUI Program for the intelligence community; it does not connect with CUI categories and subcategories. The Director of National Intelligence is, in this regard, functioning for the intelligence community in a role akin to an overarching agency head who may approve agency policies to implement the CUI Program within that “agency.”
We received several comments on § 2002.14(e) and (f), about destroying and sanitizing CUI or equipment that contained CUI. Primarily, the suggestions were to make destroying
However, agencies may, if no applicable authority sets out specific requirements for destroying the type of CUI involved, choose to destroy the CUI by methods contained in any of the standards cited in this subsection—those in NIST SP 800-88, those in NIST SP 800-53, or classified destruction methods. These documents are updated to be in accord with the most technologically acceptable means to render a broad range of media indecipherable, unreadable, and unrecoverable, based on its confidentiality level. These cited standards documents are sufficiently flexible to allow agencies a variety of methods for destroying CUI, while ensuring that agencies meet the underlying requirement to render the information indecipherable, unreadable, and unrecoverable.
A couple of commenters said that the rule seems to require the costly equipment needed to destroy classified information—such as equipment with memory wiping functions and designated shredders—or that agencies must destroy CUI using classified methods, particularly with regard to paper. However, this appears to be based on a misunderstanding of the provision. The required standard is to render the CUI indecipherable, unreadable, and unrecoverable. That standard does not require classified-level specialized equipment or methods required for destroying classified information, although agencies may use classified information methods if they choose. Due to issues in the past with information remaining on equipment such as copiers (which are usually leased and thus must be returned to vendors), most, if not all, agency contracts for copiers and other similar equipment that can save information on internal drives or other mechanisms must now include provisions for destroying those mechanisms or otherwise purging/sanitizing them of the information so the information is indecipherable, unreadable, and unrecoverable. That practice has become the norm for most agency equipment already, and does not require costly or specialized equipment that is required for classified information. It is also a reasonable practice to better safeguard CUI, so we decline to remove or make the indecipherable, unreadable, and unrecoverable requirement optional. The current language in the regulation provides agencies with options other than classified destruction methods. In addition to methods prescribed by any applicable law, regulation, or Government-wide policy that specifies a requirement for destroying a particular type of information, agencies may use methods in NIST SP 800-88 or methods in NIST SP 800-53. NIST SP 800-88 has clear guidance on destroying hard copy (paper and microfilms). The guidance sets out a specific particle size for cross-cut shredders, along with a particle size when an agency elects to pulverize or disintegrate paper.
The information systems requirements set out in § 2002.14(g) received a number of comments. The comments were primarily divided between concerns about application of NIST guidelines and standards, including to whom, how, and when they apply, and concerns about the moderate confidentiality impact value being applied to all CUI (some requesting that lower or higher values be allowed and others suggesting that agencies be permitted to make their own risk-based assessments on the level of protection). An additional comment recommended we clarify language in § 2002.14(g) from “existing” to “applicable” so that future laws and policies will be included. We have made this change to this provision and others within the regulation.
The purpose of the CUI Program is to provide a uniform and consistent system for protecting CUI throughout the executive branch. The baseline standard for protecting CUI Basic is moderate confidentiality. Given the need to protect CUI, a baseline of moderate confidentiality makes sense, because such protection is greater than low, the minimum requirement for all systems under the FISMA.
For situations in which agencies share CUI with non-executive branch entities that are not operating an information system on behalf of the agency, agencies should establish understandings and agreements with those entities prior to sharing CUI.
In accordance with the FISMA,
The term “on behalf of” means when a non-executive branch entity uses or operates an information system or maintains or collects information for the purpose of processing, storing, or transmitting Federal information, and those activities are not incidental to providing a service or product to the Government. To protect such systems and information, agencies must prescribe appropriate security requirements and controls from FIPS Publication 200 and NIST SP 800-53 in accordance with any risk-based tailoring decisions they make.
When non-executive branch entities are not using or operating an information system or maintaining or collecting federal information “on behalf of” an agency, the agency must prescribe the requirements of NIST SP 800-171 in agreements to protect the confidentiality of the CUI, unless the agreement establishes higher security requirements.
A final comment on this section noted the statement in § 2002.14(g)(2) that, “Agencies may increase the confidentiality impact level above moderate and apply additional security requirements and controls only internally or by agreement between agencies; they may not require anyone outside the agency to use a higher impact level or more stringent security requirements and controls,” was unclear with regard to whether it applied to CUI Basic only or both CUI Basic and CUI Specified. We have revised the provision and the definitions of CUI Basic and Specified under § 2002.4 to clarify that the moderate confidentiality level applies to CUI Basic and is a baseline level; agencies must use no less than the moderate confidentiality level for CUI Basic, and may use the high level for CUI Basic within the agency or pursuant to agreements.
By contrast, CUI Specified information may be handled at higher confidentiality levels if the authorities establishing and governing the CUI Specified category or subcategory allow or require a higher confidentiality level or more specific or stringent controls. If they do not, then the no-less-than moderate confidentiality level established for CUI Basic applies to the
Several comments on this section involved recommendations that we set out more specific criteria governing when agencies must permit access to CUI (some were concerned we would be permitting too much access and others were concerned agencies would unduly restrict access). Other commenters expressed concern or confusion about what constitutes a lawful Government purpose, similar concerns about whether it would be applied too strictly or too over-broadly, and concerns about whether an authorized holder could guarantee that dissemination would actually further the lawful Government purpose.
The rule does not require agencies to share CUI—the rule states that agencies “should” share CUI in certain circumstances, but recognizes agencies' broad discretion to determine whether or not to do so. Section 2002.16(a) also does not state that they should share it whenever there is a lawful Government purpose to do so and disregard all other considerations. The subsection states that agencies should share CUI if it furthers a lawful Government purpose to do so AND doing so abides by the requirements and policies contained in the authorities that established that information as CUI, and it is not otherwise prohibited by law, and the information is not restricted by an authorized limited dissemination control. One of the purposes of the CUI Program is to enable more sharing and access to protected information—when it is appropriate, given the need to protect that information to a particular degree or in particular ways—because in the past, much information that could be appropriately shared was not, due to overly applied restrictions (
However, as in most areas, the rule must balance between the goal of disseminating, the goal of uniform handling, the goal of protecting information as required, and the burden and cost of implementing the Program. One aspect of that balancing act is agency mission authority. Agency heads are granted by Congress the authority to manage their agencies and to take actions to carry out their missions within the scope of the various statutes giving rise to the mission. As a result, although we are working to implement a uniform system across agencies, and agencies are by and large in support of that goal, we must also still avoid establishing policies that could interfere with an agency head's authority to run the agency and carry out the mission.
Although NARA agrees with commenters that the absence of a firm across-the-board requirement to share CUI creates some potential for unclassified information to be “siloed” within agencies, we do not believe that such an across-the-board requirement would be consistent with our mandate under the Order, other agencies' statutory and other authorities and responsibilities, or the broad range of decisions that agencies face daily on whether and how to share information. Agencies have expressed concern about such an across-the-board requirement.
As a result, we changed the language from a requirement to disseminate CUI as the default state so long as a lawful government purpose exists, to an option. However, we have tried to keep the balance and to minimize unnecessarily restrictive policies and practices by setting out a framework of rules within which agencies may exercise their discretion, and by providing for CUI EA review of agency policies as a means by which to reduce chances of unnecessarily restrictive dissemination policies. The rule allows challenges to designation of information as CUI as another means of reducing the chance of unnecessarily restrictive policies. Although no procedure is ever implemented completely uniformly or consistently, this regulation establishes requirements that promote significantly greater consistency than already exists. In the long run, with additional guidance and oversight on the part of the CUI EA, as the CUI program develops, the Program will be able to bring about increasing uniformity in phases and some of the current balancing difficulties will evolve into practices that more completely fulfill the Program's goals.
The rule also does not require that an authorized holder must be able to guarantee that dissemination will actually further the lawful Government purpose. It is sufficient that the person disseminating it
With regard to a recommendation that we revise § 2002.16(a)(2) to limit when agencies may impose controls to restrict access to CUI, we have accepted the recommendation, but not the suggested language because it was too broad and could result in agency-by-agency decisions to apply controls based on their own risk tolerance, defeating the CUI Program's purpose of establishing a uniform system. The intent is for agencies to use controls only as necessary to abide by restrictions and none that are unlawful or improper. We have revised the language in 2002.16(a)(2) to more clearly reflect this and to address other concerns raised by the commenters. It now reads, “Agencies must impose controls judiciously and should do so only to apply necessary restrictions on access to CUI, including those required by law, regulation, or Government-wide policy.”
We also accepted a recommendation to move § 2002.16(a)(4) to another section because it addresses non-executive branch entities, not agency tasks, which is the subject of the rest of paragraph (a). We have moved the provision to § 2002.16(b)(3) under controls on disseminating CUI.
We declined to accept suggestions that allow agencies to create their own limited dissemination controls, recommendations that we revise the access requirements to require compliance with Privacy Act, PII, and protected health disclosure requirements, and a suggestion that we point to the CNSSI 1253 Privacy Overlay. The purpose of the CUI Program is to establish a uniform set of requirements for how each type of CUI is handled by every agency. Agencies may not create their own exceptions to those requirements or grant themselves agency-specific restrictions on dissemination. The CUI EA has the sole authority to determine if a limited dissemination control might be appropriate within the larger framework of CUI and the Program's purpose to establish a uniform system. The regulation already states that
We also received several comments about § 2002.16(a)(6) (also connected with § 2002.1(e)) and the requirement to handle CUI in accord with the CUI Registry, especially when applied to contractors (as it could be through contract provisions), and a concern that contractors might receive improperly marked CUI. Compliance with the CUI Registry is woven as a requirement throughout the regulation, not just this section, as one commenter thought. The phrase “consistent with” or “complies with” and similar variations appears in several places with the phrase “the Order, this part, and the CUI Registry.” Anyone who is authorized to handle CUI is responsible for doing so in compliance with the requirements of the Order, this regulation, and the CUI Registry. If a contractor receives improperly marked CUI from an agency, the contractor is not responsible for having marked the CUI improperly, but the contractor could be responsible for knowing the types of CUI it receives from the agency pursuant to the contract, and for knowing which CUI Registry category the information falls into, the handling requirements for that type of CUI, and so forth. As a result, the contractor could, in some cases, also be held responsible for properly handling the CUI even if it is not marked properly when they receive it.
In § 2002.1(e) of this rule, we explain that agencies extend the controls for handling CUI to contractors by means of contract provisions (including forthcoming new FAR case on CUI), which include the requirement to abide by the rule, the Order, and the CUI Registry and which also include other provisions relating to the CUI and its controls. In Subpart C of this rule, we include a section on challenges to CUI designation and have clarified that this includes a party's belief it has received improperly marked or unmarked CUI. In addition, under § 2002.8, agencies must establish a process for recipients of CUI to raise questions of improper or no CUI markings and receive directions from the agency on what to do with the information. In some cases, the agency may be contracting for services in which the contractor would mark and otherwise manage the CUI for the agency. In such cases, the contract would very likely include provisions in which the contractor is responsible for the burden of properly marking. In other cases, the agreement would not include that provision if the task was not part of the contract.
Additional comments on § 2002.16(a)(6) included a recommendation that we note that the authorities setting out misuse of CUI or penalties are provided as part of the CUI Registry, and another that recommended we remove the reporting requirement for any incident of non-compliance with handling requirements. We decline both suggestions. Governing laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies apply to CUI and to misuse of CUI as described with those authorities. This was true prior to the CUI Program's inception, and it remains true if those authorities are not listed on the CUI Registry. However, the regulation defines the CUI Registry as the repository for agencies to find information on handling CUI, and states that the CUI categories and subcategories, along with their governing authorities, are listed there. Agencies or entities that handle a given type of CUI should make themselves familiar with the contents of the governing authorities, and the requirements for that kind of CUI, including any provisions about misuse of the CUI. And, while we agree that the reporting requirement should be included in the FAR case that is being drafted, we disagree that it should be removed from the regulation. This reporting requirement applies to anyone who handles CUI, not just contractors. Other entities would not be subject to the FAR case, so this section makes clear that a provision for that purpose must be included in any agreement, including contracts but not limited to them. The FAR case is a tool to help agencies achieve that purpose in contracts in a uniform way, but it does not establish the requirement for agencies to include that provision in their agreements. This regulation does.
Several commenters asserted that, at times, decontrol is not optional, such as when the circumstances in law, regulation, or Government-wide policy that authorize information controls no longer apply to the information. We agree with these statements. While the rule requires agencies to actively manage decontrolling CUI as well as marking and handling it, and expects agencies to do so to the fullest extent they can, there are some circumstances in which they may not be able to take affirmative actions to decontrol information when it no longer qualifies as CUI. Some agencies have vast amounts of information stored in facilities or systems. In some situations, they may not have the resources to regularly sift through all of that information to determine which, if any, of it might no longer qualify as CUI. We have had to balance these competing concerns. However, this section did not clearly include automatic decontrol situations, so we have revised the language to clarify that in some circumstances, CUI may be decontrolled automatically, without review or an affirmative agency decision to decontrol the information. In such circumstances, the rule does not require agencies to take affirmative action to remove legacy markings from the information that no longer qualifies as CUI unless the agency re-uses, restates, paraphrases, releases, or donates that information.
One commenter requested that the section on removing decontrol statements be moved to § 2002.15 (now § 2002.20), under marking, as it seemed more appropriate there. We declined to do so, as we feel users will most easily find and apply all guidance on decontrol, including on removing decontrol markings, if it remains in the decontrol policy section.
One commenter requested clarification of the CUI Basic and Specified terms, in light of references made to NIST 800-53 and 800-171 guidance documents. We have revised the definitions of CUI Basic and CUI Specified in § 2002.2 (now § 2002.4), and the explanation of how they interact with NIST and FISMA requirements in § 2002.18(g), to better clarify the distinctions. The framework of CUI Basic and CUI Specified is part of the CUI Program; the NIST publications do not establish or describe it. Those publications already applied to agencies under the requirements of the FISMA before the CUI Program began, and they set out standards for information security of various types.
One commenter expressed concern about the provision prohibiting decontrol of CUI for the purpose of “mitigating” unauthorized disclosures. The commenter understood that this provision intended to prohibit the decontrol of CUI as a means of hiding unauthorized disclosures and avoiding
We received a number of comments regarding the old, or legacy, marking aspects of this section in § 2002.20(a) and (b). Although the comments addressed different specific concerns, a large number of them demonstrated an underlying confusion about when agencies must remove legacy markings, when they must apply the new CUI markings, and when waivers may apply. As a result, we have substantially revised these sections to clarify the relationship between CUI markings, legacy markings, and marking waivers. A related subject concerned confusion between one provision that required designating agencies to mark CUI when designating and another provision that required agencies to mark prior to disseminating.
The basic rule is that Agencies must mark all CUI with CUI markings and must also remove all legacy markings (markings from before the CUI Program and this regulation, including FOUO, SBU, OUO, etc.) from everything. Designating agencies must mark CUI at the time they designate the information as CUI. However, marking upon designation does not address when to mark legacy information that has already been designated in the past as one of various types of controlled information (now gathered under CUI). As a result, § 2002.20(a)(1) and (3) together explain that agencies must also mark legacy information with new CUI markings, if it qualifies as CUI. In situations in which an agency has a significantly large amount of legacy material, it may waive the requirement to re-mark each item, as long as the legacy material remains within the agency, but it must still protect the information by alternate means. In addition, it must re-mark any portion of the material as CUI, if it qualifies, when the agency re-uses or disseminates information from legacy material.
We also received a comment recommending that we adopt a `not-required-to-mark' policy for all CUI; that agencies do not have to mark CUI, but if they do, they must use the markings set out in the Program rather than agency-specific markings. The interagency review process extensively discussed marking policy and the option of not requiring marking. The conclusion was that going with a `not-required-to-mark' policy would result in failure to properly identify unclassified information requiring control and would subject employees, contractors, partners, and other recipients of CUI to an increased likelihood of sanctions for mishandling information that laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies require them to handle as CUI.
The marking policy for CUI is not complex, however. The CUI rule allows for a simple marking of “CUI” or “Controlled,” if the CUI falls into a CUI Basic category or subcategory. The vast majority of CUI falls into CUI Basic categories and subcategories. As a result, this is the marking requirement for the vast majority of CUI. CUI Specified categories and subcategories incur additional marking requirements because they require controls that differ from all the other CUI, so the additional markings serve to identify that they are CUI Specified and what category or subcategory they belong to. As a result, authorized holders can tell at a glance that they have something that requires specific controls other than the default for CUI Basic, and what group the information falls into so they can determine what special handling that information requires. Most often, agencies that deal with CUI Specified information deal with it on a regular basis and are already intimately familiar with the requirements arising from law, regulation, or Government-wide policy for that type of information, since those requirements remain the same under this rule as in the past.
A number of comments on this section concerned waivers of the marking requirements (now re-located to their own section at § 2002.38). We recognize commenters' concerns that permitting waivers of the CUI marking requirements could affect the security of CUI and create confusion. We would prefer to keep the requirement absolute. However, some agencies already have internal storage and systems in which there is a substantial amount of information marked with legacy markings. In some cases, the number of items can be in the millions. Requiring the agency to re-mark all of that information with new CUI markings (which may also, if multiple types of legacy information are stored together, require them to go through each item to assess whether it qualifies as CUI, and which category or subcategory it falls into; not all information protected under various agency programs in the past qualifies as CUI or fits into the same groupings) may, in certain limited situations, be too burdensome for an agency's resources.
As a result, we have allowed agencies in these and similar rare circumstances to waive the requirement to re-mark that information with new CUI markings—but only as long as it remains within the agency's facilities or systems and as long as agency still safeguards the information to the required degree. However, when the agency disseminates a portion of that information outside the agency, or re-uses some of that information, it must remove legacy markings and mark that portion of the information with correct CUI markings. In § 2002.20(b)(7), the rule also requires agencies to document the waivers they implement and report them to the CUI EA. In this way, the CUI EA monitors implementation of the waiver option, may take steps to ensure waivers do not swallow the rule, and ascertains that the agencies are implementing other safeguarding practices so the protected information is not endangered.
Other comments addressed failure to mark CUI, or improperly marked CUI, and concerns that non-executive branch entities would not know that the information was CUI and would either be penalized or would have to assume a burden of control to oversee CUI marking in some manner. The requests included exempting non-executive branch entities from requirements to properly handle CUI if it isn't marked or marked properly, and creating a FAR case to address the issue. The comments raise a reasonable concern. However, we cannot exempt non-executive branch entities from the requirements to protect CUI, for the reasons explained in the beginning of the general comments discussion. The regulation does contemplate the possibility that some CUI may be unmarked or marked improperly. In such cases, agencies and non-executive branch agencies would still be subject to that CUI's governing law, regulation, or Government-wide policy's requirements, including any penalties or sanctions for not handling it properly in accord with those authorities or the connected CUI Program requirements. Entities that receive CUI from an agency should normally be on notice that they will be receiving that type of CUI information, pursuant to the terms of any contract or agreement between the two. As a result, if some of that information is not properly marked for some reason, the recipient entity should be aware that they receive certain types of CUI from the agency; the information is CUI; it falls within the agreed-upon type of CUI; and it is subject to the same handling requirements.
However, we have included in § 2002.8(c)(8) a requirement that agencies must establish a process to accept and manage challenges to CUI status (including improper or no
Other comments recommended including specific procedures in the rule for vetting or challenging CUI markings, allowing agencies to establish their own marking requirements, and clarifying whether agencies should mark CUI in accord with the CUI Registry or the regulation. Some commenters expressed concern that current marking technology would work for new CUI markings, and others requested we add an explanation of how markings for other types of data, such as ITAR- and EAR-controlled technical data, “sensitive but unclassified,” and “for official use only (FOUO),” will co-exist with the CUI Program. One comment requested an explanation of the status of information derived from CUI, and another suggested we add a requirement to mark the designating and disseminating agencies on all CUI.
There are competing interests inherent within the CUI Program—full consistency and uniformity vs. cost and burden. This rule attempts to balance these competing interests, and we engaged in extensive discussions with Federal agencies, state, local, and tribal groups, industry, and public interest groups as part of that balancing effort. The marking requirements were developed in consultation with the CUI Advisory Council, which gave serious consideration to the costs of implementing them. However, the marking requirements are necessary to ensure uniform handling across agencies and accomplish the goals of the Program. Agencies or others may incur costs for purchasing new marking tools, if new ones are necessary to implement the marking requirements. However, most information that requires control is already being marked in some manner, so in most cases, it would be a matter of aligning those tools with this policy.
The CUI Advisory Council considered a number of the same issues and concerns about over-broad marking as commenters raised, and determined that the kinds of suggested review procedures and practices were too onerous or were not in keeping with goals of the Program. However, there are some controls built into the program's structure. The CUI EA determines which information belongs in which categories and subcategories, whether those groupings are CUI Basic or CUI Specified, and articulates which controls or controlling authorities apply. This limits the kinds of information agencies can designate as CUI to only those vetted through that process and listed on the Registry. One set of uniform handling requirements applies to all CUI that falls into the CUI Basic category. This means that all agencies must use the same handling requirements for the vast majority of CUI, including marking. Individual agencies won't be able to establish special marking for information, so that should also help minimize over-broad marking. In addition, agencies must establish a mechanism for challenges to information they designate as CUI, so if someone believes the agency is marking over-broadly, they can raise the issue through the challenge process for scrutiny. They may make these challenges anonymously, so should not be discouraged from raising concerns. These structural elements, and other facets of the Program's structure, including CUI EA oversight of agency implementation and the ability to pursue challenges with the EA and above if not resolved at the agency level, address many of the commenters' concerns about over-broad marking and are designed in part to restrict agencies from over-broadly applying any CUI controls and policies.
The CUI EA mandates marking requirements, but agency policy implements those requirements within the agency. Agency policies that implement CUI can spell out detailed procedures when needed. However, the regulation must apply to a broad spectrum of agencies with different structures, staffing, and sizes, among other differences. As a result, detailed processes are better managed at the agency level, as long as they comply with the CUI Program's requirements and policies. In response to one commenter's suggestion that we add provisions on decontrol to the marking section, the regulation already contains a full section on decontrol of CUI and for unmarking it once it is decontrolled. We believe that marking aspects of decontrol are best addressed within the decontrol section so that all decontrol policies are easy to find in one place.
The CUI Program markings will replace other designations, such as SBU, FOUO, and OUO, and any agency-specific labels for CUI, which will all be discontinued. As a result, concerns about how they will integrate are moot. Some CUI qualifies as CUI Specified (such as export controlled information and confidential statistical information under the Confidential Information Protection and Statistical Efficiency Act) due to the existing statutory regime already established for controlling that type of information. While some types of CUI Specified may arise primarily in only one or a couple of agencies, those types of CUI do not become agency-specific types of CUI simply for that reason. The categories or subcategories for those types of CUI Specified have gone through CUI EA vetting, have underlying laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies establishing them, are listed on the CUI Registry, and include specified controls that apply uniformly throughout the executive branch, to any agency that has that type of information. This is different from an agency developing its own category of protected information, or its own policy or practice for handling protected information, such as the various SBU and FOUO regimes that currently exist from agency to agency.
Regarding the questions about derived CUI, the bottom line is that certain types of information qualify as CUI. If an item of information qualifies as CUI, it doesn't matter whether it is in some way also derived from another item of information that qualifies as CUI, and it should be marked as CUI either way. Its status as CUI depends upon the information itself and whether it meets the requirements in a law, regulation, or Government-wide policy that establish it as needing controls on safeguarding or disseminating. A document containing CUI that is derived from another document that contains CUI would also be CUI—because it contains controlled information, not simply because it is derived from a document that contains CUI. It is possible the original document contains both CUI and non-CUI and the derived document could therefore contain only information derived from
The fact that a certain item of CUI derives from another item of CUI becomes relevant primarily in the context of marking waivers for legacy CUI. This is because the rule states that an agency's waiver, for re-marking as CUI certain items of legacy information, ceases for one or more of those items when the agency re-uses them. So, if an agency is not re-marking certain legacy CUI because that CUI is under a marking waiver, and it then uses in another item some controlled information from within that legacy CUI—
With regard to suggestions that we add marking requirements for designating and disseminating agency information and dates, the regulation already includes a provision within § 2002.20 that requires marking the designating agency. We do not see a reason to add an extra marking for the disseminating agency. Likewise, we decline to require a date marking on all CUI, as another commenter suggested. This was previously discussed during the inter-agency development process, but not adopted. Practically speaking, much CUI will have a date apparent, though it is not required. However, there is no required decontrol time period, so this issue is much different in a CUI context than the need for a date within a classified information context.
Several commenters recommended that we add a provision requiring agencies to report any waivers to the CUI EA, both when the agency issues the waiver and when it rescinds it. We agree, and revised the section to require CUI senior agency officials to retain records on each waiver and use them to report the waivers to the CUI EA.
Another commenter expressed concern that waivers could be used over-broadly to avoid complying with CUI requirements and suggested we add a provision that limits waivers to the shortest period and narrowest scope necessary to account for the exigent circumstances. The comment also expressed concern that waivers could not accord with prescriptive language in 2002.12 CUI categories and subcategories. We accepted the idea of language limiting the waivers and revised the section to require agencies to reinstitute CUI requirements for all CUI covered by the waiver without delay when circumstances requiring the waiver end. However, we disagree that this section generally conflicts with the requirements of 2002.12 CUI categories and subcategories.
One commenter questioned whether a CUI designation really has “no bearing” on decisions to release or not to release information in response to a FOIA request. The Order explicitly states that the mere fact that an item is CUI has no bearing on disclosure determinations under release statutes such as FOIA. Agencies make determinations about whether to release, or to exempt from release, under the FOIA solely on the basis of FOIA criteria and considerations. This rule, or the fact that something is CUI, does not change the basis upon which agencies must make FOIA determinations.
Agencies may determine that certain documents are exempt from release under FOIA that also qualify and are marked as CUI, but the CUI status does not cause or influence that determination. The FOIA allows Federal agencies to withhold information prohibited from disclosure by another Federal statute pursuant to exemption 3 in the FOIA (5 U.S.C. 552(b)(3)). In some cases, a given item of information may qualify as CUI on the basis of one of those same Federal statutes. However, the decision whether to release or withhold such information in response to a FOIA request would still be based on the requirements under which the FOIA exemption 3 may apply, rather than its status as CUI. Based on the comment, we have revised 2002.44 to better clarify this.
One commenter requested that we revise this section to include challenges about improperly marked or unmarked CUI and challenges to waivers. The commenter also sought clarification regarding whether the challenge procedures are available to recipients outside of the Government. We have revised this section to clarify that all authorized holders, whether within or outside of the Government, may challenge CUI designations, and to reflect that they may bring a challenge because they believe CUI is improperly marked or unmarked.
We have thoroughly and carefully considered all the comments and have attempted to clearly explain in this supplementary information section some of our reasoning and changes to the regulation since it was proposed, in hopes of better conveying the scope and nature of the CUI Program and its requirements to those who had questions or concerns. We appreciate the comments and the effort individuals and organizations made to craft them and to think about the CUI Program and the implications of the regulation's provisions. The comments helped us refine the rule into a much better regulation and one that more clearly explains the Program and its requirements. We realize any new program brings change, and that those changes can be confusing, can seem inconsistent or incompletely thought out, and can appear to be hugely burdensome or unnecessarily complicated at first encounter. We hope that we have alleviated much of those concerns by our responses to these comments and the changes to the regulation. However, if you have additional questions or would like more information, please visit our CUI Web site at
We have had to make compromises to the goal of complete or absolute uniformity in deference to the need to balance between several competing, legitimate interests and to develop a Program and requirements that can work for a variety of agencies and types of information, as well as those who receive CUI from agencies. However, we believe strongly that, in the course of those efforts and all the input, discussions, comments, and work contributed by our partners on the CUI Advisory Council and at NIST, agency and industry experts who generously consulted with us, and the many industry, business, organizational, and individual reviewers, we have been able to develop a sound CUI Program that significantly increases uniformity throughout the executive branch, appropriately protects CUI while encouraging sharing and access when appropriate, and does so with the least amount of burden, complexity, and change possible.
Administrative practice and procedure, Archives and records, Controlled unclassified information, Freedom of information, Government in the Sunshine Act, Incorporation by reference, Information, Information security, National security information, Open government, Privacy.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, NARA amends 32 CFR Chapter XX by adding part 2002 to read as follows:
E.O. 13556, 75 FR 68675, 3 CFR, 2010 Comp., pp. 267-270.
(a) This part describes the executive branch's Controlled Unclassified Information (CUI) Program (the CUI Program) and establishes policy for designating, handling, and decontrolling information that qualifies as CUI.
(b) The CUI Program standardizes the way the executive branch handles information that requires protection under laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies, but that does not qualify as classified under Executive Order 13526, Classified National Security Information, December 29, 2009 (3 CFR, 2010 Comp., p. 298), or any predecessor or successor order, or the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 U.S.C. 2011,
(c) All unclassified information throughout the executive branch that requires any safeguarding or dissemination control is CUI. Law, regulation (to include this part), or Government-wide policy must require or permit such controls. Agencies therefore may not implement safeguarding or dissemination controls for any unclassified information other than those controls consistent with the CUI Program.
(d) Prior to the CUI Program, agencies often employed
(e) An executive branch-wide CUI policy balances the need to safeguard CUI with the public interest in sharing information appropriately and without unnecessary burdens.
(f) This part applies to all executive branch agencies that designate or handle information that meets the standards for CUI. This part does not apply directly to non-executive branch entities, but it does apply indirectly to non-executive branch CUI recipients, through incorporation into agreements (see §§ 2002.4(c) and 2002.16(a) for more information).
(g) This part rescinds Controlled Unclassified Information (CUI) Office Notice 2011-01: Initial Implementation Guidance for Executive Order 13556 (June 9, 2011).
(h) This part creates no right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable by law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
(i) This part, which contains the CUI Executive Agent (EA)'s control policy, overrides agency-specific or
(a) NARA incorporates certain material by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, NARA must publish notice of change in the
(b) The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), by mail at 100 Bureau Drive, Stop 1070; Gaithersburg, MD 20899-1070, by email at
(1) FIPS PUB 199, Standards for Security Categorization of Federal Information and Information Systems, February 2004. IBR approved for §§ 2002.14(c) and (g), and 2002.16(c).
(2) FIPS PUB 200, Minimum Security Requirements for Federal Information and Information Systems, March 2006. IBR approved for §§
(3) NIST Special Publication 800-53, Security and Privacy Controls for Federal Information Systems and Organizations, Revision 4, April 2013 (includes updates as of 01-22-2015), (NIST SP 800-53). IBR approved for §§ 2002.14(c), (e), (f), and (g), and 2002.16(c).
(4) NIST Special Publication 800-88, Guidelines for Media Sanitization, Revision 1, December 2014, (NIST SP 800-88). IBR approved for § 2002.14(f).
(5) NIST Special Publication 800-171, Protecting Controlled Unclassified Information in Nonfederal Systems and Organizations, June 2015 (includes updates as of January 14, 2016), (NIST SP 800-171). IBR approved for § 2002.14(h).
As used in this part:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
(s)
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(x)
(y)
(z)
(aa)
(bb)
(cc)
(dd)
(ee)
(ff)
(gg)
(hh)
(ii)
(jj)
(kk)
(ll)
(mm)
(nn)
(oo)
(pp)
(qq)
(rr)
(ss)
(tt)
(a) Section 2(c) of the Order designates NARA as the CUI Executive Agent (EA) to implement the Order and to oversee agency efforts to comply with the Order, this part, and the CUI Registry.
(b) NARA has delegated the CUI EA responsibilities to the Director of ISOO. Under this authority, ISOO staff carry out CUI oversight responsibilities and manage the Federal CUI program.
(a) The CUI EA:
(1) Develops and issues policy, guidance, and other materials, as needed, to implement the Order, the CUI Registry, and this part, and to establish and maintain the CUI Program;
(2) Consults with affected agencies, Government-wide policy bodies, State, local, Tribal, and private sector partners, and representatives of the public on matters pertaining to CUI as needed;
(3) Establishes, convenes, and chairs the CUI Advisory Council (the Council) to address matters pertaining to the CUI Program. The CUI EA consults with affected agencies to develop and document the Council's structure and procedures, and submits the details to OMB for approval;
(4) Reviews and approves agency policies implementing this part to ensure their consistency with the Order, this part, and the CUI Registry;
(5) Reviews, evaluates, and oversees agencies' actions to implement the CUI Program, to ensure compliance with the Order, this part, and the CUI Registry;
(6) Establishes a management and planning framework, including associated deadlines for phased implementation, based on agency compliance plans submitted pursuant to section 5(b) of the Order, and in consultation with affected agencies and OMB;
(7) Approves categories and subcategories of CUI as needed and publishes them in the CUI Registry;
(8) Maintains and updates the CUI Registry as needed;
(9) Prescribes standards, procedures, guidance, and instructions for oversight and agency self-inspection programs, to include performing on-site inspections;
(10) Standardizes forms and procedures to implement the CUI Program;
(11) Considers and resolves, as appropriate, disputes, complaints, and suggestions about the CUI Program from entities in or outside the Government; and
(12) Reports to the President on implementation of the Order and the requirements of this part. This includes publishing a report on the status of agency implementation at least biennially, or more frequently at the discretion of the CUI EA.
(b) Agency heads:
(1) Ensure agency senior leadership support, and make adequate resources available to implement, manage, and comply with the CUI Program as administered by the CUI EA;
(2) Designate a CUI senior agency official (SAO) responsible for oversight of the agency's CUI Program implementation, compliance, and management, and include the official in agency contact listings;
(3) Approve agency policies, as required, to implement the CUI Program; and
(4) Establish and maintain a self-inspection program to ensure the agency complies with the principles and requirements of the Order, this part, and the CUI Registry.
(c) The CUI SAO:
(1) Must be at the Senior Executive Service level or equivalent;
(2) Directs and oversees the agency's CUI Program;
(3) Designates a CUI Program manager;
(4) Ensures the agency has CUI implementing policies and plans, as needed;
(5) Implements an education and training program pursuant to § 2002.30;
(6) Upon request of the CUI EA under section 5(c) of the Order, provides an update of CUI implementation efforts for subsequent reporting;
(7) Submits to the CUI EA any law, regulation, or Government-wide policy not already incorporated into the CUI Registry that the agency proposes to use to designate unclassified information for safeguarding or dissemination controls;
(8) Coordinates with the CUI EA, as appropriate, any proposed law, regulation, or Government-wide policy that would establish, eliminate, or modify a category or subcategory of CUI, or change information controls applicable to CUI;
(9) Establishes processes for handling CUI decontrol requests submitted by authorized holders;
(10) Includes a description of all existing waivers in the annual report to the CUI EA, along with the rationale for each waiver and, where applicable, the alternative steps the agency is taking to ensure sufficient protection of CUI within the agency;
(11) Develops and implements the agency's self-inspection program;
(12) Establishes a mechanism by which authorized holders (both inside and outside the agency) can contact a designated agency representative for instructions when they receive unmarked or improperly marked information the agency designated as CUI;
(13) Establishes a process to accept and manage challenges to CUI status (which may include improper or absent marking);
(14) Establish processes and criteria for reporting and investigating misuse of CUI; and
(15) Follows the requirements for the CUI SAO listed in § 2002.38(e), regarding waivers for CUI.
(d) The Director of National Intelligence: After consulting with the heads of affected agencies and the Director of ISOO, may issue directives to implement this part with respect to the protection of intelligence sources, methods, and activities. Such directives must be in accordance with the Order, this part, and the CUI Registry.
(a) The CUI EA maintains the CUI Registry, which:
(1) Is the authoritative central repository for all guidance, policy, instructions, and information on CUI (other than the Order and this part);
(2) Is publicly accessible;
(3) Includes authorized CUI categories and subcategories, associated markings, applicable decontrolling procedures, and other guidance and policy information; and
(4) Includes citation(s) to laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies that form the basis for each category and subcategory.
(b) Agencies and authorized holders must follow the instructions contained in the CUI Registry in addition to all requirements in the Order and this part.
(a) CUI categories and subcategories are the exclusive designations for identifying unclassified information that a law, regulation, or Government-wide policy requires or permits agencies to handle by means of safeguarding or dissemination controls. All unclassified information throughout the executive branch that requires any kind of safeguarding or dissemination control is CUI. Agencies may not implement safeguarding or dissemination controls for any unclassified information other than those controls permitted by the CUI Program.
(b) Agencies may use only those categories or subcategories approved by the CUI EA and published in the CUI Registry to designate information as CUI.
(a)
(2) Safeguarding measures that agencies are authorized or accredited to use for classified information and national security systems are also sufficient for safeguarding CUI in accordance with the organization's management and acceptance of risk.
(3) Agencies may increase CUI Basic's confidentiality impact level above moderate only internally, or by means of agreements with agencies or non-executive branch entities (including agreements for the operation of an information system on behalf of the agencies). Agencies may not otherwise require controls for CUI Basic at a level higher than permitted in the CUI Basic requirements when disseminating the CUI Basic outside the agency.
(4) Authorized holders must comply with policy in the Order, this part, and the CUI Registry, and review any applicable agency CUI policies for additional instructions. For information designated as CUI Specified, authorized holders must also follow the procedures in the underlying laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies.
(b)
(1)
(2)
(ii) When the laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies governing a specific type of CUI Specified are silent on either a safeguarding or disseminating control, agencies must apply CUI Basic standards to that aspect of the information's controls, unless this results in treatment that does not accord with the CUI Specified authority. In such cases, agencies must apply the CUI Specified standards and may apply limited dissemination controls listed in the CUI Registry to ensure they treat the information in accord with the CUI Specified authority.
(c)
(1) Establish controlled environments in which to protect CUI from unauthorized access or disclosure and make use of those controlled environments;
(2) Reasonably ensure that unauthorized individuals cannot access or observe CUI, or overhear conversations discussing CUI;
(3) Keep CUI under the authorized holder's direct control or protect it with at least one physical barrier, and reasonably ensure that the authorized holder or the physical barrier protects the CUI from unauthorized access or observation when outside a controlled environment; and
(4) Protect the confidentiality of CUI that agencies or authorized holders process, store, or transmit on Federal information systems in accordance with the applicable security requirements and controls established in FIPS PUB 199, FIPS PUB 200, and NIST SP 800-53, (incorporated by reference, see § 2002.2), and paragraph (g) of this section.
(d)
(1) May use the United States Postal Service or any commercial delivery service when they need to transport or deliver CUI to another entity;
(2) Should use in-transit automated tracking and accountability tools when they send CUI;
(3) May use interoffice or interagency mail systems to transport CUI; and
(4) Must mark packages that contain CUI according to marking requirements contained in this part and in guidance published by the CUI EA. See § 2002.20 for more guidance on marking requirements.
(e)
(1) May reproduce (
(2) Must ensure, when reproducing CUI documents on equipment such as printers, copiers, scanners, or fax machines, that the equipment does not retain data or the agency must otherwise sanitize it in accordance with NIST SP
(f)
(i) The agency no longer needs the information; and
(ii) Records disposition schedules published or approved by NARA allow.
(2) When destroying CUI, including in electronic form, agencies must do so in a manner that makes it unreadable, indecipherable, and irrecoverable. Agencies must use any destruction method specifically required by law, regulation, or Government-wide policy for that CUI. If the authority does not specify a destruction method, agencies must use one of the following methods:
(i) Guidance for destruction in NIST SP 800-53, Security and Privacy Controls for Federal Information Systems and Organizations, and NIST SP 800-88, Guidelines for Media Sanitization (incorporated by reference, see § 2002.2); or
(ii) Any method of destruction approved for Classified National Security Information, as delineated in 32 CFR 2001.47, Destruction, or any implementing or successor guidance.
(g)
(h) Information systems that process, store, or transmit CUI are of two different types:
(1) A Federal information system is an information system used or operated by an agency or by a contractor of an agency or other organization on behalf of an agency. An information system operated on behalf of an agency provides information processing services to the agency that the Government might otherwise perform itself but has decided to outsource. This includes systems operated exclusively for Government use and systems operated for multiple users (multiple Federal agencies or Government and private sector users). Information systems that a non-executive branch entity operates on behalf of an agency are subject to the requirements of this part as though they are the agency's systems, and agencies may require these systems to meet additional requirements the agency sets for its own internal systems.
(2) A non-Federal information system is any information system that does not meet the criteria for a Federal information system. Agencies may not treat non-Federal information systems as though they are agency systems, so agencies cannot require that non-executive branch entities protect these systems in the same manner that the agencies might protect their own information systems. When a non-executive branch entity receives Federal information only incidental to providing a service or product to the Government other than processing services, its information systems are not considered Federal information systems. NIST SP 800-171 (incorporated by reference, see § 2002.2) defines the requirements necessary to protect CUI Basic on non-Federal information systems in accordance with the requirements of this part. Agencies must use NIST SP 800-171 when establishing security requirements to protect CUI's confidentiality on non-Federal information systems (unless the authorizing law, regulation, or Government-wide policy listed in the CUI Registry for the CUI category or subcategory of the information involved prescribes specific safeguarding requirements for protecting the information's confidentiality, or unless an agreement establishes requirements to protect CUI Basic at higher than moderate confidentiality).
(a)
(i) Abides by the laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies that established the CUI category or subcategory;
(ii) Furthers a lawful Government purpose;
(iii) Is not restricted by an authorized limited dissemination control established by the CUI EA; and,
(iv) Is not otherwise prohibited by law.
(2)
(ii) Agencies may not impose controls that unlawfully or improperly restrict access to CUI.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(6)
(i) Non-executive branch entities must handle CUI in accordance with the Order, this part, and the CUI Registry;
(ii) Misuse of CUI is subject to penalties established in applicable laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies; and
(iii) The non-executive branch entity must report any non-compliance with handling requirements to the disseminating agency using methods approved by that agency's SAO. When the disseminating agency is not the designating agency, the disseminating agency must notify the designating agency.
(7)
(i) Congress, including any committee, subcommittee, joint committee, joint subcommittee, or office thereof;
(ii) A court of competent jurisdiction, or any individual or entity when directed by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction or a Federal administrative law judge (ALJ) appointed under 5 U.S.C. 3501;
(iii) The Comptroller General, in the course of performing duties of the Government Accountability Office; or
(iv) Individuals or entities, when the agency releases information to them pursuant to a FOIA or Privacy Act request.
(b)
(2)
(i) The CUI Registry annotates CUI that requires or permits Specified controls based on law, regulation, and Government-wide policy.
(ii) In the absence of specific dissemination restrictions in the authorizing law, regulation, or Government-wide policy, agencies may disseminate CUI Specified as they would CUI Basic.
(3)
(4)
(ii) Using limited dissemination controls to unnecessarily restrict access to CUI is contrary to the goals of the CUI Program. Agencies may therefore use these controls only when it furthers a lawful Government purpose, or laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies require or permit an agency to do so. If an authorized holder has significant doubt about whether it is appropriate to use a limited dissemination control, the authorized holder should consult with and follow the designating agency's policy. If, after consulting the policy, significant doubt still remains, the authorized holder should not apply the limited dissemination control.
(iii) Only the designating agency may apply limited dissemination controls to CUI. Other entities that receive CUI and seek to apply additional controls must request permission to do so from the designating agency.
(iv) Authorized holders may apply limited dissemination controls to any CUI for which they are required or permitted to restrict access by or to certain entities.
(v) Designating entities may combine approved limited dissemination controls listed in the CUI Registry to accommodate necessary practices.
(c)
(2) To disseminate CUI using systems or components that are subject to NIST guidelines and publications (
(a) Agencies should decontrol as soon as practicable any CUI designated by their agency that no longer requires safeguarding or dissemination controls, unless doing so conflicts with the governing law, regulation, or Government-wide policy.
(b) Agencies may decontrol CUI automatically upon the occurrence of one of the conditions below, or through an affirmative decision by the designating agency:
(1) When laws, regulations or Government-wide policies no longer require its control as CUI and the authorized holder has the appropriate authority under the authorizing law, regulation, or Government-wide policy;
(2) When the designating agency decides to release it to the public by making an affirmative, proactive disclosure;
(3) When the agency discloses it in accordance with an applicable information access statute, such as the FOIA, or the Privacy Act (when legally permissible), if the agency incorporates such disclosures into its public release processes; or
(4) When a pre-determined event or date occurs, as described in § 2002.20(g), unless law, regulation, or Government-wide policy requires coordination first.
(c) The designating agency may also decontrol CUI:
(1) In response to a request by an authorized holder to decontrol it; or
(2) Concurrently with any declassification action under Executive Order 13526 or any predecessor or successor order, as long as the information also appropriately qualifies for decontrol as CUI.
(d) An agency may designate in its CUI policies which agency personnel it authorizes to decontrol CUI, consistent with law, regulation, and Government-wide policy.
(e) Decontrolling CUI relieves authorized holders from requirements to handle the information under the CUI Program, but does not constitute authorization for public release.
(f) Authorized holders must clearly indicate that CUI is no longer controlled when restating, paraphrasing, re-using, releasing to the public, or donating it to a private institution. Otherwise, authorized holders do not have to mark, review, or take other actions to indicate the CUI is no longer controlled.
(1) Agency policy may allow authorized holders to remove or strike through only those CUI markings on the first or cover page of the decontrolled CUI and markings on the first page of any attachments that contain CUI.
(2) If an authorized holder uses the decontrolled CUI in a newly created document, the authorized holder must remove all CUI markings for the decontrolled information.
(g) Once decontrolled, any public release of information that was formerly CUI must be in accordance with applicable law and agency policies on the public release of information.
(h) Authorized holders may request that the designating agency decontrol certain CUI.
(i) If an authorized holder publicly releases CUI in accordance with the designating agency's authorized procedures, the release constitutes decontrol of the information.
(j) Unauthorized disclosure of CUI does not constitute decontrol.
(k) Agencies must not decontrol CUI in an attempt to conceal, or to otherwise circumvent accountability for, an identified unauthorized disclosure.
(l) When laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies require specific decontrol procedures, authorized holders must follow such requirements.
(m) The Archivist of the United States may decontrol records transferred to the National Archives in accordance with § 2002.34, absent a specific agreement otherwise with the designating agency. The Archivist decontrols records to facilitate public access pursuant to 44 U.S.C. 2108 and NARA's regulations at 36 CFR parts 1235, 1250, and 1256.
(a)
(i) Discontinue all use of legacy or other markings not permitted by this part or included in the CUI Registry; and
(ii) Uniformly and conspicuously apply CUI markings to all CUI exclusively in accordance with the part and the CUI Registry, unless this part or the CUI EA otherwise specifically permits. See paragraph (a)(6) of this section and §§ 2002.38, Waivers of CUI requirements, and 2002.36, Legacy materials, for more information.
(2) Agencies may not modify CUI Program markings or deviate from the method of use prescribed by the CUI EA (in this part and the CUI Registry) in an effort to accommodate existing agency marking practices, except in circumstances approved by the CUI EA. The CUI Program prohibits using markings or practices not included in this part or the CUI Registry. If legacy markings remain on information, the legacy markings are void and no longer indicate that the information is protected or that it is or qualifies as CUI.
(3) An agency receiving an incorrectly marked document should notify either the disseminating entity or the designating agency, and request a properly marked document.
(4) The designating agency determines that the information qualifies for CUI status and applies the appropriate CUI marking when it designates that information as CUI.
(5) If an agency has information within its control that qualifies as CUI but has not been previously marked as CUI for any reason (for example, pursuant to an agency internal marking waiver as referenced in § 2002.38 (a)), the agency must mark it as CUI prior to disseminating it.
(6) Agencies must not mark information as CUI to conceal illegality, negligence, ineptitude, or other disreputable circumstances embarrassing to any person, any agency, the Federal Government, or any of their partners, or for any purpose other than to adhere to the law, regulation, or Government-wide policy authorizing the control.
(7) The lack of a CUI marking on information that qualifies as CUI does not exempt the authorized holder from abiding by applicable handling requirements as described in the Order, this part, and the CUI Registry.
(8) When it is impractical for an agency to individually mark CUI due to quantity or nature of the information, or when an agency has issued a limited CUI marking waiver, authorized holders must make recipients aware of the information's CUI status using an alternate marking method that is readily apparent (for example, through user access agreements, a computer system digital splash screen (
(b)
(1)
(ii) The CUI Registry contains additional, specific guidance and instructions for using the CUI control marking.
(iii) Authorized holders who designate CUI may not use alternative markings to identify or mark items as CUI.
(2)
(ii) Although the CUI Program does not require agencies to use category or subcategory markings on CUI Basic, an agency's CUI SAO may establish agency policy that mandates use of CUI category or subcategory markings on CUI Basic.
(iii) However, authorized holders must include in the CUI banner marking all CUI Specified category or subcategory markings that pertain to the information in the document. If law, regulation, or Government-wide policy requires specific marking, disseminating, informing, distribution limitation, or warning statements, agencies must use those indicators as those authorities require or permit. However, agencies must not include these additional indicators in the CUI banner marking or CUI portion markings.
(iv) The CUI Registry contains additional, specific guidance and instructions for using CUI category and subcategory markings.
(3)
(ii) Agency policy should include specific criteria establishing which authorized holders may apply limited dissemination controls and their corresponding markings, and when. Such agency policy must align with the requirements in § 2002.16(b)(4).
(iii) The CUI Registry contains additional, specific guidance and instructions for using limited dissemination control markings.
(c)
(2) The CUI Registry contains additional, specific guidelines and instructions for using the CUI banner marking.
(d)
(2) The designation indicator must be readily apparent to authorized holders and may appear only on the first page or cover. The CUI Registry contains additional, specific guidance and requirements for using CUI designation indicators.
(e)
(2) Authorized holders may consider specific items of CUI as decontrolled as of the date indicated, requiring no further review by, or communication with, the designator.
(3) If using a specific event after which the CUI is considered decontrolled:
(i) The event must be foreseeable and verifiable by any authorized holder (
(ii) The designator should include point of contact and preferred method of contact information in the decontrol indicator when using this method, to allow authorized holders to verify that a specified event has occurred.
(4) The CUI Registry contains additional, specific guidance and instructions for using limited dissemination control markings.
(f)
(2) Authorized holders who designate CUI may mark CUI only with portion markings approved by the CUI EA and listed in the CUI Registry.
(3) CUI portion markings consist of the following elements:
(i) The CUI control marking, which must be the acronym “CUI”;
(ii) CUI category/subcategory portion markings (if required or permitted); and
(iii) CUI limited dissemination control portion markings (if required).
(4) When using portion markings:
(i) CUI category and subcategory portion markings are optional for CUI Basic. Agencies may manage their use by means of agency policy.
(ii) Authorized holders permitted to designate CUI must portion mark both CUI and uncontrolled unclassified portions.
(5) In cases where portions consist of several segments, such as paragraphs, sub-paragraphs, bullets, and sub-bullets, and the control level is the same throughout, designators of CUI may place a single portion marking at the beginning of the primary paragraph or bullet. However, if the portion includes different CUI categories or subcategories, or if the portion includes some CUI and some uncontrolled unclassified information, authorized holders should portion mark all segments separately to avoid improper control of any one segment.
(6) Each portion must reflect the control level of only that individual portion. If the information contained in a sub-paragraph or sub-bullet is a different CUI category or subcategory from its parent paragraph or parent bullet, this does not make the parent paragraph or parent bullet controlled at that same level.
(7) The CUI Registry contains additional, specific guidance and instructions for using CUI portion markings and uncontrolled unclassified portion markings.
(g)
(1) Portion mark all CUI to ensure that authorized holders can distinguish CUI portions from portions containing classified and uncontrolled unclassified information;
(2) Include the CUI control marking, CUI Specified category and subcategory markings, and limited dissemination control markings in an overall banner marking; and
(3) Follow the requirements of the Order and this part, and instructions in the CUI Registry on marking CUI when commingled with CNSI.
(h)
(2) Follow the requirements of 10 CFR part 1045 when extracting an RD or FRD portion for use in a new document.
(3) Follow the requirements of the Order and this part, and instructions in the CUI Registry if extracting a CUI portion for use in a new document.
(4) The lack of declassification instructions for RD or FRD portions does not eliminate the requirement to process commingled documents for declassification in accordance with the Atomic Energy Act, or 10 CFR part 1045.
(i)
(2) Do not put CUI markings on the outside of an envelope or package, or otherwise indicate on the outside that the item contains CUI.
(j)
(2) The transmittal document must also include conspicuously on its face the following or similar instructions, as appropriate:
(i) “When enclosure is removed, this document is Uncontrolled Unclassified Information”; or
(ii) “When enclosure is removed, this document is (control level); upon removal, this document does not contain CUI.”
(k)
(l)
(2) Agency heads may not authorize the use of supplemental administrative
(3) Agencies must detail requirements for using supplemental administrative markings with CUI in agency policy that is available to anyone who may come into possession of CUI with these markings.
(4) Authorized holders must not incorporate or include supplemental administrative markings in the CUI marking scheme detailed in this part and the CUI Registry.
(5) Supplemental administrative markings must not duplicate any CUI marking described in this part or the CUI Registry.
(m)
(a) Agency CUI policies do not apply to entities outside that agency unless a law, regulation, or Government-wide policy requires or permits the controls contained in the agency policy to do so, and the CUI Registry lists that law, regulation, or Government-wide policy as a CUI authority.
(b) Agencies may not include additional requirements or restrictions on handling CUI other than those permitted in the Order, this part, or the CUI Registry when entering into agreements.
(a) The agency must establish a self-inspection program pursuant to the requirement in § 2002.8(b)(4).
(b) The self-inspection program must include:
(1) At least annual review and assessment of the agency's CUI program. The agency head or CUI SAO should determine any greater frequency based on program needs and the degree to which the agency engages in designating CUI;
(2) Self-inspection methods, reviews, and assessments that serve to evaluate program effectiveness, measure the level of compliance, and monitor the progress of CUI implementation;
(3) Formats for documenting self-inspections and recording findings when not prescribed by the CUI EA;
(4) Procedures by which to integrate lessons learned and best practices arising from reviews and assessments into operational policies, procedures, and training;
(5) A process for resolving deficiencies and taking corrective actions; and
(6) Analysis and conclusions from the self-inspection program, documented on an annual basis and as requested by the CUI EA.
(a) The CUI SAO must establish and implement an agency training policy. At a minimum, the training policy must address the means, methods, and frequency of agency CUI training.
(b) Agency training policy must ensure that personnel who have access to CUI receive training on designating CUI, relevant CUI categories and subcategories, the CUI Registry, associated markings, and applicable safeguarding, disseminating, and decontrolling policies and procedures.
(c) Agencies must train employees on these matters when the employees first begin working for the agency and at least once every two years thereafter.
(d) The CUI EA reviews agency training materials to ensure consistency and compliance with the Order, this part, and the CUI Registry.
(a) Agencies may use cover sheets for CUI. If an agency chooses to use cover sheets, it must use CUI EA-approved cover sheets, which agencies can find on the CUI Registry.
(b) Agencies may use cover sheets to identify CUI, alert observers that CUI is present from a distance, and serve as a shield to protect the attached CUI from inadvertent disclosure.
(a) When feasible, agencies must decontrol records containing CUI prior to transferring them to NARA.
(b) When an agency cannot decontrol records before transferring them to NARA, the agency must:
(1) Indicate on a Transfer Request (TR) in NARA's Electronic Records Archives (ERA) or on an SF 258 paper transfer form, that the records should continue to be controlled as CUI (subject to NARA's regulations on transfer, public availability, and access; see 36 CFR parts 1235, 1250, and 1256); and
(2) For hard copy transfer, do not place a CUI marking on the outside of the container.
(c) If the agency does not indicate the status as CUI on the TR or SF 258, NARA may assume the agency decontrolled the information prior to transfer, regardless of any CUI markings on the actual records.
(a) Agencies must review documents created prior to November 14, 2016 and re-mark any that contain information that qualifies as CUI in accordance with the Order, this part, and the CUI Registry. When agencies do not individually re-mark legacy material that qualifies as CUI, agencies must use an alternate permitted marking method (see § 2002.20(a)(8)).
(b) When the CUI SAO deems re-marking legacy documents to be excessively burdensome, the CUI SAO may grant a legacy material marking waiver under § 2002.38(b).
(c) When the agency re-uses any information from legacy documents that qualifies as CUI, whether the documents have obsolete control markings or not, the agency must designate the newly-created document (or other re-use) as CUI and mark it accordingly.
(a)
(b)
(2) When an authorized holder re-uses any legacy information or information derived from legacy documents that qualifies as CUI, they must remove or redact legacy markings and designate or re-mark the information as CUI, even if the information is under a legacy material marking waiver prior to re-use.
(c)
(2) Exigent circumstances waivers may apply when an agency shares the information with other agencies or non-Federal entities. In such cases, the authorized holders must make recipients aware of the CUI status of any disseminated information.
(d)
(2) The CUI SAO must detail in each waiver the alternate protection methods the agency will employ to ensure protection of CUI subject to the waiver;
(3) All marking waivers apply to CUI subject to the waiver only while that agency continues to possess that CUI. No marking waiver may accompany CUI when an authorized holder disseminates it outside that agency;
(4) Authorized holders must uniformly and conspicuously apply CUI markings to all CUI prior to disseminating it outside the agency unless otherwise specifically permitted by the CUI EA; and
(5) When the circumstances requiring the waiver end, the CUI SAO must reinstitute the requirements for all CUI subject to the waiver without delay.
(e) The CUI SAO must:
(1) Retain a record of each waiver;
(2) Include a description of all current waivers and waivers issued during the preceding year in the annual report to the CUI EA, along with the rationale for each waiver and the alternate steps the agency takes to ensure sufficient protection of CUI; and
(3) Notify authorized recipients and the public of these waivers.
(a)
(b)
(c)
The fact that records are subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 does not mean that agencies must mark them as CUI. Consult agency policies or guidance to determine which records may be subject to the Privacy Act; consult the CUI Registry to determine which privacy information must be marked as CUI. Information contained in Privacy Act systems of records may also be subject to controls under other CUI categories or subcategories and the agency may need to mark that information as CUI for that reason. In addition, when determining whether the agency must protect certain information under the Privacy Act, or whether the Privacy Act allows the agency to release the information to an individual, the agency must base its decision on the content of the information and the Privacy Act's criteria, regardless of whether an agency designates or marks the information as CUI.
Nothing in the regulations in this part alters the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) or the powers of Federal administrative law judges (ALJs) appointed thereunder, including the power to determine confidentiality of information in proceedings over which they preside. Nor do the regulations in this part impose requirements concerning the manner in which ALJs designate, disseminate, control access to, decontrol, or mark such information, or make such determinations.
(a) Authorized holders of CUI who, in good faith, believe that its designation as CUI is improper or incorrect, or who believe they have received unmarked CUI, should notify the disseminating agency of this belief. When the disseminating agency is not the designating agency, the disseminating agency must notify the designating agency.
(b) If the information at issue is involved in Government litigation, or the challenge to its designation or marking as CUI arises as part of the litigation, the issue of whether the challenger may access the information will be addressed via the litigation process instead of by the agency CUI program. Challengers should nonetheless notify the agency of the issue through the agency process described below, and include its litigation connection.
(c) CUI SAOs must create a process within their agency to accept and manage challenges to CUI status. At a minimum, this process must include a timely response to the challenger that:
(1) Acknowledges receipt of the challenge;
(2) States an expected timetable for response to the challenger;
(3) Provides an opportunity for the challenger to define a rationale for belief that the CUI in question is inappropriately designated;
(4) Gives contact information for the official making the agency's decision in this matter; and
(5) Ensures that challengers who are authorized holders have the option of bringing such challenges anonymously, and that challengers are not subject to retribution for bringing such challenges.
(d) Until the challenge is resolved, authorized holders should continue to safeguard and disseminate the challenged CUI at the control level indicated in the markings.
(e) If a challenging party disagrees with the response to a challenge, that party may use the Dispute Resolution procedures described in § 2002.52.
(a) When laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies governing the CUI involved in a dispute set out specific procedures, processes, and requirements for resolving disputes, agencies must follow those processes for that CUI. This includes submitting the dispute to someone other than the CUI EA for resolution if the authority so
(b) When laws, regulations, and Government-wide policies governing the CUI do not set out specific procedures, processes, or requirements for CUI dispute resolution (or the information is not involved in litigation), this part governs.
(c) All parties to a dispute arising from implementing or interpreting the Order, this part, or the CUI Registry should make every effort to resolve the dispute expeditiously. Parties should address disputes within a reasonable, mutually acceptable time period, taking into consideration the parties' mission, sharing, and protection requirements.
(d) If parties to a dispute cannot reach a mutually acceptable resolution, either party may refer the matter to the CUI EA.
(e) The CUI EA acts as the impartial arbiter of the dispute and has the authority to render a decision on the dispute after consulting with all affected parties. If a party to the dispute is also a member of the Intelligence Community, the CUI EA must consult with the Office of the Director of National Intelligence when the CUI EA receives the dispute for resolution.
(f) Until the dispute is resolved, authorized holders should continue to safeguard and disseminate any disputed CUI at the control level indicated in the markings, or as directed by the CUI EA if the information is unmarked.
(g) Parties may appeal the CUI EA's decision through the Director of OMB to the President for resolution, pursuant to section 4(e) of the Order. If one of the parties to the dispute is the CUI EA and the parties cannot resolve the dispute under paragraph (c) of this section, the parties may likewise refer the matter to OMB for resolution.
(a) The CUI SAO must establish agency processes and criteria for reporting and investigating misuse of CUI.
(b) The CUI EA reports findings on any incident involving misuse of CUI to the offending agency's CUI SAO or CUI Program manager for action, as appropriate.
(a) To the extent that agency heads are otherwise authorized to take administrative action against agency personnel who misuse CUI, agency CUI policy governing misuse should reflect that authority.
(b) Where laws, regulations, or Government-wide policies governing certain categories or subcategories of CUI specifically establish sanctions, agencies must adhere to such sanctions.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |